Search results
Pages
-
-
Title
-
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1974-1975
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
Table of Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4. THE COLLEGE
Identification
Objectives
t h e Campus
. . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature and
A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . V i s i t i n g
...
PAGE 7. ACADEMIC LIFE
...
. ..
...
. ..
.. .
. . .
The 4-1-4 Calen...
Show more
Table of Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4. THE COLLEGE
Identification
Objectives
t h e Campus
. . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature and
A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . V i s i t i n g
...
PAGE 7. ACADEMIC LIFE
...
. ..
...
. ..
.. .
. . .
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Faculty
General Education
Majors
Pre-Professional Training ,
Requirements
I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study
Honors Program
Degrees
.. .
..
PAGE 12, STUDENT LIFE
..
...
S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l .
Recreation
Intercollegiate
Religious L i f e
Student S e r v i c e s
Athletics
Housing
Food S e r v i c e
MUSIP
...
...
...
. ..
...
PAGE 15. ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE AND FINANCIAL AID
. . . E a r l y Decision . . .
. . . Advanced
...
The A p p l i c a t i o n Process
Transfer
E a r l y Admission
Advanced Placement
Standing
F i n a n c i a l Aid
...
...
PAGE 17, CAMPUS MAP
.
I
PAGE 19, EXPENSES
. ..
Expenses
1974- 75 Cost Summary
S e t t l e m e n t of Accounts
Refunds
...
. . . Deposits . . .
PAGE 22. ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
...
...
...
...
D i v i s i o n a l Organization
Graduation Requirements
Registration
Probation and Dismissal
Grading
Graduation with D i s t i n c t i o n
C r e d i t by Examination
Classification
Courses
Numbering .
. Symbol
...
...
...
...
...
.
PAGE 27, COURSE, OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS
PAGE 82. ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 83. FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES
PAGE 89- PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 90. INDEX
T h i s c a t a l o g h a s been w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o answer m o s t o f the q u e s t i o n s
w h i c h m i g h t be a s k e d a b o u t Augsburg C o l l e g e and i t s c u r r i c u l u m . A l t h o u g h
a l l c o p y was c o r r e c t a t the t i m e o f p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n the
c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change w i t h o u t n o t i c e .
Glossary of Terms
T h i s Augsburg College c a t a l o g i s designed t o give you t h e i n f o r m a t i o n
you need t o know a s a s t u d e n t o r p r o s p e c t i v e s t u d e n t . I n i t you w i l l f i n d
most of t h e answers t o q u e s t i o n s you may have about Augsburg. I f you have
o t h e r s , p l e a s e f e e l f r e e t o w r i t e o r phone t h e O f f i c e of Admissions a t t h e
College.
-
-
C e r t a i n terms used i n t h i s c a t a l o g may be u n f a m i l i a r t o you.
hope t h e following b r i e f d e f i n i t i o n s w i l l be h e l p f u l .
ACADEMIC..
COURSE..
MAJOR..
MINOR
LOAN
.. . . .The
p r a c t i c e s , p r i n c i p l e s , r e g u l a t i o n s , and customs which
c h a r a c t e r i z e school and c o l l e g e .
..... . . A
s u b j e c t s t u d i e d during one semester o r i n t e r i m such a s
"Community Development and Organization." Four courses
a r e t a k e n each semester a t Augsburg and one i s s t u d i e d
d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i n January.
. .......A
c o n c e n t r a t i o n o f s t u d y i n one a r e a .
majors i n 18 departments.
Augsburg o f f e r s
..........A
c o n c e n t r a t i o n i n a f i e l d of s t u d y i n l e s s depth t h a n
t h e major.
ELECTIVE..
FEE..
We
... . . A
course n o t r e q u i r e d f o r t h e major o r minor b u t taken by
t h e s t u d e n t from any c o l l e g e department as h i s i n t e r e s t s
dictate.
... .......Charges
made by t h e College f o r s p e c i a l s e r v i c e s such a s
l a b o r a t o r y equipment o r l o c k e r r e n t a l .
...........Money
a s t u d e n t borrows f o r c o l l e g e expenses and l a t e r
r e p a y s . See " F i n a n c i a l Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP.
SEMESTER
... F i n a n c i a l
a s s i s t a n c e r e c e i v e d by a s t u d e n t based on h i g h
school performance i n and o u t o f t h e classroom, c o l l e g e
s t a n d i n g , o r t h e r e s u l t o f s p e c i a l t e s t s such a s t h e SAT
o r Am. S c h o l a r s h i p s vary i n amounts and l e n g t h of
d u r a t i o n . The amount g e n e r a l l y depends upon t h e f i n a n c i a l
need o f t h e s t u d e n t . There is no o b l i g a t i o n t o repay.
The same c r i t e r i a a r e used f o r Grants-In-Aid.
.......The
College o p e r a t e s on a 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Each semester
i s 15 weeks i n l e n g t h and t h e i n t e r i m i s 4 weeks.
.
PREREQUISITE. .A course which a s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete b e f o r e
a n o t h e r one may be taken. The p r e r e q u i s i t e course may be
e i t h e r i n t h e same o r a n o t h e r department.
Vol. 37, No. 1, August 1973
AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW i s p u b l i s h e d semi-monthly i n January, March,
August, September and December and monthly i n February, A p r i l , May,
June, J u l y , October and November by Augsburg College, 731 2 1 s t Ave. S.,
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404. Second c l a s s p o s t a g e p a i d a t Minneapolis,
Minnesota.
Introduction
There a r e few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and v i t a l i t y o f a
m e t r o p o l i t a n c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy of t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g .
Augsburg i s one of t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l c o l l e g e s t h a t can o f f e r you
both.
The small c o l l e g e atmosphere e n a b l e s you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t o r a
s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y o f e v e n t s and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s , c o n c e r t s ,
f i l m s , and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on campus. Through
t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r i n t r a m u r a l a t h l e t i c programs you may choose
participation i n athletics.
Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t o f t h e campus. The R e l i g i o u s
L i f e Commission a s s i s t s i n p l a n n i n g d a i l y chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s
may a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y .
Y o u , the s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. Y o u d e s i g n y o u r
own l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e . While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and m a j o r r e q u i r e m e n t s
a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , there i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o d e s i g n much o f y o u r own
education.
A t Augsburg, t h e i n n o v a t i v e and experimental a s w e l l a s t h e
i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The College follows t h e c a l e n d a r known a s t h e
"4-1-4.1'
I n t h e s t u d y of t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l e n c o u n t e r i d e a s and
e x p e r i e n c e s from t h e whole range of human knowledge. The l i b e r a l a r t s
e d u c a t i o n , however, is more t h a n an accumulation o f knowledge from a
number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg recognizes t h a t c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s necessary
i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose from 33 majors f o r hundreds of
career possibilities.
Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r of t h e Twin C i t i e s of Minneapolis and S t .
Paul. I n t h i s m e t r o p o l i t a n s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope of r e s o u r c e s and
a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your e d u c a t i o n . You may choose an
evening a t t h e Tyrone Guthrie T h e a t e r , t h e Brave New Workshop, o r a t any
of t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r c o f f e e houses. You may choose a c o n c e r t by t h e
Minnesota O r c h e s t r a a t nearby Northrop Auditorium o r one by t h e many
p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e
numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l
s p o r t s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, t h e North S t a r s , and
t h e Fighting Saints.
Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g academic
program, a c a p a b l e and d e d i c a t e d s t a f f , a n e a g e r s t u d e n t b o d y , and a
remarkable l o c a t i o n .
The College
Identification
Augsburg i s a f o u r - y e a r l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e a f f i l i a t e d with t h e
American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 y e a r s ago,
Augsburg c e l e b r a t e d i t s c e n t e n n i a l i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century
o f Christian higher education.
The c u r r e n t s t u d e n t body o f 1600 i s l a r g e l y o f Lutheran background
though many denominations a r e r e p r e s e n t e d on campus. About 50% a r e
r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from t h e g r e a t e r
metropolitan area.
Location
Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburg's l o c a t i o n i n t h e Twin
C i t i e s . E x c e l l e n t a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n t h e Minneapolis
I n s t i t u t e of A r t s , t h e Walker A r t Center, and many o t h e r g a l l e r i e s .
The Minnesota O r c h e s t r a and o t h e r a r e a performing o r g a n i z a t i o n s
a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e enjoyment o f music o f many t y p e s . The
Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing
artists.
A v a r i e t y o f d r a m a t i c and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided by
s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such as t h e n a t i o n a l l y known Tyrone Guthrie
T h e a t e r , Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log T h e a t e r , and t h e S t . Paul
C i v i c Opera Company.
R e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t p a r k s n e a r
t h e campus o r s w i m i n one of t h e many a r e a l a k e s . I n t h e w i n t e r you may
j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e
t h e y e a r around.
Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s i s e a s y . S e v e r a l major a i r l i n e s p r o v i d e
d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l A i r p o r t . Bus and
t r a i n connections can be made from a l l a r e a s o f t h e United S t a t e s .
The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t o f downtown Minneapolis
v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e s o u t h e r n b o r d e r o f t h e campus.
( D i r e c t i o n s a r e given o p p o s i t e page 16.)
History
Augsburg was t h e f i r s t seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n
America. Minneapolis r e p l a c e d Marshall, Wisconsin, a s Augsburg's home
i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t
c o l l e g e graduation w a s h e l d i n 1879.
The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when i t s
former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged w i t h t h e American
Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary j o i n e d with Luther T h e o l o g i c a l
Seminary, S t . Paul, Minnesota, t h a t same y e a r .
r
Nature and Objectives
Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e
American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open,
h o n e s t , competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and
humanities i n t h e c o n t e x t o f t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g primary o b j e c t i v e s :
t o e x p o s e s t u d e n t s t o a w i d e v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and
d i s c i p l i n e s , w h i l e a s s i s t i n g t h e m t o become
p r o f i c i e n t i n one area o r major
t o h e l p s t u d e n t s u n d e r s t a n d the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h
i n r e l a t i o n t o the c o n t e m p o r a r y w o r l d
t o d e v e l o p s t u d e n t s ' l o v e o f l e a r n i n g and their
f a c u l t i e s o f r e a s o n , c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and
i m a g i n a t i o n b y e n c o u r a g i n g and m a i n t a i n i n g
academic e x c e l l e n c e
t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s ' u n d e r s t a n J i n g o f the u r b a n
e n v i r o n m e n t and c u l t u r e , and t o e n a b l e t h e m t o
g a i n the s k i l l s n e e d e d t o r e s p o n d c r e a t i v e l y t o
the p r o b l e m s and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f the modern
city
t o e n c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n their interests
and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d t h e m i n d i s c o v e r i n g the
occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which e x i s t f o r them
t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n their i n t e l l e c t u a l , e m o t i o n a l ,
and s p i r i t u a l g r o w t h ; t o e n c o u r a g e t h e m t o d e v e l o p
a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r c o m p a t i b l e
w i t h the Christian f a i t h .
I
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of a s s o c i a t i o n s
t h a t s e t standards by which excellence i s judged. Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s
t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e :
North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools.
The National Council f o r t h e Accreditation of Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
The Campus
Augsburg's compact campus i s l o c a t e d i n t h e h e a r t of Minneapolis
surrounding Murphy Square, t h e f i r s t of t h e 155 parks i n t h e "City of
Lakes." The College c u r r e n t l y has 14 major buildings with a number of
cottage housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The
University of Minnesota and two o f t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview
and S t . Mary's, a r e adjacent t o t h e campus.
Visiting the Campus
The purpose of t h e campus v i s i t is t o permit s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n ,
first-hand, about t h e College program, f a c i l i t i e s , and admissions
requirements. A personal interview a f f o r d s candidates, parents, and t h e
admissions counselor t h e opportunity t o exchange information v i t a l i n t h e
process o f s e l e c t i n g a college and i n making admissions decisions. A
student-conducted campus t o u r and an interview with an admissions o f f i c e r
a r e s t r o n g l y recommended b u t a r e not mandatory.
Students who wish t o arrange f o r a t o u r and an interview a r e asked
Preferred
t o w r i t e f o r an appointment o r c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181)
times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may
a l s o be made t o meet with a member of t h e f a c u l t y and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s ,
Monday through Friday, when school i s i n s e s s i o n .
.
School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e College.
Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e Office of Admissions, Augsburg
College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed t o
s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your i n d i v i d u a l
t a l e n t s ; t h e r e i s no s i n g l e mold. Here you w i l l d i s c o v e r t h e world while
p r e p a r i n g f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d out who you a r e . Augsburgls goal
and p r e p a r e
a s a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly them f o r competency i n t h e modern world.
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg follows t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Two 15-week semesters a r e
s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each semester t h e
s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; during t h e i n t e r i m t h e r e i s c o n c e n t r a t i o n
on one s u b j e c t .
The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole world
becomes an a r e n a of l e a r n i n g . Creative e n e r g i e s and i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s
determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation and experimentation a r e
encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e general academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n
music may t a k e form i n t h e s t u d y and p r e s e n t a t i o n of a concert program.
I n t e r e s t i n people may f i n d form i n t h e study and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n
a c t i v i t i e s o f a s o c i a l agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies
provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r
what your i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e opportunity t o experience
and experiment while l e a r n i n g .
Faculty
Augsburgls f a c u l t y o f about 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r l e s s i n s i z e .
The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o i s 17.8 t o one.
In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r h e l p
on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r f i r s t name and o f t e n
j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l climate, r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t
v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having
coffee.
General Education Requirements
Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been determined,
n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g process, b u t as a guide through t h e l i b e r a l
a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e planned course
of study (many of them would be chosen even i f t h e y weren't required)
.
In general, t h e s e courses, with choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t o f
s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and drama and
r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics,
and psychology. A few courses from economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e ,
sociology, and f o r e i g n languages o r l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and
p r o f i c i e n c y i n English must b e demonstrated. One course from an approved
l i s t o f courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns i s
r e q u i r e d as well a s p h y s i c a l education a c t i v i t i e s . (For details, see
"Academic Administration" section. )
Majors
Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments.
American S t u d i e s
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
E a s t Asian S t u d i e s
Economics
Economics /Business
Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro -Urban S t u d i e s
Music
N a t u r a l Science
Philosophy
Physics
P o l i t i c a l Science
Psychology
P h y s i c a l Education
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
S o c i a l Science
S o c i a l Work
Sociology
Spanish 1
Speech
Theater A r t s
Other maj o r s a r e a v a i l a b l e through t h e Five College Cooperative
s t u d e n t exchange program. The O f f i c e of t h e R e g i s t r a r should be consulted
f o r f u r t h e r information.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who p l a n t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine, d e n t i s t r y ,
pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and engineering, can p r o f i t from a l i b e r a l a r t s
education a t Augsburg. I t i s suggested t h a t requirements f o r admission
t o graduate schools o r seminaries be reviewed and then t h e course o f s t u d y
a t Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope of
courses i n t h e n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e humanities, and i n
r e l i g i o n and philosophy which w i 11 provide t h e n e c e s s a r y p r e p a r a t i o n f o r
future professional study.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e Twin
C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs.
F I V E COLLEGE COOPERATIVE PROGRAM. S t u d e n t s a t Augsburg and t h e S t .
Paul c o l l e g e s o f Hamline, Macalester, S t . Catherine and S t . Thomas may
e l e c t one course each semester a t another campus without a d d i t i o n a l f e e .
Students may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o gain new p e r s p e c t i v e s , t o g e t b e t t e r
acquainted with t h e o t h e r s c h o o l s , o r because a s p e c i f i c course i s n o t
o f f e r e d on t h e home campus. Because t h e s e f i v e c o l l e g e s have coordinated
c a l e n d a r s , t h e i n t e r i m t e r m may a l s o be taken on a n o t h e r campus. A
r e g u l a r l y scheduled bus s h u t t l e s s t u d e n t s f r e e between t h e campuses.
Augsburg College a l s o cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s i n planning
s t u d y o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m . For example, Augsburg and
S t . Olaf j o i n t l y p l a n a number of f o r e i g n s t u d y o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e
i n t e r i m . Since t h e i n t e r i m program i s new each y e a r , t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r
should be consulted r e g a r d i n g planned programs.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group i s composed o f 12
c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned
a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e innovative c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r s t u d e n t s ,
interchange and s h a r i n g o f academic personnel and o t h e r college r e s o u r c e s ,
cooperative r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t s , f o r e i g n study, j o i n t sponsorship of a
metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development o f programs c o n s i s t e n t
with t h e needs and resources of t h e community o r g a n i z a t i o n s o f t h e Upper
Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative e f f o r t between Augsburg
College and Metropolitan S t a t e J u n i o r College i n downtown Minneapolis
has r e s u l t e d i n t h e establishment o f a f o u r I y e a r program i n s o c i b l o g y
o r psychology with a chemical dependency s p e c i a l i t y . The program i s
designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o h e l p p r o f e s s i o n a l people i n d e a l i n g with
chemical dependency problems. Courses a r e taken both on t h e Augsburg and
t h e Metropolitan campuses.
These co-learning c l a s s e s
CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES (CHR).
b r i n g t o g e t h e r Augsburg s t u d e n t s , p r i s o n inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s ,
guards, and s t u d e n t s a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r s . A l l t a k e courses f o r
c r e d i t from Augsburg. Classes a r e h e l d a t such p l a c e s as t h e S t . Cloud
Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r S t a t e P r i s o n ,
S t . P e t e r S e c u r i t y Hospital, and T r e v i l l a o f Robbinsdale, a halfway house
r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r . The courses o f f e r e d a r e from s e v e r a l c o l l e g e
departments, and t h e response o f s t u d e n t s involved i n t h e courses, both
from Augsburg and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s , has been extremely f a v o r a b l e .
The purpose o f t h e course i s t o g e t a f i r s t - h a n d view o f t h e p r i s o n s
and h o s p i t a l s and p e r s o n a l i z e t h e study by a c t u a l l y i n t e r a c t i n g with
inmates and t h e i r problems.
Each y e a r t h e Conservation of Human Resources o f f i c e a t Augsburg
holds t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o h e l p pay fox inmates1 m a t r i c u l a t i o n i n
t h e s e co-learning courses.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburgfs summer school calendar i s coordinated with
t h a t o f Concordia College i n S t . Paul. Students who e n r o l l may s e l e c t
courses on e i t h e r campus. Two s e s s i o n s ( f i v e weeks each) a r e o f f e r e d
t o permit s t u d e n t s t o complete courses toward t h e i r degrees.
.
Augsburg and
COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL, DATA INSTITUTE. (CDI )
CDI have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r the e q u i v a l e n t of
t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o
Aupsburg College.
A F F I L I A T I O N WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e Schools
o f Nursing a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis
r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t Augsburg. Application f o r admission
t o t h e Schools of Nursing should be made d i r e c t l y t o t h e h o s p i t a l s .
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with Hennepin County General,
Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s , Augsburg o f f e r s
work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a c o l l e g e degree with a major
i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t t h r e e y e a r s o f t h i s work a r e taken a t
Augsburg and a f i n a l twelve-month program i s completed a t one of t h e
three hospitals.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked out i n
cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration H o s p i t a l , Fairview H o s p i t a l ,
and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s who complete a
major i n p h y s i c a l education with s p e c . i a l i z a t i o n i n C o r r e c t i v e Therapy.
Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be approved
by t h e D i r e c t o r of P h y s i c a l Education. Application should be made during
t h e s p r i n g semester o f t h e sophomore y e a r . Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o
have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed i n t h e major and a 2.0
grade-point average o v e r - a l l . A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e ,
consult with t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence
of courses.
International Study
There a r e s e v e r a l types of i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences a v a i l a b l e t o
Augsburg s t u d e n t s .
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN),
Augsburg
p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN program. This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e
u n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each y e a r
t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s a r e granted
p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer i n informal s t u d y
i n one of t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications t o t h e program a r e made i n
t h e s p r i n g of t h e sophomore y e a r . The SPAN program c o n s i s t s o f t h r e e
s t a g e s : language s t u d y and group meetings during t h e school y e a r b e f o r e
departure, independent study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e
following summer and t h e w r i t i n g of a paper upon r e t u r n .
-
~
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which
Augsburg s t u d e n t s may spend t h e i r sophomore o r j u n i o r y e a r i n study a t a
number o f European e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . These i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e :
The U n i v e r s i t y o f Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e
i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r American U n i v e r s i t i e s a t Aix-en-Provence
i n France. In a d d i t i o n t o t h e s e programs, t h e r e a r e many o t h e r
o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r study a l l over t h e - w o r l d , and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg
s t u d e n t s may arrange t o t a k e p a r t i n approved programs by making
a p p l i c a t i o n through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. This type o f study must
be approved b e f o r e d e p a r t u r e by one's f a c u l t y a d v i s e r f i r s t , and then by
t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. C r e d i t earned through
f o r e i g n study may be a p p l i e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s graduation requirements as
e l e c t i v e s , a s elements o f t h e major sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some o f t h e
general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e i s a wide v a r i e t y of p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r
t h o s e who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg
s t u d e n t s have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece,
Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n f u r t h e r information contact t h e
Foreign Study Adviser.
INTERIM. Study abroad during t h e i n t e r i m i s planned f o r each y e a r .
See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg I n t e r i m Catalog. For information on
programs a v a i l a b l e through o t h e r c o l l e g e s , contact t h e Foreign Study
Adviser.
Honors Program
Some s p e c i a l accelerated sections are available t o freshman students
with outstanding high school records. For superior students of a l l c l a s s
years, i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars are offered each term.
Several departments o f the College o f f e r programs through which the
student can earn honors i n the major. The opportunity t o do independent
study i n f i e l d s of i n t e r e s t i s available throughout t h e College.
For students who apply f o r and receive s p e c i a l s t a t u s as Honors
Scholars, general education requirements are modified as necessary t o meet
the student's needs and i n t e r e s t s . Additional information on the honors
program i s available upon request from t h e Honors Program Director a t
Augsburg
.
Degrees
Augsburg College o f f e r s the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree, and t h e
degree of Bachelor of Music. ( S e e t h e Department o f Music f o r B.M. d e g r e e
requirements)
Student Life
Your experiences i n t h e classroom a r e major i n f l u e n c e s i n your
c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s
and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether as a r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t o r commuter, y o u ' l l
f i n d t h a t t h e climate f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t Augsburg adds dimension
t o your education.
Social and Cultural
Throughout t h e year, a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s
t a k e p l a c e on campus as well as i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . These a c t i v i t i e s
i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l d i n n e r s , b i g name entertainment, and v i s i t i n g
p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n various f i e l d s .
The College Center i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on campus.
Offices f o r t h e College newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, and t h e
t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many o f t h e clubs t h a t u n i t e
classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s meet i n t h e Center.
There a r e s e v e r a l o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. In
a d d i t i o n t o campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir, Concert
Band, and Orchestra t o u r annually. The S t r i n g Ensemble, t h e Choral Club,
and s e v e r a l student-organized groups a l s o perform on and off campus.
Recreation
Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r h i s own
r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An i n t r a m u r a l program provides competition
i n a v a r i e t y of team s p o r t s a s w e l l a s i n d i v i d u a l performance a c t i v i t i e s .
Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r
intramural winners a t various c o l l e g e s
.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is a member of t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c
Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e annually competes i n t e n s p o r t s i n c l u d i n g
f o o t b a l l , soccer, c r o s s country, b a s k e t b a l l , hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l ,
t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f .
Religious Life
An important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s a c t i v i t i e s .
The Religious L i f e Commission, c h a i r e d by a s t u d e n t and composed o f
s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o
worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through d i s c u s s i o n
and s e r v i c e . The chapel s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d f o u r times a week a r e
both experimental and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and
staff attend voluntarily.
Student Services
The s t a f f of t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e f o r
c o n s u l t a t i o n on q u e s t i o n s o f academic procedure, p e r s o n a l , academic and
f i n a n c i a l problems, s t u d e n t l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s , residence h a l l s , and
c a r e e r , p r o f e s s i o n a l and l i f e - s t y l e planning.
A l l members o f t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e a s academic a d v i s e r s .
Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s o f academic i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e
encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h c l o s e working r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r a d v i s e r .
The f a c u l t y t a k e s both a s c h o l a s t i c and p e r s o n a l i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s .
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o respond t o
t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s l i v i n g c o n d i t i o n s ,
a v a r i e t y o f housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided. The residence h a l l
program i s designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with
o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a n t i n group d e c i s i o n making.
Each residence u n i t has one o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o
f a c i l i t a t e t h e process o f group l i v i n g a s well as d i s c u s s t h e p e r s o n a l
concerns of i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s .
The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s Urness Tower.
This elevens t o r y high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered a house u n i t
providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own lounge, s t u d y , and
u t i l i t y areas.
Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e :
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l houses about 60 upperclass men and
women. The Center Ear Student Development i s l o c a t e d h e r e a s w e l l as
some f a c u l t y and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e o f f i c e s .
West H a l l houses 38 women. West Hall has been converted from an
apartment b u i l d i n g ; each u n i t houses f o u r s t u d e n t s who s h a r e two rooms
and b a t h .
Mortensen Tower, t h e newest residence h a l l , i s an a l t e r n a t i v e t o
t r a d i t i o n a l residence h a l l l i v i n g . I t contains 104 one-and two-bedroom
apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass s t u d e n t s .
A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex h o u s i n g u n i t s , i n t h e
g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r upperclass men o r women.
The r e s i d e n t s function as a group t o s h a r e t h e l i v i n g space, house
r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s , and cooking. Annex housing a l s o accommodates married
s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members.
A l l freshmen and sophomores not l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d t o l i v e
i n c o l l e g e operated housing.
Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, a i r conditioned, and contains k i t c h e n
u n i t s . I t i s otherwise unfurnished. In o t h e r residence h a l l s o r houses
rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s , and
bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n each residence. An
o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s i n residence h a l l s
and annex housing u n i t s .
Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r t h e
e n t i r e school y e a r . A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass s t u d e n t s , i s
payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. Students who have n o t p a i d
t h e room d e p o s i t by t h i s d a t e a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y removed from t h e housing
r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1.
A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25 breakage and
f i n e d e p o s i t a t r e g i s t r a t i o n . The f e e i s refunded upon graduation,
t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g education program a t
Augsburg i f t h e condition o f t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and
t h e key i s returned.
Food Service
The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e top f l o o r of the College Center, is the
main food s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This pleasant room features small t a b l e u n i t s
f o r easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy
Square. The portions a r e generous and modestly priced. Students on
board plan l i v i n g i n residence h a l l s e a t t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground f l o o r of t h e Center, features
short orders and is open through the noon hour and i n t h e evenings.
Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y of board plan options f o r those l i v i n g
i n College houses o r nearby apartments.
The Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program (MUSIP) is Augsburgls new
College-wide program. I t provides students i n a l l f i e l d s of study with
the opportunity t o gain p r a c t i c a l on-the-job experience t h a t can be
r e l a t e d t o t h e i r academic program o r personal i n t e r e s t s . Internships are
available with a v a r i e t y of companies, agencies and community organizations.
Admission to the College and Financial Aid
Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College is a simple procedure.
Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s reviewed by t h e Admissions O f f i c e and s t u d e n t s a r e
accepted on t h e b a s i s o f high school performance, promise of success i n
c o l l e g e as shown by c o l l e g e entrance examination s c o r e s , o t h e r
motivational f a c t o r s , and personal recommendations.
I t i s t h e p o l i c y of Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l persons equal
o p p o r t u n i t y t o b e n e f i t from i t s e d u c a t i o n a l programs, s t u d e n t personnel
s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, s t u d e n t employment and o t h e r s e r v i c e s
without regard t o race, c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , s e x o r e t h n i c background.
A v i s i t t o t h e campus is h i g h l y recommended: admissions counselors
a r e a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you, answer your q u e s t i o n s , and arrange f o r you t o
s e e t h e campus.
The Application Process
1. Secure from t h e Admissions Office, and complete, an o f f i c i a l
a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission.
2. Hand t h e completed a p p l i c a t i o n t o your high school counselor,
along with t h e $10.00 a p p l i c a t i o n f e e , and ask t h a t t h e s e be s e n t with
your o f f i c i a l high school t r a n s c r i p t through t h e l a s t complete semester
t o : Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn 55404
.
3. Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The College recommends t h a t
candidates s i t f o r t h e examination a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r
year. Your high school counselor can t e l l you when t h e s e t e s t s a r e
scheduled i n your a r e a .
4. Admissions t o t h e College a r e made on a " r o l l i n g " b a s i s : as soon
a s an a p p l i c a t i o n f i l e i s complete, a d e c i s i o n w i l l be made and t h e s t u d e n t
n o t i f i e d . A non-refundable $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t i s r e q u i r e d by A p r i l 1
a f t e r acceptance has been made and/or f i n a n c i a l a i d ( i f a p p l i e d f o r ) has
been awarded.
5. A f t e r t h e d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete a
medical h i s t o r y form, which w i l l be s e n t by t h e College.
6 . Room assignments f o r those who have requested t o l i v e on campus,
and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed t o t h e s t u d e n t during t h e
summer.
Transfer
Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and
u n i v e r s i t i e s on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s , and
recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s courses
s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s . The College r e s e r v e s
t h e r i g h t n o t t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses where i t considers t h e work
u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken at
unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s . The grade average f o r graduation i s based on
work taken a t Augsburg, b u t t o determine graduation with d i s t i n c t i o n , a l l
grades a r e averaged. T r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s with t h e A.A. degree a r e
considered a s having met a l l g e n e r a l education requirements a t Augsburg
except f o r two courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s .
1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an o f f i c i a l
a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. This should be s e n t t o t h e Admissions O f f i c e
with a $10.00 a p p l i c a t i o n f e e .
2. Request o f f i c i a l t r a n s c r i p t s from any c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y
a t t e n d e d t o be s e n t d i r e c t l y t o t h e A t h i s s i o n s O f f i c e
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404
3 . Two p e r s o n a l recommendations w i l l be requested. Upon r e c e i v i n g
t h e s e forms, give them t o two persons who can w r i t e i n your b e h a l f .
Return d i r e c t l y t o t h e Admissions O f f i c e i n t h e postage p a i d envelopes
which a r e provided.
4. Admissions t o t h e College a r e made on a " r o l l i n g " b a s i s : soon
a f t e r an a p p l i c a t i o n f i l e i s complete, a d e c i s i o n w i l l be made and t h e
s t u d e n t n o t i f i e d . A non-refundable $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t i s r e q u e s t e d
w i t h i n one month a f t e r acceptance has been made and/or f i n a n c i a l a i d ( i f
a p p l i e d f o r ) has been awarded.
5. A f t e r a d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete a
medical h i s t o r y form, which w i l l be s e n t by t h e College.
6 . Room assignments f o r t h o s e who have r e q u e s t e d t o l i v e on campus
and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer.
Early Decision
An E a r l y Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t Augsburg
a s t h e i r f i r s t c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an o f f e r of admission
i f it i s extended. An E a r l y Decision candidate must apply by November 15
o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e admission d e c i s i o n about
December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d ,
i f needed, has been provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw
a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n i s based
upon t h e academic r e c o r d through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and
recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t which i s non-refundable i s
r e q u i r e d by January 1.
Early Admission
An E a r l y Admission Program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few high s c h o o l j u n i o r s .
To apply f o r E a r l y Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a h i g h academic r e c o r d
and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o
cope with a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s j u n i o r y e a r i n high school. Also,
i t i s recommended t h a t t h e s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h
school diploma during t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A
s t u d e n t applying f o r E a r l y Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude T e s t
i n January o r March of h i s j u n i o r y e a r .
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement i s g r a n t e d t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e b a s i s
o f work t a k e n i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n courses beyond t h e
beginning l e v e l . Placement may be determined by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l
and length of t h e s t u d y p r e v i o u s l y completed.
Campus Guide
West H a l l
George Sverdrup Library
Science H a l l
Old Main
Mortensen Tower and
V i s i t o r s Parking (on 8 t h S t r e e t )
Urness Tower
The College Center
The Quadrangle
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l
A r t S t u d i o and A r t Annex
Murphy Square
Organ S t u d i o
The Music Building
S i Melby H a l l
Speech and Drama Building
E a s t H a l l (Band Building)
A.
B.
F a c u l t y - S t a f f Parking (Permit Required)
S,tudent Parking (Permit Required)
Offices
Admissions (Science 156)
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd f l o o r )
Audio-Visual (Memorial ground f l o o r )
Augsburgian (College Center ground f l o o r )
A u x i l i a r y Programs (Memorial 128)
Bookstore (College Center 1st f l o o r )
Business A f f a i r s (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement
(Memorial 1 s t f l o o r )
Center f o r Student Development
(Memorial 1 s t f l o o r )
College R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o o r )
CHR (Memori a1 ground f 1oor)
Data P r o c e s s i n g (Science 32)
Dean o f t h e College (Science 135)
Development Office (Memorial 2nd f l o o r )
ECHO (College Center ground f l o o r )
Advanced Standing
College cred't i s g r a n t e d t o high school s t u d e n t s who have
s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have s c o r e d high on
t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o award c r e d i t on
t h e b a s i s o f s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level Examinations o f f e r e d by
t h e College Entrance Examinations Board. Requests f o r d e t a i l e d
information may be addressed t o t h e R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg.
Financial Aid
About 70% o f a l l Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e from
t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s , loans, campus employment,
o r a combination o f t h e s e . Assistance i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f
f i n a n c i a l need and academic record. Application f o r a i d i s made by
completing t h e P a r e n t s t C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement (PCS) o f t h e College
S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg
Application f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid.
For t h e academic y e a r 1972-73, 1080 of t h e 1600 s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg
r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g $784,000 from Augsburg and a l l
o t h e r s o u r c e s , and f e d e r a l loans t o t a l i n g $335,000.
Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and Grant
Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o apply and t h e
following f e d e r a l programs : Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic
Opportunity Grant, N a t i o n a l D i r e c t Student Loan (formerly National Defense
Student Loan), College Work-Study, and F e d e r a l l y Insured Student Loan.
Both on-campus and off-campus work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e .
The deadline f o r s u b m i t t i n g t h e PCS i s A p r i l 1. For information,
c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aid O f f i c e a t Augsburg College.
Expenses
Expenses
TUITION
-
$2,115.00
T h i s f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r r e t u r n i n g
s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee plan) e n t e r i n g t h e academic y e a r
beginning i n September. S t u d e n t s a r e considered f u l l time when t h e y t a k e
t h r e e o r more courses during t h e s e m e s t e r terms.
Under t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r , t h e s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e s e m e s t e r
p e r i o d s . Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner:
T u i t i o n and Fees f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $1,175.00
T u i t i o n f o r t h e remaining s e m e s t e r i s $940.00
I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a r e f u n d i s n o t a u t h o r i z e d .
A p a r t - t i m e r a t e of $280.00 a course i s charged t h e s t u d e n t t a k i n g
l e s s t h a n t h r e e courses i n a s e m e s t e r o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an i n t e r i m
course only.
Full-time s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course without charge.
s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $140.00 a course.
SPECIAL FEES
- NOT
For p a r t - t i m e
REFUNDABLE
A p p l i c a t i o n f e e , $10.00 i s r e q u i r e d from a l l new s t u d e n t s .
Graduation f e e i s $15.00.
Regist r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s s t u d y i n g abroad on approved non-Augsburg
programs i s $25.00.
S e n i o r s e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one of t h e
h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. The charge w i l l be $170.00.
Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s
i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r
c l a s s e s begin i s $5.00 p e r day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
-
NOT REFUNDABLE
Cinema A r t s , $10.00
Computer Science, $25 .OO
Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e )
, $50.00
Student Teaching, $35.00
Improvement of Reading, $30.00
Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $84.00 a s e m e s t e r (14 l e s s o n s ) ,
o r $6.00 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m .
P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one hour a day: organ,
$20.00 ($5.00 an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8.00 ($2.00 an i n t e r i m ) .
Band-Orchestra instrument r e n t a l : $7.50 a term.
OTHER COSTS
Transcript fee:
f i r s t copy free, additional copy, $1.00.
Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter students:
$2 .OO o r $3.00.
Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations are made i n the R e g i s t r a r ' s
Office, with charges according t o the schedule on f i l e .
Books and supplies a r e available from the Bookstore on a cash o r
charge account b a s i s .
BOARD AND ROOM
Full Board and Room
$1,161.00
P a r t i a l Board and Room
$1,125.00
Meal Coupons and Room
(Limited Residences)
$
801.00
5 Day Lunch Plan
$
234.00
In the event of excessive increases i n t h e cost of operation, these
board r a t e s may be increased a t any time before o r during the contract
year.
A f u l l board plan provides 21 meals p e r week. The p a r t i a l board plan
provides 14 meals p e r week i n a combination of breakfasts and dinner o r
noon lunch and dinners.
The meal coupons are r e s t r i c t e d t o apartment s t y l e residences named
by the college i n t h e "Housing and Food Services contractt'.
A lunch contract i s available t o non-resident students and provides
f i v e noon lunches p e r week.
Linen service i s available i n residence h a l l s on a d i r e c t contract
basis from a l o c a l linen supply company a t about $35.00 p e r year.
1974-75 Cost Summary
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10.00
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,115.00
Application Fee.
Tuition
( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 paid on a c c e p t a n c e
t o Augsburg and a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n c h a r g e s . )
. . . . . . . . . . $1,125.00-$1,161.00
Deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
25.00
Board and Room
Breakage
(Refunded on t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg)
Deposits
T U I T I O N DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50.00 (not refundable). Required
o f s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission has been accepted; t o be p a i d
by A p r i l 1, 1974 (payment is due January 1 under E a r l y Decision Program).
The payment i s a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00 (not
refundable). Required a t t h e time of s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o r e s e r v e a
housing assignment f o r t h e term beginning September, and a p p l i e d t o t h e
room charge.
-
BREAKAGE AND F I N E DEPOSIT A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n , $25.00.
Refundable upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r
d i s c o n t i n u i n g education program a t Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement o f estimated charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l be prepared and
forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment of t h e five-month
b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second semester i s due January 20.
V a r i a t i o n from t h i s schedule must be arranged with t h e Business Office
p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r
account f o r a preceeding term has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l .
Refunds
I f a s t u d e n t decides t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , refunds o f t u i t i o n
and room charges a r e allowed according t o t h e following schedule:
100% through t h e f i r s t Friday o f c l a s s e s .
80% during t h e balance o f f i r s t week of c l a s s e s .
70% during t h e second week o f c l a s s e s .
60% during t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s .
50% during t h e f o u r t h week of c l a s s e s .
40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s .
No allowance i s given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. If a s t u d e n t i s f o r c e d
t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s during t h e f i r s t
f i v e weeks o f t h e t e n , t h e charge i s reduced by 50%.
Students r e q u i r e d t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l r e c e i v e a f u l l
refund of t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e refund on room charges.
In a l l cases, board refunds a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s .
Academic Administration
Students who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o p l a n t h e i r
own course of s t u d y with t h e h e l p of f a c u l t y a d v i s e r s who a r e r e a d i l y
a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n and guidance. A w e l l planned program o f l i b e r a l
a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l i n c l u d e courses i n t h e humanities, t h e n a t u r a l s c i e n c e s ,
and t h e s o c i a l s c i e n c e s .
Augsburg graduates a r e expected t o be a b l e t o w r i t e e f f e c t i v e l y ; they
a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some
understanding of c u l t u r e s o u t s i d e t h e United S t a t e s .
The g e n e r a l p h y s i c a l a c t i v i t i e s courses a t Augsburg a r e designed t o
equip s t u d e n t s f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s .
Courses i n r e l i g i o n a r e i n t e n d e d t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r
r e f l e c t i o n on t h e meaning o f t h e C h r i s t i a n Church through t h e s t u d y o f
i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s mission.
MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1.
35 courses of which 11 must be upper d i v i s i o n (numbered i n t h e
300's and 400's) and n o t more than 13 i n one department.
2.
Completion of a major.
3.
A grade p o i n t average of 2 . 0 i n a l l courses taken and i n courses
which apply toward t h e major.
4.
The l a s t y e a r a t Augsburg College.
5.
Three i n t e r i m c o u r s e s .
6.
S a t i s f a c t o r y completion of d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as follows
(One course may meet one requirement only) :
a.
A course i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated
proficiency i n writing.
b.
A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e f o l l o w i n g f o u r
groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e (from t h e
Department of English) ; philosophy; speech o r drama.
c.
A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following departments:
biology, chemistry, mathematics, p h y s i c s , psychology.
d.
A course from one o r two of t h e f o l l o w i n g departments:
economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y ; and
one o r two courses from t h e Department of Foreign
Languages t o make a t o t a l of t h r e e courses i n t h e s e
f i v e departments.
e.
Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , of which n o t more
t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m course. A l l courses l i s t e d
i n t h e Department of R e l i g i o n meet t h i s requirement except
t h a t only one course of H i s t o r y of Religion may apply.
f.
A course r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns.
g.
Three r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y
i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s . S t u d e n t s with p r o f i c i e n c y i n
one o r two s p o r t s may meet t h i s requirement with one
semester o f a c t i v i t i e s .
Divisional Organization
The c o l l e g e courses a r e organized i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n o r d e r t o
make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and cooperative aims
more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each d i v i s i o n i s appointed f o r a
two-year term.
Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e departmental
s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n .
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Earl R. A l t o n
Chairman :
Department
Department
Department
Department
of
of
of
of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairman :
Norma C . Noonan
Department o f Business Administration, Business Education,
and Economics
Department o f H i s t o r y
Department of P o l i t i c a l Science
Department o f Psychology
Department of Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Chairman :
E i n a r 0. J o h n s o n
Department of Education : Elementary Education, Geography,
L i b r a r y Science, Secondary Education
Department of P h y s i c a l Education and Health Education
Department of Music
HUMANITIES
Chairman :
P h i l i p A. Quanbeck
Department of A r t
Department o f E n g l i s h
Department of Foreign Languages : French, German, Greek,
Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish
Department of Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r A r t s
Department of Religion
Department o f Philosophy
Registration
A s t u d e n t must be r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n o r d e r t o r e c e i v e c r e d i t
f o r it.
A normal load i s f o u r courses p e r s e m e s t e r and one course i n t h e
i n t e r i m . Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r f o u r courses p e r semester a r e
defined as full-time students.
Although a s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e s e m e s t e r
begins, i t i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e r e g u l a r l y scheduled time. A
f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s a l s o charged f o r changing
r e g i s t r a t i o n , i . e . , c a n c e l l i n g o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e
days of t h e semester.
S t u d e n t s a r e urged n o t t o abandon courses f o r which t h e y a r e
r e g i s t e r e d , Abandoned courses r e s u l t i n a f a i l i n g grade. C a n c e l l a t i o n
of courses o r c a n c e l l a t i o n from c o l l e g e must be done i n t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s
Office.
S t u d e n t s who have completed a t l e a s t seven courses with a 2.0 average
a r e c l a s s i f i e d as sophomores, 16 as j u n i o r s , and 25 as s e n i o r s .
Probation and Dismissal
A s t u d e n t may be p l a c e d on s c h o l a s t i c p r o b a t i o n a t t h e end of a term
i f h i s achievement i s u n s a t i s f a c t o r y :
FRESHMAN,
SOPHOMORE,
JUNIOR,
SENIOR,
below
below
below
below
1.6
1.7
1.9
2.0
o r 2 z e r o grades having taken 6 o r fewer courses
o r 3 z e r o grades having taken 7-15 courses
having t a k e n 16-24 courses
having t a k e n 25 o r more courses
I f a s t u d e n t has been on p r o b a t i o n two o r more semesters c o n s e c u t i v e l y ,
he i s s u b j e c t t o d i s m i s s a l a t t h e end of t h e f o l l o w i n g s p r i n g term. A
s t u d e n t who h a s a poor academic r e c o r d may be s t r o n g l y advised t o withdraw
b e f o r e t h e end o f s p r i n g term, b u t i f he wishes t o do s o he may continue
on p r o b a t i o n u n t i l t h e end of t h e s p r i n g term.
Dismissal from t h e c o l l e g e a t t h e end o f t h e s p r i n g term w i l l n o t b e
automatic. Each case w i l l be reviewed by t h e Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing.
A s t u d e n t who h a s been on p r o b a t i o n f o r two terms and withdraws from
t h e c o l l e g e v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l permission t o r e - e n r o l l .
Grading
Most courses a r e graded on a s c a l e of 4.0 t o 0 w i t h d e f i n i t i o n s as
follows :
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0
.b
Achieves h i g h e s t s t a n d a r d s o f e x c e l l e n c e
Achieves above b a s i c course s t a n d a r d s .
Meets b a s i c s t a n d a r d s f o r t h e course.
Performance below b a s i c course s t a n d a r d s .
Unacceptable performance (no c r e d i t f o r t h e course)
.
Most courses a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No C r e d i t system, with P
meaning a grade of 2.0 o r b e t t e r and N meaning no c r e d i t and a grade of
l e s s t h a n 2.0. On t h e P/N grading system t h e grade i s n o t computed i n t h e
grade p o i n t average.
A s t u d e n t may count a maximum of e i g h t courses of P toward g r a d u a t i o n .
For t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s t h e maximum i s an average of two courses p e r y e a r .
An incomplete grade ( I ) may be given only i n t h e case of an extreme
emergency. To r e c e i v e an I grade, a s t u d e n t must f i l e a p e t i t i o n with
t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r
r e q u e s t i n g i t , t h e p l a n and d a t e f o r removing i t , and comments from t h e
i n s t r u c t o r of t h e course. I f permission t o r e c e i v e an I grade i s g r a n t e d ,
i t must be removed d u r i n g t h e f o l l o w i n g semester.
A grade of X may b e given f o r an Independent Study o r D i r e c t e d Study
course t h a t i s t o be s p r e a d o v e r more t h a n one s e m e s t e r . Such a course
must be completed d u r i n g t h e second s e m e s t e r o r t h e grade of X w i l l remain
on t h e r e c o r d .
A course i n which a grade o f 0, 1.0, N, I , o r X has been r e c e i v e d
may be repsated f o r c r e d i t . Only the c r e d i t s and grades earned t h e
second time are counted toward g r a d u a t i o n and i n t h e grade p o i n t average.
Courses i n wllich h i g h e r grades have been earned may n o t be r e p e a t e d f o r
c r e d i t ; t h e y may, however, be a u d i t e d .
Education c o u r s e s 371, 372, and 480-484 a r e graded only by P, 1.0,
o r N.
Sociology courses 231 and 383 a r e graded only on t h e P/N g r a d i n g
system.
S t u d e n t s must i n d i c a t e on t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n c a r d t h o s e courses which
t h e y wish t o t a k e on t h e P/N g r a d i n g system. Any changes i n choice of
grading system must b e made d u r i n g t h e f i r s t two weeks of t h e s e m e s t e r .
A f e e i s charged a f t e r t h e first t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s .
Graduation With Distinction
Graduation with d i s t i n c t i o n i s determined as follows :
Summa cum laude
Magna cum laude
Cum laude
3.9
3.6
3.3
-
4.0 grade average
3.89 grade average
- 3.59 grade average
-
General Information
Credit by Examination
S t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n e a r n i n g c r e d i t by examinations should
c o n s u l t with department chairmen o r with t h e R e g i s t r a r . C r e d i t may be
earned through t h e College Level Examination Program (CLEP) o r by
comprehensive examinations.
Classification
.......
..........
........
Sophomore
Junior
Senior..
........14 grade p o i n t s
........32 grade p o i n t s
7 courses
16 courses
25 c o u r s e s . .
..... .50
grade p o i n t s
To be considered f u l l time f o r t h e y e a r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r
a t l e a s t t h r e e courses each of t h e two semesters and one course during t h e
i n t e r i m ( f o r a t o t a l of seven c o u r s e s ) . To be considered f u l l time f o r a
semester, a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e c o u r s e s .
Courses
A l l courses have e q u i v a l e n t v a l u e u n l e s s otherwise i n d i c a t e d . A
course h a s t h e approximate v a l u e o f 4 s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35
courses i s r e q u i r e d f o r g r a d u a t i o n .
Most courses meet f o r t h r e e sixty-minute p e r i o d s o r two ninety-minute
p e r i o d s a week i n a d d i t i o n t o l a b o r a t o r i e s . Each s e m e s t e r i s
approximately 15 weeks i n l e n g t h .
Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making changes i n course
o f f e r i n g s . Courses with inadequate r e g i s t r a t i o n may be c a n c e l l e d .
Students should c o n s u l t t h e schedule of c l a s s e s t o determine d e f i n i t e l y
t h e c u r r e n t course o f f e r i n g s .
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 a r e lower d i v i s i o n courses; t h o s e numbered
300 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d a s upper d i v i s i o n . I n g e n e r a l , courses
numbered i n t h e 1 0 0 ' s a r e p r i m a r i l y f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores;
300 ' s f o r j u n i o r s ; and 400's f o r s e n i o r s . The f i r s t number i n d i c a t e s t h e
l e v e l of t h e course; t h e second i s t h e d i v i s i o n w i t h i n t h e department; and
t h e t h i r d i d e n t i f i e s t h e course.
Symbol
Course may be taken w i t h t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r
#.
i r r e s p e c t i v e of p r e r e q u i s i t e s .
Course Descriptions
American Studies
Descriptions of t h e courses o f f e r e d i n 1974-75 are given on t h e following pages.
See preceding page f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c .
Director:
Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 499, p l u s 1 1 c o u r s e s i n U.S. H i s t o r y ,
L i t e r a t u r e and Fine A r t s i n t h e U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n t h e U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s
i n one o f t h e s e areas and 3 i n each o f t h e o t h e r s ) .
ELECTIW COURSES AND OPTIONS:
H i s t o r y o f t h e United S t a t e s
Amsrican S t u d i e s 231
H i s t o r y 221, 222, 331, 332, 495
R e l i g i o n 363, 352
L i t e r a t u r e and Fine A r t s i n t h e United S t a t e s
A m r i c a n S t u d i e s 232
A r t 102
E n g l i s h 243 ( a l s o Speech 2 4 1 ) . 250, 351, 423, 490
S o c i a l s c i e n c e s i n t h e United S t a t e s
Geography 1 14
Education 478, 488
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 3 2 5 , 326, 342, 370, 371
S o c i o l o g y 1 1 1 , 231, 237, 351, 383, 463
Economics 120, 122, 251, 453
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 c o u r s e s . S a m as above, p l u s 3 c o u r s e s
i n foreign c i v i l i z a t i o n
area t o be approved b y director.
MINOR: 7 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 o r 495 p l u s
under major.
2 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f above groupings
2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERI CAN HISTORY
An examination of s e l e c t e d t o p i c s r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e.g.,
religion
under slavery, churches as agents o f s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c .
(Fall)
2 3 2 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a limited period of t h e black experience i n America with an emphasis
upon t h e contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g )
2 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE
Focuses on a s i g n i f i c a n t problem o r phenomenon i n American urban l i f e today.,
e r g . , c u l t u r a l pluralism, t h e urban Indian. A study o f t h e approaches of various
m s c i p l i n e s t o t h e i s s u e . Use o f Twin C i t i e s a r e a resource persons t o speak
first Ilfintnd t o t h e issue. One student p r o j e c t emphasizes t h e i n t e g r a t i o n of
pri 111arysource materials, d i s c i p l i n a r y approaches and d i r e c t observation. Open
t a fr'rsshmn, sophomores.
all)
4 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERI CAN ISSUE
For description, see 295.
l e v e l of work. ( F a l l )
Open t o juniors and seniors who w i l l do a d i f f e r e n t
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
One p r o j e c t of an i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y nature.
encouraged. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
F i e l d experience during i n t e r i m
3 6 0 DRAWING
AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING
Seven weeks of d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f
watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions of perception,
s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and transparent watercolor. ( P r e e q . : 107.
Spring)
3 6 8 PRINTMAKING I 1
Advanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving.
(Prereq.: 223. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1
Three major works i n any of t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead,
wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and o t h e r s . ( P r e r e q . : 221. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 6 HISTORY OF PAINTING
Survey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s
of non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e
all)
and a r c h i t e c t u r e .
4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE
Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, and Pre-Columbian, with appropriate references
t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g )
4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
Survey o f Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and O r i e n t a l s t y l e s , and with
appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and sculpture.
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors
who have s p e c i a l concerns outside t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111.
( F a l l , Spring)
Department of Biology
Chairman : Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR, O p t i o n I : 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and a t l e a s t one w u r s e from e a c h
o f the f o l l o w i n g three groups: I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology, Comparative V e r t e b r a t e
Zoology, P l a n t B i o l o g y (Group I); G e n e t i c s , P h y s i o l o g y , Developmental B i o l o g y
(Group I I ) ;B i o c h e m i s t r y , C e l l u l a r B i o l o g y , Microbiology (Group r T I )
P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352;
Mathematics 124 ( o r 1 2 1 ) ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 a l s o r e q u i m d . S t u d e n t s i n t e n d l n g
t o enter medical s c h o o l o r graduate s c h o o l s h o u l d o r d i n a r i l y choose this major.
.
one c o u r s e from
e a c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n g f i v e groups: I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology, Comparative V e r t e b r a t e
Anatomy (Group I ) ; Genetics, D e v e l o p m n t a l B i o l o g y (Group rr];P l a n t BTology,
Ecology (Group 1 1 1 ) ;B i o c h e m i s t r y , P h y s i o l o g y (Group I V ) I C e l l B i o l o g y ,
P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 [ o r
Microbiology (Group V )
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 223 ( o r 351, 352) a l s o r e q u i r e d . S t u d e n t s who plan t o t e a c h i n
secondary s c h o o l s o f t e n select this major.
MAJOR, O p t i o n XI: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and a t l e a s t
.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and three upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1061 a l s o r e q u i r e d .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n
seminar; one c o u r s e o f approved i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y w i t h an o r a l d e f e n s e o f t h e
r e s e a r c h r e p o r t . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r t h e h o n o r s m a j o r s h o u l d be made n o l a t e r t h a n
the f i r s t t e r m o f the s e n i o r year.
101 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY
The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended f o r
majors i n biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major o r minor.
Students who receive a grade of B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology
112 on consent of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function of t h e human body.
and l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l f o r n u r s e s o n l y ; S p r i n g f o r o t h e r s t u d e n t s )
(Lecture
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well a s applications of microbiology
t o t h e f i e l d s of medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y .
Prereq.:
Chemistry 103.
Spring)
110 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT
The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms.
The impact man has made upon t h e ecosystem with h i s urbanization, p o l l u t i o n , and
population explosion. Laboratory demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The
present s i t u a t i o n i n t h e n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of t h e C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Does
not apply toward t h e biology major. ( I n t e r i m )
111, 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY
4\'
For biology and o t h e r
science majors. The course includes an introduction t o molecular biology,
c e l l u l a r biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms,
anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms.
Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s
A comprehensive introduction t o b i o l o g i c a l science.
l e c t u r e ; 4 hours laboratory.
111, F a l l ; 1 1 2 , S p r i n g )
3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
The major i n v e r t e b r a t e types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior,
l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . 13 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 4 h o u r s
laboratory.
Prereq.:
112.
Fall)
3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, evolution,
d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics o f t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . P r e r e q . :
112. I n t e r i m )
3 5 5 GENETICS
The p r i n c i p l e s of h e r e d i t y with emphasis on r e c e n t advances i n human genetics.
Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms.
( 3 hours
l e c t u r e , 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.:
112.
Spring)
3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of t h e major d i v i s i o n s of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study of
anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq. : 112. Spring)
3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of t h e chemistry of p r o t e i n s , carbohydrates,
l i p i d s and n u c l e i c acids including intermediary metabolism. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e .
Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 o r 352 o r #. F a l l )
4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e .
Laboratory work
includes micro-technique, cytological s t u d i e s , c e l l physiology and t i s s u e
c u l t u r e . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112, 367 o r #;
P h y s i c s 103 o r 122 o r #. I n t e r i m )
4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY
A study of t h e physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with
emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
112; Chemistry 223 o r 352 o r #; P h y s i c s 103 o r 122 or #. F a l l )
4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
A considuration o f t h e physiological and morphological changes which occur
d u r i n g the development of organisr~iswith amphnsis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e animals.
Experimental as well as descril?tivc s t u d i c s are included i n t h e laboratory
work. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Pxereg. : 112. S p r i n g )
4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction t o t h e study
v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy,
pathogenicity a r e considered
4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
of micro-organisms with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and
morphology, physiology, genetics, and
as well as c e r t a i n methods. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s ,
112, 367 o r #. F a l l )
4 8 1 ECOLOGY
A survey of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e study o f r e c i p r o c a l
r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4
h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , some Saturday f i e l d t r i p s . Prereq.:
112, 361 o r #. S p r i n g )
4 9 1 SEMINAR
Discussions of t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and research. Topics may
concern research performed by s t u d e n t s i n independent study p r o j e c t s . Course
c r e d i t i s n o t given f o r seminar, but juniors and s e n i o r s who plan t o major i n
biology o r n a t u r a l science ( f o r premedical students) a r e expected t o
p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. (Weekly meetings. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual laboratory, f i e l d , o r Library research under t h e d i r e c t i o n of an
i n s t r u c t o r . Intended f o r biology majors who a r e juniors o r s e n i o r s . (Prereq. :
112, and previous arrangement w i t h I n s t r u c t o r . F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , Summer)
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Chairman:
Edward M. Sabella
Business Administration
MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
261, 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 374, 3 8 1 , and either 483 or 484. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and
one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For
t h o s e p l a n n i n g on c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e t w o r e m a i n i n g
I n addition,
c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 483, 484 i s recommended.
c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e s t r o n g l y recommended.
MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALTZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 262, 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 , and one other c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 382, 483.
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or
392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d .
(392 i s s t r o n g l y recommended.)
In a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n
d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e s t r o n g l y recommended.
MINOR:
6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and one o f 2 6 1 ,
373, 379, 478; and one o f 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 381; and Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior
t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e t h e C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c
A c c o u n t a n t s (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e m e n t
must h a v e completed t h e m a j o r i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n - A c c o u n t i n g , t a k e n a l l
a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d the N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s
or Mathematics g e n e r a l c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed
a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t not more t h a n 12 c o u r s e s o f r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t
(Economics, F i n a n c e , and Mathematics .) S t u d e n t s who h a v e completed t h e above
r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r the r u l e s o f t h e Minnesota S t a t e Board o f
Accountancy t o s i t f o r t h e e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y a f t e r g r a d u a t i o n .
101 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING
Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, cost c o n t r o l , and performance
measurement.
(Fall, Interim)
102 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Formulation of general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from
perspectives of various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental
agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 . Interim, S p r i n g )
1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW
Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property
and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds within t h e firm:
sources and uses of long and s h o r t term funds, cost of c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l
budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102.
Fall)
2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An analysis of accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income
concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term a s s e t s .
(Prereq.: 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l )
2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1
An a n a l y s i s of accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and
i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and r e s e r v e s , a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s .
Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes.
( P r e r e q . : 262. S p r i n g )
3 7 3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT:
THEORY AND CASES
Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and
policy. Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings,
( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g )
l e c t u r e s , and case material.
3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y ,
sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n
applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High S c h o o l A l g e b r a .
Fall)
3 8 1 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and c o n t r o l of economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning,
budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as o t h e r quantative and behavioral
( P r e r e q : 1 0 1 , 102. S p r i n g )
topics
.
.
3 8 2 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of f e d e r a l income t a x e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l s
and various forms of business e n t e r p r i s e s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d
a l t e r n a t e years)
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A s t u d e n t may receive course c r e d i t s through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s
applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l
organization. In addition t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s .
( P r e r e q . : #.
Fall, Interim, Spring, S m r )
4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f various types of s e c u r i t i e s from
t h e viewpoint of both i n d i v i d u a l and i n s t i t u t i o n a l i n v e s t o r s . Extensive
coverage o f c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. ( ~ r e r e q:. 261.
Economics 392 i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d . F a l l )
4 8 3 AUDITING
I n t e r n a l and e x t e r n a l a u d i t i n g procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and
c o n t r o l s f o r accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. F a l l )
4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
P a r t n e r s h i p accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent
and s u b s i d i a r y accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
4 9 5 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members o f t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e areas of Accounting,
Finance o r General Business. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On B m a n d )
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y
supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some
t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
Business Education
MAJOR:
12-18 C o u r s e s .
CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 ,
364, 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t
r e q u i r e d . I n a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming
a r e recommended.
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION:
B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 108.
ECONOMTCS SPECIALIZATION:
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and
Core p l u s Economics 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 391
SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION:
OFFICE SPECIALTZATION:
MTNOR:
or 392.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 2 2 1 , 350, and 353.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 350, and E n g l i s h 219.
Five courses i n Business Education.
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core p l u s 5 o t h e r c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n
1 0 8 , 1 2 1 , 350 and 353.
TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM
I f a s t u d e n t d e s i r e s a t w o - y e a r s e c r e t a r i a l program, a c e r t i f i c a t e w i l l be
awarded upon c o m p l e t i o n o f the f o l l a u i n g : B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 1 0 , 2 2 1 ,
350, 353, 368, 460 and B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 131 and Economics 120.
A s t u d e n t i n t h e two-year program must select s i x c o u r s e s from t h e g e n e r a l
education r e q u i r e m n t s
.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior
t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f concentration.
1 0 1 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No C r e d i t )
The fundamental s k i l l s of typewriter. Emphasis on personal use. Not
a v a i l a b l e t o students who have had one year o f high school typewriting.
(Interim)
1 0 8 CALCULATING MACHINES
Operation of ten-key adding machine;. r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and e l e c t r o n i c
calculators. ( F a l l )
1 1 0 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
Operation of t r a n s c r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and records management, introduction
t o data processing, and e f f i c i e n t handling of o f f i c e d u t i e s . ( I n t e r i m )
221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond J u b i l e e ) with emphasis on theory,
reading, and w r i t i n g shorthand. Introduction t o t r a n s c r i p t i o n . Development
o f speed i n t r a n s c r i b i n g m a t e r i a l d i c t a t e d a t minimum speed o f 80 words a
minute. (Not open t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e h a d one y e a r o f s h o r t h a n d i n h i g h
school.
Fall)
3 5 0 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development of typewriting technique i n business l e t t e r arrangement, b i l l i n g ,
tabulating, manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. ( P r e r e q . : High
school t y p e w r i t i n g o r equivalent.
Spring)
3 5 3 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Advanced study of Gregg Shorthand with rapid d i c t a t i o n and t r a n s c r i p t i o n of
material d i c t a t e d a t speeds of 80-120 words a minute. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 or
e q u i v a l ent
Spring)
.
3 6 4 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication i n t h e o f f i c e through use of telephone, telegram, and w r i t i n g o f
business l e t t e r s , memorandums, manuals and reports. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e
y e a r s , 1973-74)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course c r e d i t s through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s
applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend some time working with some organization. In
addition, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #.
F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , Summr)
4 6 0 OFFICE MANAGEMENT
Problems r e l a t i n g t o supervision and management i n t h e business o f f i c e ,
s e l e c t i o n and t r a i n i n g o f employees; and human r e l a t i o n s within t h e o f f i c e .
(Spring)
4 6 5 BUSINESS SEMINAR--MARKETING
Principles o f marketing with emphasis on d i s t r i b u t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e
consumer i n t h e marketing process. Materials and methods i n teaching of b a s i c
business s u b j e c t s and p r o j e c t s i n marketing. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ,
1 9 74-75)
Economics
MAJOR : ECONOMICS
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 454 and three other c o u r s e s o f economics
o f f e r i n g s . Business Administration 101, 102, 379, a l s o required. T h e
complete c a l c u l u s sequence i s v e r y s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d f o r t h o s e planning
graduate s t u d y i n economics. Mathematics 373 may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r B u s i n e s s
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 379. In a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer
p r o g r a n d n g a r e s t r o n g l y recommended.
COMBINED MAJOR:
ECONObECS-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258 and me other course from economics o f f e r i n g s .
B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 3 , 379 and one other c o m e from
business a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f f e r i n g s a l s o r e q u i r e d . In a d d i t i o n , courses i n
, d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer p r o g r a m i n g a r e h i g h l y r e c o m n d e d .
MINOR:
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258 and o n e other c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s .
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER CERTIFICATION
S t u d e n t s who c o m p l e t e t h e m a j o r i n economics may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s
a secondary s c h o o l s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r i f i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e m a j o r , t h e y
c o m p l e t e c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : geography, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l
s c i e n c e , and s o c i o l o g y . They m u s t a l s o c o m p l e t e t h e r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s .
For d e t a i l s , c o n s u l t w i t h t h e Department o f E d u c a t i o n .
E m n o m i c s 1 2 0 , 122 and 1 2 3 w i l l s a t i s f y g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s .
Economics 120 w i l l s a t i s f y t h e urban c o n c e r n s r e q u i r e m e n t .
1 2 0 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of t h e economic implications of t h e many problems facing a metro-urban
environment. Some of t h e t o p i c s t o be discussed are: Population llCrisisl';
Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n ;
D i s t r i b u t i n g Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c .
Note: Economics 120 i s a b a s i c course designed f o r those s t u d e n t s who do not
plan t o major i n e i t h e r Economics, Business Administration o r Business
Education. Students who plan t o major i n t h e above t h r e e areas should e n r o l l
i n 122 and 123 r a t h e r than 120. 122 and 123 a r e a l s o open t o non-majors.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
1 2 2 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income analysis, monetary and
f i s c a l policy, i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic growth. Application of elementary
economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken independently of
Economics 123 o r 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n e i t h e r order, o r
may be taken i n t h e same term i n o r d e r f o r t h e s t u d e n t t o progress more r a p i d l y
t o o t h e r courses. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
An introduction t o micro-economics, t h e theory of t h e household, firm, market
s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . Application of elementary economic theory
t o market p o l i c y . May be taken independently of Economics 122 o r 120. Economics
122 and 123 may be taken i n e i t h e r order, o r may be taken i n t h e same term i n
order f o r t h e s t u d e n t t o progress more r a p i d l y t o o t h e r courses. ( F a l l ,
Interim, Spring)
2 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMI CS
Theory of resource a l l o c a t i o n , a n a l y s i s of consumer behavior, firm and i n d u s t r y ;
t h e p r i c i n g of f a c t o r s of production and income d i s t r i b u t i o n ; i n t r o d u c t i o n t o
welfare economics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 3 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 5 8 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMI CS
Determinants of n a t i o n a l income, employment and p r i c e l e v e l analyzed v i a
macro-models. Attention p a i d t o areas of monetary-fiscal p o l i c y , growth and
t h e business cycle. (Prereq.: 1 2 2 . F a l l )
3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department o f Business Administration.
3 9 1 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of t h e p r i n c i p l e s o f t a x a t i o n and p u b l i c expenditures; t h e impact of
f i s c a l p o l i c y on economic a c t i v i t y ; debt p o l i c y and i t s economic i m p l i c a t i o n s .
(Prereq.: 123. F a l l )
392 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning o f t h e monetary and banking systems, p a r t i c u l a r l y commercial banks,
t h e Federal Reserve System and i t s r o l e i n r e l a t i o n t o aggregate economic
a c t i v i t y . Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. ( ~ r e r e q . : 1 2 2 .
Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A s t u d e n t may receive course c r e d i t s through an inte'rnship program which i s
applicab ,LC t o but n o t required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
studcnr t h e opportunity t o spend some time working with some organization.
In udditi,on, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring, S m r )
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
Analysis o f l a b o r markets; determination of wages, c o l l e c t i v e bargaining.
P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n p a i d t o t h e economic problems o f minority groups and
poverty areas. ( P r e r e q . : 251 or #. S p r i n g )
4 5 4 WELFARE ECONOMI CS
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic e f f i c i e n c y o f
a l t e r n a t i v e market s t r u c t u r e s ; s o c i a l welfare functions; normative concepts of
economic theory. ( P r e r e q . : 251 or #. S p r i n g , a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members o f t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and current n a t i o n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l economic
problems and p o l i c i e s . ( ~ r e r e q . : #. all, m t e r i m , S p r i n g , on Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised
p r o j e c t s designed t o afford him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e
i n depth. (Prereq.: #.
all, m t e r i m , S p r i n g )
Department of Chemistry
Chairman:
E a r l Alton
GHAUUAl'IGV kMJOR IN CIIBMISYTY: 1 1 5 , 116 (OZ 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 1 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 361 and
one advanmd course which n a y i n c l u d e B i o c h e m i s t r y . P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 and
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125 a l s o r e q u i r e d . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n s e m i n a r .
AMERICAN CIIEFIICAL SOCIETY APPROWD MWOR: 11 m u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , and a l l chemistry c o u r s e s above 350. C h e m i s t r y s e m i n a r
p a r t i c i p a t i o n ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. R e a d i n g a b i l i t y
i n German e q u i v a l e n t t o 2 s e m e s t e r s a l s o r e q u i r e d .
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s w h i c h must i n c l u d e 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 a d d i t i o n a l
c o u r s e s i n c h e m i s t r y . 2 2 3 , 353, and 3 6 1 a r e recommended; b i o c h e m i s t r y may be
s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same a s the g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r e x c e p t t h a t it i s s u g g e s t e d
t h a t Advanced I n o r g a n i c be t a k e n a s the advanced c o u r s e .
T h e same as the g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r . In a d d i t i o n ,
n e d i c a l s d w 2 s exp&
a t l e a s t two c o u r s e s (and u s u a l l y more) i n b i o l o g y .
S t u d e n t s s h o u l d consult mmbers o f the c h e m i s t r y department f o r assistance
i n p l a n n i n g a course program e a r l y i n t.l:r+ir c o l l e g e c a r e e r .
P ~ - M E L X L ' A L Ctil?MISITW!d&JDf<:
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: F u l l ACS major; a v e r a g e o f 3.50 i n c h e m i s t r y , m a t h e m a t i c s ,
and p h y s i c s ; 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; o n e summer or c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ;
p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar.
C r e d i t w i l l not be g r a n t e d f o r b o t h 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 3 5 1 , 352.
1 0 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r nurses a t Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview Hospitals. Selected
elements of general, organic, and b i o l o g i c a l chemistry around t h e theme: t h e
molecular b a s i s of l i f e . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 two-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq. : h i g h school chemistry.
Fall)
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Somewhat l e s s rigorous than 115, 116; designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r students who w i l l
not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 i n t o 351, 353, o r
223. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of
examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s ,
3 hours o f laboratory.
105, Fall; 106, Spring)
1 1 5 , 1 1 6 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS
First
semester devoted t o fundamental p r i n c i p l e s ; and second t o inorganic chemistry,
q u a l i t a t i v e analysis, and a b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry.
An i n t e n s i v e course f o r pre-medical students and f u t u r e chemists.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 h o u r s o f l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
a l g e b r a , p l a n e geometry. 1 1 5 , F a l l ; 1 1 6 , S p r i n g )
h i g h school chemistry,
2 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGAN IC CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r medical technology students and others i n a paramedical science
area whose professional goals require l e s s than t h e more i n t e n s i v e two-semester
organic course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference t o
biochemistry.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 t h r e e - h o u r l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 0 5 or
115.
Spring)
3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds with s p e c i a l emphasis on mechanisms and
multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material i s c o r r e l a t e d by means of modern
t h e o r i e s of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and r e a c t i o n mechanism; many
applications of organic chemistry t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l and environmental sciences.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , o n e 4.5-hour
351, F a l l ; 352, S p r i n g )
laboratory.
Prereq.:
106 or 116.
3 5 3 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Covers volumetric analysis and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l and gives an
introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory
involves q u a n t i t a t i v e analysis of a v a r i e t y of samples, and includes t r a c e
analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. O f f e r e d Interim f o r m a j o r s a s p e r I n t e r i m
s c h e d u l e . O f f e r e d S p r i n g , e s p e c i a l l y f o r Medical T e c h n o l o g y m a j o r s :
3 l e c t u r e s , one 4.5 h o u r l a b o r a t o r y )
3 6 1 , 3 6 2 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, k i n e t i c s , quantum
theory, and s t a t e s of matter. Applications of t h e s e concepts t o areas of
molecular s t r u c t u r e , e q u i l i b r i a and electrochemistry i n t h e second semester.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , o n e 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
122; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 . 361, F a l l ; 362, S p r i n g )
353; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 ,
4 6 4 ADVANCED ORGAN IC CHEMISTRY
Organized around t h e problems of i d e n t i f y i n g organic compountis i n t h e
laboratory. Lecture t o p i c s include s t r u c t u r e - s p e c t r a c o r r e l a t i o n s for I R , UV,
NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of t h e l i t e r a t u r e (including Rei lstein) ; and
f u r t h e r study of r e a c t i o n mechanisms. I n f r a r e d and u l t r a v i o l e t spectra
r o u t i n e l y used. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 6 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 352,
353, 361 or #; some r e a d i n g knowledge o f German. S p r i n g )
4 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
P r i n c i p l e s of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied t o a n a l y t i c a l
methods as well as chromatographic and e l e c t r o - a n a l y t i c a l techniques of
analysis. t 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 353, 362,
o r #. F a l l )
4 8 2 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic r e a c t i o n s using t h e e l e c t r o s t a t i c , valence bond, and
molecular o r b i t a l models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of
ligand f i e l d theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
compounds using a v a r i e t y of techniques. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 three-hour
l a b o r a t o r y . Prereg.: 362 or #. S p r i n g )
4 8 3 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory i n terms o f Schrodinger's wa.ve equation and uses t h e
equation t o solve t h e problems o f thc harmonic o s c j . l l a t o r and t h e hydrogen atom.
Approximate s o l u t i o n s a r e introduced and uscd t o develop molecular o r b i t a l
theory f o r molecules. Includes commutators, e l e c t r o n spin, angular momentum
and group theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 361 o r #. F a l l )
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course c r e d i t , i s a weekly meeting of chemistry
majors under t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and
s e n i o r s a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. Outside
v i s i t o r s a r e occasionally i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e .
4 9 7 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH
Clwn~i.strymajors planning research careers need research experience before
grilduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research
p r o j e c t i n t h e department (not counted as a course) o r by research p a r t i c i p a t i o n
d u r i n g t h e academic year.
East Asian Studies
T h i s major, o f f e r e d b y t h e f i v e c o l l e g e s i n the Cooperative Program, c o n s i s t s
o f 12 t o 16 c o u r s e s d i s t r i b u t e d a s f o l l o w s :
Four c o u r s e s i n Chinese and/or Japanese language
Four c o u r s e s i n c u l t u r a l s p e c i a l i z a t i o n
Four c o u r s e s i n comparative emphases
Confer w i t h Donald G u s t a f s o n o f the h i s t o r y department, o r Donald S t e i n m e t z
o f the f o r e i g n languages department , f o r i n f o r m a t i o n on s p e c i f i c c o u r s e s t h a t
may a p p l y toward t h i s major.
Department of Education
Acting Chairman:
Lauretta E . Pelton
The c o u r s e s , O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n , a r e open t o a l l s t u d e n t s o f sophomore
s t a n d i n g or above. T o enroll i n other e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s , a s t u d e n t m u s t h a v e
the a p p r o v a l o f the d e p a r t m e n t or be a d m i t t e d t o the t e a c h e r e d u c a t i o n
c u r r i c u l u m . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a d m i s s i o n s h o u l d be made i n the S p r i n g s e m e s t e r o f
the sophomore y e a r .
Elementary Education
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 2 5 5 , 361, 362, 371, 372, o n e
i n t e r i m , and t w o o f 481, 4 8 2 , 483, 484, H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 111,
and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 358 a l s o r e q u i r e d . An academic minor i s r e q u i r e d ; and an
academic m a j o r i s recommended.
2 5 5 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION I N URBAN SETTING ( E l e m e n t a r y )
Investigation of various aspects of t h e teaching profession and opportunity
f o r in-s chool work. Open t o a l l students. ( P r e r e q . : sophomore s t a n d i n g .
Fall, Spring)
3 6 1 , 3 6 2 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
I d e n t i f i c a t i o n and mastery of competencies necessary f o r teaching i n t h e
elementary school. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q . : Admission
t o elementary educatian. F a l l , Spring)
3 7 1 , 3 7 2 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
METHODS AND MATERIALS
Examination and preparation of materials and resources f o r each of t h e subject
areas taught a t t h e elementary l e v e l . Application of teacher competencies t o
each of t h e subject areas. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q . :
Concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 361, 362. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 7 8 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
See under Secondary Education.
481, 4 8 2 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g learning experiences i n elementary
school under supervision of college and elementary school personnel.
(Prereq.: 361, 362, 3 7 1 , 372.
Fall, Spring)
4 8 3 STUDENT TEACHING I 1
Refinement of teaching s k i 11s a t elementary l e v e l . Additional teaching
experience i n t h e classroom. ( P r e r e q . : 481 or 482. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 4 STUDENT TEACHING I 1
Refinement of teaching s k i l l s a t elementary level. Additional teaching
experience i n t h e classroom. (Pxereq.: 481 or 482 and 483. O f f e r e d on
demand)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on a t o p i c of i n t e r e s t i n t h e f i e l d of
education, worked out i n consultation with a f a c u l t y member. (Open t o
j u n i o r s and seniors. F a l l , S p r i n g )
Department of English
Acting chairman:
Ronald Palosaari
MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 3 c o u r s e s i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e ( 1 c o u r s e from
l i t e r a t u r e b e f o r e 1 6 6 0 ) , 1 c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , 1 c o u r s e i n world
l i t e r a t u r e ( a c o u r s e o u t s i d e t h e Anglo-American t r a d i t i o n ) , and c o u r s e 219.
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g those l i s t e d f o r t h e
m a j o r and 320. A c o u r s e i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g ( 2 1 9 ) i s r e q u i r e d . C o u r s e s
250 and 438 recommended. S p e e c h 111 or 352 or 355, and 360 or 366; and
L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 475 a r e r e q u i r e d .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; s u b m i t program t o
department chairman e a r l y i n s e n i o r y e a r ; d e f e n d h o n o r s t h e s i s b e f o r e f a c u l t y
committee i n s e n i o r y e a r . Honors t h e s i s may be an i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y program.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g o n e c o u r s e i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , and either
219 or 320. T e a c h i n g m i n o r s m u s t i n c l u d e b o t h 219 and 320.
E n g l i s h 111 i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d b u t n o t a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a lower
d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e c o u r s e . P r e r e q u i s i t e f o r an upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e i s
successful completion o f a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course.
1 11 EFFECTIVE WRITING
The study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing. Attention t o
correct usage, l o g i c a l organization and t h e research paper. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
219 ADVANCED WRITING
A course designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n a v a r i e t y of w r i t i n g
s p e c i a l i z a t i o n s . The focus of each course w i l l s h i f t from term t o term,
e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced
Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
An i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e a r t i s t i c value and t h e h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e
f i l m medium. See a l s o d e s c r i p t i o n under Speech, Communication, and Theatre
Arts
(Spring)
.
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920
Works of s e l e c t e d American w r i t e r s from Colonial times through t h e emergence
o f naturalism; reading and a n a l y s i s of s i g n i f i c a n t works; a t t e n t i o n i s a l s o
given t o t h e contribution of t h e w r i t e r t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development and
l i t e r a r y movements of American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
261 MODERN FICTION
S i g n i f i c a n t works of s e l e c t e d prose w r i t e r s , c h i e f l y European, of t h e twentieth
century. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
271 GREEK AND ROMAN LITERATURE
Study of t h e works of s e l e c t e d c l a s s i c a l Greek and Roman w r i t e r s i n t h e various
genre, and t h e influence of t h e c l a s s i c a l t r a d i t i o n on l a t e r Western l i t e r a t u r e .
(Fall, Spring)
272 LITERARY CLASS1CS
Reading, analysis, discussion of s e l e c t e d European c l a s s i c s from t h e
Renaissance t o t h e Modern Age, c h i e f l y non-English w r i t e r s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1
43
II
n
2 8 8 LITERARY C R I T I C I S M
A course designed t o introduce students t o t h e various ways i n which modern
l i t e r a r y c r i t i c s have approached t h e problem of analyzing and evaluating
l i t e r a t u r e . Students w i l l study t h e works of h i s t o r i c a l , psychological,
t e x t u a l , and archetypal c r i t i c s , and then attempt t o apply such approaches
t o s e l e c t e d works of l i t e r a t u r e .
3 2 0 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
A study of modern English viewed from a h i s t o r i c a l perspective, with reading
i n recent l i n g u i s t i c s t u d i e s . Designed t o give t h e student an introduction
t o s t r u c t u r a l l i n g u i s t i c s and a view of t h e development of t h e English
1anguage
(Spring)
.
3 3 1 CHAUCER AND H I S AGE
While t h e primary study of t h e course w i l l be t h e writings of Geoffrey
Chaucer, considerable a t t e n t i o n w i l l be given t o t h e medieval l i t e r a r y milieu
out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama w i l l be
examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l )
3 3 2 MILTON AND H I S AGE
A study of Milton's major poems and s e l e c t e d prose. In addition t h e
Renaissance l i t e r a r y t r a d i t i o n out of which Milton created h i s works w i l l be
examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74)
3 3 6 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO BLAKE
Reading, analysis, and discussion o f works of s e l e c t e d w r i t e r s from t h e
metaphysical poets through Blake, with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l ,
i n t e l l e c t u a l , and s o c i a l influences and t h e major l i t e r a r y movements. ( F a l l )
3 3 7 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS
Study of t h e works of s i g n i f i c a n t Romantic and Victorian poets, c r i t i c s ,
e s s a y i s t s and n o v e l i s t s and of t h e major l i t e r a r y movements of t h e century.
(Spring)
3 5 1 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1 9 2 0
A study of some recent and contemporary w r i t e r s and l i t e r a r y movements.
Attention i s given t o t h e dynamics of American s o c i e t y and i t s i n t r i c a t e
r e l a t i o n s h i p t o t h e l i t e r a t u r e . Special emphasis i s given t o t h e c i t y as
s e t t i n g and symbol i n modern American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 6 7 MODERN POETRY
Study of t h e work of s e l e c t e d twentieth century poets, c h i e f l y B r i t i s h and
American, with a t t e n t i o n t o recent c r i t i c i s m . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75,
Fall)
3 6 8 MODERN DRAMA
S i g n i f i c a n t works of American, B r i t i s h , and continental dramatists of t h e
twentieth century. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l )
3 7 5 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
See description under Scandinavian Studies 3 5 1 .
3 7 6 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
See description under Scandinavian Studies 352.
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP
I n t e r e s t e d students should consult t h e Department Chairman o r t h e Internship
Director.
4 2 3 STUDIES I N THE NOVEL
A survey of t h e development of t h e novel through study of t h e s e l e c t e d B r i t i s h ,
American, and Continental novels. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l )
4 3 8 SHAKESPEARE
Study of t e n o r twelve major plays--comedies, h i s t o r i e s , tragedies--with
a t t e n t i o n t o t h e development of Shakespeare's dramatic and p o e t i c a r t .
Additional plays assigned f o r reading a n a l y s i s . ( S p r i n g )
4 9 0 , 4 9 1 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme o r movement; course 491, a major w r i t e r o r a major work.
Enrollment open t o juniors and s e n i o r s . ( F a l l , Spring)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Open t o junior o r s e n i o r English majors with a grade of B o r consent of
department chairman. Provides d i r e c t e d independent study i n t h e a r e a of t h e
all, S p r i n g )
s t u d e n t ' s choice.
Department of Foreign Language
Chairman:
Donald Steinmetz
Students with previous foreign language study should r e g i s t e r i n courses s u i t e d
f o r t h e i r p a r t i c u l a r l e v e l of preparation. Basically, placement i n foreign
language courses follows t h e formula: 1 year of high school foreign language
equals 1 term of college foreign language. To allow f o r i n d i v i d u a l differences,
however, f i n a l placement i s made according t o t h e r e s u l t s of a placement t e s t
which may be taken a t t h e beginning of any term and a f t e r consultation with t h e
i n s t r u c t o r . Students placed i n a p a r t i c u l a r course wishing t o r e g i s t e r f o r a
more elementary course may do so, but only f o r a grade of P/N.
French
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 212, i n c l u d i n g two i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , one i n
c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h r e e i n l i t e r a t u r e , o f which one should b e c o u r s e 352. One
i n t e r i m p l u s one s e m e s t e r , o r one s e m e s t e r p l u s one summer o f s t u d y i n France
s t r o n g l y recommended.
MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s above 212, i n c l u d i n g one i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , one i n
c i v i l i z a t i o n , and one i n l i t e r a t u r e . One i n t e r i m o r summer o f s t u d y i n France
s t r o n g l y recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ;
European H i s t o r y , a second language, l i n g u i s t i c s , English l i t e r a t u r e .
0 1 1 DIRECTED STUDY
Conversational French, readings.
Once weekly.
No c r e d i t .
Offered on demand.
1 1 1 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed
language
and verb
speaking
advanced
t o introduce t h e student with no previous background i n French t o t h e
and t o French c u l t u r e . The pronunciation system, b a s i c noun groups
forms, and sentence s t r u c t u r e s a r e taught t o enable understanding and
on a rudimentary l e v e l . Two hours laboratory work. See above on
all , Spring)
placement.
1 1 2 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111 o r equivalent. Through conversations, sentence
p r a c t i c e , and readings, t h e study of t e n s e s and forms i s completed t o make
possible b a s i c communication, beginning reading s k i l l s , and acquaintance with
French c u l t u r e and way of l i f e . Two hours laboratory work. See above on
(Spring)
advanced placement
.
2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Those who have s t u d i e d most of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s may h e r e review a l l t e n s e s
and some o t h e r s t r u c t u r e s through a core of twentieth-century French l i t e r a r y
readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and g r e a t e r ease i n
reading. Two hours laboratory work. ( F a l l )
2 1 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Completes t h e review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s and more complex forms. Several
twentieth-century l i t e r a r y works a r e explored with t h e goals of communicating
ideas and b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t reading s k i l l t o pursue general reading and
(Spring)
l i t e r a r y study i n French.
2 4 3 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
Major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of French l i t e r a t u r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n .
Through i n d i v i d u a l i z e d background reading and c l a s s discussion, s t u d e n t s become
acquainted with a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e s e
works. Sophomore standing. Does n o t count toward a French major o r minor.
(Fall)
3 1 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Post-intermediate l e v e l . Explores t o p i c s of current i n t e r e s t i n both o r a l and
w r i t t e n form t o b u i l d fluency, accuracy, and f a c i l i t y of expression. Emphasis
on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, e f f e c t i v e organization of
i d e a s . Laboratory assignments. A p r e r e q u i s i t e t o o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n
(Fall)
courses.
3 1 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach t o coherent and c o r r e c t expression. Attention t o
grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , French t u r n s of phrase and elementary s t y l i s t i c s
French phonology and speech groups p r a c t i c e d t o overcome inadequacies and
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. O f f e r e d I n t e r i m 1 9 7 5 , and
i n c o r r e c t speech h a b i t s .
y e a r l y on demand)
.
3 3 1 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N :
HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
A study of t h e d i v e r s i f i e d development of t h e French from t h e i r beginnings t o
t h e modern period. S p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o c u l t u r a l manifestations of t h e i r
Readings, r e p o r t s ,
i n t e l l e c t u a l , p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and a r t i s t i c self-awareness.
extensive use of audio-visual m a t e r i a l s . In French. (Prereq.: 311 o r c o n s e n t
o f i n s t r u c t o r . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g 1976)
3 3 2 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N TODAY
Topics i n twentieth-century problems, i d e a s , c u l t u r a l manifestations t h a t '
promote understanding t h e French people and t h e i r c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e
contemporary scene. Readings, r e p o r t s , extensive use of audio-visual m a t e r i a l s
and p e r i o d i c a l s . In French. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. A l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g
19 7 5 )
3 5 1 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE
A survey o f t h e major l i t e r a r y works from t h e twelfth century renaissance
through t h e s i x t e e n t h century. These include t h e epic, c o u r t l y romance, e a r l y
h i s t o r i a n s , e a r l y t h e a t r e , l y r i c poetry, f i c t i o n , and t h e essay. Oral and
w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n French, some laboratory t e x t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l
1974-75; o f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r )
-
352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
A survey o f t h e major l i t e r a r y contributors t o t h e c l a s s i c a l age i n France and
t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , and e t h i c a l currents r e f l e c t e d i n t h e i r works.
Theatre, poetry, e a r l y novel, l e t t e r s and o t h e r prose forms. Classes, o r a l and
w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory work i n French. Required of a l l majors.
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #.
F a l l 1974-75.
Offered a l t e r n a t e years)
3 5 3 1700 THROUGH ROMANTICISM
A survey of t h e major works contributing t o t h e enlightenment o r age of reason
and t h e romantic movement t h a t followed. Primarily prose w r i t e r s , poets and
dramatists. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n French.
( S p r i n g 1976-77.
Offered every t h i r d year)
3 5 4 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I
g,
etc.) ,
Haudclaire nnd h i s successors i n poetry, and t h e l i t e r a t u r e of i d e a s t h a t l e d
t* new forrlls and l i t e r a r y emphases with t h e t u r n o f t h e century (Proust, Gide,
Apol l i n a j re, e t c . ) Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n
Frer~cli. ( P x e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1975-76. O f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r )
A survey of t h e nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert,
3 5 5 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of t h e major French l i t e r a r y movements s i n c e World War I , including
t h e novel, t h e t h e a t r e , poetry, t h e essay, and c r i t i c i s m . Classes, o r a l and
w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. Spring
1975-76.
Offered every t h i r d year)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and w r i t i n g on t o p i c s of i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , o r
p o l i t i c a l i n t e r e s t t h e student acquires extensive t r a i n i n g i n t h e four s k i l l s
a t an advanced l e v e l . Attention t o accuracy and e f f e c t i v e n e s s , c h a r a c t e r i s t i c
l e v e l s of expression, refinements i n s t y l e and organization as individual needs
i n d i c a t e . Provides f o r s e l f -improvement and s e l f -evaluation. Laboratory
assignments. Required f o r a l l majors. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #, j u n i o r s t a n d i n g .
Spring)
4 5 1 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL
Malraux, S t . Exupery, S a r t r e , Camus,
Rubbe-Gri l l e t . Duras, etc.)
shows t h e evolution of this gonre i n theme and
form.
Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. ( P r c ~ a g . :311 o r #. 332,
354, or 345 recommended. S p r i n g 1977. Every ,third year)
A s t u d y o f major authors (Proust, Mauriac,
452 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA
A study of modern French plays t h a t shows t h e evolution of t h i s genre from
c l a s s i c a l forms t o Theatre of t h e Absurd and a n t i - t h e a t r e . Group and
i n d i v i d u a l i z e d study o f major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n
French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. Recommended 332, 3 5 2 , o r 353. Spring 1974-75.
Offered e v e r y t h i r d year)
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
Study i n depth of an author, t o p i c , o r genre i n French l i t e r a t u r e . Student
presentations i n French. For advanced s t u d e n t s . (See Interim suggestions)
( P r e r e q . : 311 and one s u r v e y ( 3 5 1 , 352, 353, 354, 355)
O f f e r e d upon demand)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual p u r s u i t of a t o p i c , movement, o r genre a t an advanced l e v e l .
Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, o r meet i n d i v i d u a l
i n t e r e s t s . I n l i t e r a t u r e a major paper and i t s defense a r e included.
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. C o n s u l t a t i o n s w i t h French t e a c h e r s r e q u i r e d . Junior
s t a n d i n g . F a l l , I n t e r i m , Spring. S u b j e c t and plan t o b e c l a r i f i e d e a r l y w i t h
study adviser)
German
MAJOR: 8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411, I n t e r i m a n d / o r s u m r
i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended.
MINOR: 4 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411.
i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended.
I n t e r i m a n d / o r summer
RECOMMENaLTD SUPI'ORTING COURSEES: Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ;
Euro@an History, a second l m g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , English l i t e r a t u r e .
111, 112 BEGINNING GERMAN
For students with l e s s than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) o f previous German.
A i m s a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s . Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding
and reading b a s i c German. Laboratory materials a v a i l a b l e . (111 F a l l , S p r i n g .
112 F a l l , Spring)
21 1, 212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For s t u d e n t s with 2 terms (or 2 years high school) o f previous German. A i m s a t
developing b a s i c s k i l l s i n t o working knowledge of German. Review of b a s i c
s t r u c t u r e s accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and
idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of m a t e r i a l s representing
contemporary German l i f e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( 2 1 1 , F a l l . 212, S p r i n g )
2 4 4 GERMAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
P r i n c i p l e works o f German l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements
a r e read and discussed i n English. The readings a r e considered not only i n t h e
p a r t i c u l a r context of German c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y , but a l s o i n t h e more u n i v e r s a l
perspective of world l i t e r a t u r e . Credit f o r t h i s course does n o t apply t o a
major o r minor i n German. ( F a l l )
31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
A i m s a t developing f a c i l i t y i n t h e use o f grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common i n c o l l o q u i a l German. I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n
speaking is supplemented with exercises i n w r i t t e n composition. ( F a l l )
331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
Survey of s i g n i f i c a n t c u r r e n t s of development which have shaped present-day
Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene i s considered i n view
of i t s r o o t s i n t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , g e o p o l i t i c a l , a r t i s t i c and s c i e n t i f i c h i s t o r y
of t h e German-speaking people. Classroom language is German, supplemented by
English when helpful. ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g , 1975, 19771
3 5 1 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL
- 1780
Selected readings from t h e h e r o i c and c o u r t l y l i t e r a t u r e of t h e middle ages,
t h e Reformation e r a , Baroque and t h e p r e - c l a s s i c period, including Sturm
und Drang, supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e h i s t o r y of German l i t e r a t u r e and
i t s c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l backgrounds.
( F a l l 1 9 7 4 , 1976)
3 5 2 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 1 7 8 0
- 1890
Representative works of Classicism, Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, P o e t i c
Realism and Naturalism. Lectures t r e a t l i t e r a r y h i s t o r y and i t s r e l a t i o n
t o s o c i a l , p o l i t i c a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l questions. ( S p r i n g 1975, 1977)
3 5 3 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: IMPRESSIONISM AND 2 0 t h CENTURY
P r i n c i p l e works of Impressionism and 20th century a r e read: Hofmannsthal,
Mann, Yesse , Kafka, Brecht, Expressionism and post-war l i t e r a t u r e . S t r e s s
on l i t e r a t u r e as i t r e f l e c t s t h e concerns and c r i s e s of our times.
( F a l l 1975, 1977)
4 1 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
A i m s a t developing and r e f i n i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s use of German as a vehicle f o r
expressing h i s own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on w r i t t e n composition
including c o n t r o l o f s t y l e . Oral p r a c t i c e through use of German as classroom
language. ( F a l l 1 9 7 5 , 1977)
4 5 1 GERMAN PROSE
Reading and discussion. o f German prose masterpieces from Goethe t o t h e present.
Lectures t r e a t t h e development of t h e e p i c genre as a mirror of c u l t u r a l and
g e o p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y . ( S p r i n g 1975)
4 5 2 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from l a t e 18th century t o t h e present a r e
discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures t r e a t
t h e h i s t o r i c a l development o f t h e drama. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 6 , 1978)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study o f Greek grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on
morphology. Translation exercises from and i n t o Greek. (111 F a l l , 112 S p r i n g )
2 1 1 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
Selection from t h e New Testament with s p e c i a l emphasis given t o p a r s i n g and
syntax of t h e Greek t e x t . ( F a l l 1976, t h e n c e f o r t h y e a r l y )
Linguistics
31 1 THEORIES OF GRAMMAR
Con~parntiveanalysis of various views o f language represented i n current
1i11guist.i~-research:t a g ~ ~ ~ c m i csst ,r u t i f i c a t i o n a l grammar, transformationalgenerative gmmmar, case grmnar, generative semantics, with t h e aim of
i 1l w i n n t i n g the u n d e r l y i ~ ~pgl ~ i l o s o p h i c a lassumptions, t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n a l
criteria and t h e explanatory goals which d i s t i n g u i s h them. The t h e o r i e s w i l l
also be c a r t r n s t e d w i t h respect tu t h e i r a f f i l i a t i o n s with adjacent d i s c i p l i n e s
sucli as anthropology, psychology, l o g i c and communication theory and t h e way
i n which each theory seeks t o overcome the inadequacies of t r a d i t i o n a l
grammar. ( S p r i n g )
411 PSYCHOLINGUISTICS
Inquiry i n t o t h e psychological foundations of language and t h e contribution
o f modern l i n g u i s t i c s t o psychology. Relevant findings of recent l i n g u i s t i c
research a r e examined f o r t h e i r implications f o r various psychological t o p i c s :
t h e a c q u i s i t i o n and pragmatic use of language, cognitive processes, i n n a t e
i d e a s and psychological universals. ( F a l l )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Scandinavian Area Studies
Coordinators:
Carl Chrislock, Leif Hansen and Einar Johnson
MAJOR:
8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
MINOR:
4 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
A l l programs must contain 4 courses l i s t e d i n the Augsburfi College catalog o r
t r a n s f e r r e d t o Augsburg as upper d i v i s i o n Scend,inavian Language courses, i . e . ,
courses taught by a Scandinavian Language depmtment o r sub-department
regardless of t h e i r content which may be l i n g u i s t i c , l i t e r a r y o r c u l t u r a l .
Students graduating with a major o r minor jrlust a l s o present .the equivalent of
intermediate l e v e l study of a Scandinavian language.
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction of t h e f o u r b a s i c language s k i l l s : speaking, l i s t e n i n g , reading
and writing. S t r e s s on spoken r a t h e r than l i t e r a r y Norwegian. Laboratory work
1 112, S p r i n g )
expected. 1 1 1 1
2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and f a c i l i t y
i n expression. Selected readings i n Norwegian used as b a s i s f o r c l a s s
discussion and e x e r c i s e s . Brief l i t e r a t u r e survey. Laboratory work expected.
( P r e r e q . : 112 o r e q u i v a l e n t .
Fall)
,311 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
Intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and
o r i g i n a l composition. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o regional v a r i a t i o n s i n spoken
Norwegian and t o differences between t h e two o f f i c i a l languages of Norway.
( P r e r e q . : 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t .
Fall)
3 3 1 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey of Scandinavian c u l t u r e with s p e c i a l emphasis on conditions
and developments i n t h e twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian
language d e s i r a b l e b u t not required. ( F a l l 1974, t h e n c e f o r t h when f e a s i b l e )
3 5 1 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectr~rcsp r o v i d e a survcy of t h u Scatdinavian novel. Class d i s c u s s i o i ~ ed
on assigned raading of s c l c c t e d novels by .Ion= Lic, S i g r l d U~zdset, Sel
Lagerlof, Par Lagorkvlst, Knut Ilamwl, llnlldor Laxness md others. howlcdge
j
m d miltors w i l l bc
of n Scandinavian language desitxhlc. I,at~guage m i ~ ors
required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language.
(Spring)
3 5 2 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist,
M s and o t h e r twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of
Scandinavian drama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a
Scandinavian language d e s i r a b l e . Language majors and minors w i l l be required
t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavim language. ( S p r i n g 1975)
4 1 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further i n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n spoken and w r i t t e n Norwegian. Some a t t e n t i o n
given t o t h e o t h e r Scandinavian languages and t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development
of Norwegian. Laboratory work. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or e q u i v a l e n t . O f f e r e d o n demand.)
4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 2 1 4 , i n c l u d i n g 315, 456 or 4 5 7 , 416, 352-353 or 354.
( S t u d y i n S p a i n or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y rewmmended)
MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s above 2 1 4 , i n c l u d i n g 315, 3 3 1 , and one c o u r s e i n l i t e r a t u r e .
( S t u d y i n S p a i n or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y recommended)
1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims t o develop t h e f o u r b a s i c s k i l l s : understanding, speaking, reading, and
w r i t i n g of elementary Spanish. Introduction t o c u l t u r e of Spanish-speaking
world. Laboratory work i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e course. ( 1 1 1 , F a l l ,
Spring; 112, Spring)
2 1 3 , 2 1 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on a c t i v e use of t h e language,
supplemented by readings i n c u l t u r e and l i t e r a t u r e . (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or 2 y e a r s
o f h i g h school S p a n i s h . 213, F a l l ; 2 1 4 , S p r i n g )
2 4 9 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
Major works o f Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e representing various
periods and movements a r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through background
reading and c l a s s discussion i n English t h e student is acquainted with t h e
s a l i e n t a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l significance of t h e
readings. Credit i n t h i s course does not count toward a major o r minor i n
Spanish. Sophomore standing p r e f e r r e d . ( F a l l )
31 5 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Thorough o r a l and w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e i n correct expression with t h e aims of
fluency and f a c i l i t y . Enrichment o f vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq.:
112 or e q u i v a l e n t . T h i s c o u r s e i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a l l u p p e r - d i v i s i o n
courses.
Fall)
3 3 1 SPANISH C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE
Study o f t h e Spanish c h a r a c t e r and of Spanish contribution t o world c i v i l i z a t i o n
through i t s h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , l i t e r a r y , and a r t i s t i c movements. In
Spanish. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 6 , 1978)
3 5 2 , 3 5 3 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE I, I 1
A study of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors i n Spanish l i t e r a t u r e , supplemented by
l e c t u r e s on t h e l i t e r a r y movements and development o f Spanish l i t e r a t u r e .
Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( 3 5 2 , F a l l
1974, 1976.
353, F a l l 1 9 7 5 , 1977)
3 5 4 REPRESENTATIVE H I S P A N I C AMERICAN AUTHORS
Lectures, discussions, w r i t t e n
An introduction t o Spanish American l i t e r a t u r e .
and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language.
( S p r i n g 1 9 7 5 , 1977)
4 1 6 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing f a c i l i t y and correctness of w r i t t e n and o r a l expression
through conversations, discussions, r e p o r t s , debates, and w r i t t e n compositions
and grammatical exercises. ( S p r i n g )
4 1 7 ADVANCED GRAMMAR
Systematic study o f t h e refinements of grammatical usage.
( O f f e r e d o n demand)
456 SPANISH DRAMA
Study of t h e masterpieces of dramatic l i t e r a t u r e i n Spain. Oral and written
r e p o r t s i n t h e language. Emphasis on t h e Golden Age and t h e Modern Period.
(Prereq.: O n e s u r v e y c o u r s e . F a l l 1975, 1977)
4 5 7 SPANISH NOVEL
Study of t h e outstanding n o v e l i s t s of t h e nineteenth and twentieth century i n
Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n reports i n t h e language. (Prereq.: One s u r v e y
c o u r s e . F a l l 1974, 1976)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of History
Chairman:
MAJOR:
Donald Gustafson
8 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 seminar.
A t l e a s t f o u r o f these c o u r s e s must be upper d i v i s i o n . A m a j o r must h a v e a t
l e a s t one c o u r s e ( e i t h e r s u r v e y o r upper l e v e l ) from e a c h o f t h e f o u r a r e a s :
A n c i e n t and Medieval: Modern Europe: U.S. ; and non-Western.
MAJOR FOR TEACHING: The h i s t o r y m a j o r , w i t h c e r t a i n s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s , q u a l i f i e s
a s t u d e n t f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s a s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r o n the secondary level.
S e e M r . G i s s e l q u i s t , S o c i a l S t u d i e s Education A d v i s e r , f o r d e t a i l s .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f
end o f the f i r s t t e r m
c o l l e g e level ( o r i t s
t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e
MINOR:
3.6 i n t h e major and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a p p l i c a t i o n b e f o r e t h e
o f the j u n i o r year; two y e a r s o f a f o r e i g n language a t the
e q u i v a l e n t ) ; an h o n o r s thesis ( e q u a l t o one c o u r s e c r e d i t )
a f a c u l t y conwittee.
5 c o u r s e s , a t l e a s t three o f which must be upper d i v i s i o n .
S t u d e n t s a r e r e q u i r e d t o t a k e a t l e a s t one s u r v e y c o u r s e (numbered b e l o w 300)
b e f o r e r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an upper level c o u r s e . Lower level c o u r s e s need not be
t a k e n i n sequence.
101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN MAN
A look a t man's f i r s t c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n The Near East through t h e high middle
ages of Europe i n t h e 1200s. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 2 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN MAN
A consideration of European i n s t i t u t i o n s and values from t h e waning of t h e
middle ages through t h e remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 3 THE MODERN WORLD
A study of t h e main currents i n western c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e time of Napoleon
t o t h e present. ( F a l l , s p r i n g )
1 0 4 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An introduction t o various c e n t e r s of c u l t u r a l and p o l i t i c a l power i n Asia and
Africa o f t h e l a s t 200 years. ( F a l l , Spring)
2 2 1 U.S. HISTORY TO 1 8 7 7
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through t h e e f f o r t s t o reconstruct a
n a t i o n t o r n a p a r t by The C i v i l War. ( F a l l )
2 2 2 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1 8 7 7
An assessment of t h e century which precedes our modern day.
(Spring)
3 3 1 20TH CENTURY U.S. : CHALLENGE OF URBANIZATION
Exploration i n depth of such t o p i c s as t h e Progressive Movement, t h e New Deal,
and t h e post-New Deal e r a . ( F a l l )
3 3 2 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY
The r e l a t i o n s h i p of foreign p o l i c y t o general American development i s s t r e s s e d
through t h e period of t h e Cold War. (Spring)
3 5 3 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA HISTORY
A survcy of t o p i c s r e l a t i n g t o t h e emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white
relations; immigration and e t h n i c adjustments; r i s e of t h e Twin C i t i e s ; economic
l i f e and c u l t u r e . Primary emphasis w i l l be on t h e l a t e 19th and e a r l y 20th
Centuries.
3 6 0 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 3 3 8 B.C.
The development of c i v i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Near East from e a r l i e s t times through
i t s extension and elaboration by t h e Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on
achievement i n t h e a r t s , sciences and p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . ( F a l l , 1974-75)
3 6 1 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 3 3 0 A.D.
A study of t h e development of Alexander I s Empire, t h e H e l l e n i s t i c kingdoms
and t h e r i s e of Rome as t h e world's g r e a t e s t power. Emphasis i s placed on
p e r s o n a l i t i e s , t h e a r t s and scierlces and Rome's contributions i n law and t h e
p o l i t i c a l process. ( S p r i n g , 1974-75)
3 7 0 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1 5 6 0
A study of t h e s c h o l a s t i c t r a d i t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e Church and s t a t e
through t h e changes forced on t h e s e i n s t i t u t i o n s by t h e I t a l i a n Renaissance
and t h e e a r l y years of t h e Reformation. ( F a l l , 1975-76)
4 1 2 ENGLAND TO 1 7 1 4
A study of English h i s t o r y from Roman B r i t a i n through t h e S t u a r t period.
An attempt i s made t o s t r u c t u r e t h e course s o t h a t it may s e r v e t h e needs
o f those majoring i n a pre-law program, i n English l i t e r a t u r e o r i n h i s t o r y .
(Fall)
4 1 6 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
The study o f t h i s century as t h e most c r i t i c a l period i n t h e r i s e of t h e
modern s t a t e . Emphasis is a l s o placed on t h e emergence of modern science and
i t s e f f e c t on i n t e l l e c t u a l h i s t o r y . The chronological boundaries may be
l i s t e d as 1560-1714. (Spring)
4 4 0 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY
This course consists of u n i t s on such topics as H i t l e r t s fascism, the collapse
of colonial empires and the r i s e of t h e t h i r d world. The emphasis w i l l be on
Western Asia, Europe, and Africa i n the l a s t f i f t y years. ( S p r i n g )
4 6 3 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA
A study of the major h i s t o r i c a l events and developments i n the area due t o
c o n f r o ~ t a t i o nwith and subjugation by the West. A comparative analysis of the
n a t i o n a l i s t movements w i l l especially focus on Vietnam, Philippines, Burma and
Indonesia. ( F a l l )
4 6 4 MODERN CHINA
The
erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of t h e imperial system. The
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1974-75)
A s e l e c t i v e treatment of Chinese h i s t o r y since t h e Opium war of 1839.
4 6 5 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e features of t h e Tokugawa Shogunate, the
opening of Japan, t h e Meiji r e s t o r a t i o n , modernization, and Japan's emergence
a s a major world power i n t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1975-76)
4 7 4 THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE
A s e l e c t i v e study of t h e encounters between Europeans and the peoples outside
Europe from Columbus t o Cecil Rhodes
(Fall)
.
4 9 5 SEMINAR
Selected topics.
Admission by permission of t h e i n s t r u c t o r .
( F a l l , Spring)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 o r above i n h i s t o r y courses a r e encouraged t o apply
t o individual i n s t r u c t o r s f o r permission t o r e g i s t e r f o r d i r e c t e d independent
study. A maximum of one course i n independent study may be applied toward the
major.
Department of Mathematics
Chairman:
Dean Gulden
MAJOR:
- 9 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 125, 224, 314, 324, and 315 o r 325.
M s :
5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3 . 5 i n mathematics; 3 . 1 o v e r - a l l . Comprehensive oral
examination. Program must be s u b m i t t e d t o department during f i r s t t e r m o f
j u n i o r year, and must i n c l u d e advanced s t u d y i n a r e a s o f Real A n a l y s i s ,
Complex A n a l y s i s , Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education.
1 2 1 , 1 2 2 CALCULUS I, I 1
Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane a n a l y t i c geometry i n t e g r a t e d with
d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus of a s i n g l e variable with applications
from t h e non-physical sciences. Primarily f o r students i n t h e s o c i a l sciences.
( 1 2 1 , F a l l ; 1 2 2 , Spring)
124, 125, 2 2 4 CALCULUS I,11, I11
Topics of t h e elements o f plane and s o l i d IWI&$@~A w m e t r y i n t e g r a t e d with
of several variables
d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus i n c l u d i w ~1cid.w
and s e r i e s with applications primarily from
*$Peal sciences. Primarily
f o r s t u d e n t s i n t h e n a t u r a l sciences. (124 F a ; m, Spring; 224, F a l l )
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
An introduction t o mathematical models and s t r u c t u r e . Primarily f o r students
not intending f u r t h e r study of mathematics. No course c r e d i t w i l l be given
t o mathematics majors o r minors. ( F a l l )
21 1 NUMBER THEORY
A t r a n s i t i o n a l course from computational t o a b s t r a c t mathematics. A study of
t h e i n t e g e r s and t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . Spring 1975,
alternate years)
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Ordinary d i f f e r e n t i a l equations with applications; s e r i e s s o l u t i o n s ; systems
of d i f f e r e n t i a l equations; s o l u t i o n by s p e c i a l transforms; numerical methods;
and an introduction t o p a r t i a l d i f f e r e n t i a l equations. ( P r e r e q . : 224. S p r i n g )
2 4 2 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
The s t r u c t u r e mif -tics
underlying a r i t h m e t i c and geometry. Emphasis i s
placed on t h e kductiw Pfechniques of discovery. Includes t h e i d e a s of modern
elementary s c h & -tics
c u r r i c u l a . Does not apply toward a major o r minor
i n mathematics. ( S p r i n g )
351 MODERN GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and o t h e r geometries by s y n t h e t i c , coordinate, v e c t o r and
transformation methods. ( P r e r e q . : 122 or 1 2 5 . S p r i n g 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e
years)
3 7 3 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
A n a n a l y t i c study of p r o b a b i l i t y and s t a t i s t i c s , i n c l e w m a b i l i t y
d i s t r i b u t i o n s and d e n s i t i e s , expectation, sampling diat$%~tt%.csles, c e n t r a l limit
theorem, estimation, regression and t e s t s of h y p o t h e s e ,
224. F a l l )
e.:
3 1 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
A rigorous i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s of algebra including groups,
rings, i n t e g r a l domains and f i e l d s . (Pxereq.: 224. 211 i s recommended. F a l l )
315 LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study o f v e c t o r spaces, l i n e a r transformations, t h e algebra of matrices and
canonical forms. ( P r e r e q . : 314. S p r i n g ]
324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I,I 1
A study o f t h e fundamental concepts of calculus f o r functions of s e v e r a l
v a r i a b l e s , including transformations, sequences and s e r i e s of functions,
improper i n t e g r a l s , d i f f e r e n t i a l forms and manifolds, and v e c t o r a n a l y s i s .
( P r e r e q . : 224.
324, Spring; 325, F a l l )
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman o r Internship Director t o determine p r o j e c t .
4 1 6 TOPICS I N ALGEBRA
An i n depth study of t o p i c s introduced i n Introduction t o Modern Algebra,
including extension f i e l d s and an introduction t o Galois Theory. (Prereq.:
314.
Spring 1975, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 2 7 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES
Complex numbers, complex functions, i n t e g r a t i o n and d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n of complex
functions, Taylor and Laurent s e r i e s , residues. ( P x e r e q . : 324. S p r i n g 1 9 7 5 ,
o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 4 1 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems.
( P r e r e q . : 3 1 5 , 324.
Spring 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 5 4 TOPOLOGY
Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness,
connectedness, separation and countabi l i t y axioms. ( P r e r e q . : 324 or c o n c u r r e n t
registration.
Spring 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Computer Science
2 4 5 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING
An introduction t o computer methods and languages with the primary language
being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a major o r minor i n mathematics. ( I n t e r i m )
Medical Technology
This major involves tile completion of three years of academic work a t Augsburg
College and twelve ntonths of i n t e r n s h i p at Ilenncpin Generel Ilospital,
Metropolitan Medical Center o r Northwes t e n llospit a1 . Spccif i c rccom~nendcd
courses vary t o solno e.xtent depending on the ilospital with w h i h the s t u d e n t
plans t o a f f i l i a t e . I t i s important t o work closely w i t h the Medical
Technology adviser.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two a d d i t i o n a l upper
division (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 116), 223
(or 351, 352), 353.
Metro-Urban Studies
Director:
J o e l S. Torstenson
1 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g the f o l l o w i n g core r e q u i r e m e n t s : Economics 120;
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 122; P s y c h o l o g y 373; S o c i o l o g y 111, 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 8 1 , and 383;
p l u s a t r a n s - d i s c i p l i n a r y seminar i n metro-urban p l a n n i n g * ) a minimum o f one
course i n i n t e r n s h i p and/or independent study.
MAJOR:
The f o l l o w i n g electives are s u g g e s t e d f o r c o m p l e t i n g the major: A r t 102;
B i o l o g y 110; B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 101; Computer
S c i e n c e 245; E d u c a t i o n 478; E n g l i s h 351; P s y c h o l o g y 351 and 352; R e l i g i o n 360;
S p e e c h 342; o t h e r s , i n c l u d i n g i n t e r i m s , i n t e r n s h i p s , and i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d i e s ,
b y a p p r o v a l o f t h e D i r e c t o r and the A d v i s o r y C o u n c i l .
To be l i n k e d w i t h a p p r o p r i a t e m a j o r s ( s u c h
s s e d u c a t i o n , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , psychology,
r e l i g i o n , s o c i o l o g y , s p e e c h ) . T h e f o l l o w i n g core c o u r s e s a r e r e q u i r e d f o r the
C o n c e n t r a t i o n : Economics 120; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 122; S o c i o l o g y 111; a transd i s c i p l i n a r y seminar i n metro-urban planning*; an approved S o c i a l S c i e n c e
Research c o u r s e ; an approved i n t e r n s h i p and/or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y .
* The c o u r s e i n metro-urban p l a n n i n g i s n o t a s y e t a r e g u l a r p a r t o f the c o u r s e
o f f e r i n g s . The i n t e r i m , i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y , and i n t e r n s h i p can p r o v i d e
o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r s u c h a course. For p l a n n i n g either the Major o r the
C o n c e n t r a t i o n , c o n s u l t t h e D i r e c t o r o f the program. C r e a t i v e a l t e r n a t i v e s t o
t h e above s u g g e s t e d progranti w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d .
Department of Music
Chairman:
Robert Karl&
MAJOR: 1 2 c o u r s e s : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 354 o r 355, 365
o r 375, 457, 458, 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s , 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c
o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y , and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t .
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s . 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 o r 476, 457,
458, two o f 354, 355, 365, 375; 3 years o f Performance S t u d i e s ; 2 y e a r s i n a
m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y ; and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . A l s o see
r e q u i r e m e n t s o f the Dspartment o f Education.
. .
.
.
.
.
1 3 c o u r s e s p l u s 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s w i t h d o u b l e
t 2 years; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y ;
and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t .
HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r g r a d u a t i o n honors i n m u s i c i f t h e y
(1) p r o v i d e l e a d e r s h i p i n : t h e promotion o f h i g h e r m u s i c performance s t a n d a r d s
w i t h i n the Department o f Music; b r e a d t h o f m u s i c a l interests b y a t t e n d a n c e a t
c o n c e r t s b o t h on and o f f campus; the performing o r g a n i z a t i o n s ; the c r e a t i o n
and/or promotion o f s m a l l e r performing ensembles; ( 2 ) h a v e earned a GPA o f a t
l e a s t 3.0 i n m u s i c c o u r s e s ; and ( 3 ) a p p l y f o r the Honors Program a t the
b e g i n n i n g o f the second t e r m o f the j u n i o r year.
Honors may be a c h i e v e d b y any one o f the f o l l o w i n g ways: ( 1 ) two s o l o r e c i t a l s
o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 2 ) a m u s i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n f o r v o c a l and/or i n s t r u m e n t a l
ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 1 5 m i n u t e s d u r a t i o n and either a s e n i o r thesis and i t s
d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee o r a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 3 )
a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m n i t t e e and a s o l o r e c i t a l
o f graduate q u a l i t y .
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 year o f Performance S t u d i e s and 1 year i n a m u s i c
o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y
.
Attendance a t Performance Workshop and a l l campus f a c d t y and s t u d e n t r e c i t a l s
i s r e q u i r e d o f sophomores, j u n i o r s , s e n i o r s .
A r e c i t a l i n their a r e a o f Performance S t u d i e s c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d o f
majors d u r i n g e i t h e r t h e j u n i o r or s e n i o r year.
A r e c i t a l i n their a r e a o f Performance S t u d i e s c o n e n t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d o f
Bachelors o f Music i n b o t h t h e i r j u n i o r and s e n i o r y e a r s .
A l l majors and Bachelors o f M u s i c are r e q u i r e d t o p a s s the annual Music
R e p e r t o i r e tests. Minors must p a s s two Music R e p e r t o i r e tests.
A l l m a j o r s , m i n o r s , and Bachelors o f Music a r e r e q u i r e d t o pass a piano
proficiw@#
'
o n b y t h e end o f the
year. I t i n c l u d e s :
i n v e r s i o n s , played two
(a) majw.
minor s c a l e s w i t h r
er and w i t h correct
a t moderate s p e e d and
o c t a v e s d 'Twm?3
from memory; ( b ) a Bach two-part inventi*
qd.+sical
sonata; ( c ) a
Romantic o r modern p i e c e ; and ( d ) s i g h t r e a d i n g p i e c e s o f h y m t u n e grade.
One o f t h e p i e c e s ( b o r c ) must be played from memory.
&ece*,
During his j u n i o r and s e n i o r y e a r s , a s t u d e n t who h a s been c e r t i f i e d b y the
Department o f M u s i c as a major o r Bachelor o f Music i s g i v e n r e q u i r e d l e s s o n s
i n the a r e a o f his c o n c e n t r a t i o n w i t h o u t e x t r a cost provided s u c h s t u d y i s
w i t h a member o f the Augsburg C o l l e g e m u s i c f a c u l t y . The t o t a l o f
Performance S t u d i e s credits earned under this p r o v i s i o n may not exceed f o u r
t e r m s o f weekly h a l f - h o u r l e s s o n s .
TRANSFER STUDENTS I N MUSIC:
&
sew$&
b'da
m*
a
A s t u d e n t t r a n s f e r r i n g t o Augsburg C o l l e g e a s a
mt, b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and acceptance i n t o t h e
,
#a
r c e d s t a n d i n g test i n m u s i c t h e o r y , and ( 2 )
s i n g o r p l a y r e p r e s e n t a t i v e p i e c e s r e c e n t l y s t u d i e d i n his area o f a p p l i e d m u s i c
c o n c e n t r a t i o n . T h i s may be done i m m e d i a t e l y b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n o r earlier when
convenient.
1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 2 2 4 THEORY
Music Theory i s an i n t e g r a t e d course extending over f o u r terms. Taught by a
team o f i n s t r u c t o r s , t h e various aspects of musical theory ( i . e . , e a r t r a i n i n g ,
harmony, counter-point, and analysis) a r e presented i n p a r a l l e l , r a t h e r than
sequentially. ( 1 0 1 , 223, F a l l , 1 0 2 , 224, S p r i n g )
2 3 0 INTRODUCTION TO THE F I N E ARTS
The development o f music through t h e study o f selected, works o f g r e a t composers
from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon r e l a t i o n s h i p s between music and t h e
o t h e r f i n e a r t s . For t h e non-music major. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 6 0 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of t h e Baroque and C l a s s i c a l e r a s .
(Fall)
2 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of t h e Romantic and Modern e r a s .
(Spring)
3 5 0 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
Fundamentals o f voice c u l t u r e as r e l a t e d t o choral ensemble; methods, m a t e r i a l s ,
techniques, and arranging. ( S p r i n g )
3 5 4 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching b r a s s and percussion instruments.
(Fall)
3 5 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching woodwind and percussion instruments.
(Spring)
3 6 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments.
(Fall)
3 7 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments.
(Spring)
3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
Development and influence of t h e music of t h e C h r i s t i a n church. Designed f o r
t h e general student as well a s f o r o r g a n i s t s , choir d i r e c t o r s , and pretheological students. (Fall)
4 5 7 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores,
organization of choral ensembles. ( F a l l )
4 5 8 CONDUCTING
Preparation o f and conducting instrumental scores, organization of
instrumental ensembles. ( S p r i n g )
4 7 6 ORCHESTRATION
The c r a f t of o r c h e s t r a t i n g and arranging music f o r instrumental ensembles of
varying s i z e s and types. ( F a l l )
4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
The music of Scandinavia s i n c e 1700.
( S p r i n g 1974-75, a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
488, 4 8 9 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
I n s t r u c t i o n i n t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods, and techniques f o r teaching piano.
Students w i l l give i n d i v i d u a l lessons t o children under t h e supervision of t h e
i n s t r u c t o r . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Permits advanced and s p e c i a l i z e d s t u d i e s and p r o j e c t s n o t otherwise provided
f o r i n t h e departmental curriculum. Open only t o advanced s t u d e n t s upon
approval of a member of t h e f a c u l t y . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student r e c i t a l s a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r p u b l i c performance. Acquaints
s t u d e n t s with a r e p e r t o i r e of musical excellence. No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l ,
Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental i n s t r u c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e t o a l l s t u d e n t s . For statement
of f e e s , s e e under Financial Information. No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Piano
Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, accompanying. Only
those lessons i n piano taken a f t e r t h e piano p r o f i c i e n c y examination
has been passed may be applied toward t h e music major o r minor.
Organ
Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, hymn-playing,
accompanying.
Voice
Correct h a b i t s of pronunciation and a r t i c u l a t i o n , b r e a t h control,
f l e x i b i l i t y , e a r t r a i n i n g as needed, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, S t r i n g Instruments
Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance.
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations e x i s t not only f o r t h e b e n e f i t of t h e music student,
but f o r any student of t h e college who wishes t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n groups
affording opportunity f o r musical expression. Membership f o r t h e f u l l year
required of p a r t i c i p a n t s . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Choir
Membership by audition and r e s t r i c t e d t o 65 s i n g e r s .
Concert Band
~ e m b e r s h i p yaudition.
Orchestra
Membership by audition.
Clrora 1 Club, Jazz Ensemble, String Orthestrn, Instrumental Ensembles
Men~bershi p by audit i o t ~o r consent of d i r e c t o r .
Natural Science
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r t e a c h i n g i n Secondary S c h o o l s .
MAJOR: A t o t a l o f 1 2 c o u r s e s i n s c i e n c e and mathematics w i t h a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s
i n e a c h o f t w o o f the a r e a s o f b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y o r p h y s i c s .
I n b i o l o g y , the r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s a r e 111, 112.
be chosen from the upper d i v i s i o n o f f e r i n g s .
The a d d i t i o n a l 3 c o u r s e s a r e t o
I n c h e m i s t r y , 105, 1 0 6 , o r ( 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , and 353 a r e r e q u i r e d . In o r d e r t o
complete t h e t o t a l o f 5 c o u r s e s , two c o u r s e s may be chosen a s f o l l o w s : 223
and 361; o r 351 and 352; o r 351 and 361.
-
In mathematics, C a l c u l u s I and C a l c u l u s 11 a r e r e q u i r e d ; and any 3 a d d i t i o n a l
c o u r s e s may be s e l e c t e d .
In p h y s i c s , c o u r s e s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 245 a r e r e q u i r e d ; t w o a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s t o b e
chosen a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h a member o f the P h y s i c s Department.
NATURAI; SCIENCE MAJOR f o r Premedical S t u d e n t s
T h i s major i s p r e s e n t e d a s an o p t i o n f o r premedical s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e
a major which p r o v i d e s the s c i e n c e c o u r s e s n e c e s s a r y and recommended f o r
a d m i s s i o n t o most m e d i c a l s c h o o l s ( i n c l u d i n g the U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
Medical S c h o o l ) , and a l s o p e r m i t s a number o f electives. T h e s t u d e n t s h o u l d
choose electives c a r e f u l l y k e e p i n g i n mind the s p e c i f i c r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e
medical s c h o o l s t o which he or she i n t e n d s t o a p p l y .
MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B i o l o g y 111, 1 1 2 , 491 o r 492, and 2 upper d i v i s i o n
b i o l o g y c o u r s e s ; Chemistry 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 , o r ( 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352, and Q u a n t i t a t i v e
A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 1 2 2 , o r 124 and 125; and P h y s i c s
1 2 1 , 122.
Department of Philosophy
Chairman:
Bruce Reichenbach
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 3 0 , 241, 242, 3 4 3 , and 344.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g two c o u r s e s from 241, 242, 3 4 3 , and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: A d m i s s i o n t o t h e P h i l o s o p h y HONORS PROGRAM i s b y recommendation
S u c h recommendations w i l l be made a t the end o f the
o f t h e philosophy faculty.
j u n i o r y e a r . The program w i l l c o n s i s t o f an h o n o r s t h e s i s on an approved t o p i c
o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s c h o i c e , i n v o l v i n g r e s e a r c h above t h e c o u r s e l e v e l , and a
d e f e n s e o f t h i s thesis b e f o r e t h e f a c u l t y o f t h e d e p a r t m e n t .
C o u r s e s 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , and 130 a r e recommended f o r f u l f i l l i n g t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n
requirement.
1 1 0 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS
Introduction t o philosophy through t h e study of t h e teachings of Socrates,
P l a t o and A r i s t o t l e . Concern w i l l be shown f o r t h e r o l e t h a t t h e s e men played
i n developing ideas b a s i c t o Western c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h e i r l a s t i n g
contributions on t o p i c s such as t h e n a t u r e of t h e r e a l , t h e good l i f e , search
f o r knowledge, e t c . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 2 0 ETHICS
Search f o r an adequate e t h i c a l p r i n c i p l e through an evaluation of those
presented by philosophers; i n q u i r y i n t o p o s s i b l e j u s t i f i c a t i o n s f o r e t h i c a l
values; and application of t h e s e p r i n c i p l e s t o human conduct. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 3 0 LOGIC
The study of p r a c t i c a l argumentation. Emphasis i s placed on developing s k i l l s
i n constructing and analyzing arguments. The r o l e o f d e f i n i t i o n , premises, and
r u l e s of inference i n an argument a r e investig'ated. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 4 1 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE
For d e s c r i p t i o n see under course 110.
2 4 2 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY 11:
(Fall, Spring)
MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
An a n a l y s i s of t h e major themes of Medieval philosophy, such as t h e r e l a t i o n
of f a i t h and reason, problem of u n i v e r s a l s , existence of God, mysticism, e t c . ,
and t h e reaction of such R a t i o n a l i s t s as Descartes and Leibniz t o and t h e i r
development of t h e s e ideas. ( s u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 241. S p r i n g )
3 4 3 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY 11I: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY
Studies i n t h e major e m p i r i c i s t s i n t h e 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume);
Kant's s y n t h e s i s of philosophy; 19th century Idealism; and t h e r e a c t i o n t o
Idealism i n men such a s Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r
course:
241, 242.
Fall)
3 4 4 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I V : CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
Studies i n t h e major 20th century r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s of a n a l y t i c philosophy,
pragmatism, e x i s t e n t i a l i s m and phenomenology. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 241,
242, 343. S p r i n g )
3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e bases of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f , with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n
t o t h e t h e i s t i c arguments, t h e nature of r e l i g i o u s language, and t h e problems
of e v i l , miracles, and immortality. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n
P h i l o s o p h y . S p r i n g , 1974-75)
3 5 5 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of t h e b a s i c concepts and philosophical c o n t r i b u t i o n s of Chinese,
Japanese, Indian and Southeast Asian thought. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e
i n P h i l o s o p h y . S p r i n g 1975-76)
3 6 0 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
A philosophical i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of symbolic expression t o t h e
world of t h e mind and t h e world of r e a l i t y , including a study of t h e forms of
language, semantics, and pragmatics. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 130 or 344.
F a l l , 1974-75)
3 6 5 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
A systematic i n q u i r y i n t o t h e philosophical presuppositions of law and
theory-construction i n t h e empirical s c i e n c e s . Students a l s o will'work with
p r o f e s s o r i n researching and developing philosophical problems i n t h e s p e c i a l
sciences (biology, physics, s o c i a l sciences, e t c . ) ( S u g g e s t e d : P r i o r c o u r s e
i n science. F a l l , 1975-76)
3 7 0 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies i n t h e w r i t i n g s -- both philosophical and l i t e r a r y -- of prominent
E x i s t e n t i a l i s t authors. Attempt w i l l be made t o deal i n depth with such
themes a s absurdity, freedom, g u i l t , despair, paradox, and t h e leap of f a i t h .
( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n p h i l o s o p h y . F a l l , 1974-75)
3 7 5 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS
Studies i n such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American
philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, e t c . ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e :
344.
F a l l , 1975-76)
4 3 0 STUDIES I N I N D I V I D U A L PHILOSOPHERS
Advanced s t u d i e s i n t h e philosophy of p a r t i c u l a r philosophers, e . g., P l a t o ,
Des c a r t e s , Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, e t c . Seminar format.
( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 2 4 1 , 242, 343, or #.
1975-76)
4 5 0 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies i n such areas a s t h e philosophy of a r t , philosophy of l i t e r a t u r e ,
philosophy of h i s t o r y , p h i l o s o p h i c a l psychology, philosophy of c u l t u r e ,
p o l i t i c a l and l e g a l philosophy, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d : one p r i o r
1974-75)
course i n philosophy.
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual study and research on some philosophical t o p i c of i n t e r e s t t o t h e
student, worked out i n c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e f a c u l t y a d v i s e r . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Department of Physical Education
and Health Education
Chairman:
E . W. Anderson
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR:
8 courses.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
3 5 2 , 369, 4 7 1 , 472.
223, 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 243, 351, 3 5 2 , 471, 572.
10 courses.
111, 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 351,
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: 8 c o u r s e s
i n p l ~ y s i c l n l e d u c u t i o n s e q u e n c e . 111, 232, 232, 2 4 3 , 351, 352, 471, 472, 485,
491, 495. P s y c h o l o g y 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 355; and one a d d i t i o n a l Human P h y s i o l o g y
course are a l s o required.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR:
HEALTH TEACHING MINOR:
5 courses.
5 courses.
111, 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 232 or 472, and 243.
1 1 0 , 111, 351, 3 6 0 , and S o c i o l o g y 231.
5 c o u r s e s . 111, 243, 351, 482 and p r a c t i c u m i n
(PEBrdiaum r e q u i r e s r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r 499
Independent Study)
C@lWENG EN-PIT:
m&hg.
-
Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t head-coaching a s s i g n m e n t i n Minnesota p u b l i c
schools a r e r e q u i r e d t o h a v e a t l e a s t a c o a c h i n g endorsement i n t h e f i e l d o f
p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n and a t h l e t i c s .
Physical Education
102, 1 0 3 LIFETIME SPORTS
Two hours p e r week. Meets t h e general education requirement. During t h e
Interim, r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be offered on an e l e c t i v e b a s i s .
No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 2 3 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching and o f f i c i a t i n g team s p o r t s .
f o r men and women. (Women, F a l l ; Men, S p r i n g )
Separate s e c t i o n s
231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching individual and dual s p o r t s .
f o r men and women. (Men, F a l l ; Women, S p r i n g )
Separate s e c t i o n s
2 3 2 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n ,
q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s ,
modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dating. ( I n t e r i m )
2 4 3 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
History, p r i n c i p l e s , and philosophy of physical education.
(Spring)
351 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE
Mechanics of movement with s p e c i a l emphasis upon t h e action of t h e muscular
system. The major e f f e c t s of exercises upon t h e systems of t h e body.
(Prereq.: B i o l o g y 1 0 3 , C h e m i s t r y 105.
Spring)
352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION
Physical education f o r t h e exceptional c h i l d with s p e c i a l reference t o t h e
analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and t h e r o l e of physical
education. Survey of b a s i c s t a t i s t i c a l procedures and evaluation o f t e s t s i n
physical education. ( S p r i n g )
365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12)
Also includes American Red Cross I n s t r u c t o r s Course i n F i r s t Aid.
C u r r e n t l y v a l i d Standard F i r s t Aid c a r d .
(Prereq.:
Fall)
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum analysis and preparation.
Administrative techniques and procedures.
(Fa11 )
472 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES--SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
Theory and techniques of teaching s t u n t s , tumbling, and s p e c i a l f i t n e s s
a c t i v i t i e s , Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching swimming, l i f e - s a v i n g and water
safety. Open only t o majors and minors. Men and women meet separately.
(Fall)
482 COACHING OF SPORTS
Theory and techniques of coaching.
Prevention and care of a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s .
(Interim)
4 8 5 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includes consideration of ambulation, s e l f care, adapted s p o r t s and
games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. ( P r e r e q . : 351, 352. Summer School
only)
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
A study of t h e treatment of disease and i n j u r y .
and administration of neuromuscular re-education.
Includes general p r i n c i p l e s
( P r e r e q . : 351, 352.
Summer School on1 y)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Four hundred hours of h o s p i t a l a f f i l i a t i o n a t VA Hospital, Pairview Hospital,
and Cambridge S t a t e Hospital. Includes a c t u a l h o s p i t a l experience i n t h e
following f o u r areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics,
(3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. ( P r e r e q . : 485, 491, and approval o f
department)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed intensive study i n t h e area of Physical Education.
majors. ( J u n i o r o r s e n i o r o n l y )
Open only t o
Health Education
1 1 0 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH
Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s of h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e
individual and t h e community. ( F a l l )
111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION
An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done f o r t h e abuses.
American Red Cross F i r s t Aid course. ( F a l l , Spring)
Also includes
( F a l l , Spring)
3 6 0 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Curriculum, organization and administration of t h e school h e a l t h program.
(Fall)
Department of Physics
Chairman:
Theodore Hanwick
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 245, 351, 362, and 395.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and t h r e e c o u r s e s above 1 2 2 .
1 0 1 ASTRONOMY
A d e s c r i p t i v e course requiring elementary algebra. Our s o l a r system, s t a r s
a r ~ dgalaxies. The necessary o p t i c a l i n s t r u n ~ e n t sa r e explained and use i s made
of
n
12-inch r e f l e c t i n g telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, a s well as a
Occasional n i g h t viewing. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . F a l l ,
3-inch Quostar.
Spring1
1 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS
A survey of physics introducing t h e b a s i c aspects o f mechanics, thermodynamics,
wave motion, e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and s e l e c t e d modern t o p i c s .
Applications of physics t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l sciences. The course i s designed as
a n a t u r a l science e l e c t i v e and a l s o as a p a r t of t h e Medical Technology program.
(3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
Fall)
121, 1 2 2 GENERAL PHYSICS I,I 1
A rigorous study of t h e concepts of mechanics, f l u i d s , h e a t , sound, o p t i c s ,
e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors i n
physics and other s p e c i f i e d majors. Must be taken i n sequence. ( 4 one-hour
l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : Mathematics 124 o r concurrent
r e g i s t r a t i o n . 121, F a l l ; 1 2 2 , Spring)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction t o modern physics from an h i s t o r i c a l and experimental b a s i s .
R e l a t i v i t y , quantum e f f e c t s , atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and s o l i d
s t a t e physics. This course i n d i c a t e s t h e need f o r , and develops t h e
experimental b a s i s of quantum mechanics.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . :
122, F a l l )
2 6 1 ELECTRONICS
A review of D.C. and A.C. c i r c u i t s before introducing t h e e l e c t r o n tube and
some c i r c u i t applications. The study o f s o l i d s t a t e diodes and t r a n s i s t o r s
with c i r c u i t applications. ( L e c t u r e s and l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 ,
Mathematics 224.
Fall)
2 7 0 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis i s on physical o p t i c s , using t h e complex expression f o r a wave
throughout. I n t e r f e r e n c e , d i f f r a c t i o n , p o l a r i z a t i o n , and an introduction t o
t h e electromagnetic theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
P r e r e q . : 122.
Spring)
3 5 1 , 3 5 2 MECHANICS I, I 1
A c a r e f u l study of c l a s s i c a l mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and
t h e Lagrangian and Hami l t o n i a n formalisms. Topics include conservation
p r i n c i p l e s , s i n g l e p a r t i c l e motion, systems of p a r t i c l e s , o s c i l l a t o r y systems,
c e n t r a l - f o r c e motion, dynamics of r i g i d bodies, g r a v i t a t i o n , kinematics of
two-particle systems and n o n i n e r t i a l reference frames. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s .
P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226.
351, F a l l ; 3 5 2 , S p r i n g )
3 6 2 , 3 6 3 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, I 1
The c l a s s i c a l electromagnetic f i e l d theory i s developed using t h e v e c t o r
calculus throughout. E l e c t r o s t a t i c s , magnetostatics , s o l u t i o n of Laplace s
and Poisson's equations, e l e c t r i c and magnetic p r o p e r t i e s o f m a t e r i a l s , and
t h e theory of electromagnetic r a d i a t i o n based on Maxwell's equations.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s .
P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226.
362, F a l l ; 363, S p r i n g )
3 9 5 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory i n v e s t i g a t i o n s , including p a r t i c i p a t i o n
i n physics seminars. Experiments i n t h e areas of mechanics, thermodynamics,
e l e c t r i c i t y , magnetism, and modern physics. ( 2 three-hour l a b o r a t o r y and
1 seminar hour p e r week.
Prereq.: Junior standing.
Spring)
4 8 1 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of p r o p e r t i e s of systems and processes f o r which temperature i s an
important v a r i a b l e . The s u b j e c t i s developed from two independent y e t
complementary viewpoints: t h e experimental, macroscopic c l a s s i c a l
thermodynamics and t h e t h e o r e t i c a l , microscopic s t a t i s t i c a l mechanics.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s .
Prereq.
:
351. S p r i n g )
4 8 6 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from first p r i n c i p l e s , including de Broglie s p o s t u l a t e s , t h e
Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular
momentum, and approximation methods. S p e c i f i c problems s t u d i e d include
p o t e n t i a l wells and p o t e n t i a l b a r r i e r s , t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r , and t h e
hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. F a l l )
4 8 8 TOPICS I N MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics t o s p e c i f i c t o p i c s chosen from t h e areas
o f s o l i d s t a t e physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and
p a r t i c l e physics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , three-hour l a b o r a t o r u .
P r e r e q . : 486.
Spring)
Department of Political Science
Chairman:
Norma Noonan
MAJOR: The m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 9 c o u r s e s , p l u s S o c i a l
S t a t i s t i c s ( S o c i o l o g y 3 6 5 ) , 121 o r 122; 158; 384; and a t l e a s t 5 o t h e r upper
d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 4 o u t o f 5 a r e a s * . A s e m i n a r i n one o f t h e f i v e a r e a s
may be c o u n t e d f o r t h a t a r e a .
MINOR: The m i n o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g :
1 2 1 o r 122; 158; and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 3 o u t o f 5 a r e a s * .
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e i n c l u d e s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s
l i s t e d a b o v e , p l u s t h e f o l l o w i n g : T h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d e - p o i n t a v e r a g e must b e
3.5 i n t h e m a j o r and 2.75 o v e r - a l l . The s t u d e n t must t a k e an Honors
I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y and a s e m i n a r , and must s u b m i t , n o t l a t e r t h a n A p r i l 1 o f t h e
s e n i o r y e a r , an Honors T h e s i s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m m i t t e e .
S t u d e n t s s h o u l d a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Major n o l a t e r t h a n t h e f i r s t t e r m o f the
j u n i o r y e a r . For s p e c i f i c i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n s u l t the Honors A d v i s e r i n t h e
department.
* The f i v e a r e a s a r e American Government and P o l i t i c s , Comparative P o l i t i c s
and A n a l y s i s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l P o l i t i c s , P u b l i c Law, and P o l i t i c a l Theory and
Analysis.
(Any c o u r s e l i s t e d i n more t h a n o n e a r e a may be c o u n t e d i n o n l y one
a r e a toward m a j o r o r minor r e q u i r e m e n t s . )
-
Any c o u r s e may be t a k e n t o f u l f i l l t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s b u t
e s p e c i a l l y a p p r o p r i a t e a r e P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 158 o r 1 6 0 .
The Urban Requirement may be f i l l e d b y P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 2 , 342 o r b y an
I n t e r n s h i p , I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y , o r Seminar on an u r b a n - r e l a t e d t o p i c .
S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n may t a k e one o f t h e t h r e e broad
social science options with a concentration i n P o l i t i c a l Science. See t h e
Department Chairman f o r more i n f o r m a t i o n .
For p r e c i s e l i s t i n g o f t e r m s i n which c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d , s e e t h e C l a s s
Schedule.
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND P O L I T I C S
1 2 1 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS
P r e s i d e n t i a l , congressional and j u d i c i a l policy-making i n t h e American n a t i o n a l
p o l i t i c a l system; contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s impinging upon and affected by
t h e Presidency, Congress and t h e Supreme Court. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 2 2 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
P o l i t i c s i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , including important i s s u e s , a c t o r s , and
s t r u c t u r e s influencing p u b l i c p o l i c y i n t h e modern urban complex. Discussionl e c t u r e , simulation, and meetings with p o l i t i c a l e x p e r t s and a c t i v i s t s .
(Fall, Spring)
3 2 5 AMERICAN P O S I T I V E STATE
The p o l i t i c s of p u b l i c administration and b u r e a u c r a t i c policy-making i n t h e
American welfare-warfare s t a t e ; governmental r e g u l a t i o n , promotion and
management, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l and economic i n t e r a c t i o n . ( P r e r e q . :
1 c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #)
3 2 6 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS
The e l e c t o r a l process, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s : t h e i r development,
s t r u c t u r e , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o other f a c t o r s i n t h e process. F i e l d work with
p a r t i e s , pressure groups and o t h e r relevant organizations. (students may not
take both 326 and 356 except by special permission. Offered Fall term of
election years. No prerequisite)
3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
E f f e c t s of mass communications on individual behavior; t h e uses and control of
mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes including p u b l i c opinion research
and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s . (Spring)
3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR
(Offered i n non-election years.
description)
See note under 326.
See Section 11 for
3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
(Offered alternate years.
See Section I V for description)
3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1
(Offered alternate years.
11.
See Section I V for description)
COMPARATIVE P O L I T I C S AND ANALYSIS
15 8 P O L I T I C A L PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
An a n a l y s i s of b a s i c p a t t e r n s i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major p o l i t i c a l systems and discussion of
contemporary i s s u e s .
3 5 0 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
The emergence, maintenance and decline of s e l e c t e d democracies, focusing on
p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , and processes. (Prereq. : One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate years)
3 5 1 COMMUNIST P O L I T I C A L SYSTEMS
A comparative analysis of t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s i n terms
o f p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , processes and p o l i c i e s .
course i n Political Science or #)
(Prereq.: One
3 5 3 P O L I T I C A L DEVELOPMENT
The modernization process i n developing areas with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e
creation, maintenance, and administration of p o l i t i c a l s t r u c t u r e s . (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #. Offered on demand)
3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR
The flow and influence of p u b l i c opinion and t h e determinants of v o t e r choice,
including study of a t t i t u d e s , values and p e r s o n a l i t y f a c t o r s i n p o l i t i c a l
behavior. (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326. Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #.)
3 5 9 TOPICS I N E L I T E AND MASS BEHAVIOR
In-depth study of e l i t e and/or mass p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system.
(Offered on demand. Prereq. : #)
I 1I. INTERNAJjU&&L
POLITICS
160 ISSUES I N WORLD POLITICS
Contemporary i s s u e s and problems i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s i n t h e context of
democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign
(Spring)
policy
.
361 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
General t h e o r i e s of i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s , t h e b a s i c f a c t o r s involved i n
i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s , and t h e formulation of foreign policy as background
f o r study and simulation o f contemporary i n t e r n a t i o n a l problems. (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years)
3 6 3 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
Analysis of t h e motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign p o l i c i e s
of Communist nations, with emphasis upon t h e Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #.)
IV.
PUBLIC LAW
3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
The legal-political-philosophical r o l e of t h e j u d i c i a r y i n t h e American
c o n s t i t u t i o n a l system, emphasizing s i g n i f i c a n t Supreme Court cases involving
t h e United S t a t e s government and t h e f e d e r a l system. (Prereq.: One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered a1ternate years)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1
Constitutional l i m i t a t i o n s of t h e B i l l of Rights and of t h e Fourteenth
Amendment as applied by t h e Supreme Court t o t h e p r o t e c t i o n of human r i g h t s
and c i v i l l i b e r t i e s of i n d i v i d u a l s . (Prereq.: One course or #. Offered
alternate years. )
V.
P O L I T I M L THEORY AND ANALYSIS
1 5 8 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
(See Section 11 for description)
3 8 0 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I
Analysis of s e l e c t e d readings from outstanding p o l i t i c a l philosophers from
P l a t o through t h e eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of t h e i r thought
having continuing s i g n i f i c a n c e f o r an understanding o f contemporary p o l i t i c a l
i s s u e s and t h e problems of human s o c i e t y . (Offered alternate years.)
381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT 11
Recent p o l i t i c a l philosophy and ideology, including readings from i n d i v i d u a l i s t ,
anarchist, s o c i a l i s t , e l i t i s t , Christian, democratic, conservative and l i b e r a l
authors. The contemporary search f o r p o l i t i c a l processes and s t r u c t u r e s
(Offered alternate years .)
appropriate t o human p o t e n t i a l s and l i m i t a t i o n s
.
3 8 2 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST POLITICS
An examination of Marxist-Leninist t h e o r i e s , t h e development and uses of
ideology i n contemporary Communism, and t h e impact of h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s
i n t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s . (Prereq.: One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate years. )
3 8 4 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
Theory and methods of empirical p o l i t i c a l analysis, including communications
theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts,
psychological and economic approaches t o p o l i t i c a l study, and a survey of t h e
methods common t o empirical s o c i a l science. (Prereq.: S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ;
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 158 o r 356; o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years.)
VI.
SEMINARS,
INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS
2 9 5 LOWER D I V I S I O N SEMINAR
Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject
matter. ( O f f e r e d on demand)
2 9 9 DIRECTED STUDY
Independent study f o r
Interim, Spring)
lower division students.
(Prereq. : #.
Fall,
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman o r Internship Director t o determine p r o j e c t .
Fall, Interim, Spring)
(Prereq.: #.
4 9 5 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject
matter. (Prereq.: #)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between i n s t r u c t o r and student.
(Prereq. : #
Fall, Interim, Spring)
.
Department of Psychology
Chairman:
Duane Johnson
MAJOR: 1 0 c o u r s e s . O n e or two s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s from o t h e r departments may
a l s o b e r e q u i r e d . The major program i s planned i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h an
a d v i s e r i n the psychology department and approved b y the department chairman.
Required c o u r s e s w i l l i n c l u d e 1 0 5 , 364, 493, and 498. B a s i c c o u r s e s t o
i n c l u d e i n p r e p a r a t i o n f o r graduate s t u d y a r e 1 0 5 , 355, 357, 359, 364, 481,
498, and a t l e a s t one c o u r s e i n P e r s o n a l i t y o r Developmental Psychology. T h e
major program w i l l u s u a l l y i n c l u d e 105 i n t h e freshman y e a r , 364 and o f t e n
355 and 357 i n t h e sophomore y e a r , and 493 and 498 i n the s e n i o r year. T h e
o v e r - a l l p l a n w i l l be d i r e c t e d toward a b a s i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e d i s c i p l i n e
o f psychology and toward the p a r t i c u l a r e d u c a t i o n a l , v o c a t i o n a l , and
p r o f e s s i o n a l interests and g o a l s o f the i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . A w r i t t e n p l a n
f o r t h e major s h o u l d be completed and approved b y the b e g i n n i n g o f t h e j u n i o r
year. The p l a n , which may i n d i c a t e one o r more e l e c t i v e s i n p s y c h o l o g y ,
should be completed e a r l y i n t h e sequence o f psychology c o u r s e s . Completion
o f a w r i t t e n p l a n l a t e r t h a n the b e g i n n i n g o f t h e j u n i o r year may d e l a y
graduation; e a r l y p l a n n i n g i s recommended.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 105.
HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r honors i n psychology w i t h a 3.5
grade p o i n t average i n the m a j o r , a 3.0 grade p o i n t average o v e r - a l l , and
c o m p l e t i o n o f a h i g h q u a l i t y r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t c u l m i n a t i n g the m a j o r program.
A p p l i c a t i o n f o r honors c o n s i d e r a t i o n i s t o be made d u r i n g t h e j u n i o r year.
1 0 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r t h e purpose of understanding
behavior. Research procedures associated with t h e study of behavior. A
s t r u c t u r e of t h e f i e l d of psychology including psychological p r i n c i p l e s i n
( F a l l , Spring)
major sub-areas.
3 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal c h i l d development and behavior. Consideration of
t h e o r e t i c a l systems used f o r viewing t h e developmental sequence and process.
Active i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l implications and applications of d a t a and theory
i n respect t o t h e development of children. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 5 2 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY : ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on nonnal develq~mcntand behavior of t h e adolescent and adult.
Tl~eoreticu'tbascs used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation f o r t h e
developmental process. Active coilsideration of t h e meaning t h a t d a t a and
t l ~ e i l r y Iaavc for the development of persons i n t h e adolescent and a d u l t periods
of l i f e .
(Preraq. : 3 5 1 .
Spring),,
3 5 5 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
.. ..
I
A survey of t h e physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible f o r
behavior i n animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding
t h e fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods.
Emphasis w i l l be given t o i n t e r a c t i o n s of t h e c e n t r a l nervous system with
environmental events including t h e e f f e c t s of drugs on behavior. ( P r e r e q . :
105.
Fall)
3 5 6 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach t o t h e study of behavior emphasizing t h e comparison of
a wide v a r i e t y of s p e c i e s from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans.
S t r e s s w i l l be placed upon studying animals i n t h e i r n a t u r a l h a b i t a t and t h e
adaptive behavior p a t t e r n s which have ~ v o l v c dthrough i n t e r a c t i n g with t h e
environment. Major t o p i c s w i l l include bahavioral evolution, behavioral
development, and s o c i a l behavior i n both mimills and humans. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 .
Spring)
3 5 7 LEARNING
Analysis o f behavior and behavioral change including objectives, evaluation,
and environmental f a c t o r s i n t h e learning process. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . S p r i n g )
3 5 9 MEASUREMENT
Theory and p r i n c i p l e s of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement,
i n t e r e s t , p e r s o n a l i t y , and i n t e l l i g e n c e t e s t s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 6 1 PERSONALITY
Dynamics of p e r s o n a l i t y with emphasis on behavior t h a t customarily i s included
i n t h e normal range. Includes consideration of t h e o r i e s of p e r s o n a l i t y .
( P r e r e q . : 105. F a l l )
3 6 2 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, b i o l o g i c a l , and psychological f a c t o r s involved i n behavior
disorders. Consideration of d i a g n o s t i c categories, treatment, and research.
( P r e r e q . : 3 c o u r s e s o r 361. S p r i n g )
3 6 4 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methodology i n major areas of psychological research including s t a t i s t i c a l
methodology. Designing, conducting, and analyzing experiments. (Prereq.:
105. F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 7 3 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing l a r g e groups of individuals i n t o e f f i c i e n t goal-oriented
teams. Study o f p o l i c i e s and procedures aimed a t u t i l i z i n g and p e r p e t r a t i n g
i n d i v i d u a l i t y ; exploration of approaches t o s e l e c t i n g and developing t h e human
resource. (Prereq. : 105. S p r i n g )
3 7 5 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology.
General Education requirement. )
(Does n o t c o u n t toward N a t u r a l S c i e n c e
481 HISTORY AND THEORY
History of psychological viewpoints and t h e o r e t i c a l p o s i t i o n s . Concentration
on t h e development of American psychology. (Prereg.: 4 c o u r s e s . F a l l )
4 8 5 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
P r i n c i p l e s , methods, and a t t i t u d e s involved i n t h e counseling process.
Consideration given t o goals and e t h i c a l guidelines f o r a counseling
r e l a t i o n s h i p . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s and s e n i o r s t a n d i n g . S p r i n g )
4 9 3 SEMINAR:
CONTEMPORARY ISSUES
Points of view within behavioral science on contemporary p r o f e s s i o n a l and
s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . Consideration of t h e approaches and methods of behavioral
science t o t h e study of such i s s u e s . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s . F a l l )
4 9 8 SEMINAR:
RESEARCH PROBLEMS
Individual research i n which students s e l e c t an a r e a of i n v e s t i g a t i o n , plan
t h e appropriate design, c o l l e c t data, and w r i t e a research report according
t o t h e standards e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e American Psychological Association.
C r i t i c a l review and discussion of i n d i v i d u a l research p r o j e c t s . (Prereq.:
S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and #. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Registration by s p e c i a l permission f o r advanced students i n psychology.
Student must present c a r e f u l l y considered r a t i o n a l e and purpose f o r t h e
proposed study.
Department of Religion
Chairman:
P h i l i p A. Quanbeck
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s , two o f which may be upper d i v i s i o n New T e s t a m e n t Greek. The
major. s h a l l i n c l u d e one i n t e r i m c o u r s e ; and a t l e a s t three o u t o f the f o l l o w i n g
f o u r a r e a s s h a l l b e r e p r e s e n t e d b y a t l e a s t o n e c o u r s e : 352-355, 360-363,
471-475, 481-484.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.25 i n the m a j o r and 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t
approved b y the department and a c o l l o q u i u m w i t h the department.
MINOR:
5 courses.
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e t o a l l o t h e r c o u r s e s . Only one c o u r s e i n
H i s t o r y o f R e l i g i o n s may be counted toward f u l f i l l i n g the g r a d u a t i o n
requirements.
111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An introduction t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e of theology and t o t h e dialogue
between t h e church and t h e world which concerns C h r i s t i a n doctrine. ( F a l l ,
Spring)
221 B I B L I C A L STUDIES
The o r i g i n , l i t e r a r y character, and transmission of t h e b i b l i c a l documents.
The task of b i b l i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . The h i s t o r y of I s r a e l and t h e emergence
of t h e ,church. ( F a l l , Spring)
3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
See under Department of Philosophy.
3 5 2 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP
A study of t h e o r i g i n of Christian worship, t h e development of t h e various
l i t u r g i c a l t r a d i t i o n s and t h e recent l i t u r g i c a l innovations. Attention w i l l
be given t o both t h e theology and t h e form of worship. Visits w i l l be made
t o a v a r i e t y of worship s e r v i c e s .
all)
3 5 5 THE STUDY OF RELIGION I N THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS
The h i s t o r y of studying r e l i g i o n i n p u b l i c schools, t h e problems associated
with such e f f o r t s , t h e resources a v a i l a b l e t o t h e t e a c h e r and t h e a c t u a l
teaching i t s e l f w i l l be examined. The theological, as well as t h e l e g a l
and educational implications w i l l be analyzed and discussed. ( S p r i n g )
3 5 6 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I
The r e l i g i o n s of India and Persia: Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, and
Zoroastrianism, emphasizing t h e study of t h e primary w r i t i n g s of t h e s e f a i t h s
together with an analysis of t h e i r r e l i g i o u s p r a c t i c e s i n t h e context of
t h e i r respective c u l t u r e s . (1974-75)
3 5 7 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I 1
The r e l i g i o n s of China, Japan and t h e Arabian Near East: Confucianism, Taoism,
Buddhism, Shinto, and Islam, emphasizing study of t h e primary w r i t i n g s of
these f a i t h s t o g e t h e r with an a n a l y s i s o f t h e i r r e l i g i o u s p r a c t i c e s i n t h e
context of t h e i r respective c u l t u r e s . (1975-76)
3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of t h e s o c i a l sources and
p r a c t i c e s . P a r t i c u l a r emphasis i s given
r e l a t i o n t o r e l i g i o u s systems, and t o an
of s o c i e t y and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of t h e s e
s t r u c t u r e of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f s and
t o t h e study of burcaucracy and i t s
exploration o f t h e c h a r ~ g t n gp a t t e r n s
changes t o t h e insti.tuti.ona1 church.
(Fall)
3 6 1 CHURCH FATHERS
The development of some fundamental d o c t r i n e s from t h e time of t h e Apostolic
Fathers through Augustine
.
3 6 2 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
An introduction t o t h e t h e o l o g i c a l thought of t h e P r o t e s t a n t reformers of t h e
s i x t e e n t h century. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e writings o f Martin
Luther and o t h e r
representative figures. (Fall)
3 6 3 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM
The P r o t e s t a n t ethos i n t h e United S t a t e s . Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e r i s e of
r e l i g i o u s l i b e r t y , revivalism, t h e American denominational s t r u c t u r e , and t h e
responses of American Protestantism t o t h e challenges of i t s environing
culture. (Fall)
3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
(See under Department of Music)
4 7 1 JESUS AND H I S INTERPRETERS
Consideration of t h e New Testament Documents, p a r t i c u l a r l y t h e Gospels, dealing
with t h e i r content, l i t e r a r y s t r u c t u r e and r e l a t i o n s h i p s . Attention t o t h e
v a r i e t y o f i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s given t h e person of Jesus, including t h e "quest f o r
t h e h i s t o r i c a l Jesus . I t ( F a l l )
4 7 2 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of t h e Apostle Paul including h i s h i s t o r i c a l background, h i s
r e l a t i o n s h i p t o t h e e a r l y church, and some of t h e themes t o be found i n h i s
writings. ( S p r i n g )
4 7 3 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
The various types of Old Testament l i t e r a t u r e . The d i s t i n c t i v e ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on t h e message of t h e prophets. ( S p r i n g )
4 7 5 JUDAISM
A survey of t h e h i s t o r y o f Judaism from t h e end of t h e Old Testament period
t o modern times, with emphasis placed upon t h e r e l i g i o u s development. A
s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n such modern Jewish t h i n k e r s as Buber and Heschel. The
Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant t o Augsburg College i n support
o f t h i s course i n Judaism offered i n t h e r e l i g i o n department. ( F a l l )
4 8 1 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
An introduction t o some r e p r e s e n t a t i v e t r e n d s i n C h r i s t i a n theological thought
today, a s seen from t h e systematic perspective, i n t h e l i g h t o f t h e continuing
t h e o l o g i c a l t a s k of t h e C h r i s t i a n Church. ( S p r i n g )
4 8 2 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY
New t r e n d s of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n t h e writings of some of
i t s representatives. Relation of new t h e o l o g i c a l and b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o
t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s o f t h e church. (Spring)
4 8 3 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian s o c i a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y , i n terms of t h e o l o g i c a l and
s o c i o l o g i c a l dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective f o r
c r i t i c a l r e f l e c t i o n upon moral a c t i o n . ( S p r i n g )
Social Science
Adviser:
Orloue N. Gisselquist
T h i s major i s designed f o r t h o s e preparing f o r secondary school t e a c h i n g i n
s o c i a l s t u d i e s and f o r o t h e r s who d e s i r e a broad major i n t h i s a r e a . A major
c o n s i s t s o f 14 c o u r s e s , which may be earned i n any one o f f o u r d i s t r i b u t i o n s .
A s t u d e n t may n o t l i s t a double major i n S o c i a l Science and one o f t h e four
component d i s c i p l i n e s u n l e s s t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n s e l e c t e d i n t h e S o c i a l Science
major i s s i g n i f i c a n t l y d i f f e r e n t from t h e o t h e r major.
A.
HISTORY EMPHASIS
7 courses i n h i s t o r y : a d i s t r i b u t i o n of these courses among the f i e l d s o f
American, European, and Non-Western i s encouraged -- a t l e a s t 4 of t h e s e
courses must be upper d i v i s i o n and one a seminar; 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l
science; 4 courses: 1 each i n geography, anthropology, economics, and
sociology; 1 course i n t h e methodology of t h e s o c i a l sciences ( P o l i t i c a l
Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363; Economics 379 o r 495).
B
.
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS
1 course i n geography; 1 course i n anthropology; 2 courses i n h i s t o r y ; 2
courses i n t h e methodology of t h e Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r
384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363, Economics 379 o r 495); 7 other courses i n
economics, p o l i t i c a l science, and sociology, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n each
d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 3 upper division courses; 1 additional upper d i v i s i o n
course i n economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, psychology o r sociology.
C.
NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS
8 courses i n Non-Western
2 courses i n h i s t o r y and
463, 464, 465, 474, 495;
Religion 353; Philosophy
s t u d i e s , s e l e c t e d from t h e following, with a t l e a s t
2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science: History 104, 440,
P o l i t i c a l Science 351, 353, 361, 363, 382, 495, 499;
355.
6 other courses including: History 103; one course i n the methodology of
t h e s o c i a l sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384; Economics 379 o r 495;
Sociology 362, 363 o r 365); and 4 additional e l e c t i v e s ; one each i n geography,
anthropology, sociology, and economics.
For a S o c i a l Science major with a Non-Western emphasis t o meet t h e requirements
of t h e S t a t e of Minnesota f o r a high school teacher of t h e s o c i a l s t u d i e s ,
t h e r e must be among t h e courses taken a t l e a s t 7 courses i n h i s t o r y o r i n
p o l i t i c a l science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined.
D.
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS
1 course i n each of geography, anthropology, s t a t i s t i c s ; 11 courses i n
h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, and economics, with a t l e a s t 3 i n each d i s c i p l i n e
and a t l e a s t 5 upper d i v i s i o n courses, t o be s e l e c t e d from t h e following:
P o l i t i c a l Science 158, 160, 350, 351, 353, 361, 363, 381, 382, 495, 499;
History 103, 104, 332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123,
495, 499.
Department of Sociology and Social Work
Sociology
Chairman:
J o e l Torstenson
MAJOR I N SOCIOLOGY: 10 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 362, 3 6 3 , 3 7 5 , 485, 487, and
an upper d i v i s i o n i n t e r i m c o u r s e or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y .
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , and t w o u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s (i.e., 300
and above)
111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS
The c u l t u r a l and s t r u c t u r a l dynamics of t h e modern world viewed from t h e
perspective of t h e metropolitan s i t u a t i o n , with a focus on t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s
of human community i n t h e context of urban i n s t i t u t i o n s and processes.
( F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
1 2 1 P R I N C I P L E S OF SOCIOLOGY
The development of s o c i o l o g i c a l consciousness; i t s motifs, perspectives, and
l i n g u i s t i c forms; s o c i o l o g i c a l models f o r analyzing t h e s t r u c t u r e s and dynamics
of s o c i e t y , community, groups, and p e r s o n a l i t y ; t h e r o l e of sociology a s an
academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . Basic background f o r advanced work i n
sociology. ( S p r i n g )
2 3 1 FAMILY PROCESS:
COMMUNICATION AND STRUCTURE
Designed t o heighten awareness of communication p a t t e r n s i n i n t i m a t e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s and t o provide perspective and s k i 11s f o r c r e a t i n g v i a b l e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n pre-marital, m a r i t a l , and family systems. The impact of
h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary urban contexts on t h e s t r u c t u r e of t h e family i s
examined. P/N only. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 3 2 SOCIOLOGY OF S O C I A L PROBLEMS
The dynamic processes a t t h e r o o t of contemporary s o c i a l problems i n t h e
context of h i s t o r i c a l , s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l change. One s e c t i o n i n t h e f a l l
term gives s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o delinquency and deviance. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of t h e i d e a of c u l t u r e ; t h e person's r e l a t i o n t o c u l t u r e ;
language and i t s r e l a t i o n t o m u l t i p l e ways of seeing t h e world. A comparison
of "primitive1' and " c i v i l i z e d " world views, values, and systems of thought,
magic, r e l i g i o n , work, and play. ( F a l l )
3 6 0 R E L I G I O N AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Religion
362,
3 6 3 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11
An i n t e g r a t e d two-course sequence i n s o c i o l o g i c a l research: problems and
procedures of t h e research process; methods of i n v e s t i g a t i o n and s t a t i s t i c a l
analysis; evaluation and empirical t e s t i n g of s o c i o l o g i c a l data; s t a t i s t i c a l
inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g ; research techniques and d a t a - g e t t i n g t o o l s .
S t r e s s on p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of what i s learned a s i t i s learned. Sociology
majors a r e s t r o n g l y encouraged t o t a k e t h i s sequence t h e i r j u n i o r year.
(Prereq.: 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y i n c l u d i n g 121 or p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r ;
h i g h s c h o o l a 1 gebra.
Fall, Spring)
3 6 5 SOCIAL S T A T I S T I C S
S c i e n t i f i c methods of organizing, comparing and i n t e r p r e t i n g socio-psychological
d a t a . Constructing graphs and t a b l e s , c a l c u l a t i n g measures of c e n t r a l tendency,
v a r i a b i l i t y and a s s o c i a t i o n , s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g .
Not open t o sociology majors. Spring term i s designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r S o c i a l
Welfare majors. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 7 3 DILEMMAS I N CRIMINAL JUSTICE
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gangdelinquency, w h i t e - c o l l a r crime, organized crime. The t h e o r i e s of crime
causation, treatment, and prevention. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 , 232; s e c t i o n o n
d e l i n q u e n c y and d e v i a t i o n .
Spring)
Society and t h e i n d i v i d u a l , t h e s o c i a l i z a t i o n process, t h e development of
p e r s o n a l i t y , t h e impact of group norms. The various t h e o r e t i c a l schools of
s o c i a l psychology. Special a t t e n t i o n i s p a i d t o t h e s o c i a l and s i t u a t i o n a l
components of phenomena commonly seen as i n d i v i d u a l problems, phenomena
such a s mental r e t a r d a t i o n , mental i l l n e s s , I.Q. t e s t performance.
( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 o r Psychology 1 0 5 .
Spring)
3 8 1 SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES AND URBANIZATION
-
A- review of h i s t o r i c works by such s c h o l a r s as ~G n n i e s , Weber, Park and Wirth;
and an examination o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e contemporary s o c i o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s of urban
and suburban l i f e . ( P r e r e q . : 111, 121. S,?ring)
3 8 3 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
The h i s t o r i c a l , c u l t u r a l , s t r u c t u r a l and psychological dimensions of minority
group r e l a t i o n s . Plaj o r a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon prejudice, racism, and
all, S p r i n g . P / N o n l y )
c i v i l r i g h t s i n t h e American urban s e t t i n g .
3 8 4 HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND S O C I A L I Z A T I O N
The process of becoming a member of s o c i e t y and groups. S o c i a l i z a t i o n w i l l
be examined as a l i f e - l o n g process with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o p e r s o n a l i t y
change, e f f e c t s of deprivation, problems of t h e l i f e cycle, and crossc u l t u r a l differences i n growing up, l i v i n g and dying. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 o r
Psychology 105.
Fall)
Consult t h e Department Chairman o r Internship D i r e c t o r f o r d e t a i l s .
( P r e r e q . : #)
4 8 5 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
An examination of t h e major t h e o r e t i c a l t r a d i t i o n s within sociology, t r a c i n g
t h e course of t h e i r development i n t h e nineteenth and t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r i e s .
( P r e r e q . : 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 o r #. F a l l )
4 8 7 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION
The phenomena of s o c i a l s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and s o c i a l organization; t h e i r s t r u c t u r a l
and dynamic dimensions. Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and
large-scale organization i n an urban world. (Prereq.: 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y ,
i n c l u d i n g 121.
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation with i n s t r u c t o r .
of instructor.
(Prereq. : 121, permission
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Social Work
Director:
Paul T. Steen
MAJOR: The core program o f S o c i a l Work c o u r s e s b e g i n s i n the j u n i o r y e a r , b u t
freshmen and sophomores a r e a d v i s e d t o t a k e S o c i a l Work 257 or t o h a v e other
s i g n i f i c a n t v o l u n t e e r experience b e f o r e majoring.
CORE PROGRAM REQUIRED: P s y c h o l o g y 105; S o c i o l o g y 1 2 1 , 365, 3 8 3 , and 384;
S o c i a l Work 351, 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 861
8 6 3 , and 467. One c o u r s e i n t h e C o n s e r v a t i o n
o f Human R e s o u r c e s (CHR) program s h o u l d be t a k e n ( s e e t h e i n d e x i n t h i s c a t a l o g
t o f i n d where t o r e a d a b o u t CHR c o u r s e s ) .
(one
The f o l l o w i n g a r e h i g h l y recommended: Economics 122; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e
o f the f o l l o w i n g ) 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 325
326; Psychology 351
352 (may be
s u b s t i t u t e d f o r S o c i o l o g y 3 8 4 ) , 362
375 (same as S o c i o l o g y 3 7 5 ) ; S o c i a l
Work 257
357 ( t o be taken as freshman or sophomore); and S o o i o l o g y 231
and 232.
-
or
and
2 5 7 VOLUNTEER SERVICE AND INDEPENDENT STUDY
With f a c u l t y approval, student s e l e c t s a placement as a f u l l - t i m e volunteer
i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . Opportunity t o know s o c i a l work
professional, s o c i a l s e r v i c e delivery systems, and career aspects i n t h e
helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper r e p o r t and review
conferences. E s p e c i a l l y recommended f o r freshmen and sophomores. ( I n t e r i m )
3 5 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SERVICES
Basic f e a t u r e s of t h e helping process; s o c i a l work as a profession; b r i e f
d e s c r i p t i v e a t t e n t i o n t o t h e p r i n c i p a l methods o f s o c i a l work, of casework,
group work, and community organization. The p u b l i c and p r i v a t e welfare systems
i n urbanized America. Two l e c t u r e periods and s i x hours f i e l d experience p e r
week. ( P r e r e q . : j u n i o r s t a n d i n g or #. F a l l )
3 5 2 SELECTED PROGRAMS I N SOCIAL WELFARE
A p a i r o f seminars c o n s i s t i n g of s o c i a l s e c u r i t y (required), and one a d d i t i o n a l
seminar i n such t o p i c s as mental r e t a r d a t i o n , p u b l i c housing, o r aging. F i e l d
experience extended from S o c i a l Work 351 a t 16 hours p e r week t o l e a r n by
p r a c t i c e t h e s k i l l s of casework and/or group work. (Prereq.: 351. I n t e r i m )
3 5 3 THEORY OF CASEWORK AND GROUP WORK
Delineation and a p p l i c a t i o n o f p r i n c i p l e s and techniques o f casework and group
work. Reflective seminar use o f p r i o r and concurrent experiences i n f i e l d
work. Two l e c t u r e s p e r week p l u s s i x hours f i e l d p r a c t i c e s e l e c t e d s o t h a t
student completes s k i l l development i n both casework and group work.
(Prereq. : 352. S p r i n g )
3 5 7 SUMMER WORK-STUDY
*
A summer work experience of t e n weeks o r longer i n a service-giving r o l e
through assignment as an employed s t a f f o r full-time volunteer member i n a
s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . Special opportunity t o consider career aspects
of s o c i a l work. Reflective, a n a l y t i c a l reports and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminars
required. Sophomores and juniors. Social Work 358 may be taken concurrently
but not required. (summer)
3 5 8 INDEPENDENT STUDY WITH SUMMER WORK-STUDY I N SOCIAL SERVICES
To be taken concurrently with 357. With f a c u l t y approval a t o p i c i s s e l e c t e d
f o r independent study r e l a t i n g t o t h e work experience. Study t o be reported
i n a major paper of high q u a l i t y . (Sunrmer)
4 6 1 LINKAGE AND LABORATORY I N SPECIAL AREAS
Students placed f o r refinement of p r a c t i c e s k i l l s i n programs serving s p e c i a l
groups such as aging, mental r e t a r d a t i o n , t h e chemically dependent, o r youth
subculture. Twice a week linkage seminars with 6-8 hours f i e l d p r a c t i c e .
Not open t o students taking 463. (Prereq.: 353. F a l l )
4 6 3 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION
Locality development and s o c i a l change through community organization, s o c i a l
planning, and s o c i a l action. F i e l d experience o f s i x hours with two l e c t u r e s
p e r week. Two l e c t u r e periods p e r week, plus e i t h e r (a) f o r majors, 8 hours
r e l a t e d f i e l d experience; o r (b) f o r non-majors, 8 hours r e l a t e d f i e l d
experience o r an approved plan f o r independent work i n community study o r
planning. Not open t o students taking 461. (Prereq.: #. F a l l )
4 6 7 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP I N SOCIAL WORK
Responsibilities assigned as a professional s o c i a l worker i n some s o c i a l
welfare agency with arranged linkage seminars. Some students s e l e c t e d f o r
stipended positions. 12 t o 20 hours p e r week. (Prereq.: 461 or 463 and
major
Spring)
.
Department of Speech,
Communication, and Theater Arts
Chairman:
Raymond Anderson
COMMUNICATIQN MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 342, 351 o r 352, 354, 487 and
E n g l i s h 219. S u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s r e q u i r e d b u t n o t c o u n t i n g toward t h e major:
Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; S o c i o l o g y 111, 375. T y p i n g a b i l i t y
required.
The communication m a j o r i s a f l e x i b l e i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y program which g l l o w s
f o r d i f f e r e n t emphases -- j o u r n a l i s m , a d v e r t i s i n g and p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s , r a d i o t e l e v i s i o n - f i l m , human r e l a t i o n s , and s u p e r v i s o r y management. Program g u i d e s
f o r e a c h a r e a a r e a v a i l a b l e from the Department Chairman o r the O f f i c e o f
Admissions.
P r o s p e c t i v e m a j o r s s h o u l d c o n t a c t the department a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e t o work
o u t a plan f o r the major and a personal c a r e e r a c t i o n p l a n . Freshmen s h o u l d
t a k e Speech 111, Psychology 1 0 5 , S o c i o l o g y 111, and Philosophy 130.
COMMUNICATION MINOR:
5 courses
SPEECH MAJOR:
10 courses
SPEECH MAJOR FOR-TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 232, 2 4 1 , 351 o r
352, 3 5 5 , 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , 476. A s p e e c h e d u c a t i o n m a j o r s h o u l d be combined
w i t h a m a j o r i n ~ n b l i s hi f p o s s i b l e . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n drama or f o r e n s i c s
required.
SPEECH.MINOR FOR TEACHING: 5 c o u r s e s . For s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 232, 351
orL352, 3 T , ' - - 3 L 0 ; 3 6 6 ; c o u r s e 476 i s recommended. For e l e m e n t a r y e d u c a t i o n ,
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 1 1 6 , 2 2 8 , 232, 360, 3 6 1 ,
3 6 6 , 467. A c o u r s e i n cinema a r t s and 2 c o u r s e s i n d r a m a t i c l i t e r a t u r e may
be counted toward a t h e a t e r a r t s m a j o r . T h i s m a j o r s h o u l d be s u p p o r t e d b y
a n E n g l i s h m i n o r or a t l e a s t b y s e v e r a l c o u r s e s i n l i t e r a t u r e i n c l u d i n g
S h a k e s p e a r e and Modern Drama or S c a n d i n a v i a n Drama.
Freshmen p l a n n i n g t o m a j o r i n t h e a t e r a r t s s h o u l d t a k e c o u r s e s 111, 1 1 6 , and
228.
Experience requirement f o r t h e a t e r a r t s majors: Experience i s required i n
f o u r o u t o f the f i v e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : a c t i n g , set c o n s t r u c t i o n and p a i n t i n g ,
l i g h t and s o u n d , c o s t u m e , h o u s e management. Majors s h o u l d t a k e p a r t i n
dramatic productions during a l l four years.
THEATER ARTS MINOR:
5 courses including:
2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 360, 3 6 1 , 366.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA o f 3.25 i n t h e m a j o r , 3.00 o v e r - a l l , t h r e e i n d e p e n d e n t
s t u d y p r o j e c t s o f h o n o r s q u a l i t y , d i s t i n g u i s h e d performance i n a t l e a s t one
o f the communication a r t s , comprehensive e x a m i n a t i o n i n f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
A p p l i c a t i o n t o be made e a r l y i n the s e n i o r y e a r .
Courses 116 and 476 a r e s t r o n g l y recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s i n e l e m e n t a r y
education.
1 11 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of e f f e c t i v e speaking and c r i t i c a l l i s t e n i n g .
(Fall, Spring)
116 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS
Selection of s t o r i e s f o r various age groups. Techniques, observation, and
p r a c t i c e i n s t o r y t e l l i n g and c r e a t i v e dramatics. Recommended f o r p a r i s h
workers and elementary school teachers. ( F a l l )
Construction, painting, and o t h e r aspects of scenery preparation.
students. ( F a l l )
Open t o a l l
2 3 2 ACTING
An introduction t o t h e a r t of acting. P r a c t i c a l work i n pantomime and
improvisation; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n dramatic presentations.
(Spring)
2 4 1 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
A study of f i l m as an a r t form; major developments i n f i l m h i s t o r y ; analysis of
s i g n i f i c a n t films, with emphasis on a e s t h e t i c r a t h e r than t e c h n i c a l elements.
(Spring)
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
A study o f t h e d i s t i n c t i v e character of each of t h e major mass media, with
emphasis on t h e i r r o l e i n s o c i e t y .
of P o l i t i c a l Science. ( S p r i n g )
See a l s o description under Department
351 ARGUMENTATION
Application of l o g i c i n p u b l i c speaking, discussion, and debates.
(Fall)
352 PERSUASION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of g r e a t speeches; p r a c t i c a l work
i n speech w r i t i n g . ( S p r i n g )
354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
Introduction t o communication dynamics embracing s c i e n t i f i c as well as
humanistic perspectives on human communication. ( S p r i n g )
355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
Theories of group leadership; p r i n c i p l e s and types of discussion; p r a c t i c e i n
.discussion techniques. ( F a l l )
3 6 0 INTERPRETATIVE READING
Basic p r i n c i p l e s of o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of l i t e r a t u r e .
prose, poetry, and drama. ( F a l l )
P r a c t i c e i n reading
361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
An introduction t o h i s t o r y of t h e t h e a t e r and t o t h e o r i e s of drama and dramatic
production. ( F a l l )
366 STAGE DIRECTION
Theory and p r a c t i c e of s t a g e d i r e c t i o n with laboratory exercises i n planning
productions and conducting rehearsals. Open t o upper d i v i s i o n students
on 1y
(Spring)
.
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and p r a c t i c e of s t a g e l i g h t i n g and scene design.
228 or #.
Spring)
(Prereq. :
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological f a c t o r s underlying normal and abnormal speech.
introduction t o p r i n c i p l e s and methods of speech c o r r e c t i o n . ( S p r i n g )
An
480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION
Cooperative i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t o p i c s i n speech and communication theory. (Fall)
487 FIELD EXPERIENCE I N COMMUNICATION
Students a r e assigned t o work i n radio s t a t i o n s , t e l e v i s i o n s t a t i o n s , newspaper
o r o t h e r publishing firms, e t c . , f o r p r a c t i c a l o r i e n t a t i o n t o communication
occupations. ( P r e r e q . : 480 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 480. F a l l , Spring)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION
Selected t o p i c s i n speech and communication, with emphasis on t h e use of
primary sources and methodology of research. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA
Individual p r o j e c t s i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and t h e a t e r .
*
( F a l l , Spring)
Total Student Enrollment
. . .. .. ,. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ...... 1,773
359
Academic Year, 1972-1973,
Summer Session, 1973
Summary of Graduates
................
Graduates, 1870-1972
Graduates, 1973 (September 1, 1972
-
May 20, 1973)
.
5,434
260
Faculty
RUTH AASKOV, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Language, Ph. D . 1970,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (French)
COURTLAND AGRE, P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Organic Chemistry)
*WARREN A N , A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music (Lower Brass)
EARL ALTON, P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y of Michigan
(Physical Chemistry and I n o r g a n i c Chemistry), Department Chairman
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Education and Psychology,
M.A. 1947, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Psychology) .
BARBARA ANDERSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of English, M.A. 1954,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (English Education)
ERNEST ANDERSON, P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1947,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman
*MARGARET J . ANDERSON, L i b r a r i a n , I n s t r u c t o r , M.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, P r e s i d e n t of t h e College, B . D . 1942, Luther
Theological Seminary, L. L . D . 1963, Concordia College
RAYMOND E . ANDERSON, P r o f e s s o r of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
*MICHAEL J . ARNDT, I n s t r u c t o r of S p e e c h / ~ r a m a , B.A. 1968, Augsburg College,
(Theater Arts D i r e c t o r )
KENNETH C . BAILEY, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Academic A f f a i r s and Dean of t h e
College, Ph. D. 1960, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Philosophy)
*VALERIA B . BALTINA, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, M.A. 1933,
U n i v e r s i t y of L a t v i a (German and Russian)
JOHN E . BENSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of R e l i g i o n , Ph.D. 1967, Columbia
U n i v e r s i t y (Philosophy o f Religion)
*ROBERT E . BEVERLEY, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.M. 1948,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Woodwind)
*JAMES BILLINGS, I n s t r u c t o r of Business Administration, M.A. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Health Economics)
VERN BLOOM, D i r e c t o r of t h e Conservation of Human Resources Program,
M.S.W. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Urban and Criminal J u s t i c e
Studies)
WILLIAM CARIS, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Health and Physical Education,
M.A. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa (Head F o o t b a l l Coach)
JAMES CARLSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, Ph.D. 1972, I n d i a n a
U n i v e r s i t y ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg Concert Band)
*NELSON CARR, A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music (Brass)
CARL H . CHRISLOCK, P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , Ph.D. 1955, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (American History)
BERNHARD M . CHRISTENSEN, P r e s i d e n t Emeritus, Ph D. 1929, H a r t f o r d
Seminary Foundation
*L. GRACIA CHRISTENSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1935,
R a d c l i f f e College (Chaucer)
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate P r o f e s s o r , Ph.D. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa
( D i r e c t o r of t h e S o c i a l Science Research Center)
AILENE COLE, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Speech, M.A. 1949, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Theater Arts) (Has a dog t h a t o f t e n v i s i t s t h e campus)
.
K . BERNER DAHLEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1940, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota ( B r i t i s h L i t e r a t u r e )
F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of t h e F a c u l t y and D i r e c t o r of S p e c i a l
Programs, Ph.D. 1966, Duke U n i v e r s i t y
JOHN C . DAWSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program) (Enjoys
music, summer s p o r t s and p o l i t i c s )
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, Ph. D . 1972,
Arizona S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Teaching of Mathematics)
GRACE B . DYRUD, P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Learning)
*EDGAR E . EKLOF, A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music, M . M . 1956, Manhattan School
of Music (Voice)
*ROBERT ENGELSON, D i r e c t o r o f t h e Choral Club, B . A . 1972, Augsburg College
*KENNETH N . ERICKSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado
S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Space Physics)
*ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach
SHELDON FARDIG, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r of Education, Ph.D. 1966,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Human R e l a t i o n s i n Education)
NORMAN B . L . FERGUSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin ( P h y s i o l o g i c a l Psychology)
HENRY G . FOLLINGSTAD, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, M.A. 1971,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Complex Analysis) (Enjoys w r i t i n g n o n - f i c t i o n )
BURTON P . FOSSE, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Finance and Management, B . B . A . and
B . M . E . 1949, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, I n s t r u c t o r i n A r t , M.A. 1970, Penn S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y
(Visual Communications)
MARK FUEHRER, I n s t r u c t o r of Philosophy, M.A. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy)
(Enj oys f e n c i n g ,
c l a s s i c a l s t u d i e s and Renaissance a r t )
*WALTER FUNMAKER, I n s t r u c t o r of Indian S t u d i e s , B.A. 1967, C a l i f o r n i a S t a t e
U n i v e r s i t y a t Los Angeles
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.A. 1966,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Organ)
JERRY GERASIMO, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph . D . 1966, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Chicago (Human Development)
BRUCE L . GILDSETH, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Student A f f a i r s and Dean of
Admissions, Ph. D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f H i s t o r y , Ph D . 1968, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota (Modern European H i s t o r y ) ( C o l l e c t s books and r a i s e s
roses)
*ROBERT GRAMS, I n s t r u c t o r of Sociology, B . A . 1969, Augsburg College
DEAN B. GULDEN, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, M.S. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Algebra), Department Chairman (Spends weekends
p l u s t h e e n t i r e summer i n t h e North Woods)
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , Ph. D. 1969,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Modern World H i s t o r y ) , Department Chairman
ARLIN E . GYBERG, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota ( A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry) (Enjoys b a s k e t b a l l , f i s h i n g ,
p a d d l e b a l l and s o f t b a l l . Active i n p r o f e s s i o n a l education and
p r o f e s s i o n a l chemistry)
.
LEIF E . HANSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , M.A.
1950, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Norwegian) (Sometimes a s s o c i a t e s w i t h
Swedes. Spends summers as language camp d i r e c t o r )
THEODORE J . HANWICK, P r o f e s s o r of P h y s i c s , Ph.D. 1950, New York U n i v e r s i t y
(Astronomy and O p t i c a l Physics) Department Chairman
MILDA HEDBLOM, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of P o l i t i c a l Science, M.A. 1966,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Mass P a r t i c i p a t i o n and P o l i t i c a l Communication)
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r , L. L . B . 1961, W i l l i a m M i t c h e l l
College of Law (Business Law)
MELVIN HELLAND, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph. D. 1930, H a r t f o r d Seminary
Foundation
*KATHERINE A . HENNIG, Artist i n Residence i n Music, M.A. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota (Voice)
DAINA HERFORTH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , B.A. 1963,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Economics)
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Biology, Ph.D. 1968,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Nebraska (Microbiology and Developmental Biology)
NORMAN D. HOLEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f A r t , M.F.A. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y of
Iowa ( S c u l p t u r e )
HOLGER HOLMEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Education, Ed. D . 1969, U n i v e r s i t y
of Missouri (School and S o c i e t y )
JOHN R. HOLUM, P r o f e s s o r o f Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Organic Chemistry)
ERVIN INNIGER, I n s t r u c t o r o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education, B .S. 1967,
I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y ( B a s k e t b a l l Coach)
VALIJA JAUNLININS, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (German)
* I . KHIN KHIN JENSEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f H i s t o r y , Ph.D. 1956,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Asian H i s t o r y )
MILDRED V. J O E L , P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
(Registrar)
DUANE E . JOHNSON, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Psychology, Ph.D. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Development a 1 Psychology) Department Chairman
EINAR 0 . JOHNSON, P r o f e s s o r o f Education, Ph.D. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Washington, Chairman o f t h e Department o f Education
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Development, B.S. E . 1952, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Nebraska and B . D. 1959, Luther T h e o l o g i c a l Seminary
JAMES D. JOHNSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.S. 1958, J u i l l i a r d
School o f Music (Piano)
MARY E . JOHNSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Languages, M.A. 1950,
Columbia U n i v e r s i t y , M.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (French)
ROBERT KARLEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.A. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Scandinavian Music, D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg O r c h e s t r a ) ,
Department Chairman
*SYLVIA KERR, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, Ph.D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Zoology)
*JAMES KINCANNON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Psychology, Ph .D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota
MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, A s s i s t a n t Prcifessor o f Foreign Language, M.A. 1964,
Middlebury C o l l e g e (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J . KLEVEN, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph. D. 1941, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota
BOYD KOEHLER, L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r . M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota
*ROY H. LAFAYETTE, I n s t r u c t o r o f Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , B. S. B . 1965,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Auditing)
*LORA LINDGREN, I n s t r u c t o r o f H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l Education, M. S. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Wyoming
LORRAINE K . LIVINGSTON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1932,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota ( E n g l i s h L i t e r a t u r e and C r e a t i v e Writing)
GERTRUDE S . LUND, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Business Education, M.A. 1951,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Enjoys t r a v e l i n g )
ORLIN L. MANDSAGER, College P a s t o r and L e c t u r e r i n Religion, B . D . 1961,
Luther Theological Seminary
"KEISHIRO MATSUMOTO, I n s t r u c t o r of Business Administration, M . B . A . 1965,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Michigan ( S t a t i s t i c a l Methods i n Finance)
MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1932, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota
*MARIE 0. McNEFF, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r Education, Ed.D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Nebraska (Elementary Education)
(Enjoys bargain-hunting)
DIANA LEE METZKER, I n s t r u c t o r i n Music, M.A. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Organ, Piano, Theory)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota ( F i e l d Biology and Human Biology) (Spends h i s Sundays
preaching)
*SHEROD MILLER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Sociology, Ph.D. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota ( I n t e r p e r s o n a l communication) (Enjoys s a i l b o a t i n g and
gardening)
JOHN R . MITCHELL, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of E n g l i s h , M.A. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Tennessee (Modern Poetry and Cinema) (Chief academic and p e r s o n a l
i n t e r e s t s i n c l u d e f i l m s t u d i e s and film-making, p o e t r y and c r e a t i v e
w r i t i n g , p a i n t i n g , Jungian psychology and dream a n a l y s i s , African
l i t e r a t u r e , e l e c t r o n i c music, t e n n i s , c r o s s country s k i i n g , archaeology)
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n A r t , LL.D. 1944, U n i v e r s i t y of
T a r t u , E s t o n i a ( S t a i n e d Glass)
GERDA MORTENSEN, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1928, Columbia U n i v e r s i t y
(Commissioner and Executive S e c r e t a r y f o r t h e Norsemen's F e d e r a t i o n ;
S e c r e t a r y of t h e Executive Committee o f t h e Norwegian-American 19 75
S e s q u i c e n t e n n i a l A s s o c i a t i o n f o r t h e Midwest)
*KATSUYOSHI NAKAMURA, I n s t r u c t o r o f Foreign Languages, M. A. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota (Greek) (Enjoys e x e r c i s e s i n a l l a s p e c t s - p h y s i c a l ,
mental and s p i r i t u a l )
ARTHUR NASH, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph.D. 1938, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
EDOR C . NELSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education,
M.Ed. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach)
GORDON L. NELSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y
of Chicago ( E t h i c s and S o c i e t y )
RICHARD C . NELSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota (Ancient History)
"CATHERINE NICHOLL, Adjunct A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , Ph.D. 1971,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
GRIER NICHOLL, Associate P r o f e s s o r of E n g l i s h , Ph.D. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (American S t u d i e s )
NORMA C . NOONAN, Associate P r o f e s s o r of P o l i t i c a l Science, Ph.D. 1965,
I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y (Comparative P o l i t i c s , S o v i e t P o l i t i c s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l
R e l a t i o n s ) Department Chairman (Has t r a v e l e d e x t e n s i v e l y through t h e
U.S. S. R . , E a s t e r n and Western Europe. Enjoys music, r e a d i n g and
gardening; a c t i v e i n p o l i t i c s .
DOUGLAS J . OLLILA, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f R e l i g i o n , Th.D. 1963, Boston
U n i v e r s i t y ( R e l i g i o n i n America)
ESTHER J . OLSON, P r o f e s s o r of Speech, Ph.D. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
(Theater Arts)
JOHN T. O'MALLEY, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Business Administration, M.B.A.
1971, Mankato S t a t e College (Accounting)
*WILLIAM OYLER, I n s t r u c t o r of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (German)
"VALERIE PACE, I n s t r u c t o r o f Sociology, B.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y o f Iowa
(American C i v i l i z a t i o n )
RONALD G . PALOSAARI, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f English, Ph.D. 1970,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (American S t u d i e s ) Acting Department Chairman.
(Likes r a c k e t b a l l , t e n n i s , conversation and f i l m s )
"PATRICIA PARKER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Library Science, M.A. 1952,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Michigan
KERMIT E . PAULSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Physics, M.S. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y
of Wisconsin-Madison (Nuclear Radiation Physics)
ANNE PEDERSON, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1945, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
LAU&TTA PELTON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette
U n i v e r s i t y (Teacher Competencies) (Likes a r t c r a f t s , music, out door
camping with s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n water s p o r t s and t r a v e l )
WAR&N L . PERSONS, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Mathematics, M.A. 1968,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Point S e t Topology)
LaVONNE PETERSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education,
M.A. 1953, Montana S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Cross country s k i i n g , camping,
mus i c)
JOYCE PFAFF, I n s t r u c t o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1969,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota. (Works with t h e mentally r e t a r d e d ; spends
weekends s k i i n g . )
MARTIN QUANBECK, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
PHILIP A . QUANBECK, P r o f e s s o r of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, P r i n c e t o n
Theological Seminary, Department Chairman of Religion
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Philosophy o f k l i g i o n , E x i s t e n t i a l i s m )
Department Chairman (Enjoys camping and t r a v e l )
STEVEN F. REUTER, I n s t r u c t o r of Education, M.Ed. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y of
Nebraska (Elementary Education) (Antique c o l l e c t o r )
*JOHN F. RILEY, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Religion, Ph.D. 1964, C a t h o l i c
U n i v e r s i t y of America (Contemporary C a t h o l i c Theology)
GUNTA ROZENTALS, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, Ph. D 1968,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Spanish)
PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct I n s t r u c t o r i n A r t (Film-Making)
.
EDWARD M. SABELLA, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Economics, Ph.D. 1971,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman (Theory, P u b l i c Finance,
Urban)
"KATHRYN SANDQUIST, I n s t r u c t o r o f Music, B.A. 1958, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Piano)
RICHARD B . SARGENT, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f English, B. A. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y
o f North C a r o l i n a (Shakespeare, Drama, Renaissance L i t e r a t u r e )
LELAND B , SATEEN, P r o f e s s o r of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College
and D.Mus. 1965, Lakeland College ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg Choir)
*IRENE SCHILLING, L i b r a r i a n I , M.A. 1973, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
(Library Science)
EDWIN J . SAUGESTAD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education,
M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
A. MAY0 SAVOLD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.Mus.Ed. 1963, MacPhail
School o f Music
*RABBI FREDERICK C. SCHWARTZ, V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r of R e l i g i o n , Ph.D. 1960,
Hebrew Union College (Judaism)
MARJORIE H . SIBLEY, Head L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1943,
U n i v e r s i t y of I l l i n o i s and M.A. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
*DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching A s s i s t a n t i n Biology
EUGENE SKIBBE, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Religion, D.Th. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Heidelberg (Contemporary Theology)
PAUL T. STEEN, P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota ( S o c i a l Welfare) (Active i n mental r e t a r d a t i o n s e r v i c e s and
aging p r o j e c t s of t h e community)
*CARROLL I . STEIN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1966,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Organizational Psychology)
DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, Ph. D . 1973,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (German, L i n g u i s t i c s ) Department Chairman
MYLES C . STENSHOEL, P r o f e s s o r o f P o l i t i c a l Science, Ph.D. 1965,
U n i v e r s i t y of Colorado ( C o n s t i t u t i o n a l Law, P o l i t i c a l Theory)
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1968, M . A .
1970, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
RALPH SULERUD, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r of Biology, Ph. D . 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of
Nebraska (Genetics) Department Chairman
PHILIP J . THOMPSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of A r t , M.F.A. 1958, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Iowa ( P a i n t i n g ) Department Chairman
*RICHARD THONI, I n s t r u c t o r of Psychology, B . A . 1966, S t . Olaf College
(Personality)
NEAL 0 . THORPE, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, Ph.D. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y
of Wisconsin (Biochemistry and Biomedical Research)
JOHN THUT, Associate P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American
Conservatory of Music
VERA THUT, I n s t r u c t o r Emeritus, B .Mus . 1927, American Conservatory of
Mus i c
JOEL S. TORSTENSON, P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Metro-Urban Sociology), Department Chairman
ERLING J . URDAHL, P r o f e s s o r of Biology, M.A. 1940, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota ( P l a n t Biology and I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology)
*EUGENE VUICICH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.M. 1967, I n d i a n a
U n i v e r s i t y ( I n s t r u m e n t a l Music, D i r e c t o r of t h e S t r i n g Ensemble)
ANTHONY WAGNER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of S o c i o l o g y / S o c i a l Work, M.S.W.
1973, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, A s s i s t a n t R e g i s t r a r , B.S. 1958, S t . Cloud S t a t e College
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, L e c t u r e r i n A r t , M.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
(Elementary A r t Methods)
*MARY WILSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College
(Flute)
DAVID C. WOOD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green
S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Eighteenth Century L i t e r a t u r e , Journalism)
*
Part-time
Personnel
Administration
President
.....................
Finance and Management
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Finance and Management
Controller
D i r e c t o r of P l a n t S e r v i c e s
D i r e c t o r o f Food S e r v i c e s
D i r e c t o r of Data Processing
D i r e c t o r of A u x i l i a r y S e r v i c e s
Manager o f t h e Book S t o r e
Oscar A. Anderson
. . . . . . Burton
P . Fosse
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wayne Pederson
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Eugene Ecklund
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C a r l Stromer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . David Pederson
. . . . . . . . . . Douglas P. Wasko
. . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . I r v i n g Hoe1
Academic A f f a i r s
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Academic A f f a i r s
and Dean o f t h e College
Associate Dean of t h e F a c u l t y
and D i r e c t o r of S p e c i a l Programs
Registrar
Assistant Registrar
Head L i b r a r i a n
D i r e c t o r of Audio V i s u a l S e r v i c e s
D i r e c t o r o f MUSIP
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenneth
.......
..
....
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
C..
Bailey
. . . . . . . . . . F. Mark Davis
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mildred J o e l
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beverly Wegge
. . . . . . . . . . . . .Marjorie S i b l e y
. . . . . . . . . . . . Larry Glenn
. . . . . . . . . . . . . John C . Dawson
Development and College R e l a t i o n s
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Ucvelopment
D i r e c t o r of Deferred ~ i v i n ~
D i r e c t o r of Development
D i r e c t o r o f Alumni and P a r e n t s Programs
D i r e c t o r o f College R e l a t i o n s
Manager o f P u b l i c a t i o n s
Manager of t h e News Bureau
O f f i c e Manager
. . . . . . . . . . . Glen W. Johnson
. . . . . . . . . . . S i g v a l d Hj elmeland
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Tes low
. . . . . . . . J e r o y Carlson
. . . . . . . . . . . . Michael Walgren
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steven J . V i t e
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J e r r y Foley
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I r e n e Steenson
Student A f f a i r s
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Student A f f a i r s
and Dean of Admissions
D i r e c t o r of t h e Center f o r S t u d e n t
Development
D i r e c t o r of Student Development Resources
D i r e c t o r o f Residence Programs
D i r e c t o r of Career Planning and Placement
D i r e c t o r of Student Programs
D i r e c t o r o f F i n a n c i a l Aid
D i r e c t o r o f Admissions
Associate D i r e c t o r o f Admissions
A s s i s t a n t D i r e c t o r o f Admissions
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor
Coordinator of Black Student A f f a i r s
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Bruce L. G i l d s e t h
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander
. . . . . . . Richard Thoni
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Cindy Marsh
. . . . . . . . P a t Olsson
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . J o e l Mugge
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Herald Johnson
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mark Johnson
. . . . . . . . . . Donovan Lundeen
. . . . . . . . . . . David Gronner
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sandra Becker
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dave Benzel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cene Carlson
. . . . , T e r r y H. Addison, Jr.
Index
......
...........
AcademicAdministration
22
Academic L i f e
7
Accreditation
6
Administration
89
Admission t o t h e College
15
Advanced Placement
16
Advanced Standing
18
American S t u d i e s
27
Anthropology
76
A r t . Department of
28
Bachelor of Music Degree
11. 57
Biology. Department of
29
Board. Cost of
20
Business Administration . . . . . . 32
Business Education
34
Calendar
7
Campus
6
CampusMap
17
Chemistry. Department of . . . . . 37
Classification
26
Communications
79
Computer Science
56
Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR)
9
C o r r e c t i v e Therapy . . . . . . 10. 6 3
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . 26
Course Desdriptions
27
C r e d i t by Examination
26
Degrees
11
D i v i s i o n a l Organization . . . . . . 23
East Asian S t u d i e s
39
Economics
35
Education. Department of . . . . . 40
Education. Elementary . . . . . . . 40
Education. Secondary
41
English. Department of
43
Enrollment
82
Expenses
19
Faculty
.7. 83
F i n a n c i a l Aid
18
F i n a n c i a l Information
20
Five College Cooperative . . . . . 8
Food S e r v i c e
14
French
45
Foreign Languages
45
Full-Time Student Defined
26
General Education Requirements
7
Geography
42
German
48
Grading
24
Graduates (1870-19 73)
82
Summary o f
82
Graduation Requirements
22
. . . .
. . .
.
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.....
..
...
.
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
.....
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . . .
. . . . .
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
......
. . .
......
......
......
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
......
......
..........
.........
. . . . . . . . .
.
.......
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
. .
..
..
..
. . .
. . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.............
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
...........
..............
. . . . . . . . .
.....
. .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
..............
..............
.......
...........
......
..
.......
..
....
........
. . . . . . . . . . . .
..
.
.
. .
...
.
.
.
.
.
Graduation With D i s t i n c t i o n
25
Greek
49
Health Education
63. 65
H i s t o r y o f Augsburg College
4
History. Department of
52
Honors Program
11
Housing
13
Identification
4
I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs
8
Intercollegiate Athletics
12
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study
10
Journalism
43
Library Science
42
Linguistics
49
Location
4
Majors
8
Mathematics. Department of
54
Medical Technology
9. 56
Metro-Urban S t u d i e s
56
Metro-Urban S t u d i e s
I n t e r n s h i p Program (MUSIP)
14
Music. Department o f
57
Nature and O b j e c t i v e s
5
N a t u r a l Science
60
Numbering of Courses
26
Pers onne 1
89
Philosophy. Department of
61
P h y s i c a l Education
63
Physics. Department of
65
P o l i t i c a l Science. Department of
67
Pre-Professional Training
8
Probation and Dismissal
24
Psychology. Department of
70
Recreation
12
Refunds
21
Registration
24
Religion. Department o f
72
Religious L i f e
12
Room Costs
20
Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s
50
S o c i a l Science Majors
75
S o c i a l Work
78
Sociology. Department of
76
Spanish
51
Speech. Department of
79
Student L i f e
12
Student S e r v i c e s
12
Summer School
9. 10
Symbol (#)
26
T h e a t e r Arts
80
Transfer
15
T u i t i o n and Fees
19
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
. .
..........
...
.....
........
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
........
....
.
.
....
.
......
......
......
..
.
....
..
....
....
....
....
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.....
......
.....
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. .
..
. . . .
.
.
..
.
. . .
......
..........
. . . . . . . . . .
.....
. . . . . . .
..........
.....
. . . . . . . . . .
.......
..........
.........
. . . . . . . .
..........
..........
. . . . . . . . . .
.........
........
Show less
-
-
Title
-
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1975
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
INTERIM 1975
-
Interim Dates
October 23 - 25
January 6 (Monday)
January
January
January
January
7 (Tuesday)
10 (Friday)
24 (Friday)
31 (Friday)
I
-
-
- ''1
I
I
14 I c 1 1 1
Interim registration
'I 1
Interim begins:
I
Class I - 9:00 a.m.
Class I1 - 1:00 p.m.
Last day for cancellad...
Show more
INTERIM 1975
-
Interim Dates
October 23 - 25
January 6 (Monday)
January
January
January
January
7 (Tuesday)
10 (Friday)
24 (Friday)
31 (Friday)
I
-
-
- ''1
I
I
14 I c 1 1 1
Interim registration
'I 1
Interim begins:
I
Class I - 9:00 a.m.
Class I1 - 1:00 p.m.
Last day for cancelladd
Last day for determing optional grade
Last day for cancelling class
Interim ends
Requirements and Course Load
The interim is an integral part of the fall semester at Augsburg College.
The number of interims required for graduation is equal to one interim less
than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a student
enrolled full-time for four years is required three interims; a student enrolled full-time for two years is required one interim. While a student is
not required to enroll in an interim, helshe pays tuition for an interim
during each year helshe is enrolled full-time at Augsburg. Tuition for the
interim is paid as a part of the fall tuition payment. A student may take
an interim in the major or outside the major. Each discipline may require
one interim of its majors, and each student may elect one additional interim
in the major. Beyond the two interims in the major each student will elect
interims outside the major.
One interim course is the limit of the student's academic load during the
one-month term.
June Interims
Each year an interim course will be offered for the following June term of
summer school. A student may enroll in a June interim course in lieu of
the January term. If helshe elects June rather than January, there will be
no additional tuition charge. Students planning the June interim in lieu
of January, however, must register for the June interim at the time of interim
registration in the fall. Students wishing to take the June interim in
addition to the January one will be required to pay regular one summer course
tuition.
Distribution Requirements and Grading
Each department at Augsburg offers at least one interim course that will
fulfill the distribution requirements for graduation. Each instructor determines the manner in which the interim will be graded. The grading is listed with each interim description: Traditional; PIN; Optional.
-.
-
#
n interim course should make the same time-demands upon the student as a
standard semester course. The'number and length of class meetings is not
rigidly fixed. Students, however, should plan for in-class participation
of about ten hours per week. In addition, there will be labs, field study,
travel, reading, reports, and papers.
On-Campus Classes and Off-Campus Classes
The following catalogue lists the interim courses available at Augsburg.
In addition to these courses, Augsburg students may enroll for their interim
at Hamline, Macalester, or St. Catherines in St. Paul, and at St. Olaf iq
Northfield, as well as any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal
interim arrangement. Students planning an interim, other than the Take-Five
Colleges, need to clear their plans with the Interim Director. Should
students have questions about other campus interims and major requirements,
they should consult with the department chairman of their major. Should they
have questions about other campus interims and distribution requirements,
they should consult with the Registrar.
The ALC Joint Interim
The 1975 interim will bring together, for the third year, students from a
number of American Lutheran Church colleges for a joint learning and living
experience. The 1975 joint interim will focus on a common theme: "Community
Awareness: The Future is Now." Courses will be offered in Minneapolis, in
St. Paul, and in Omaha, Nebraska.
While arrangements have been made for joint housing, Augsburg College students
may enroll in a joint interim course without participating in the housing
arrangements.
Independent Study
Students may elect an independent study program for the interim. If they
plan such, they must meet the department's requirements for independent
study. They must also present, at the time of registration for the interim,
a written agreement from the individual instructor who will direct their
independent study program. A topic and tentative outline, including bibliography for the independent study, must be submitted to the instructor and the
office of the Interim Director no later than December 12, 1974. No independent
study will be accepted after December 12.
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time. These time periods are
flexible, but the flexibility will be determined by the instructor and the
class at the first session.
I - 8:OO - 12:30
I1 - 12:30 - 5:OO
rn'IST
All interim classes will meet the first and last class days of the interim.
Class I will meet on the first day at 9:00 a.m. Class I1 will meet on the
first day at 1:00 p.m.
Cancelling, Adding and Grading
Tuesday, January 7, 1975, is the last day for cancelling and adding a course.
Friday, Januray 10, 1975, is the last day for determining-optional grade.
Additional Questions
Students with particular questions about the interim should consult Dr. Mark
Davis, Associate Dean, Memorial Hall 128, Extension 485.
Department of Art
10155
Iconography and Icon Painting
The concepts of image within the early Christian church and the
functions of icons within Eastern Orthodoxy. Preparation and
execution of an icon panel using egg tempera and gold leaf.
(ALC Joint Interim)
,
Instructor: Thompson
Distribution requirement: Humanities
Prerequisites: None .
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Minneapolis Armory (students may enroll in this Augsburg
interim without participating in the ALC Joint Interim.)
,
w
Film-making through practical lab experience. Discussion and
observation of the expressive and structural elements of film.
The making of a 16 mm sound film.
Instructor: Rusten
Distribution requirement: Humanities
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Art studio 110
Continued film-making through practical lab experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements
of film. The making of a 16 mm sound film.
Instructor: Rusten
Distribution requirements: Humanities
Prerequisites: Film-making I
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Art studio 110
Department of Biology
20109
Human Biology:
Homo Sapien for Better or Worse
Using mainly lectures, reinforced with guest speakers and films,
attempt to teach some basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as:
What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man
have a niche in the ecosystem? What affect does man have upon the
environment? What affect does the environment, especially the
urban environment, have on man?
Instructor: Mickelberg
Distribution requirement: Urban, Natural Science
Prerequisites: None
Gradlng : Optional
Time: I
Room: 213 and 214
2049 1
Biological Forefronts
Discussions of up to the minute topics in biological research
with presentations given both by researchers in various fields of
biology and by students registered for the course. This course
fulfills the requirement of seminar for the biology major.
Instructor: Thorpe
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior Biology major
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Science Hall 213
Department of Business Administration, Business Education, Economics
21101
Introduction to Accounting
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of
financial statements.
Instructor: Kader
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
33110
Office Technology
Simulation of office duties including filing, use of transcription machines, introduction to data processing and problems involving all departments in business, such as accounting, mailing,
communication and administration.
Instructor: Lund
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: Elementary typewriting or high school typewriting.
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Old Main 11
21295
Computer Applications for Social Science
The objective of the course is to present to students the modern
technology of computor aided research methods in business and
economics as well as in the social sciences. The topics covered
will include the various computor packages available through
CDC 6600 at University of Minnesota. Elementary discussions of
the statistical techniques utilized will also be presented. Topics: scope operating system, tape handling, diskpack, library
routines. Statistical Techniques: regression, experimental design models, parametric and non-parametric methods.
Instructor: Matsumoto
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Science Hall 22
Fee: $15.00
Economics of Urban Issues
Study of the economic implications of the many problems facing
a metro-urban economist. Some of the topics to be discussed are:
population crisis; mass transit system; distributing free bread;
free medical care; etc. Fundamental microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion.
Instructor: Sabella
Distribution requirement: Social Science, Urban
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 23
22295
*History of Economic Thought
An introduction to the development of economic thinking from the
middle ages to the nineteenth century. The contributions of the
major schools of economic thought will be discussed with particular attention being paid to the social and institutional climate
in which they developed. The economic thought of the schoolmen,
mercantilists, physiacrats, and Marx as well as the classical and
neo-classical tradition will be discussed.
Instructor: Morici
Distribution requirement: Social Science
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
Department of Chemistry
34110
Energy, Man, and the Environment
As you and those in your generation take over the running of the
world, what will it run on? Just food and air? Certainly those,
but what else? What are the world's sources of energy for your
generation and your children's generation? We'll study them in
this interim--fusion power; hydrogen; fission power; geothermal
energy; solar energy; petroleum fuels; coal; hydroelectric systems;
the tides; wind. And food, too. Food not only gives us energy
for living, it requires energy for growing--fuels for machines,
for making fertilizer, for pumping water. We'll look closely
at both the prospects of each fuel and the problems--strip mining;
air pollution; radioactive wastes; salination of soil; harm to
wildlife and people; oil blackmail.
The intent is that you become informed to the point where you know
something about these matters and can inform others; where you can
participate intelligently in making the moral choices that surely
will face you; where you know how to stay informed, how to find
information, how to keep up to date.
The level will be semi-technical. We may use one of the several
environmental science books now available as a basic text and then
exploit other books, articles and government publications. We'll
study many films--high quality color films. If the opportunity
arises--there's no way to know this early--we'll visit a nuclear
power plant. We'll meet about four times a week, about two hours
or so at a time, (depending on the film for the day.) W s course
assumes a knowledge of high school chemistry or the equivalent.
Instructor: Holum
Distribution requirement: Urban, Natural Science
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Traditional
Time: I
Room: Science Hall 320
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
This course will cover gravimetric analysis, volumetric analysis,
and solution equilibria in detail and will give an introduction
to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The course is to
be taken by chemistry majors normally in the interim of their
sophomore year. Medical technologists, should take Chemistry 353
in the spring. There will be daily classes, laboratory sessions
and assignments.
Instructor: Gyberg
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: Chemistry 106 or 116
Grading: Traditional
Time: I lecture, I1 laboratory
Room: 315
34359
Industrial Chemistry
Industrial chemistry entails products selling for about 100 billion
dollars a year. It is desirable that science majors be aware of the
scope of this production and the details of selected operations,
representative of the field. Important topics will be considered I
by lecture, reading and films. A limited number of local trips will
perhaps be made to see "industry in action."
Instructor: Agre
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: Organic Chemistry
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: 318
Department of Education
44255
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and
opportunity for in-school work. In-school experiences will
be in schools throughout the Twin Cities areas.
Instructor: Reuter
Distribution requirements: None
Prerequisites: Sophomore and Junior standing
Grading: Optional
Time: I and period I1 two days per week
Room: Library 1
45375
Audio-visual Media
The student will be assigned full time to work closely with the
media personnel of an area school or district center having
an outstanding audio-visual program. The internship will provide the student with experiences related to the development of
competencies in using non-print materials in a school setting.
Instructor: Alexander
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor
Grading; Optional
Time: I1
Room: Library 4
45482
Student Teaching, Secondary
Full days experience in the classroom. Opportunities are provided for the experience in observing and directing learning
experiences on the secondary level under the supervision of
college and high school personnel.
Instructor: Johnson
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: 265, 459, Special Methods
Grading: Optional
Room: Appointment with Dr. Johnson
444991
45499
Independent Study
Each student desiring an independent study will submit to the
Education Department a proposal describing hislher objectives and
an outline showing how helshe plans to attain these objectives.
If the department gives approval, then a college supervisor for
the study is named. Number of independent studies for the department is limited. Contact the elementary or secondary education
coordinator.
Instructor: Staff
Grading: Optional
Pepartment of Englieh
54211
People Under Pressure
The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old all live under
pressure--political, social, religious, and personal. What these
pressures are and how people cope with them provide the focus for
the course. Literature, including every genre from many countries,
will be read and discussed both by the entire class and in small
groups. If possible resources of the city will be used, i.e.,
a play, a movie, a guest lecturer or discussion leader. An effort
will be made to choose books unfamilar to the student. Among
those being considered: The Man Who Killed the Deer, The Portrait
of an Artist as a Yougg,Man,My Name is Asher Lev, The Quest for
Christa, All Quiet on the Western Front, % I Never Sang for My
Father, Antigone.
Instructor: Andersen
Distribution requirement: Humanities
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 7
The New Journalism: Reading in the Present
This course might also be titled "I don't even believe what I
read in the newspaper." Launched with a single text, The New
Journalism by Tom Wolfe and E. W. Johnson, the class will proceed
to examine- -Norman Mailer, Truman Capote, George Plimpton,
Terry Southern, and other writers who have, in the past decade,
employed the techniques of fiction in plying their trade as new
journalists. Instructor for the course is practicing journalist
and will call upon professional colleagues from the print media
to give their views on the recent phenomenon.
Instructor: Wood
Distribution requirement: Humanities
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
54237
Literature by and about Women
"Literature by and about Women" will consist of close reading of
poetry, essays and fiction by women, primarily of the 20th century,
In addition to literary matters, we will consider sexual stereotyping, various masks women have worn to "pass" in our largely sexist
Department of E n g l i s h
54259
A S e v e n t i e s Sampler
We w i l l s t u d y some n o v e l s , poems, p l a y s , and f i l m s w r i t t e n o r
f i l m e d i n t h e 1970's. Our r e a d i n g w i l l i n c l u d e t h e l a t e s t a v a i l a b l e
works of Vonnegut, Roth, and Berger and some r e c e n t s c i e n c e f i c t i o n ,
d e t e c t i v e s t o r i e s , and a r e c e n t b e s t s e l l e r . Our viewing w i l l depend on what p l a y s and f i l m s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n January i n t h e Twin
Cities.
I f p o s s i b l e , s t u d e n t s w i t h a s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n a t y p e of l i t e r a t u r e
o r f i l m w i l l be a b l e t o form groups around t h e i r i n t e r e s t .
Those who t a k e t h i s i n t e r i m should have t h e time and d e s i r e t o do t h e
r e a d i n g . Films w i l l b e s e e n i n t h e a f t e r n o o n t o t a k e advantage of lower
p r i c e s , b u t we wills e e two o r t h r e e p l a y s i n t h e evening.
Instructor: Palosaari
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Grading: O p t i o n a l
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 2
Humanities
and male-dominated society, woman's place, and hapes for the
future. Emphasis will be placed on class discussion.
Instructor: Thornton
Distribution requirement: Humanities
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
54255
American Indian Voices, 1920
-
1974
American Indians speak for themselves in modern America through
their oratory, autobiographies, essays, short fiction, novels
and recent poetry and ballads. Some significant topics include
the persistence of traditional Indian values, growing up Indian,
historical and contemporary responses of Indians to white oppression
and the search for identity in the modern world. Major readings
will feature Black Elk Speaks, Vine Deloria's Custer Died for Your
Sins, and two novels, Hyemeyohst Storm's =en
Arrows and N. Scott
Momaday's House Made of Dawn. Class activities will include
small group discussions, a journal and a class report on additional Indian writings. Indian poets will be invited to read and
discuss their own poetry and the class will participate in some
local pow-wows.
Instructor: Nicholl
Distribution requirement: Humanities
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Science Hall 34
An exploration of the stories surrounding the Round Table, its
knights, and its damsels, from the 12th century through the 15th
century in England and on the Continent. An introduction to
courtly love and the love stories of Guinevere and Lancelot, and
Tristan and Isolde. A comparison of the Perceval legends and the
Grail romances. An introduction to romances based on folk material.
All in translation. Malory will end the course.
Instructor: Dewell
Distribution requirement: Humanities
Prerequisites: One prior Literature course
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Science Hall 201
54341
Wrriage and Literature
We will study the theme of the decay of marriage in the works
of Scott and Zelda Fitzgerald and Ted Hughes and Sylvia Plath.
We will examine the complex relationship between the writers'
lives and their autobiographical but transformed works. We will
ponder why both women wrote novels with a central female character
who is crazy and why both women felt compelled to see themselves
as crazy.
Instructor: Sargent
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
Department of Foreign Language
701 15
French in Canada (Quebec)
Students will enroll in the January interim study term at Lava1
University, a newly created campus of the oldest French-speaking
University in this hemisphere. Classes increase students' proficiency in oral and written French skills, stressing small groups
and modern audio-visual methods. Literature and civilization of
French Canada are also studied. Visits to theatres, museums,
social and sports events included. Possibility of skiing in the
Laurentian Mountains. Designed for all students wishing to study
French in French surroundings. Students live in French-speaking
families.
Instructor: Varies according to student's level of ability
Distribution requirement: Foreign Language
Prerequisites: None
Cost: Approximately $500
70245
Women in French Literature
The course will examine the differing roles of women in French
literature of several centuries, from Iseut and Harquerite de
Navarre to Emma Bovary and Simone de Beauvoir. The study will be
divided into two aspects: 1) the French woman as writer and 2)
the woman as heroine in French literature. In addition the course
will seek any uniquely French understandings of woman's role as
seen in French literature. Class discussions, extensive reading,
frequent oral reports and a paper.
Instructor: Johnson
Distribution requirement: Foreign Language
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: 7
72309
20th Century German Prose Writers
Works to be read reflect not only the unique German experience
of the 20th century, but also problems which are of concern to all
humanity: war and peace, political and social change, alienation,
generation conflict, the search for personal identity and for
personal and collective security. Several women authors will be
included, as well as writers from the German Democratic Republic.
Works will all be read in German. Discussions will be conducted
in German as much as possible. Discussion in English whenever
needed.
Instructor: Oyler
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: German 212
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Old Main 4
75111
Beginning Norwegian
This is a complete introductory course in Norwegian language and
culture. Regular class and laboratory attendance is a must because of the accelerated pace of learning. Students will find this
an effective and enjoyable exposure to a foreign language and its
culture.
Instructor: Hansen
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 3
762191
76319
Language, Culture and Theater in Madrid
The main goals'of this course will be to improve the student's
spoken Spanish, widen his cultural experience and to acquaint
him with the Spanish theater. The group will be based in Madrid
I'
8
Jd
I
d
d
w
I
I
for four weeks with study trips to Avila, Toledo, the Valley of the
aleen en, El Escorial and Segovia. Activities will include tutoring
three times a week by spanish students from the University of
Madrid, frequent visits to the Prado and other excellent museums,
and attendance at two or three theater performances per week. In
addition, there will be regular discussions concerning Spanish
theater and civilization and students will be asked to keep a
journal in Spanish. The group will also attend Protestant and
Catholic church services, the Madrid symphony, films, and other
cultural functions offered to university students in Madrid.
Instructor: Kingsley
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: Spanish 214
Grading: Optional
Costs: $775
76223
The Chicano Struggle
Through essays, short stories, and novels written by Chicanos
and leading sociologists, anthropologists, and psychologists, the
course will introduce the student to the world of the Chicano
and his dual struggle to maintain his traditions and culture on
the one hand, and to integrate into American society on the other.
(Discussions and readings in Spanish.)
Instructor: Franco
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: Spanish 214
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Old Main 8
76299
Introductory Linguistics
An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic
principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational
principles and features common to all languages) and psychollinguistics (inquiry into the mechanisms of language learning and
the structure of the mind as revealed in language.) Theoretical
questions will be approached by studying samples of various
languages.
Instructor: Steinmetz
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: 8
General Studies
58229
Issues in Human Development; A Cultural Perspective
The interim will be based in a Benedictine monastery in the village
of Ahuatapec near Curenavaca, Mexico. Travel to Mexico will be by
charter bus and train. The goal of the interim will be to provide
both an academic and experiential framework for the students to
clarify their social and religious values as these values are placed
in juxtaposition with those of the Mexican culture, the monastic
community and the other members of the group. The class will not
only be as a learning community for the month, but a working,
living and worshiping community as well. While at the monastery,
students will be expected to participate as fully as possible in
the discipline of the monastic community and will spend a part of
each day in class and part of the day working in agricultural and
social projects in the village. Also, conscious attention will be
given to the building of the community within the group itself,
and the skills involved in developing a community. In addition
to the monastery, some time will be spent in Mexico City and in
small group travel experiences to the other parts of Mexico.
Background readings and extensive daily journal and a final paper
will be required. Several preparatory meetings will be held
during the fall term.
Instructor: Mugge
Distribution requirement:
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Cost: $400
58289
Counseling Skills:
None
Components of Helping Relationships
An introductory course for those interested in acquiring basic
skills used in helping relationships. Emphasis on cognitive understanding and practical competency in individual and group
situations. Open to any student wishing to explore the potentiality
of helping relationships within his or her intended occupation.
Not to be counted toward a major or minor in psychology.
Instructor: Sander
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Old Main 28
58299
The Games of Man
This interim will provide an opportunity for learning old and new
games. Some games will be for sheer fun, others for teaching
purposes and still others for self examination and development.
We will work on some traditional board games and also do dome
comtemporary simulations. Hopefully the class will also create
some new games and be introduced to the business of game production.
Instructor: Gustafson
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Library 1
Department of History
56160
"Can These Stones Speak?":
Cuniform Writing
an Introduction to the Principles of
A study of the ancient Sumerians and related Mesopotamian civilizations through an introduction to cuniform writing. Students
will learn to transliterate (i.e. render the cuniform symbols into
English syllables) and translate the simpler Sumerian cuniform
texts dating from 2,000 B.C.
Instructor: Nelson
Distribution requirement: Social Science
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Science Hall 318
56351
Topics in United States History
Individual directed study in selected areas of U.S. History such
as Minnesota and Upper Midwest political development, Upper Midwest
Ethnic history and the Scandinavian-American experience. Will be
set up essentially as a "tutorial" with periodic individual conferences with student which will be scheduled at beginning of the
course. It will be necessary to secure departmental approval of
design of project in advance of the interim.
Instructor: Chrislock
Distribution requirement: Social Science
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 22
Interdisciplinary Studies
58320
Aztec, Maya and Inca: Ancient American Civilizations
The conquering Spaniards discovered in the Americas, not a land
of savages, but highly developed and intricately structured
cultures. We will study these three ancient civilizations from
the viewpoint,of the anthropological archaeologist, analyzing their
history, religion, government, military codes, agriculture, and
daily life.
Instructor: Reichenbach
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Old Main 2
60250
Science and Faith
The course will begin with a historical look at views as to the
orgin, nature and evolution of the universe, life and man. The
methods, language and limitations of Science and Religion will be
considered. Finally, views as to the relationship between God and
nature will be discussed with the aim of working toward a "Theology
of Nature" as is considered, for example, Ian Bargour.
Instructor: Hanwick, Sulerud, Quanbeck
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Science Hall 205
Department of Mathematics
61141
Three Modern Space-Time Odysseys
A controversial research trip, with a flavor of mathematical concepts, into some universal modern problems. The first odyssey is
an exposure of chaotic elements of present knowledge systems such
as the sciences, philosophy, and theology. The second odyssey is a
trip through time and space from the past to the present relativity
universe; the role of mathematics in the formation of cosmic models
is stressed. The third odyssey attempts an objective view of our
space-time universe, aided by concepts in mathematics, the sciences,
and Biblical theology. Three brief written papers are required.
The mathematical background needed for this course is minimal.
Instructor: Follingstad
Distribution requirement: Natural Science
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Science Hall 212
61275
Shapes, Space and Symmetry
The study of mathematical structure and relationships through construction of geometrical solids. This course assumes a student
knowledge of
mathematics
equivalent, to
algebra
and
_____-.__
__..___.._____-__._
-_-.high
._ school
-... -....- ..--.
-..--..-.--geometry.
Instructor: Durkee
Distribution requirement: Natural Science
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Traditional
Time: I1
Room: Science Hall 205
Department of Music
Introduction to Music Therapy
This will be an introductory course for the student who may be
interested in pursuing the field of music therapy as a career. It
will be offered to freshmen and sophomores, so they may consider music
therapy before taking the required courses as a junior or senior. It
will include a survey of some of the music therapy programs in the
area.
Instructor: Metzler
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 21
82235
Music and the Dance
A course for students interested in exploring some relationships
between the two art forms from historic, technical, and creative
aspects. An original work will be created, rehearsed, and presented in cooperation with the Minnesota Dance Theater. Study
will include the investigation of problems for the musician, dancer,
composer, choreographer, designer, and technician, and students will
have the opportunity to participate in these capacities.
Instructor: Karlen
Distribution requirement: Fine Arts
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Music Auditorium
Fee: $25
82245
Sound and Sight Parameters
The course will consist of studying the different levels of art
work perception available to people. Discussion will deal with techniques employed in the creating and receiving processes. Some of
the art works explored will be by Bloch, David, Debussy, Degas,
Delacroix, Dostoyevsky, El Greco, Hawthorne, Hemingway, Holst, Husa,
Keats, Matisse, Monet, Mozart, Picasso, Poe, Renior, Stravinsky,
Tchaikovsky, Thurber, Van Gogh, And Wordsworth. A creative project is required of all registrants. A field trip to Chicapo
necessitates a special fee.
Instructor: Carlson
Distribution requirement: Fine Arts
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Music Building 20
Fee: $85
82290
The Art of Accompanying and Related Keyboard Techniques
We will explore and put into practice the various techniques
of accompanying both vocal and instrumental music. Practice
in transposing and improvising will also be given. Aspects of
sight-reading and styllistic interpretations will be studies.
Techniques of accompaniment on the piano, organ, harpsichord will
be practiced.
Instructor: Metzker
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: Keyboard facility in one or more of the following
instruments: piano, organ, harpsichord.
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Music Building 20
82370
Creative Music in the Elementary School
This course is designed to expand the musical experience and to
enlarge the musical understanding of the student by playing Orff
instruments (recorders, percussion, and melodis instruments;)
by movement to music; by creating and composing music to poetry
and arranging songs for instruments; by drawing to music (discovering the configuration of melodis and rhythmic line;) by learning new
notation; by exploring new materials for children's musical experience; by analyzing how children learn performance skills.
Instructor: Pauline Sateren
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: 7:00 p.m. - 9:30 p.m. (Monday
Room: Music Auditorium
82390
- Thursday)
Broadway Musical
The preparation and performance of a Broadway musical including singing acting, set design and building, choreography, dancing. A
variety of talents and interests are used.
Instructor: Gabrielsen, Johnson
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Music Auditorium
Department of Physical Education and Health Education
55232
Recreational Activities and Rhythms
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social
recreation, quiet games, noon hour activities, low organized games,
camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk
and square dancing.
Instructor: Peterson
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Gymnasium 12
55482
Coaching of Sports
The theory and techniques of coaching interscholastic sports.
Special emphasis is placed on the prevention and care of athletic
injuries. A basic understanding of the kipewi2l~p;yand_phyaiology
of exercise and a knowledpe of at least one
- major sport is assumed
of each student
.
Instructor: Caris
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior year or consent of instructor
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Gymnasium 13
Fee: $5
Department of Physics
84322
Nuclear Radiation Science: Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar
A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and
"hands on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The
course will consist of ( 1 ) introductory work on radiation detection
and measurement at Augsburg, ( 2 ) participation in the 1975 Oak Ridge
Special Seminar where the student has the opportunity to design his
course of study from projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, nuclear medicine, health physics,
and radiological safety, and ( 3 ) summary and evaluation of the
program back at Augsburg.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated
Universities - Special Training Division. The Oak Ridge Special
Science Seminar is funded by the Division of Nuclear Education
of the United States Atomic Energy Commission. Two weeks of the
course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU Special Training Division. These facilities provide the opportunity for laboratory experience simply not normally available to undergzaduate students.
Oak Ridge is the site of one of the largest national laboratories
and is of great historical interest because of the role it played
in the Manhattan Project. Time will be available to tour the
area including the national laboratory.
Instructor: Paulson plus the staff of ORAU Special Training Division
Distribution requirement: Natural Science
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Fee: Cost of travel to Oak Ridge, Tennessee
Room: Science Hall 22
Department of Political Science
85170
&aw and Liberty
An investigation of various meanings of freedom in political,
religious, and philosophical contexts; relationships of freedom and
restraint, ironies and paradoxes of law and liberty. Students will
choose an aspect of the problem for special study, reporting their
findings for class inter-action; depending upon class size, participants will be grouped in interest-related sub-seminars. A number of
brief written reports will be assigned, but no major paper.
Instructor: Stenshoel
Distribution requirement: Social Science
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Science Hall 34
85320
The Welfare State Revisited
An examination of the political justification and contemporary
operation of the modern welfare state with special emphasis on the
British and U. S. claims to welfare state politics. Topics to be
considered include historic origins of the ideology of the welfare
state in democratic and non-democratic systems, basic goals and
major policy options as perceived by elites and non-elites, the
attitudinal and political responses of major interests to the
implementation of the welfare state and basic sources of opposition
to the welfare state assumptions.
Instructor: Hedblom
Distribution requirement: Social Science
Prerequisites: an introductory political science course or consent of
the instructor
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Science Hall 201
Department of Psychology
86125
Creativity in Pre-School Children
Conditions that facilitate development of creativity. Each student
must make her/his own arrangements in advance of the course to have
ready access throughout the interim to one specific person in the
age range of 3 to 6 (not children in the first grade of school; children
who will be 3 by July 1, 1975 are acceptable.) The child should be
available basically on a daily basis for purposes of observing and
interacting with the child. Consideration of play materials,
literature, television, life situations, experiences, personal
inter-action, and activities with particular reference to the development of creativity.
Instructor: Johnson
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Old Main 19
JUNE INTERIM
86280
Psychology in Action
....Today and Tomorrow
Observing, interviewing and studying the psychologist on the
job. Business, industrial, social agency, educational, religious
and private practice settings and jobs will be explored.
Instructor: Anderegg
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: None
Grading : Optional
86365
Models of Mind
An introduction to the measurement and simulation of human mental
processes. Emphasis will be on the use of digital computers in
modeling sensory processes, pattern recognition, learning, language,
and problem solving. Students will learn to write programs which
do such things as discriminate squares from circles and play chess.
Each student will be expected to apply the computer techniques
learned in the course to the measurement or simulation of some
mental function of interest.
Instructor: Marken
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: General Psychology
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Science Hall 2 12
Fee: $15 computer time
Study of research and naturalistic observations on the following
topics: individual behavior in relation to groups and
power and authority; change facilitating behavioral patterns and
conditions; organizations involved in social change; adaptation to
the future...futuristics. (Field trips to meetings and legislatures.)
Instructor: Dyrud
Distribution requirement: Urban
Prerequisites: General Psychology
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
Department of Religion
Utopia and Utopian Thinkers in American Religious History
This course will seek to examine how utopian thinking has functioned
in American religious history. It will examine 1) how persons have
conceived of the ideal community (primarily in the West and in the
Christian context;) 2) how thinking about the ideal community has
shaped American religious history; and 4) the continual relevance
of utopian thinking to American religious history.
Instructor: Luoma
Distribution requirement: Religion
Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 221
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Science Hall 123
86285
World Order and Religion
The world appears to be in a state of crisis. What is necessary
to provide order? What kind of order would be best? Usually we
turn to political science or ecological sciences to find the answers
and principles of order. However, religions have also been ways in
which people have ordered their world. We will take that approach.
What are leading religious and theological concepts of order? What
does the religious map of the world look like today? What can religion
contribute to world order? What might the future be and how can we
work toward a desirable future with regard to religion and world
community? Reading, discussion, lecture, simulation games. Opportunity
for community life with students of other colleges, nations and
religions connected with the Joint Interim Program, "An International
Landscaping of the Future."
(ALC Joint Interim)
Instructor: Skibbe
Distribution requirement: Religion
Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 221
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Minneapolis Armory (Students may enroll in this course
without participating in the ALC Joint Interim.)
86291
Christian Rome to A.D. 1600
The history of Christianity and the church through study and
observation of Rome as a visual site of Western Christian development.
Readings and lectures carefully integrated with visits to monuments,
museums, and archaeological sites. Study of pagan Rome and the
transformation of the city into a center of early Christianity; the
city during the Middle Ages and Renaissance.
Instructor: Benson
Distribution requirement: Religion
Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 1 2 1
Grading: Optional
Cost: $775
Department of Sociology
I
94250
The Church and Social Change in Capitol City
In the constant flux of urban life with its population shifts,
housing blights, and new freeways, certain Twin City churches
(35 - 40 ALC churches among them) find themselves in a changing
situation. Such churches find it difficult to cope with the change
and to find meaningful ways of organizing to deal constructively with
the circumstances. The student class will explore by experience
and involvement on behalf of three churches in the inner stratum of
St. Paul. Such a class can help provide information for formulating
an approach. The three are in sight of the legislature, which
helps determine much life in the area. Some students will act as
legislative aides for the January session -- providing light and
shadow for what is being encountered in the area. (ALC Joint Interim)
Instructor: Pastor Tom Meeks, Christ Lutheran Church, St. Paul
Distribution requirements: Urban, Social Science
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Christ Lutheran Church on Capitol Hill, St. Paul (students
may enroll in this course without participating in the ALC
Joint Interim.)
94310
Ethnicity and Community in Urban Society
A study of Twin Cities ethnic neighborhoods as a focus of community
in metropolitan life. Focus will be on distinct and unique ethnic
neighborhoods as opposed to neighborhoods dominated by local ethnic
majorities and/or racial minorities. Field trips to businesses,
churches, and other community institutions in these neighborhoods
will be included. Background reading in the sociology of community
and the works of Michael Novak and/or Andrew Greeley will be required.
Instructor: Nelson
Distribution requirement: Urban, Social Science
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Memorial Hall 1
94325
Face to Face Relationships: Changing Patterns and Alternatives
Analysis of the functions of face-to-face relationships for the
individual. Summary of shifts in the patterns of such relationships during the 20th century in the United States as well as an
analysis of the current situation. An examination of alternative
ways of structuring such relationships (e.g., communal living,
socialization of children in day care centers.)
Instructor: Grams
Distribution requirement: Social Science
Prerequisites: Principles of Sociology or equivalent
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 19
94355
Scandinavian Urbanization and Community Building
The extent, nature, and the processes of urbanization taking place
in modern Scandinavia. The changing settlement patterns and
community developments associated with urbanization and Scandinavian
response to urban challenges. Comparisons with urban developments
in U.S.A. Readings of recent primary and secondary sources in
English translation, slides, and films on central city and satellite
towns of Scandinavia. Vlsits to comparable planned urban developments in the Twin Cities, etc. will provide additional illustrative
materials for this interim on comparative urban studies.
Instructor: Torstenson
Distribution requirement: Urban, Social Science
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 28
94359
The Scandinavian Corrections System: A Comparative Study
One month's study on Norway and Finland, focusing on a comparison
of their correction system with those in the U.S. Study includes
seminar and discussion with Scandinavian criminologists, correction
officers and offenders. Field trips planned to Norway and Finland's
correctional agencies and institutions.
Instructor: Bloom
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: Previous c.ourse work in American corrections,
criminology, juvenile delinquency or related
subjects.
Grading: Optional
Fee: $925
95352
Selected Programs in Social Work
With faculty approval, student selects a placement as a full-time
volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know
social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and
career aspects in the helping vocations. Independent study with a
term paper report and review conferences. Especially recommended
for freshmen and sophomores
Instructor: Wagner
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Grading: Optional
Time: 30 hours per week in a field placement to be arranged between
student and agency supervisor. In addition, there will be
once a week evening review conferences on campus.
Room: Memorial Hall 1 7:00 p.m. - 8:00 p.m. daily for review
conferences.
Department of Speech, Communications, and Theatre Arts
981 15
Colloquium on Current Issues
A series of speeches and discussions based on studeht selected books
exploring current issues. The books would be chosen from a list.
This course would satisfy speech requirement for course 111.
Instructor: Olson
Distribution requirement: Humanities
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Speech Building 43
JUNE INTERIM
98250
Creative Problem-Solving
A study of creative behavior with emphasis on problem-solving:
ways to facilitate the creative process, techniques of idea-finding,
re-definition of problems, solution-finding, making unusual ideas
useful, brainstorming techniques, the use of metaphorical excursions
and other creative approaches to the total process of problem-solving.
The emphasis will be on achieving a fruitful combination of imagination and critical analysis at each stage of the problem-solving
process. Materials will be a variety of sources developed by the
Creative Education Staff at the State University of New York
College at Buffalo.
Instructor: Anderson
Distribution requirement: Humanities
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
98285
Theater Practicum
The course consists of the artistic preparation of a children's
play through improvisation, its technical preparation and performance of it for audiences by those enrolled.
Instructor: Cole
Distribution requirement: Fine Arts
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: 9:30 - 12:OO and 1:00 - 3:00
Room: Theatre auditorium
AUGSBURG AMD ST. OLAF INTERIIIIS ABROAD
EUROPE
ART:
The Arts of Europe: A C u l t u r a l Encounter
w i t h Fi ve European Ci t i e s (ijuni ch , Vienna ,
Veni c: e T o r e n c e , and Rome)
Malcolm Gimse
St. Olaf
Ideas i n a r t , a r c h i t e c t u r e , music and l i t e r a t u r e from Eastern and Western Europe
c o l l i d e d and mingled i n flunich and Vienna, and, under t h e patronage o f the Imperial
Dynasties, Bavari a and A u s t r i a w e r e m i ntroduced t o Renaissance ideas whi ch
s p i l l e d over t h e Alps from I t a l y .
Venice i s aglow w i t h near Eastern lavishness, f l o a t i n g on a cross-cul t u r a l t i d e
which was e s t a b l i s h e d by i t s now vanished merchant Republic. The c i t y i s s i n k i n g
p h y s i c a l l y i n t o t h e lagoon, b u t t h e i n t i m a c y o f i t s canals, foot-bridges, and
del ic a t e a r c h i t e c t u r e remain.
The c i t y o f Florence i s b e a u t i f u l l y preserved i n Renaissance s p i r i t and content.
An encounter w i t h Michelangelo, Sculptor, as w e l l as many o t h e r a r t i s t i c geniuses
i s l i k e witnessing a c u l t u r a l explosion i n t h e p r o v i n c i a l s e t t i n g o f g u i l d h a l l s
and personal pal aces.
Rome provides an archaelogical e x p e d i t i o n i n t o ancient h i s t o r y and a t t h e same time
E
s a r t i s t i c a l l y i n t o t h e f u t u r e i n the new Vatican Fluseum o f Modern Religious
A r t opened by Pope Paul i n 1973.
Time w i l l be spent i n each c i t y e x p l o r i n g v a s t a r t c o l l e c t i o n s , v i s i t i n g
a r c h i t e c t u r a l 1andmarks, and scouting o u t s t i 11 v i t a l a r t centers.
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Consent of I n s t r u c t o r .
Enrollment l i m i t : 20
*******************
GENERAL STUDIES : Medi terranean Cul t u r e
COST:
$775.00
Lee Pearcy
St. O l a f
The c i v i l i z a t i o n of Greece from t h e Bronze Age through C l a s s i c a l A n t i q u i t y viewed
from two p r i n c i p a l l o c a t i o n s , Heracleum and Athens. D a i l y l e c t u r e s and v i s i t s t o
Bronze Age Minoan s i t e s i n Crete a t Knossos, Phalstos, and M a l l i a , p l u s close
a t t e n t i o n t o t h e vast c o l l e c t i o n i n t h e Archaeological Museum a t Heracleum. I n
Athens and i t s environs, w i t h the a i d o f t h e famed National Museum, f u r t h e r study
of t h e Bronze Age o f t h e blycenaeans w i t h f i e l d t r i p s t o C l a s s i c a l s i t e s .
....................
COST:
$875.00
FRENCH:
0
Herve Pensec
St. Olaf
A ,month i n P a r i s f o r i n t e r m e d i a t e and advanced students o f French. Study o f t h e
language, c u l t u r e , and t h e a t r e w i t h some a t t e n t i o n t o the cinema. Attendance a t
performances i n t e g r a t e d w i t h a n a l y s i s and discussion. V i s i t s t o a r t i s t i c and
c u l t u r a l e x h i b i t s . Two f u l l - d a y excursions ( t o Versai l l e s and Chartres) w i t h
French-speaking l e c t u r e r s . Optional week-end excursion t o Normandy. Study o f
iterns o f t o p i c a l i n t e r e s t i n the d a i l y and weekly press. One o f t h e most import a n t aspects o f language study d u r i n g the p e r i o d i s the f o u r hours o f conversation a l p r a c t i c e i n groups o f three, each w i t h a French student from t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f
P a r i s a c t i n g as t u t o r . Level 11: conversation a t t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e l e v e l ; 4 plays;
4 f i l m s ; one s p e c i a l p r o j e c t i n C u l t u r e and C i v i l i z a t i o n . Level 111: conversat i o n a t t h e advanced l e v e l ; d a i l y j o u r n a l i n c o r p o r a t i n g r e f l e x i o n s on t h e t h e a t r e
and observations on French l i f e ; 8 plays; 1 f i l m ; weekly o r a l r e p o r t s on the
preoccupati ons o f the French press.
*******************
GERPIAN:
COST:
Hanno Kl assen
St. Olaf
Encounter w i t h t h e Two Germanies
..---.
$775.00
a
A study o f t h e separate ways of Germany s i n c e blorld War 11. The course i s designed t o use the German language f o r a co1;lparative study o f thc two German n a t i o n
as off-spring o f t h e s o c i o - p o l i t i c a l systems which d i v i d e t h e peoples o f t h i s
earth.
I n t h e German Democratic Republic the Youth l i o s t e l i n L e i p z i g w i 11 be t h e base f o r
t h r e e weeks' encounter w i t h t h e Germans who 1i v e on the s o c i a l i s t i c communist
side. I n the Federal Republic o f Germany t h e p a r t i c i ~ a n t sw i l l l i v e f o r one week
i n t h e homes o f h o s t f a m i l i e s i n blunich.
Each student i s expected t o keep a j o u r n a l t o t r a c e , analyze, o r compare p a r t i c u l a r aspects o f l i f e i n each country. I n a d d i t i o n t o developing t h e i r a b i l i t y
t o communicate i n German, t h e course should g i v e the students a b e t t e r understanding o f the people, t h e i r systems, and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s o f b o t h
l4el tanschauungen.
*******************
ENGLISH:
SPEECH :
COST:
Theatre i n London
$775.00
Ralph Haugen
S t . Olaf
Study o f drama and t h e a t r e attendance i n London. Over 40 t h e a t r e s i n London, t h e
t h e a t r i c a l c e n t e r o f t h e Engl ish-speaki ng world, enable students t o experience
v a r i e t i e s o f dramatic productions, modern and t r a d i t i o n a l
Course w i 11 i n v o l v e
discussions and attendance of plays , backstage v i s i t s and discussions w i t h actors.
Supplemental v i s i t s are planned t o the c u l t u r a l a t t r a c t i o n s i n London, t o Oxford
and/or Cambridge, and t o a r e p r e s e n t a t i v e r e g i o n a l theatre. Students w i 11 keep
journals.
(Passlno c r e d i t only. )
.
.....................
COST:
$775.00
GENERAL STUDIES:
Kent Eklund
St. Olaf
Western Eurcpean I letropol itan Areas
This course focuses on the i n t e r a c t i o n s between economic and p o l l t i c a l actors i n
four Western European metropolitan areas: Hunich, Brussels , London, and Paris.
Specf f f c f nteractions which w i l l be examined include l o c a l econmi c and p o l i t i c a l
i n s t f t u l f ons ; the impact o f these metropol itan areas on reg1onal and n a t i onal
p o l i t i c a l and economic i n s t i t u t i o n s ; and the attempts by regional and n a t i o n a l
governments t o meet metropol it a n problems.
Specific p o l l t i c a l i n s t i t u t l o n s which w i 11 be examined include local counci 1s of
government, both w4 t h f n c e n t r a l c i t i e s and suburbs, local l y elected o f f i c i a l s i n
both c i t i e s and suburbs, metropolitan governmental officials, and n a t i o n a l pol itical and administratf ve o f f i c i a l s responsible f o r urban development. Included
i n the examination of English metropolitan p o l i t i c s w 4 l l be a t o u r of a New Town.
Economic in s t i t u t i ons included i n the examination w i 11 be p r i vate lending i n s t i tut i o n s , construction firms , p r i v a t e and national i z e d i n d u s t r i a l leaders, and nationa l l e v e l administrators responsible f o r economic p o l i c i e s and planning f o r these
metropol itan area.
Included i n the examination o f each metropolitan area w i 11 be tours throughout
t h e neighborhoods o f t h e c i t i e s and the suburban sectors.
COST:
.....................
$775.00
A1 l a n Hansen
S t . Olaf
GENERAL STUDIES : Science His t o r y i n Europe
Development o f Physical Sclence will be the focus during one week i n Munich,
f e a t u r i n g the displays o f the famous technical Deutsches Fluseum. The second
week, i n Parf s, w i 11 be devoted t o B i o l o g i c a l Science, drawing on material a t
the Pasteur I n s t i t u t e . In the London area f o r the l a s t two weeks, the development' o f Astronomy w i l l be studied, w i t h the help o f displays a t Greenwich. The
Royal I n s t i t u t i o n and the B r i t i s h Museum w i l l provide f u r t h e r observation opport u n i t i e s . A t e x t i n Science History, a research paper, and discussion o f journal
e n t r i e s w i 11 f i l l o u t the course.
No prerequisites
RELIGION:
C h r i s t i -a n Rome
pa--
....................
to A D .
1600
COST:
Joseph Shaw
S t . Olaf
$775.00
John Benson
Augsburg
The h i s t o r y o f C h r i s t i a n i t y and the church through study and observation o f Rome
as a visual s i t e o f Western C h r i s t i a n development. Readings and lectures carefully i n t e g r a t e d w i t h v i s i t s t o monuments, museums, and archaeological s i t e s .
Study o f pagan Rome and the transformation of the c i t y i n t o a center o f e a r l y
C h r l s t i a n i t y ; the c i t y during the Cliddle Ages and Renaissance.
The l a s t week of the i n t e r f m w i l l include and extended f i e l d t r i p t o Assisi and
Florence, and o t h e r t r i p s o u t of Rome w i l l include v i s i t s t o Ostia, Subiaco, and
Pompei i
.
Prerequi s it e : Freshman Re1ig i on
*****************
-31-
COST:
$775.00
SOCIOLOGY:
Vern Bloom
Augsburg
Scandinavian C o r r e c t i o n s Sys tens
A s t u d y o f t h e c o r r e c t i o n s systelns o f F i n l a n d and il!on;/ay. Emphasis w i 11 be on
comparing these systems w i t i 1 those i n American s o c i c t j ~ . Students wi 11 be expected t o examine such concepts as " c r i m i n a l b e h a v i o r " i n these c o u n t r i e s , and t h e
u n d e r l y i n g assumptions i n t h e approaches developed t o p r e v e n t and c o r r e c t t h i s
b e h a v i o r ( P .g t h c u s c or ~ U n S s t l ~ ~ t e nt rte, d t n ~ e nt , i s o l a t i o n , r e s t i t u t i o n , e t c . )
Students w i l l a l s o have t h e oppoi-tunity t o s t u d y t h e a c t u a l process and programs
o f c o r r e c t i o n s i n c l u d i n g t h e use o r non-use o f such measures as b a i l , d e t e n t i o n ,
p r o b a t i o n , p a r o l e , fines, and i n c a r c e r a t i o n t o compare w i t h s i m i l a r programs i n
t h i s country.
The experience wi 11 encompass seminars w i t h r r i r n i no1 o g i s t s from Norway and F i n l a n d
f i e l d t r i p s t o v a r i o u s c o r r e c t i o n a l agencies and d i s c u s s i o n s w i t h r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s
o f t h e c o r r e c t i o n a l systems, offenders and refor111groups.
Prerequisite:
J u n i o r s t a n d i n g w i t h some course
work i n c r i mi no1ogy , d e l inquency ,
o r related subjects
****k**k*?r*f
SPAbIISII:
******+t
-Lanquale, C I J ~t u r e , and T h e a t e r - i n- d a d r i d
COST:
$925.00
!,la r y K i n g s 1ey
Augs b u r q
The main goals o f t h i s course !.!ill
be t o improve t h e s t u d e n t ' s spoken Spanish,
widen h i s c u l t u r a l experience and a c q u a i n t him w i t h t h e Spanish t h e a t e r . The
group wi 11 be based i n I1iadrid f o r f o u r weeks w i t h s t u d y t r i p s t o Avi l a , Toledo,
t h e V a l l e y o f t h e Faleen, El E s c o r i a l , and Seqovia. . I c t i v i t i e s w i l l i n c l u d e
t u t o r i n g t h r e e times a week b y Spanish s t u d e n t s from t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Madrid,
ft~clluerit v i s i t s t o t h e Prado and o t h e r excel l e n t museums, and attendance a t two
t o t h r e e t h e a t e r performances p c r week. I n a d d i t i o n , t h e r e w i 11 be r e g u l a r
J i scussi ons concerning Spanish t h e a t e r and c i v i 1 iz a t i on and s t u d e n t s w i 11 be
asked t o keep a j o u r n a l i n Spanish. Ine group w i 11 a l s o a t t e n d P r o t e s t a n t and
C a t h o l i c church s e r v i c e s , t h e l i a d r i d symphony, f i lms, and o t h e r c u l t u r a l
functions offered t o u n i v e r s i t y students i n lladrid.
Prerequisites:
f o r l e v e l I I A : t h r e e semesters o f Spanish; f o r l e v e l 111:
completion of Spanish 51 w i t h a grade o f B- o r h i g h e r .
COSTS:
Counts toward d i s t r i b u t i o n . r e q u i remen,t (Area A ) .
ment. I I I A counts toward major.
P
-
Id o r grade
$775.00
Counts toward 1anguage r e q u i r e -
LATIN Ai4ERICA
GEAERAL STUDIES I i d F,iEY,ICO: I s s u e s i n Human Devrl opnient;
A C u l t u r a l Perspective
Joel klugge
Augsburg
The i n t e r i m w i 11 be based i n a Benedictine monastery i n the v i l l a g e o f Ahuatapec
near Cuernavaca, Mexico. Travel t o l:lexico w i 11 be by c h a r t e r bus and t r a i n . The
goal of the i n t e r i m w i l l be t o provide both an academic and e x p e r i e n t i a l framework f o r the students t o c l a r i f y t h e i r s o c i a l and r e l i g i o u s values as these value
are placed i n j u x t a p o s i t i o n w i t h those o f the Mexican c u l t u r e , the monastic
community, and the o t h e r members o f the group. The c l a s s w i l l n o t o n l y be as
l e a r n i n g community f o r t h e month, b u t a r.rorl<ing, 1i v i n g and worshiping c o ~ ~ ~ mt uy n i
as w e l l . While a t t h e monastery students w i 11 be expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e as f u l l y
as p o s s i b l e i n the d i s c i p l i n e o f the monastic community and w i l l spend a p a r t of
each day i n c l a s s ,and p a r t o f the day working i n a g r i c u l u t r r a l and s o c i a l proj e c t s i n the v i l l a g e . Also, conscious a t t e n t i o n w i l l be given t o the b u i l d i n g of
community w i t h i n the group i t s e l f , and t h e s k i 11s i n v o l v e d i n developing community
I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e monastery, some time w i l l be spent in'l4exico C i t y and i n small
group t r a v e l experiences t o o t h e r p a r t s o f F.lexico. Background readings, and
extensive d a i l y j o u r n a l ancl a f i n a l paper w i 11 be required. Several preparatory
meetings w i 11 be h e l d d u r i n g t h e fa1 1 term.
P
-
iV o r Grade
....................
COST:
$400
MIDDLE EAST
POLITICAL SCIEIdCE:
P o l i t i c a l Science I n t e r i m
i n the Fiiddle East
Rod Grubb
St. Olaf
Since 1948 p o l i t i c a l problem between Arabic n a t i o n s and the S t a t e o f I s r a e l have
grown i n c r e a s i n g l y ominous f o r world i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s and the p o t e n t i a1 it y
o f Russi an-Uni t e d States c o n f r o n t a t i o n . This course w i 11 examine t h e p o l it i c a l
problems o f the Middle East. Topics w i 11 i n c l u d e : a b r i e f h i s t o r i c a l review o f
U. S . Pliddle East r e l a t i o n s h i p s ; the p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y o f t h e 1,liddle East; I s r a e l i
p o l it i c a l organi z a t i o n and a t t i t u d e s ; Arab p o l it i c a l o r g a n i z a t i o n and a t t i t u d e s ;
prospects f o r the f u t u r e .
Stops w i 11 be made a t Rome, Cyprus, and s i g n i f i c a n t l o c a t i o n s w i t h i n I s r a e l .
Wisi t s w i 11 be made t o the I s r a e l i assembly and o t h e r p o l i t i c a l and economic
organizations. Lectures w i 11 be heard from I s r a e l i and P a l e s t i n i a n p o l i t i c a l
leaders and from academic a u t h o r i t i e s . Important h i s t o r i c a l and p o l iti c a l
l o c a t i o n s w i l l be v i s i t e d .
******************.A*
COST : $925.00
ASIAN STUDIES:
Paci f i c and Asi an I n t e r c u l t u r a l Studies
H i 11iam Narurn
St. Olaf
This seminar w i 11 study t h e i n t e r c u l t u r a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s e x i s t i n g between P a c i f i c ,
Asi an, and American c u l t u r e s i n Hawai i--especi a1 l y t h e r o l e o f r e 1ig i on, t h e
expressions of the a r t s , and the personal-qocial problem i n t h i s unique m u l t i c u l t u r a l s o c i e t y . Residence a t t h c unl v e r ~t iy o f Hawaii ( ~ o n o l u l u )d u r i n g the
f i r s t two weeks w i l l q i v o Q ~ I0 ~ ~ 0 r t u n i t oy meet students from Asia, and v i s i t
shrines, temples, e t r ~ t i i cr e s i d e n t i a l and commercial areas, a r t and h i s t o r i c a l
museLlllls. Residence a t the Chruch College o f Hawaii ( L a i e ) d u r i n g the l a s t two
weeks w i 11 g i v e o p p o r t u n i t y t o meet P a c i f i c i s l a n d students who work and perform
a t the Polynesian C u l t u r a l Center. Lectures throughout t h e month on c u l t u r a l
backgrounds and contemporary problems. Students w i 11 a l s o work i n task forces on
s p e c i a l c r o s s - c u l t u r a l problems o r concern f o r which they w i 11 w r i t e a paper.
They w i 11 a l s o be asked t o keep a j o u r n a l , and t o take ail examination on t l l e i r
knowledge o f the P a c i f i c and Asian c u l t u r e s .
....................
COST:
$775.00
CAFJADA
FRENCH: French i n Canada (Quebzc)
Unaccompanied
Students w i l l e n r o l 1 i n the January I n t e r i m Study Term a t Lava1 U n i v e r s i t y ,
a newly created campus o f the 01dest French-speaking u n i v e r s i t y i n t h i s hemi sphere.
Classes increase students' p r o f i c i e n c y i n o r a l and m!ritten Frencli s k i 11s , s t r e s s i n g small groups and modern audi o-vi sual methods. L i t e r a t u r e and c i v i I i z a t i on o f
French Canada a r e a l s o studied. V i s i t s t o theaters, museums, s o c i a l and s p o r t s
events included. Possi b i 1it y of s k i i n g i n the Laurentian Liountains. Designed f o r
a l l students wishing t o study French i n French surroundings. Students l i v e i n
French-speaki ng faliii l y homes.
****************.,k***
COST : $450- $500
1975 JOINT AMERICAN LUTHERAN CHURCH INTERIM
The f o l l o w i n g i n t e r i m s a r e under t h e c o - o r d i n a t i o n of t h e American L u t h e r a n
Church, D i v i s i o n f o r L i f e and M i s s i o n i n t h e C o n g r e g a t i o n (Rev. J o e Bash.)
Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l i n any of t h e ALC J o i n t I n t e r i m s . I f , however,
t h e i n t e r i m i s o f f e r e d by a c o l l e g e o t h e r t h a n Augsburg, t h e s t u d e n t must
a p p l y f o r exchange t o t h e s p o n s o r i n g c o l l e g e .
S t u d e n t s w i t h q u e s t i o n s a b o u t ALC i n t e r i m c o u r s e exchange may check w i t h D r .
Mark D a v i s . S t u d e n t s w i t h q u e s t i o n s a b o u t ALC J o i n t I n t e r i m b o a r d and
h o u s i n g may check w i t h M s . Rachel Rohde, J o i n t I n t e r i m C h a i r p e r s o n , Augsburg
College, Minneapolis.
Minneapolis S i t e :
"An I n t e r n a t i o n a l Landscaping of t h e F u t u r e
"Voices of t h e T h i r d World," a l e a r n i n g s t a t i o n b e i n g p r e p a r e d t h r o u g h t h e
ALC D i v i s i o n f o r World M i s s i o n and I n t e r - c h u r c h R e l a t i o n s o u t of Twin C i t i e s
r e s o u r c e s . No c o u r s e , b u t s e m i n a r s and i n t e r n a t i o n a l m e e t i n g s b e i n g a r r a n g e d .
"World O r d e r and R e l i g i o n , " a c l a s s s p o n s o r e d by Augsburg, l e d by Eugene
S k i b b e . R e l i g i o n s have b e e n a way i n which p e o p l e have o r d e r e d t h e i r w o r l d .
What c a n r e l i g i o n c o n t r i b u t e i n t h e p r e s e n t t o w o r l d o r d e r ? Reading, seminars, simulations, e t c .
"The C h r i s t i a n Quest f o r P e a c e , " a c l a s s l e d by John Schramn, s p o n s o r e d by
P a c i f i c L u t h e r a n . Seminars and working s i t u a t i o n s s e a r c h i n g f o r a peacemaking s t y l e . Leader h a s been a c t i v e i n peace-making e f f o r t s f o r y e a r s i n
Washington,D.C.
"Iconography and I c o n P a i n t i n g , " a c l a s s s p o n s o r e d by Augsburg, l e d by P h i l
Thompson. Concept of image w i t h i n t h e e a r l y C h r i s t i a n c h u r c h and i t s f u n c t i o n
i n E a s t European o r t h o d o x y . Each s t u d e n t p a i n t s a n i c o n . No e x p e r i e n c e
necessary.
St. Paul S i t e :
"The Church and Change i n C a p i t o l C i t y , " a c l a s s s p o n s o r e d by Augsburg, l e d
by Tom Meeks w i t h t h r e e i n n e r c i t y c h u r c h e s . Seminars and a c t i v i t y i n i n n e r
c i t y and i n t h e s t a t e l e g i s l a t i v e s e s s i o n s . How d o e s t h e c h u r c h cope w i t h
change?
Omaha S i t e :
"The F u t u r e i n Focus"
S u r v i v i n ~t h e F u t s :
II
S t r a t e g i e s f o r I n d i v i d u a l s , " l e d by
"Futures for the American Countryside," sponsored by Augustana, led by Ed
Schlachtenhaufen. The future comes into focus for those who choose to
cast their lot with people of the countryside. Seminars, direct encounters
with creative efforts, focus on change and on who controls. A class.
Wilderness Canoe Base Site:
"Camping and Religious Resources: Arts of Camp Counseling in a Wilderness
Setting," sponsored by Luther, led by Richard Hansen h ~ tinterdisciplinary.
The class learn self-sustenance, camping, wilderness ecology, winter recreation, resources of religious training and counseling. Cost, this class
only: $125.
NOTICE TO ALL RESIDENT STUDENTS
A
INTERIM HOUSING POLICIES
4
Procedures f o r O b t a i n i n g Board Refunds f o r S t u d e n t s S t u d y i n n Off-Campus D u r i n q I n t e r i m
To o b t a i n b o a r d r e f u n d s , b r i n g s t a t e m e n t t h a t you w i l l be off-campus d u r i n g
t h e I n t e r i m . The form f o r t h e s t a t e m e n t may be p i c k e d up i n t h e l n t e r i m D i r e c t o r ' s O f f i c e ( 0 1 d Main 128)
t
I
IYI
'I
.
I
Meal Cards o r f o o d coupons a r e n o n - r e f u n d a b l e f o r t h e l n t e r i m p e r i o d .
The i n t e r i m room payment i s n o n - r e f u n d a b l e .
t h e procedures d e s c r i b e d below:
I f you w i s h t o sublease your room, r e a d
Procedures f o r Sublease o f Rooms D u r i n q l n t e r i m
1.
S t u d e n t s who d e s i r e t o s u b l e a s e t h e i r rooms d u r i n g i n t e r i m s h o u l d i n d i c a t e
t h e i r i n t e r e s t i n t h e Center f o r S t u d e n t Development, Memorial H a l l . As
i t w i l l be i m p o s s i b l e t o "match roommates" c a r e f u l l y , you s h o u l d make s u r e
y o u r roommate i s aware o f your p l a n s . G e t t i n g t o know a new i n d i v i d u a l
d u r i n g January may add t o t h e e x c i t e m e n t o f I n t e r i m .
2.
The s t u d e n t who i s s u b l e a s i n g your room w i l l pay t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s O f f i c e t h e
m o n t h l y r a t e o f your room ( w h i c h i s $64 o r $59 depending upon your r e s i d e n c e
h a l l and b o a r d p l a n ) . From t h i s amount $10 w i l l be deducted t o c o v e r admini s t r a t i v e costs;
t h e r e s t w i l l be c r e d i t e d t o your a c c o u n t .
3.
Rooms may be subleased o n l y t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s o r s t u d e n t s f r o m o t h e r
c o l l e g e s s t u d y i n g a t Augsburg d u r i n g I n t e r i m . Room assignments w i l l be
made i n t h e Center f o r S t u d e n t Development.
4.
Vacant o r open rooms w i l l be a s s i g n e d b e f o r e rooms a r e subleased.
f o r a s s i g n i n g l n t e r i m h o u s i n g w i l l be as f o l l o w s :
a. Augsburg s t u d e n t s who want t o s i g n c o n t r a c t s f o r t h e
r e s t o f the year.
b . S t u d e n t s from o t h e r c o l l e g e s who a r e t a k i n g l n t e r i m
c l a s s e s a t Augsburg.
c . Augsburg commuter s t u d e n t s who want t o l i v e on campus
for lnterim only.
5.
A p e n a l t y f o r n o t f o l l o w i n g the e s t a b l i s h e d procedures f o r subleasing w i l l
be assessed a g a i n s t t h e p e r s o n who has c o n t r a c t e d f o r t h e room d u r i n g t h e
school y e a r . The p e n a l t y i s equal t o t h e l n t e r i m room r a t e . Such a p e n a l t y
w i l l n o t i n c r e a s e need i n r e l a t i o n t o f i n a n c i a l a i d .
Priorities
THE ABOVE PROCEDURES WERE ESTABLISHED BY MEMBERS OF THE PETITION COMMITTEE, W H I C H
I S A STAND l NG COMMITTEE DULY AUTHOR l ZED BY THE PRES l DENT TO DEAL W ITH ALL CONTRACTUAL MATTERS BETWEEN THE COLLEGE AND STUDENTS.
Note:
l n t e r i m and
l n t e r i m t u i t i o n i s n o n - r e f u n d a b l e even i f you a r e t r a n s f e r r i n g .
F a l l Semester a r e c o n s i d e r e d a package o f f i v e c o u r s e s . The p o l i c y i s
s i m i l a r t o t h e p o l i c y a t t h e o t h e r C o n s o r t i u m C o l l e g e s and S t . O l a f C o l l e g e .
I f f o r some reason you c a n n o t t a k e I n t e r i m , you may make up t h i s c r e d i t
t h r o u g h independent s t u d y o r a June I n t e r i m .
Please see Mark D a v i s , Memorial
H a l l , f o r more i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t independent s t u d y o r June I n t e r i m s .
I
'
Show less
-
-
Title
-
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1975-1976
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
augsburg college
minneapolis, minnesota
This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which
might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct
at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change wit...
Show more
augsburg college
minneapolis, minnesota
This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which
might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct
at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change without
notice.
Table of contents
PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE
PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP
PAGE 11, ACADEMIC LlFE
PAGE 16, STUDENT LlFE
PAGE 19, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
PAGE 21, FINANCIAL AID
PAGE 22, EXPENSES
PAGE 25, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 29, GENERAL INFORMATION
PAGE 30, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS
PAGE 86, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 87, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES
PAGE 94, PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 96, INDEX
Glossary of Terms
This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have about
Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College.
Certain terms used in thiscatalog may be unfamiliarto you. We hope the following brief definitions
will be helpful.
ACADEMIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize
school and college.
COURSE,, . . , , , . . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or interim such as "Community
Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each
semester at Augsburg and one is studied during thl? interim in January.
.
MAJOR . , . . . . . . . . . . .. . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 18
departments.
MINOR.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major
ELECTIVE..
. . .. . . . . . . . . A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student
from any college department as his or her interests dictate.
FEE.. . , . , . . . . . , , . . . . . . . Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory
equipment or locker rental.
LOAN..
. . , , . .. . . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See
"Financial Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP.. . . . . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of
special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and
length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial
need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria are
used for Grants-In-Aid.
SEMESTER..
.. . . , .. . . . .The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks in
length and the interim is 4 weeks.
PREREQUISITE..
. .. . . ., A course which a student is required to complete before another one
may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or
another department.
There are few colleges that combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center
with the smallness and intimacy of the rural
setting. Augsburg is one of these few, very
special colleges that can offer you both.
The small college atmosphere enables you to
be a participant or a spectator at avariety of
events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts,
films, and lectures are regularly available to
you on campus. Through the intercollegiate or
intramural athletic programs you may choose
participation in athletics.
Religious activities are avital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been
established by the Student Government for the
purpose of overseeing, stimulating and perpetuating religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal is not selfserving nor self-sustaining, but is that of
furthering the ministry of Christ on the
Augsburg campus.
.
You, the student, are an individual at
Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude
for you to design much of your own education.
At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental
as well as the individual are central. The College follows the calendar known as the
"4-1 -4,"
In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole
range of human knowledge. The liberal arts
education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of
fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You
may choose from 35 majors for hundreds of
career possibilities.
Augsburg is in the center of the Twin Cities of
Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan
setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and
activities are available to enrich your education. You may choose an evening at the
Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or
at any of the many galleries or coffee houses.
You might spend an afternoon touring the
newly renovated Minneapolis Institute of Arts.
You may choose a concert by the Minnesota
Orchestra or one by the many professional
touring groups that appear in the Twin Cities.
There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports
are also available-the Twins, the Vikings,
the North Stars, the Fighting Saints, and the
Buckskins.
Thus, Augsburg is a distinctive combination: a
strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body, and a
remarkable location.
The College
Identification
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college
affiliated with the American Lutheran Church
(ALC). Founded more than 100 years ago,
Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1969
and is in its second century of Christian higher
education.
may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis - St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient, Eastern,
Braniff, North Central, Ozark and Allegheny.
Bus or train connections can be made from all
areas of the United States.
The current student body of over 1500 is
largely of Lutheran background though many
denominations are represented on campus.
About 50% are resident students, while others
commute daily from the greater metropolitan
area.
The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east
of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94
which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section
of this catalog.)
Location
History
Your education wil.1benefit from Augsburg's
location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art
Center, and many other galleries.
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by
Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis
replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's
home in 1872. The first college students were
enrolled in 1874 and the first college graduation was held in 1879.
The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types.
The Twin Cities also appear regularly on the
itineraries of major performing artists.
A variety of dramatic and musical presentations are provided by several theaters in
the area such as the nationally known Guthrie
Theater, Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log
Theater, the St. Paul Opera, and Chimera
Theater.
Recreational activities abound. You can play
tennis at parks near the campus or swim in
one of the many area lakes. In the winter you
The school was officially named Augsburg
College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the
Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary
joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St.
Paul that same year.
Nature and Objectives
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of
the American Lutheran Church. It is committed to an open, honest, competent inquiry into
the sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of the Christian faith.
Augsburg emphasizes the following primary
objectives:
To expose students to a wide variety of
ideas and disciplines, while assisting them
to become proficient in one area or major
to help students understand the Christian
faith in relation to the contemporary world
to develop students' love of learning and
their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity
and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence
to increase students' understanding of the
urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities of the modern city
to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them in discovering the occupational opportunities
which exist for them
to assist students in their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage
them to develop attitudes and qualities of
character compatible with the Christian
faith.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in a
number of associations that set standards by
which excellence is judged. Among the associations that recognize Augsburg are:
North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools.
The National Council for the Accreditation
of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
The Campus
Augsburg's compact campus is located in the
heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of the 155 parks in the "City of
Lakes." The College currently has 15 major
buildings with a number of cottage housing
units that are very popular with the students.
The University of Minnesota and two of the
city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St.
Mary's, are adjacent t o the campus.
Visiting the Campus
T h e purpose of the campus visit is t o permit
students to learn, first-hand, about the College
program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity t o exchange information
vital in the process of selecting a college and
in making admissions decisions. A campus
tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not
mandatory.
Students who wish t o arrange for a tour and an
interview are asked t o write for an appointment or call the office (332-5181). Preferred
times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m.
weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to
meet with a member of the faculty and t o attend classes, Monday through Friday, when
school is in session.
School, church, and other groups are
welcome t o visit the College. Arrangements
may be made by writing the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
</
*
',
-
+..'
\ -
\--+-'
- r
,
. :-
I
\
.
.
,
.. , '. \ -
-
. .
.
, - I
'
.,
.*
J'
. . . , d.
4. Science Hall
5. Old Main
6. Mortensen Tower
7 . Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. The Quadrangle
10 Memorial Hall
1 1 Art Studio and Art Annex
12. Music Hall
13 SI Melby Hall
14. Augsburg College Ice Arena
15. Little Theatre (Speech and Drama)
16. East Hall
17. Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center
- Olivet Hall (not shown; located south
of the campus on Franklin Avenue)
A. Faculty-Staff Park~ng
B. Student Parking
..2
-f
Offices
?-.I
Adm~ssions(628 21st Ave. S )
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
Audio-V~sual(Memorial ground floor)
Augsburgian (College Center ground floor)
Auxiliary Programs (Science 156)
Bookstore (College Center 1st floor)
Business Affairs (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor)
Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor)
College Relations (Memorial 2nd floor)
C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor)
Data Processing (Sc~ence32)
Dean of the College (Science 135)
Development Office (Memor~al2nd floor)
ECHO (College Center ground floor)
d.
-
<
Financial Services (Science 156)
Housing (Science 156)
Little Theater (Speech Building)
MUSIP (Memorial 1st floor)
News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor)
Nursing Director (Memorial 1st floor)
Personnel Office (Science 135)
Plant Services (Science 156)
President's Office (Memorial 1st floor)
Printing and Mailing (Science 9)
Publications (NOW series) (Memorial 2nd floor)
Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Registrar (Science 135)
S.O,S. (College Center Office)
Special Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Student Government (College Center Office)
Student Programs (College Center Office)
Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor)
Summer School Office (Memorial 1 1 1)
Treasurer's Office (Science 147)
DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east
from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21st
Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.)
If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the
Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at
21st Avenue South.
Academic Life
Augsburg is a modern, well-equipped college
which aims to provide its students with a
broad liberal arts education as well as prepare
them for a career. A strong academic program
in the arts and sciences and in theology is
available. Pre-professional preparation for
such fields as engineering, medicine, law and
the Christian ministry is offered. The College
prepares students for graduate study in
several disciplines. Preparation for careers in
business, communications, medical technology, music, occupational therapy, social work,
and teaching is available.
Augsburg aims to assist its students through
their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip
them to serve according to the interests and
abilities of each person.
opportunities for those interested in communications. No matter what your interest, the
interim will afford the opportunity to experience and experiment while learning.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able and dedicated faculty
who take a personal interest in their students.
The student-faculty ratio is approximately 17.8
to 1, with class size averaging 25 or less.
Augsburg faculty members serve as academic
advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They know students by
their first name and often join students in discussing the political climate, reactions to the
latest visiting speaker, or talking over the
latest Viking victory while having coffee.
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15week semesters are separated by a 4-week interim in January. During each semester the
student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim there is concentration on one
subject.
The interim period is an especially exciting
time. The whole world becomes an arena of
learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged in
this break in the general academic schedule.
Interest in music may take form in the study
and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and
participation in activities of a social agency.
Newspapers and advertising agencies provide
General Education Requirements
Distribution requirements for graduation are
minimal, affording the student considerable
freedom in the choice of courses. A student
seeking a liberal arts education would choose
many of them even if they were not required.
In the humanities division, students select
courses in literature, philosophy, art, music,
speech, drama, and religion. Science courses
may be chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, or psychology. Courses in
economics, history, political science, sociology, and foreign languages or literature are
available. Proficiency in English must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of
courses containing an emphasis on
metropolitan concerns is required as well as
physical education activities. (For details, see
"Academic Administration" section.)
Majors
Augsburg offers the following majors:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
East Asian Studies
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing (tentative, Fall, 1975)
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
Social Science
Social Work
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
Other majors are available through the Five
College Cooperative student exchange program. The Office of the Registrar should be
consulted for further information.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who plan to enter the fields of law,
medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and
engineering, can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg. It is suggested that re- '
quirements for admission to graduate schools
or seminaries be reviewed and then the course
of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in
the natural and social sciences, in the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will
provide the necessary preparation for future
professional study.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and
institutes in the Twin Cities areaon several
programs.
FIVE COLLEGE COOPERATIVE PROGRAM.
Students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine
and St. Thomas may elect a course each
semester at another campus. No additional fee
is required for such an exchange, except for
private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to
do this to gain new perspectives, to get better
acquainted with the other schools, or because
a specific course is not offered on the home
campus. Because these colleges have coordinated calendars, the interim term may also be
taken on another campus. A regularly
scheduled bus shuttles students free between
the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other
colleges in planning study opportunities for
the January interim. For example, Augsburg
and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign
study opportunities for the interim. Since the
interim program is new each year, the Interim
Director should be consulted regarding
planned programs.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM.
This group is composed of 12 colleges and
universities in Minnesota, Iowa, and South
Dakota. Planned activities include innovative
curricular programs for students, interchange
and sharing of academic personnel and other
college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a
metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs
and resources of the community organizations
of the Upper Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A
cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Metropolitan Community College in
downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency
specialty. The program is designed to train
specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems.
Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and
the Metropolitan campuses.
CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES
(CHR). These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates,
mental hospital patients, guards, and students
at rehabilitation centers. All take coursesfor
credit from Augsburg. Classes are held at
such places as the Shakopee Institution for
Women, Stillwater State Prison and Trevilla of
Robbinsdale (a halfway house rehabilitation
center). One purpose of the classes, which are
offered by several departments, is to get a
first-hand view of the prisons and hospitals,
and to personalize the study by actually interacting with inmates and their problems. The
response of students involved in the courses,
both from Augsburg and the institutions, has
been extremely favorable.
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and
Control Data Institute have an arrangement
whereby students may transfer the equivalent
of three courses in computer programming
taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
AFFILIATION WITH LUTHERAN DEACONESS
HOSPITAL. Student nurses in the School of
Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital in
Minneapolis receive instruction in biology,
chemistry, English, psychology, and sociology
at Augsburg. Application for admission to the
School of Nursing should be made directly to
the hospital.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with
Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals,
Augsburg offers work which enables qualified
students to receive a college degree with a
major in Medical Technology. The first three
years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and
a final twelve-month program is completed at
one of the three hospitals when the student is
accepted by the participating hospital for its
program. Augsburg College does not
guarantee acceptance by the hospitals.
ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science in St. Louis, Missouri enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree
from Augsburg College and an engineering
baccalaureate degree from Washington
University in a five-year program. The first
three years are spent at Augsburg and the last
two years at Washington University.
Each year the Conservation of Human
Resources office at Augsburg holds tuitionraising benefits to help pay for inmates'
matriculation in these co-learning courses.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation
with the Veterans administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a
major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg's summer
school calendar is coordinated with that of
Concordia College in St. Paul. Students who
enroll may select courses on either campus.
Two sessions are offered each summer.
Admission to the curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Director of
Physical Education. Application should be
made during the spring semester of the
sophomore year. Candidates are required to
have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point
average over-all. All candidates should, as
soon as possible, consult with the Director of
Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
There are several types of international experience available to Augsburg students.
Some of them are briefly described below. For
application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from the Director of
lnternational Programs.
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the
SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the
University of Minnesota and several colleges
in the state. Each year three or four countries
are selected, and qualified students are
granted partial scholarships to enable them to
spend a summer in informal study in one of the
countries chosen. Applications to the program
are made in the spring of the freshman or
sophomore year. The SPAN program consists
of three stages: language study and group
meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of
one's choice during the following summer,
and the writing of a paper upon return.
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD.
Arrangements have been made under which
Augsburg students may spend their
sophomore or junior year in study at a number
of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are The University of Oslo, Norway;
Schiller College in London and Heidelberg;
Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de
Allende in Mexico; the Institute for American
Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon
in France; The Goethe Institute in Germany;
The University of Hamburg, Germany; the
University of Seville, Spain; and the University
of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the
Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in
the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term and
through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Colombia, Denmark, England,
France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala,
India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain,
Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of
study must be approved before departure by
the Director of International Programs, one's
faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned
through foreign study may be applied to the
student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or to
satisfy some of the general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide
variety of possibilities for those who wish to
spend a summer studying abroad. Recently
Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs.
INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is
planned for each year. See listings under the
Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure
on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the
following January.
Honors Program
Some special accelerated course sections are
available to freshman students with outstanding high school records. For superior students
of all class years, interdisciplinary honors
seminars are offered each term.
Several departments of the College offer programs through which the student can earn
honors in the major. The opportunity to do independent study in fields of interest is available throughout the College.
For students who apply for and receive special
status as Honors Scholars, general education
requirements are modified as necessary to
meet the student's needs and interests. Addi-
tional information on the honors program is
available upon request from the Honors Program Director at Augsburg.
available with avariety of companies, agencies and community organizations.
Degrees
The Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program
(MUSIP) is Augsburg's college-wide program.
It provides students in all fields of study with
the opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic
program or personal interests. Internships are
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, and Social Work. Majors in Music
may select the program for either the Bachelor
of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree.
Your experiences in the classroom are major
influences in your college life. They need supplementing, however, by other activities and
opportunities. Whether as a resident student
or commuter, you'll find that the climate for
learning and living at Augsburg adds dimension to your education.
Social and Cultural
Throughout the year, avariety of social and
cultural activities takes place on campus as
well as in theTwin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, big name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various
fields.
The College Center is the focus of leisure-time
activity on campus. Offices for the College
newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level.
Many of the clubs that unite classroom or nonclassroom related interests meet in the Center.
ation. An intramural program provides competition in avariety of team sports as well as
individual performance activities. Climaxing
the intramural program is the Extramural Meet,
a tournament for intramural winners at various
colleges.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC). The
College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross country,
basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track,
tennis, and golf. Augsburg is also a member of
the Minnesota Women's Intercollegiate
Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women
(AIAW). The women annually compete in
volleyball, gymnastics, basketball, badminton,
golf and tennis.
Religious Life.
There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to campus and local performances, the Augsburg
Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour
regularly. The String Ensemble, the Choral
Club, the Jazz Ensemble, and several studentorganized groups such as the Cabaret Singers
also perform on and off campus. Several plays
are given on campus each year under the
direction of the theater arts department.
An important part of daily life at Augsburg is
religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by a student and composed of
students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life,
and the stimulation of faith through discussion
and service. Chapel services are held four
times a week and are both experimental and
traditional in character. Students, faculty and
staff attend voluntarily.
Recreation
Student Sewices
Every student is urged to participate in some
activity for his or her own recreation and relax-
The staff of the Center for Student Development is available for personal, career, and
academic counseling and consultation on
questions of academic procedure, financial
problems, student activities, and residence
halls.
The Center for Student Development also provides avariety of programs focusing around
the themes of interpersonal identity, careerlifestyle planning, and utilizing the educational environment.
Reading and study skills assistance and tutoring are provided by the Center for Student
Development staff.
All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as
academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on
the basis of academic interests and students
are encouraged to establish close working
relationships with their adviser. The faculty
takes both a scholastic and personal interest
in students. Secondary Education students
may desire a second adviser: one in the major
and one in the area of education.
New Dimensions Program
The New Dimensions Program is for adults
who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and
planning, a simplified time-saving registration
procedure, on-the-job experience prior to
graduation, and, for those who desire it, a
special course to ease the transition to
academic life.
The transitional course, "The Adult Student:
Issues and Challenges," is offered several
times a year. It includes self-assessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study
skills, career exploration, and discussion of
personal and family problems arising from the
return to school. The course enables returning
adults to get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations.
For further information, contact the New
Dimensions Office at Augsburg.
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program
is designed to promote student growth
through relationships with other students and
being an active participant in group decision
making. Each residence unit has one or more
Resident Assistants who are able to facilitate
the process of group living as well as discuss
personal concerns with individual students.
Most new freshmen and many upperclassmen
live in Urness Tower. This eleven-story highrise houses 324. Each floor is considered a
house unit providing 36 students, two to a
room, with their own lounge, study, and utility
areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall,
is an alternative to traditional residence hall
living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass
students.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about
60 upperclass men and women. Memorial's
special advantage is that it is large enough to
meet new people, but small enough to retain a
friendly, close atmosphere.
Another alternative option is Annex Housing
which provides a unique opportunity to try
group living. Groups of upperclass men or
women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the
greater campus area.
Married student housing is available in annex
housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall.
All freshmen and sophomores not living at
home are required to live in college-operated
housing.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned,
and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses,
rooms are furnished except for bed linen,
towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry
facilities are available in each residence. An
optional rental linen service is available to students in residence halls and annex housing
units.
Students engage a room at the beginning of
the fall term for the entire school year. New
students receive room assignments during the
summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must
sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to
make the tuition deposit by June30 in order to
secure housing. Students who deposit after
June 30 will be provided housing only if space
is available.
All students living on campus are required to
pay a $25 breakage and fine deposit when they
sign the housing contract. The fee is refunded
upon graduation, transfer to another institu-
tion, or discontinuing the educational program
at Augsburg if the condition of the room and
furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned.
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor of the
College Center, is the main food service facility. This pleasant room features small table
units for easy conversation and overlooks the
College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The
portions are generous and modestly priced.
Students on board plan living in residence
halls eat their meals in the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of
the Center, features short orders and is open
through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides avariety of board plan options for those living in College houses or
nearby apartments.
Admission to the College
Applying for admission to Augsburg College
is a simple procedure. Each application is
reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school
performance, promise of success in college as
shown by college entrance examination
scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations.
didates sit for the examination as early as
possible during the senior year. Your high
school counselor can tell you when these tests
are scheduled in your area.
4. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition
deposit is required by April 1 after acceptance
has been made and/or financial aid (if applied
for) has been awarded.
It is the policy of Augsburg College to afford to
all persons equal opportunity to benefit from
its educational programs, student personnel
services, financial aid, housing, student
employment and other services without regard
to race, color, religion, sex or ethnic background.
5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical history form,
which will be sent by the College.
Avisit to the campus is highly recommended:
admissions counselors are available to help
you, answer your questions, and arrange for
you to see the campus.
6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus, and matriculation
information will be mailed to the student during the summer.
The Application Process
Transfer
1. Secure from the Admissions Office, and
complete, an official application for admission.
Students are accepted by transfer from other
colleges and universitieson the basis of their
academic record, test results, and recommendations. College credit is granted for liberal
arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the
right not to grant credit for courses where it
considers the work unsatisfactory, and to
grant provisional credit for work taken at
unaccredited institutions. The grade average
for graduation is based on work taken at
Augsburg, but to determine graduation with
distinction, all grades are averaged. Transfer
students with the A.A. degree are considered
as having met all general education require-
2. Hand the completed application to your
high school counselor, along with the $10.00
application fee, and ask that these be sent
with your official high school transcript
through the last complete semester to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404
3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or
PSAT. The College recommends that can-
ments at Augsburg except for two courses in
religious studies.
The Transfer Process
1. Secure from the Admissions Office, and
complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions
Office with a $10.00 application fee.
2. Request official transcripts from all colleges
or universities attended to be sent directly to
the:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404
3. Two personal recommendations will be requested. Upon receiving these forms, give
them to two persons to fill out and return
directly to the Admissions Office in the
postage paid envelopes which are provided.
4. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition
deposit is requested within one month after
acceptance has been made and/or financial
aid (if applied for) has been awarded.
5. After a deposit has been made, the student
must complete a medical history form, which
will be sent by the College.
6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation
information will be mailed during the summer.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision
candidate must apply by November 15 of the
senior year and will receive the admission
decision about December 1. After notification
of admission and adequate financial aid, if
needed, has been provided, the student must
agree to withdraw applications made to other
colleges. The admissions decision is based
upon the academic record through the junior
year, test scores, and recommendations. A
$50.00 tuition deposit which is non-refundable
is required by January 1.
Early Admission
An Early Admission Program is offered for a
few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, astudent must have a high academic
record and test scores, recommendation from
the high school, and the maturity to cope with
acollege course after his junior year in high
school. Also, it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high
school diploma during the summer or during
the first year of college. A student applying for
Early Admission can take the Scholastic AptitudeTest in January or March of his junior
year.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement is granted to students
who qualify, o n the basis of work taken in high
school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses
beyond the beginning level. Placement may be
determined by tests, or by the level and length
of the study previously completed.
Advanced Standing
College credit is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high
on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
Augsburg will also award credit on the basis
of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests
for detailed information may be addressed to
the Registrar at Augsburg.
About 70% of all Augsburg students receive
financial assistance from the college in the
form of scholarships, grants, loans, campus
employment, or a combination of these. Assistance is awarded on the basis of financial
need and academic record. Application for aid
is made by completing the Family Financial
Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers
the FFS, students may instead submit the
Parents Confidential Statement (PCS) of the
College Scholarship Service to be considered
for financial aid. Upperclass students must
also complete the Augsburg Application for
Financial Aid.
For the academic year 1973-74, approximately
1100 of the 1550 students at Augsburg
received scholarships or grants totaling
$915,000 from Augsburg and all other sources,
and federal loans totaling $480,000.
Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State
Scholarship and Grant Program for which all
Minnesota residents are expected to apply,
and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic
Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student
Loan (formerly National Defense Student
Loan), College Work-Study, and Federally Insured Student Loan. Both on-campus and offcampus work opportunities are also available.
Applications for financial aid received by April
1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial
Services at Augsburg College.
The costs expressed herein are subject to
change without notice.
TUITION - $2,349
This full-time rate applies to new freshmen,
transfer or returning students (not on a prior
year guarantee plan) entering the academic
year beginning in September, 1975. Students
time when they take three
are 'Onsidered
or more courses during the semester terms.
Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student must
register for the semester periods. Such
registration is payable in this manner:
Tuition and Fees for the 4-1 (or 1-4) is $1,305.
Tuition for the remaining semester is $1,044.
If the student elects to omit an interim, a refund is not authorized.
A part-time rate of $310 a course is charged
the student taking less than three courses in a
semester or registering for an interim course
only.
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. For part-time students, the charge for
auditing is $155 a course.
SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE
Application fee, $10.00 is required from all new
students.
Graduation fee is $15.00.
Registration fee for students studying abroad
on approved non-Augsburg programs is
$25.00.
Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology
program at one of the hospitals must register
at Augsburg. The charge will be $190.
Fee for change in registration after the first
three days of classes is $2.00 for each course
cancelled or added. Late registration fee after
classes begin is $5.00 per day,
SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE
Cinema Arts, $15
Computer Science, $30 per course
Film Making Course (Laboratory fee), $50.00
Student Teaching, $35.
Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser.
Music lessons in addition to tuition are $98 a
semester (14 lessons), or $7.00 per lesson during the interim..
Practice Studio rental for each semester for
one hour a day: organ, $20.00 ($5.00 an interim); piano or voice, $8.00 ($2.00 an interim),
Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $10 a
semester.
OTHER COSTS
Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy,
$1 .oo.
Locker rental for commuter students: $2.00 or
$3.00.
Arrangements for special examinations are
made in the Registrar's Office, with charges
according to the schedule on file.
Books and supplies are available from the
Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis.
BOARD AND ROOM
Full Board and Room - $1,251
Partial Board and Room - $1,170
Meal Coupons and Room (Limited
Residences) - $819
5 Day Lunch Plan - $252
In the event of excessive increases in the cost
of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year.
A full board plan provides 21 meals per week.
The partial board plan provides 14 meals per
week in acombination of breakfasts and dinner or noon lunch and dinners.
The meal coupons are restricted to apartment
style residences named by the College in the
"Housing and Food Services contract."
A lunch contract is available to nbn-resident
students and provides five noon lunches per
week.
Linen service is available in residence halls on
a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company at about $50 per year.
1975-76 Cost Summary
Board and Room - $1,251
Breakage Deposit - $25.00
(Refunded on termination of studies at
Augsburg)
Deposits
TUITION DEPOSIT- New students, $50.00
(not refundable). Required of students whose
application for admission has been accepted;
to be paid by April 1,1975 (payment is due
January 1 under Early Decision Program). The
payment is applied to the tuition charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT- All resident students, $25.00 (not refundable). Required at the time of signing acontract, to
reserve a housing assignment for the term
beginning September, and applied to the room
charge.
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT- All students at registration, $25.00. Refundable upon
graduation, transfer to another institution, or
discontinuing education program at
Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement of estimated charges for the year
will be prepared and forwarded to the student
early in August. Payment of the five-month billing period is due August 20, and the second
semester is due January 20. Variation from this
schedule must be arranged with the Business
Office prior to August 20. No student is permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full.
Refunds
Application Fee - $10.00
Tuition - $2,349
(Tuition deposit of $50.00 paid on acceptance
to Augsburg and applied to the tuition
charges.)
If a student decides to cancel his registration,
refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed according to the following schedule:
100% through the first Friday of classes.
80% during the balance of first week of
classes.
70% during the second week of classes.
60% during the third week of classes.
No allowance is given after the fifth week. If a
student is forced to cancel his registration
because of accident or illness during the first
five weeks of the term, the charge is reduced
by 50%.
50% during the fourth week of classes.
Students required to enter military service will
receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate refund on room charges.
40% during the fifth week of classes.
In all cases, board refunds are made on a proportionate basis.
Academic Administration
Students who enroll at Augsburg College are
encouraged to plan their own course of study
with the help of faculty advisers who are
readily available for consultation and
guidance. A well-planned program of liberal
arts studies will include courses in the
humanities, the natural sciences, and the
social sciences.
Augsburg graduates are expected to be able
to write effectively; they are also expected to
be knowledgeable about urban concerns and
have some understanding of cultures outside
the United States.
The general physical activities courses at
Augsburg are designed to equip students for
lifetime sports and recreational activities.
Courses in reliaion are intended to assist students in their reflection on the meaning of the
Christian Church through the study of its
beliefs, it scripture, and its mission.
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, and Social Work. Majors in Music
may select the program for either the Bachelor
of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree.
MINIMUM GRADUATION
REQUIREMENTS
INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be
upper division (numbered in the 300's and
400's) and not more than 13 in one department. A maximum of 3 C.H.R. courses, 2
courses by independent study, 4 courses of
internship and 8 courses with a grade of P
may apply toward the 35 total courses required.
2. Completion of a major. Requirements for
each major are listed under departmental
headings.
3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses
taken and in courses which apply toward
the major.
4. The last year of study at Augsburg College.
5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number of interim courses is one
less than the number of years at Augsburg.
6. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows (one course may
meet one requirement only):
a. A course in writing (English Ill) or demonstrated proficiency in writing.
b. A course from at least two of the following four groupings: N o r music;
literature (from the Department of
English); philosophy; speech or drama.
c. A course from at least two of the following departments: biology, chemistry,
mathematics, physiesrpsychology.
d. A course from one or two of the following departments: economics, h i 6 ,
political science, s o c i o d a n d one or
two courses from the Department of
Foreign Languages to make a total of
three courses in these five departments.
e. Three courses in religious studies of
which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the
number required is one for each year of
study (or equivalent) at Augsburg.
f. A course relating to urban concerns.
g. Three recreational activities or demonstrated proficiency in three lifetime
sports. Students with proficiency in one
or two sports may meet this requirement
with one semester of activities.
Divisional Organization
The college courses are organized into four
divisions in order to make interdepartmental
coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for
each division is appointed for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in
the departmental statements in the course listing section.
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Chairman: Earl R. Alton
Department of
Department of
Department of
Department of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairman: Norma C. Noonan
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology and Social Work
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Chairman: Einar 0. Johnson
Department of Education: Elementary
Education, Geography, Library Science,
Secondary Education
Department of Physical Education and Health
Education
Department of Music
HUMANITIES
Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck
Department of Art
Department of English
Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese,
French, German, Greek, Japanese,
Linguistics, Russian, Scandinavian
Area Studies, Spanish
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
Department of Speech, Communications, and
Theater Arts
Registration
A student must be registered for a course in
order to receive credit for it.
A normal load is four courses per semester
and one course in the interim. Students
registered for.three or four courses in a
semester are classified as full-time students.
Although a student may register up to two
weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to do so at the regularly scheduled
time. A fee is charged for late registration. A
fee is also charged for changing registration,
i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first
three days of the semester.
Students are urged not to abandon courses for
which they are registered. Abandoned courses
result in afailing grade. Cancellation of
courses or cancellation from College must be
done in the Registrar's Office.
Students who have completed at least seven
courses with a 2.0 average are classified as
sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors,
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his achievement is
unsatisfactory.
below 1.6 or 2 zero grades
having taken 6 or fewer courses
SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero grades
having taken 7-15 courses
JUNIOR,
below 1.9 having taken 16-24
courses
SENIOR,
below 2.0 having taken 25 or
more courses
FRESHMAN,
If a student has been on probation two or more
semesters consecutively, be is subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term.
A student who has a poor academic record
may be strongly advised to withdraw before
the end of spring term.
Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
A student who has been on probation for two
terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll.
Grading
Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0
with definitions as follows:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course standards.
.5
0
Unacceptable performance (no credit for
the course).
Most courses are also offered on a PassINo
Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0
or better and N meaning no credit and a grade
of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system the
grade is not computed in the grade point
average.
A student may count a maximum of eight
courses of P toward graduation. For transfer
students the maximum is an average of two
courses per year.
Sociology 383, some education courses and
several interim courses are graded only on the
PIN grading system. Students are cautioned to
use the PIN grade option with care since some
graduate and professional schools do not look
favorably on a large number of P-graded
courses.
Students must indicate on their registration
card those courses which they wish to take on
the PIN grading system. Any changes in
choice of grading system must be made during the first two weeks of the semester. A fee is
charged after the first three days of classes.
An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in
the case of extreme emergency. To receive an
I grade, a student must file a petition with the
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the
plan and.date for removing it, and comments
from the instructor of the course. If permission
to receive an I grade is granted, it must be
removed during the following semester.
A grade of X may be given for an Independent
Study or Directed Study course that is to be
spread over more than one semester. Such a
course must be completed during the second
semester or the grade of X will remain on the
record.
A course in which a grade of 0 , l .O, 1.5, N, I, or
X has been received may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and
in the grade point average. Courses in which
higher grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit; they may, however, be
audited.
Graduation With Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as
follows:
Summa cum laude
Magna cum laude
Cum laude
3.9 - 4.0 grade average
3.6 - 3.89 grade average
3.3 - 3.59 grade average
lndependent Study
lndependent study programs are offered by
many departments in the College. These programs are often available to conscientious
students who can demonstrate sufficient
background and preparation in a given field to
carry out work on an independent basis. Students interested in registering for independent
study must first secure permission from the
faculty member who will direct the study as
well as from the department involved.
A student who registers for independent study
should normally expect to complete it in one
semester but may extend it into the next term
by permission of the instructor. In such cases,
a grade of X is given at the end of the first
term, and the student will register again for the
course in order to receive the final grade.
A maximum of two courses in lndependent
Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree.
In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available
on their home campus. Requests for exceptions to this policy should be made directly to
their own academic dean. The student will be
charged for any special costs attached to independent study by the host campus.
General Information
Credit by Examination
Students who are interested in earning credit
by examinations should consult with department chairmen or with the Registrar. Credit
may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations.
Classification
Sophomore. . . . 7 courses..
Junior.. . . . . . . . 16 courses..
Senior . . . . . . . . 25 courses..
. . . . 14 grade points
. . . . 32 grade points
. . . . 50 grade points
To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses
each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses).
To be considered full time for a semester, a
student must register for at least three
courses.
Courses
All courses have equivalent value unless
otherwise indicated. A course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits. A total of 35
courses is required for graduation.
Most courses meet for three sixty-minute
periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in
addition to laboratories. Each semester is approximately 15 weeks in length.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes in course offerings. Courses
with inadequate registration may be canceled. Students should consult the schedule
of classes to determine definitely the current
course offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses; those numbered 300 and above
are classified as upper division. In general,
courses numbered in the 100's are primarily
for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for
juniors; and 400's for seniors. The first number
indicates the level of the course; the second is
the division within the department; and the
third identifies the course.
Symbol
#. Course may be taken with the consent of
the instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
Course Descriptions
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1975-76
are given on the following pages. See preceding pages for information on numbering and
a,
Director: Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and
399 or 499, plus 11 courses in U.S. History,
Literature and the Fine Arts in the US., and
Social Sciences in the U.S. (5 courses in one
of these areas and 3 in each of the others):*
History of the United States
American Studies 231
History 221,222,331,332,353,495 (American emphasis)
Religion 352,363
Literature and Fine Arts in the United
States
American Studies 232
Art 102
English 241 (also Speech 241), 250,351,490
and 491 (American emphasis)
Philosophy 344
Social Sciences in the United States
American Studies 260
Economics 120, 122, 123,251
Education 478 #
Political Science 121, 122,325,326,370,
371, 421
Psychology 481 # Sociology 111,373,381,
383
Social Work 351, 463
credit value. The symbol # indicates that the
course may be taken with the consent of the
instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
American Studies
*American area oriented courses taken during
the Interim, Summer School and at other colleges should be approved by the director for
inclusion in the major.
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as
above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to
be approved by director.
MINOR: 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2
courses in each of the above groupings under
major.
231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of selected topics related to
the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course Content subject to change from
year to year. Meets one religion requirement.
(Fall)
232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a significant period of the black
experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem
Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and
music of the period. Course content subject to
change from year to year. Meets urban requirement. (Fall)
260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS
A study of the characteristics of mid-western
and eastern Indian tribesof the 19th century,
with emphasis upon the persistence of Indian
cultural values in the modern world. (Offered
1974-75.)
265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE
Focuses on the changing roles and perceptions of women in America seen from the
perspective of various disciplines. (Fall, alternate years. Offered 1975-76)
295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
and the co-learning model when appropriate
to topic. Open to freshmen and sophomores.
Meets urban requirement. (Fall, alternate
years. Offered 1976-77)
399 INTERNSHIP
A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in
area of student's choice. Consult director to
determine conditions of contract. lntended for
majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
For description, see 295. Open to juniors and
seniors who will do a different level of work.
(Fall, alternate years. Offered 1976-77)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Focuses on a significant problem or
phenomenon in American urban life. Includes
a study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons
A research project of an interdisciplinary
nature in area of student's choice. Consult
with director to determine conditions of contract. Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall,
Interim, Spring)
a,
Chairman: Philip Thompson
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 107; two from
386,387,388; and three from 118,221,223,
225, 350.
TEACHING MAJOR: Same as major but 350 required.
MINOR: 5 courses, including 107; one from
386,387,388; and two from 118,221,223,225,
350.
Department of Art
107 DRAWING
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and other
media. Descriptive, experimental, and figure
studies. (Fall, Spring)
118 PAINTING I
Introduction to painting media and technique.
(Fall, Spring)
102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Participation in the cultural life of the community
leading towards appreciation and criticism. (3
one hour lectures. Spring)
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity
and expression with attention given to black
and white, color and photographic processes.
150 JEWELRY
351 CERAMICS II
Experience in making jewelry with an emphasis on design, materials and process.
A continuation of handbuilding and glazing
with an introduction to throwing techniques.
(Prereq.: 350. Fall, Spring)
221 SCULPTURE I
355 PAINTING II
Three major works in any of the following
media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood,
fiberglass, stone, plexiglass, and others.
(Prereq.: 107. Fall, Spring)
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118. Fall,
Spring)
223 PRINTMAKING I
Principles and methods of printmaking in a
variety of media. (Fall, Spring)
225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
The theory and practice of visual perception
and communication using elements such as
color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. (Fall, Spring)
230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II
A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols,
and other mass media. Practice in areas of
photography, typography, and illustration.
(Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring)
360 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR
PAINTING
Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental
drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape. The functions of perception, structure,
and gesture in drawing and transparent watercolor. (Prereq.: 107. Spring)
368 PRINTMAKING II
Advanced work in various media, including
silk screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.:
223. Fall, Spring)
386 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ART
Survey of the early development of the visual
arts throughout the world with emphasis on
the Mediterranean region and Europe.
242 FILM-MAKING
Film-making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film.
(Summer, Interim)
387 RENAISSANCE THROUGH 19TH CENTURY ART
A study of architecture, painting and sculpture
from the 15th century through the 19th century
in Europe and America.
350 CERAMICS I
388 ART IN THE 20TH CENTURY
An introduction to the making of pottery with
an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing.
(Fall, Spring)
Contemporary developments in the visual arts
with emphasis on America and Europe.
478 SCULPTURE II
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Three major works in any of the following
media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood,
fiberglass, stone, plexiglass, and others.
(Prereq.: 221. Fall, Spring)
a,
Advanced study in area of the student's
choice. Intended for senior art majors. (Fall,
Spring)
Department of Biology
103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
Chairman: Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR, Option 1: 7 courses, including 111,
112, and at least one course from each of the
following three groups: 352,361 (Group I);
355,473,474 (Group 11); 367,471,476 (Group
Ill). Participation in seminar. Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105,106), 351,352; Mathematics 124,
125 (or 121,122); Physics 121,122 also required. Students intending to enter graduate
school should ordinarily choose this major.
MAJOR, Option 11: 9 courses, including 111,
112,352 and at least one course from each of
the following four groups: 355,474 (Group I);
361,481 (Group 11); 367,473 (Group 111); 471,
476 (Group IV). Participation in seminar.
Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351,
352) also required. Students who plan to teach
in secondary schools often select this major.
MINOR, 5 courses, including 111,112 and
three upper division courses. Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105, 106) also required.
PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same
as Option I major. In addition, medical schools
usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative
Analytical Chemistry).
HONORS MAJOR, GPA of 3.5 in biology and
3.0 overall; active participation in seminar;
one course of approved independent study
with an oral defense of the research report.
Application for the honors major should be
made no later than the first term of the senior
year.
A professional course in the structure and
function of the human body. (Lecture and
laboratory. Fall for nurses only; Spring for
other students)
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial features are considered as
well as applications of microbiology to the
fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses
only. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring)
111,112 GENERAL BIOLOGY
A comprehensive introduction to biological
science. For biology and other science majors.
The course includes an introduction to
molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics,
developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and
phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must
be taken in sequence except by permission of
instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory.
11 1, Fall; 112, Spring)
352 ANIMAL FORM AND PHYLOGENY
An analysis of the structure of animals and the
evolutionary relationships revealed by this
analysis. This includes an inquiry into the
structural changes which occur and new
structures which appear in the course of
evolution, the way in which these structures
enable the animal to function in the environ-
ment, the phylogenetic relationships revealed
by this study, and the classification of animals
based on their phylogeny. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 172. Fall)
355 GENETICS
The principles of heredity with emphasis on
recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
361 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of the major divisions of the plant
kingdom including the study of anatomy, life
histories, and taxonomy. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
367 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of the chemistry
of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic
acids including intermediary metabolism. (3
hours lecture. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or
352 or #. Fall)
474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
A consideration of the physiological and
morphological changes which occur during
the development of organisms with emphasis
on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as
well as descriptive studies are included in the
laboratory work. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
476 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology,
genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as
well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Fall)
481 ECOLOGY
A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships
between organisms and their environments. (3
hours class, 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361, or #. Spring)
491 SEMINAR
A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology
and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112,367 or #; Physics 103
or 122 or #. Spring)
Discussions of topics based on biological
literature and research.Topics may concern
research performed by students in independent study projects. Course credit is not given
for seminar, but juniors and seniors who plan
to major in biology or natural science (for premedical students) are expected to participate,
with seniors presenting papers (Weekly meetings. Fall, Spring)
473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A study of the physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with emphasis on
the vertebrates. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or 352
or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall)
Individual laboratory, field, or library research
under the direction of an instructor. Intended
for biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with
instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
Department of
Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Chairman: Edward M. Sabella
Business Administration
MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131,
261,262,263,379,381, and either 483 or 484.
Economics 122,123,251 and one additional
course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are
also required. Forthose planning on careers
in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484
is recommended. In addition, courses in data
processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION:
Business Administration 101,102,131,261,
262,373,379,478, and one other course from
the sequence 381,382,483. Economics 122,
123,251 and one additional course selected
from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. (392
is strongly recommended.) In addition,
courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended.
MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101,102, and one of 261,373,379,
478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics
122 and 123.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination in the
major field of concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish
to take the Certified Public Accountants
(C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed
the major in Business Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the Natural
Sciences or Mathematics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 12
courses of related business subiects (Eco-
nomics, Finance, and Mathematics). Students
who have completed the above requirements
are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota
State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation.
101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTlNG
to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial
statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes,
decision making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101. Fall, Interim, Spring)
131 BUSINESS LAW
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency,
negotiable instruments, property'and business
organizations under the Uniform Commercial
Code. (Interim, Spring)
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm: sources and
uses of long and short term funds, cost of
capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102.
Fall)
262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
financial statements, income concepts, capital
stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Fall)
263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
investments, tangible and intangible fixed
assets, liabilities andfeserves, actuarial
topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes.
(Prereq.: 262. Spring)
373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY
AND CASES
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation
through literature, readings, lectures, and
case material. (Prereq.: 261, Spring)
379 QUANTITATIVEMETHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with
emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High
School Algebra. Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING
Accounting tools for planning and control of
economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well as other
quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.:
101, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of
federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.:
101, 102. Spring. Offered alternate years)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
but not required for the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to
spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student
will write a report on his or her activities.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of the riskheturn relationships of
various types of securities from the viewpoint
of both individual and institutional investors.
Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall)
483 AUDITING
Internal and external auditing procedures.
Emphasis on internal checks and controls for
accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
Accounting for business combinations,
governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting.
295,495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and readings in the
areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring: On Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity
to analyze some topic or issue in depth.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Business Education
have had one year of high school typewriting,
(Interim)
MAJOR: 12-14 Courses.
108 CALCULATING MACHINES
CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration
101,102,131; Business Education 110,364,
460,465; Economics 122,123; high school
typewriting or equivalent required. In addition,
courses in data processing and computer programming are recommended.
Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary,
printing and electronic calculators. (Fall)
110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Administration 262,263, and Business Education 108.
Operation of transcription machines, filing
and records management, introduction to data
processing, and efficient handling of office
duties. (Interim)
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392.
221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Education 221, 350, and 353.
OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 108, 350, and English 219.
MINOR: Five courses in Business Education.
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other
courses including Business Education 108,
121, 350 and 353.
TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM
If a student desires a two-year secretarial program, acertificate will be awarded upon completion of the following: Business Education
108,110,221,350,353,364,460 and Business
Administration 101,102,131 and Economics
120. A student in the two-year program must
select six courses from the general education
requirements.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination in the
major field of concentration.
101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No Credit)
The fundamental skills of typewriter. Emphasis
on personal use. Not available to students who
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond
Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and
writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Development of speed in transcribing
material dictated at minimum speed of 80
words a minute. (Not open to students who
have had one year of shorthand in high
school. Fall)
350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating,
manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. (Prereq.: High school typewriting or
equivalent. Spring)
353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Advanced study of Gregg Shorthand with
rapid dictation and transcription of material
dictated at speeds of 80-120 words a minute.
(Prereq.: 121 or equivalent. Spring)
364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication in the office through use of
telephone, telegram, and writing of business
letters, memorandums, manuals and reports.
(Fall. Offered alternate years, 1975-76)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
but not required for the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to
spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report
on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT
Problems relating to supervision and management in the business office, selection and
training of employees; and human relations
within the office. (Spring)
465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING
Principles of marketing with emphasis on distribution and the role of the consumer in the
marketing process. Materials and methods in
teaching of basic business subjects and projects in marketing. (Fall. Offered alternate
years, 1976-77)
Economics
MAJOR IN ECONOMICS:
Economics 122,123,251,258,454 and three
other courses of economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,379, also required. The complete calculus sequence is
very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. In addition, courses in data
processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICS-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION:
Economics 122,123,251, and 258 and one
other course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,261,373,379 and
one other course from business administration
offerings also required. In addition, courses in
data processing and computer programming
are highly recommended.
MINOR:
Economics 122,123,251,258 and one other
course from economics offerings.
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0
over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive
oral examination in the major field of concentration.
Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements.
Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns
requirement.
120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some
of the topics to be discussed are: Population
"Crisis"; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army;
Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing
Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to
facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned
topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic
course designed for those students who do
not plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education.
Students who plan to major in the above three
areas should enroll in 122 and 123 rather than
120.122 and 123 are also open to non-majors.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
An introduction to macro-economics; national
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either
order, or may be taken in the same term in
order for the student to progress more rapidly
to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
An introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
May be taken independently of Economics 122
or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken
in either order, or may be taken in the same
term in order for the student to progress more
rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing
of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics.
(Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring)
258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS
Determinants of national income, employment
and price level analyzed via macro-models. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122.
Fall)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department of Business Administration.
391 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of the principles of taxation and
public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its
economic implications. (Prereq.: 123. Fall)
placed on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq.: 122. Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
but not required for the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to
spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report
on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
Analysis of labor markets; determination of
wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention paid to the economic problems of minority
groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 251 or #.
Spring)
454 WELFARE ECONOMICS
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions;
normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring, alternate years)
295,495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and current national
and international economic problems and
policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, On
Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
392 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning of the monetary and banking
systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role in relation
to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity
to analyze some topic or issue in depth.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
a,
Chairman: Earl Alton
GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 115,
116(or105,106),351,352,353,361andone
advanced course which may include
Biochemistry. Physics 121,122, and Mathematics 124,125 also required. Participation in
seminar. Since upper division courses have
mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to have Mathematics 124,
125 the freshman year, and Physics 121,122
the sophomore year.
AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED
MAJOR: 11 courses including 115,116 (or 105,
106), and all chemistry courses above 350.
Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics
124,125 (which should be taken during the
freshman year); Mathematics 224; and Physics
121,122 (which should be taken during the
sophomore year). Reading ability in German
equivalent to 2 semesters also required.
MINOR: 5 courses which must include 115,116
(or 105,106) and 3 additional courses in
chemistry. Chemistry 223,353, and 361 are
recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same asthe graduation major except that it is suggested that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the advanced
course. certification after July, 1979 requires
course work in earth and life sciences.
PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The
same as the graduation major. In addition,
medical schools expect at least two courses
(and usually more) in biology. Students should
consult members of the chemistry department
for assistance in planning a course program
early in their college career.
Department of Chemistry
of approved research; participation in semin ar
Credit will not be granted for both 105 and
115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351, 352.
103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess
Hospital. Selected elements of general,
organic, and biological chemistry around the
theme: the molecular basis of life. (3 one-hour
lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high
schoolchemistry. Fall) Does not apply toward
the major.
lo59 lo6 PRINCIPLES OF
Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students who will not major
in chemistry, although students may go from
106 into 351,353,0r223. concepts and laws
underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of
examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of
laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring)
115,116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS
An intensive course for pre-medical students
and future chemists. First semester devoted to
fundamental principles; and second to inorganic chemislry, qualitative analysis, and a
brief introduction to organic chemistry. (3 onehour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.:
high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 15, Fall;
76, Spring)
223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major;
average of 3.50 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics; 3.00 over-all; one summer or course
Designed for medical technology students and
others in a paramedical science area whose
professional goals require less than the more
intensive two-semester organic course.
Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. (3 one-hour
lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105
or 115. Spring)
351, 352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds with
special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical
bonds, energy-relations, and reaction mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry
to the biological and environmental sciences.
(3 one-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 106 or 116. 351, Fall; 352, Spring)
353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis
and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an
introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves
quantitative analysis of a variety of samples,
and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or
116. Offered lnterim for majors as per lnterim
schedule. Offered Spring, especially for Medical Technology majors: 3 lectures, one 4.5
hour laboratory)
361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry:
thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory,
and states of matter. Applications of these
concepts to areas of molecular structure,
equilibria and electrochemistry in the second
semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4.5-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121,122;
Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring)
464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around the problems of identifying
organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture
topics include structure-spectra correlations
for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use
of the literature (including Beilstein); and
further study of reaction mechanisms. Infrared
and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours
lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,
361 or #; some reading knowledge of German.
Spring)
481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods
as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4.5-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353,
362, or #. Fall)
482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the
electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
compounds using avariety of techniques.
(3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring)
483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory in terms of
Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used
to develop molecular orbital theory for
molecules. Includes commutators, electron
spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall)
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a
weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the
direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.
Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside
visitors are occasionally invited to participate.
497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research careers
need research experience before graduation.
a,
This major, offered by the five colleges in the
Cooperative Program, consists of 12 to 16
courses distributed as follows:
Four courses in Chinese and/or Japanese Ianguage
Four Courses in cultural specialization
a,
Such experience may be obtained by working
on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research
participation during the academic year.
East Asian Studies
Four courses in comparative emphases
Confer with Donald Gustafson of the history
department, or Donald Steinmetz of the
foreign languages department, for information
on specific courses that may apply toward this
major.
Department of Education
Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton
4. An academic minor. An academic major is
recommended
The courses, Orientation to Education, both
elementary and secondary, are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To
enroll in other education courses, a student
must first apply and be admitted to the teacher
education program. The student is advised to
apply for admission in the spring semester of
the sophomore year.
255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN URBAN
SETTING (Elementary)
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff, Coordinator
Requirements for the major and for certification in Elementary Education:
1. A minimum of 8 education courses to include 255, one interim, and two professional semesters: 361,362,371,372; and
481, 482 and electives
2. Physical Education 111, Safety and Drug
Education
3. Library Science 358, The Elementary
School Library: Materials Selection and
Guidance
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq:
sophomore standing or above. Fall, Interim)
First Professional Semester (for juniors or
seniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372.
361, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
Identification and mastery of competencies
necessary for teaching in the elementary
school. Laboratory experiences in
classrooms. (Prereq: Admission to elementary
education. Fall, Spring)
371,372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
METHODS AND MATERIALS
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for each of the subject areas taught
at the elementary level. Application of teacher
competencies to various subject areas of the
elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq: Concurrent
registration in 361, 362. Fall, Spring)
Second Professional Semester: Student
Teaching and Electives
Department. Secondary Education students
are advised to consult with Education faculty
regarding state requirements for teacher certification. This consultation is recommended
in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser.
Requirements of the Augsburg College Certification Program:
481,482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience in observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under
supervision of college and elementary school
personnel. (Prereq: 361,362,371,372. Fall,
Spring)
Electives
483 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq: 481, 482. Fall, Spring)
484 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq: 481,482 and483. Offered
on demand)
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary
Education)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education, worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
Secondary Education
(teacher certification program)
Einar Johnson, Coordinator
It is the responsibility of each student to meet
all specific requirements of the Education
1. Application for admittance and acceptance
into the Department of Education. This may
be made before, concurrently with or after
the Orientation course. Application forms
are available in the Education Department
office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the
department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses
after the Orientation course only if he or
she has been admitted into the program of
the Department of Education.
2. Grade point average-minimum of 2.5 in
the student's academic major and 2.0 overall.
3. Application for admittance and acceptance
into student teaching.
4. Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program:
a) Educ. 265, Orientation to Education
(Secondary)
b) Educ. 359, Competencies: Secondary
Education
c) Educ. 478, School and Society
d) Educ. 480,481,482 (two courses
minimum), Student Teaching
e) Psych. 105, General Psychology
f) P.E. 111, Safety and Drug Education
g) Educ. 361,365 or 373 for art, physical
education, or music majors
Requirements for State of Minnesota Teaching Certification - Secondary Schools
(Through the Augsburg College Education
Department Program)
1. B.A. or B.S. degree
2. College major in a teaching area
3. Fulfill State Department of Education EDU
521 Regulation in Human Relations (Suc-
cessful completion of Augsburg Education
program meets requirement)
4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg
course P.E. 111, Safety and Drug Education)
5. Successful completion of Augsburg Education Department Certification Program
courses.
General Information:
1. For Art, Music and Physical Education certification:
Teachers in the areas of Art, Music and
Physical Education receive a special certificate which allows them to teach in all
grades (K-12) in their special area. A person
working for certification in one of these
special areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans
to teach at the elementary school level. A
person with a major in one of these special
areas is advised to take three courses in
student teaching and do some student
teaching on both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the
major in art will register for Educ. 361; the
major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major in
Music for Educ. 373.
2. The professional term:
Student Teaching is taken concurrently
with School and Society in one full-time
term in professional education. Special
afternoon and/or evening seminars are held
during the term as part of the professional
work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect to take one course
in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term.
359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY EDUCATION
Teaching procedures, materials and projects,
both general and in the student's major concentration. The two phases must be taken concurrently as one course: general teaching
methodology from the Education Department
and special methods from the department of
the major field. Human Relations Laboratory.
(Prereq: Psych. 105, Educ. 265 and admission
into the secondary education program).
Special methods are offered in the following
major fields:
American Studies (Spring)
Art (Spring)
Business (Spring)
Health and Physical Education (Fall)
English (Spring)
Social Studies (Spring)
Mathematics (Spring)
Music (Spring)
Natural Science (Spring)
Foreign Language (Fall, Spring)
Speech and Drama (Spring)
361 ART METHODS (Elementary and junior
high school)
Materials and methods for the teaching of art
at the elementary and junior high school level.
(Spring)
365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS
(K-12)
Materials and methods for teaching physical
education. Includes also the American Red
Cross Instructors Course in First Aid. (Prereq:
Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Fall)
265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Secondary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school
work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to
all students. (Prereq: sophomore standing.
Fall, Spring)
373 MUSIC METHODS (Elementary and junior
high school)
Materials and methods for the teaching of
music at the elementary and junior high
school level. (Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director.
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
The emphasis in this course is on the school in
relation to society with particular attention to
urban education. Introduced by astudy of
educational philosophy and the development
of American education, current major issues
in education will be studied. (Prereq: senior
standing. Fall, Spring)
Library Science
MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245,
358, 359, 475.
245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION
AND ADMINISTRATION
Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of
the media center and methods of evaluation.
(Fall)
358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING
Students will be placed in a classroom for full
days. Opportunities are provided for experience in observing and directing learning
experiences on the secondary school level
under the supervision of college and high
school personnel. Seminars are held on a
regular basis during the student teaching experience. (Prereq: senior standing and completion of teacher aide work and human relations elements of Education courses 265,359.
Fall, Spring)
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance in
use of print and non-print materials. (Fall)
359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE LIBRARY
Study of basic information sources most frequently used by students and librarians. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to
do field work in avariety of library situations in
the metropolitan area.
Geography
114 GEOGRAPHY OF THE MEDITERRANEAN
WORLD
475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
An introduction to the basic concepts of
geography through an emphasis on the
historical development of the Mediterranean
World and the role of geography in the human
exploitation of the region.
Survey and evaluation of library materials on
the secondary school level, with attention to
their use in relation to curricula as well as for
personal interests and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
489 INTRODUCTION TO NON-PRINT
RESOURCES
Production and use of audio-visual materials
in libraries and library systems. This course
offered in conjunction with the 5-College
Cooperative Program. (Offered 1974-75.
Spring)
a,
Augsburg College and the Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science (St. Louis, Missouri) are cooperating
in aThree-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts
degree from Augsburg College and an
engineering baccalaureate degree from
Washington University in a five-year period,
with the first three years being spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the Washington University School of Engineering. Stu-
a,
Chairman: Barbara Andersen
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 3 courses in
British literature (1 course from literature
before 1660), 1 course in American literature,
1 course in world literature (a course outside
the Anglo-American tradition), and course
219.
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING:
10 courses, including those listed for the major and 320. A course in expository writing
(219) is required. Courses 250 and 438 recommended. Speech 111 or 352 or 355, and 360 or
366; and Library Science 475 are required.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and
3.0 over-all; submit program to department
chairman early in senior year; defend honors
thesis before faculty committee in senior year.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on some
topic of interest in the field of school library
service, worked out in consultation with a
faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors,
with department approval.
Engineering
dents accepted into the program will be
guaranteed admission to the Washington
University Engineering School, provided they
are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving
financial aid who are participants in the ThreeTwo Plan will be encouraged to apply to the
Washington University School of Engineering
and Applied Science for continuing support.
Their applications will be evaluated using
need and academic performance as criteria.
Department of English
Honors thesis may be an independent study
program.
MINOR: 5 courses, including one course in
British literature, and either 219 or 320. Teaching minors must include both 219 and 320.
The English Department recommends but
does not require that English majors consider
developing an area of emphasis broader than
the major as listed above. The three most likely
areas would be a British concentration, an
American concentration, and a world concentration. A student arranges a concentration by
careful selection of elective courses in the major, by the design of an independent study
course that applies to the concentration, and
by the selection of some related courses outside the English department.
BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 412,416; English 271,331,
332,336,337,367,368,423,438, and sometimes 282, 490, 491.
AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 221,222; American Studies 232; English 241,250,351,367,368, and
sometimes 282,490,491. A student with an
American literature concentration should take
some of the courses listed under the American
Studies major which are selected from the
offerings of several departments at Augsburg.
WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 102,360,361; Philosophy
242,110,343,370; German 244; French 242;
Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351, 352;
English 241,261,271,272,423, and sometimes
282, 490, 491.
A student electing a concentration should
work closely with his or her adviser. Interim
courses, special courses, and courses given at
the other cooperating colleges will often fit
well into a concentration. A student with a
double major or special program that involves
considerable work in the English department
should also work closely with an adviser in the
English department.
term, e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing:
Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and
Technical. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
An investigation of the artistic value and the
historical significance of the film medium. See
also description under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. (Spring)
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920
Works of selected American writers from Colonial times through the emergence of naturalism; reading and analysis of significant works;
attention is also given to the contribution of
the writer to the historical development and
literary movements of American literature.
(Fall, Spring)
261 MODERN FICTION
Significant works of selected prose writers,
chiefly European, of the twentieth century.
(Fall, Spring)
271 GREEK AND ROMAN LITERATURE
English 111 is strongly recommended but not
a prerequisite for a lower division literature
course. Prerequisite for an upper division
course is successful completion of a lower
division literature course.
Study of the works of selected classical Greek
and Roman writers in the various genre, and
the influence of the classical tradition on later
Western literature. (Fall, Spring)
111 EFFECTIVE WRITING
272 LITERARY CLASSICS
The study of composition with emphasis upon
expository writing. Attention to correct usage,
logical organization and the research paper.
(Fall, Spring)
Reading, analysis, discussion of selected
European classics from the Renaissance to
the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers.
(Fall, Spring)
219 ADVANCED WRITING
282 TOPICS IN LITERATURE
A course designed to develop advanced skills
in avariety of writing specializations. The
focus of each course will shift from term to
Individual courses designed to investigate
specific themes, movements, authors, or
works. The subjects selected for study in any
year will be listed in the class schedule for that
year. (Fall, Spring 1975-76)
288 LITERARY CRITICISM
A course designed to introduce students to
the various ways in which modern literary critics have approached the problem of analyzing and evaluating literature. Students will study the works of historical, pyschological, textual, and archetypal critics, and then attempt
to apply such approaches to selected works of
literature. (Alternate years, 1976-77)
320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS
AND THE VICTORIANS
Study of the works of significant Romantic and
Victorian poets, critics, essayists and novelists
and of the major literary movements of the
century. (Spring)
351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary
writers and literary movements. Attention is
given to the dynamics of American society and
its intricate relationship to the literature.
Special emphasis is given to the city as setting
and symbol in modern American literature.
(Fall, Spring)
A study of modern English viewed from a
historical perspective, with reading in recent
linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics
and a view of the development of the English
language. (Spring)
Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British and American, with
attention to recent criticism. (Alternate years,
1975-76 Fall)
331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE
368 MODERN DRAMA
While the primary study of the course will be
the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote.
Medieval poetry, romance, and drama will be
examined. (Alternate years, 1976-77)
Significant works of American, British, and
continental dramatists of the twentieth century. (Alternate years, 1976-77)
332 MILTON AND HIS AGE
A study of Milton's major poems and selected
prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works
will be examined. (Alternate years, 1975-76)
336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO
BLAKE
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of
selected writers from the metaphysical poets
through Blake, with attention to the historical,
intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall)
367 MODERN POETRY
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director.
423 STUDIES IN THE NOVEL
A survey of the development of the novel
through study of selected British, American,
and continental novels. (Alternate years,
1975-76)
438 SHAKESPEARE
Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedies -with attention to
the development of Shakespeare's dramatic
and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for
reading analysis. (Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme or movement; course 491,
a major writer or a major work. Enrollment
open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring)
-
-
-
-
Open to junior or senior English majors with a
grade of B or consent of department chairman,
Provides directed independent study in the
area of the student's choice. (Fall, Spring)
-
Department of Foreign Language
Chairman: Ruth Aaskov
Students with previous foreign language study
should register in courses suited for their particular level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the
formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 term of college foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign lanhowever, final placement is made according to
the results of a placement test which may be
taken at the beginning of any term and after
consultation with the instructor. Students
placed in a particular course wishing to
register for a more elementary course may do
so, but only for a grade of PIN.
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE CHINESE I, II
For students with a knowledge of basic Mandarin. Emphasis on the development of
vocabulary. The grammatical structures of the
spoken language are reviewed and intensively
practiced using cultural readings in Chinese
characters and, in the second semester, selections from contemporary Chinese history and
literature. Prereq.: one year of college-level
Mandarin Chinese or #)
French
MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including two in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and three in literature, of which one should be
course 352. One interim plus one semester, or
one semester plus one summer of study in
France strongly recommended.
Chinese
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program
MINOR: 4 courses above 212, including one in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and one in literature. One interim or summer of
study in France strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
111, 112 BEGINNING CHINESE I, II
Introduction to Mandarin Chinese. Intensive
practice in the basic structures and vocabulary of the spoken language, as well as with
Chinese characters and the written language.
In the second semester, use of the spoken language is in conjunction with graded cultural
readings using Chinese characters.
Foreign Language Methods for teachers;
European History, a second language,
linguistics, English literature.
011 DIRECTED STUDY
Conversational French, readings. Once
weekly. No credit. Offered on demand.
-
-
111 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language
and to French culture. The pronunciation
system, basic noun groups and verb forms,
and sentence structures are taught to enable
understanding and speaking on a rudimentary
level. Two hours laboratory work. See above
on advanced placement. (Fall, Spring)
112 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111 or equivalent.
Through conversations, sentence practice,
and readings, the study of tenses and forms is
completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of
life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on
advanced placement. (Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Those who have studied most of the basic
structures may here review all tenses and
some other structures through a core of twentieth-century French literary readings. This
course moves toward expressing opinions and
greater ease in reading. Two hours laboratory
work. (Fall)
212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Completes the review of basic structures and
more complex forms. Several twentieth-century literary works are explored with the goals
of communicating ideas and building sufficient reading skill to pursue general reading
and literary study in French. (Spring)
243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
Major representative works of French
literature read in English translation. Through
individualized background reading and class
discussion, students become acquainted with
artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore stand-
ing. Does not count toward a French major or
minor. (Fall)
311 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Post-intermediate level. Explores topics of
current interest in both oral and written form to
build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment,
grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other upper division courses.(Fall)
312 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression. Attention to grammatical
structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and
speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (Prereq.:
311 or #. Offered Interim 1975, and on demand)
331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVE
A study of the diversified development of the
French from their beginnings to the modern
period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual political, social and
artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In
French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor.
Offered alternate years. Fall 1976)
332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY
Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas,
cultural manifestations that promote understanding the French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials
and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or #.
Alternate years. Fall 1977)
351 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE
A survey of the major literary works from the
twelfth century renaissance through the six-
teenth century. These include the epic, courtly
romance, early historians, early theatre, lyric
poetry, fiction, and the essay. Oral and written
reports in French, some laboratory texts.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Fall 1977-78; offered every
third year)
352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
A survey of the major literary contributors to
the classical age in France and the intellectual, social, and ethical currents reflected in
their works. Theatre, poetry, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and
written reports, and laboratory work in French.
Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Fall
1976-77. Offered alternate years)
353 1700 THROUGH ROMANTICISM
A survey of the major works contributing to the
enlightenment or age of reason and the romantic movement that followed. Primarily
prose writers, poets and dramatists. Classes,
oral and written reports, and laboratory texts
in French. (Spring 1976-77. Offered every third
year)
354 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I
A survey of the nineteenth-century novel
(Balzac, Flaubert, Zola, etc.), Baudelaire and
his successors in poetry, and the literature of
ideas that led to new forms and literary emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide,
Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.:
311 or #. Fall 1975-76. Offered every third
year)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel,
the theatre, poetry, the essay, and criticism.
Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #.
Spring 1975-76. Offered every third year)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing on
topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training
in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in
style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required
for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #, junior standing. Spring)
451 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL
A study of major authors (Proust, Mauriac,
Malraux, St. Exupery, Sartre, Camus, RobbeGrillet, Duras, etc.) that shows the evolution of
this genre in theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or
#. 332,354, or 355 recommended. Spring 1977.
Every third year)
452 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA
A study of modern French plays that shows the
evolution of this genre from classical forms to
Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group
and individualized study of major works.
Analyses, discussion, and papers in French.
(Prereq.:311 or #. Recommended 332,352, or
353. Spring 1977-78. Offered every third year)
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
Study in depth of an author, topic, or genre in
French literature. Student presentations in
French. For advanced students. (See Interim
suggestions) (Prereq.: 311 and one survey
(351,352,353,354,355) Offered upon demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or
genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research,
or meet individual interests. In literature a ma-
jor paper and its defense are included.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Consultations with French
teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified
early with study adviser)
more universal perspective of world literature.
Credit for this course does not apply to a major or minor in German. (Fall)
German
311 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including
31 1 and 41 1, Interim and/or summer in
Germany strongly recommended.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including
31 1 and 41 1. Interim and/or summer in
Germany strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
Methods in Modern Languages, for teachers;
European History, a second language,
linguistics, English literature.
111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN
For students with less than 2 terms (or 2 years
high school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basic skills. Classroom practice in
speaking, understanding and reading basic
German. Laboratory materials available. (1 11
Fall, Spring. 112 Fall, Spring)
211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with 2 terms (or 2 years high
school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of
German. Review of basic structures accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of
vocabulary and idiomatic expression through
reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature.
(211, Fall. 212, Spring)
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic
expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition.
(Fall)
331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
Survey of significant currents of development
which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary
scene is considered in view of its roots in the
intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific
history of the German-speaking people.
Classroom language is German, supplemented by English when helpful. (Offered
alternate years. Spring, 1977)
351 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
MEDIEVAL - 1780
Selected readings from the heroic and courtly
literature of the middle ages, the Reformation
era, Baroque and the pre-classic period, including Sturm und Drang, supplemented by
lectureson the history of German literature
and its cultural and geopolitical backgrounds.
(Fall 1976)
244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
352 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
1780 1890
Principle works of German literature representing various periods and movements are
read and discussed in English. The readings
are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also in the
Representative works of Classicism, Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, Poetic Realism and
Naturalism. Lectures treat literary history and
its relation to social, political and intellectual
questions. (Spring 1977)
-
353 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
IMPRESSIONISM AND 20TH CENTURY
Principle works of Impressionism and 20th
century are read: Hofmannsthal, Mann, Hesse,
Kafka, Brecht, Expressionism and post-war
literature. Stress on literature as it reflects the
concerns and crises of our times. (Fall 1975,
1977)
211 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
Seleclion from the New Testament with
special emphasis given to parsing and syntax
of the Greek text. (Fall 1976, thenceforth
yearly)
Japanese
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program
411 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION
AND CONVERSATION
111, 112 BEGINNING JAPANESE I, II
Aims at developing and refining the student's
use of German as a vehicle for expressing his
own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written
composition including control of style. Oral
practice through use of German as classroom
language. (Fall 1975, 1977)
Introduction to Japanese language and
culture. Practice in the basic sentence pattern,
conversational expressions and, in the second
semester, simple composition to enable students to speak and write Japanese. Japanese
syllabary and Chinese characters are learned
gradually from the very first lesson.
451 GERMAN PROSE
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE I, II
Reading and discussion of German prose
masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre
as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history.
(Spring 1977)
452 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from late 18th
century to the present are discussed and read
as symptomatic of general human concerns.
Lectures treat the historical development of
the drama. (Spring 1976, 1978)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
111,112 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology.
Translation exercises from and into Greek.
(1 11 Fall, 112 Spring)
Continued practice in advanced sentence pattern, conversation, composition and reading
to improve the student's comprehension and
facility in expression of Japanese. Reading
materials will be chosen from avariety of
fields. Some general discussions on the history of Japanese language, literature and
culture. (Prereq.: one year of college-level elementary Japanese or #)
Linguistics
311 THEORIES OF GRAMMAR
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguisticresearch: tagmemics, stratificational grammar, transformational-generative grammar,
case grammar, generative semantics, with the
aim of illuminating the underlying philosophical assumptions, the investigational criteria
and the explanatory goals which distinguish
them. The theories will also be contrasted with
respect to their affiliations with adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology,
logic and communication theory and the way
in which each theory seeks to overcome the
inadequacies of traditional grammar. (Spring)
present the equivalent of intermediate level
study of a Scandinavian language.
111, 112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Inquiry into the psychological foundations of
language and the contribution of modern
linguistics to psychology. Relevant findings of
recent linguistic research are examined for
their implications for various psychological
topics: the acquisition and pragmatic use of
language, cognitive processes, innate ideas
and psychological universals. (Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Russian
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program
111, 112 BEGINNING RUSSIAN I, II
Basic language skills in Russian. (Fall, Spring)
Scandinavian Area Studies
Coordinators: Carl Chrislock, Leif Hansen and
Einar Johnson (Director)
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses. Variable
courses such as 331 and 345 are offered each
year. These courses solicit students from the
community on a non-credit basis as well as
college students on a credit basis.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses.
All programs must contain 4 courses listed in
the Augsburg College catalog or transferred
to Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian
Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a
Scandinavian Language department or subdepartment regardless of their content which
may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students
graduating with a major or minor must also
Introduction of the four basic language skills:
speaking, listening, reading and writing.
Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (1 11, Fall.
112, Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition to
improve comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as
basis for class discussion and exercises. Brief
literature survey. Laboratory work expected.
(Prereq.: 112 or equivalent. Fall)
311 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND
CONVERSATION
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with
emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional
variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages of Norway. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent.
Fall)
331 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with
special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of
a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (Offered 1973-74. Fall)
345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN
EXPERIENCE
Concentrates on the immigrant experience in
the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota,
especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and
Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish
and Icelandic Communities in Minnesota.
(Offered Fall, 1974-75, soliciting students from
the community on a noncredit basis, as well
as regular college students either on an audit
or credit basis.)
351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian
novel. Class discussion based on assigned
reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid
Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut
Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable. Language majors and minors will be
required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavian language. (Spring)
SPANISH
MAJOR: 8 courses above 214, including 315,
456 or 457,416,352-353 or 354. (Study in Spain
or Latin America strongly recommended)
MINOR: 4 courses above 214, including 315,
331, and one course in literature. (Study in
Spain or Latin America strongly recommended)
111, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is
an integral part of the course. (111, Fall,
Spring; 112, Spring)
352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen,
Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and
other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures
provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with
emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable. Language majors and minors will be
required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavian language. (Spring
1977)
411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Some attention given to the
other Scandinavian languages and to the
historical development of Norwegian.
Laboratory work. (Prereq.: 311 or equivalent.
Offered on demand.)
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
213, 214 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis
on active use of the language, supplemented
by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.:
112 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 213,
Fall; 214, Spring)
249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND
LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
Major works of Spanish and Latin American
literature representing various periods and
movements are read in English translation.
Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted
with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit
in this course does not count toward a major
or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing
preferred. (Fall)
315 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Thorough oral and written practice in correct
expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory
work. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent. This course
is a prerequisite for all upper-division courses.
Fa11)
331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
416 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through
conversations, discussions, reports, debates,
and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Spring)
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish
contribution to world civilization through its
historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic
movements. In Spanish. (Spring 1976, 1978)
417 ADVANCED GRAMMAR
352,353 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
I, II
456 SPANISH DRAMA
A study of representative authors in Spanish
literature, supplemented by lectures on the
literary movements and development of
Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (352, Fall
1974, 1976. 353, Fall 1975, 1977)
Systematic study of the refinements of grammatical usage. (Offered on demand)
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic
literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in
the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age
and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey
course. Spring 1976, 1978)
457 SPANISH NOVEL
354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN
AUTHORS
An introduction to Spanish American
literature. Lectures, discussions, written and
oral reports in the language. (Spring 1977)
a,
Chairman: Richard Nelson
MAJOR 8 courses plus 1 seminar
At least four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one
course (either survey or upper level) from each
of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval:
Modern Europe: US.; and non-Western.
MAJOR FOR TEACHING: The history major
with certain supporting courses, qualifies a
Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral
and written reports in the language. (Prereq.:
One survey course. Spring 1977)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of History
student for certification as a social studies
teacher on the secondary level. See Mr.
Gisselquist, Social Studies Education Adviser,
for details.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and
3.0 over-all; application before the end of the
first term of the junior year; two years of a
foreign language at the college level (or its
equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one
course credit) to be defended before a faculty
committee.
MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which must
be upper division.
Students are required to take at least one
survey course (numbered below 300) before
registering for an upper level course. Lower
level courses need not be taken in sequence.
331 TOPICS IN 20TH CENTURY U.S.
Exploration in depth of such topics as the
Progressive Movement, the New Deal, and the
post-New Deal era. (Fall)
332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN
POLICY
101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN
CULTURE
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the
Near East, the classical world of Greece and
Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the
1200s. (Fall, Spring)
The relationship of foreign policy to general
American development is stressed as is the
period of the Cold War. (Spring)
353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA
HISTORY
A consideration of European institutions and
values from the waning of the middle ages
through the remodeling of Europe by
Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
A survey of topics relating to the emergence of
modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; riseof the
Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late
19th and early 20th Centuries. (Spring)
103 THE MODERN WORLD
360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE
TO 338 B.C.
102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE
A study of the main currents in western
civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present. (Fall, Spring)
104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An introduction to various centers of cultural
and political power in Asia and Africa of the
last 200 years. (Fall, Spring)
221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown
through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn
apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
The development of civilization in the Near
East from earliest times through its extension
and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is
placed on the development of writing,
achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. (Fall, 1976-77)
361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO
330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of
Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis
is placed on personalities, the arts and
sciences and Rome's contributions in law and
the political process. (Fall, 1975-76)
370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560
222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes
our modern day. (Spring)
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role
of the Church and state through the changes
forced on these institutions by the Italian
Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. (Fall, 1976-77)
with and subjugation by the West. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements will
especially focus on Vietnam, Phillippines, Burma and Indonesia. (Fall)
412 ENGLAND TO 1714
A study of English history from Roman Britain
through the Stuart period. An attempt is made
to structure the course so that it may serve the
needs of those majoring in a pre-law program,
in English literature or in history. (Fall)
416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY
The study of this century as the most critical
period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern
science and its effect on intellectual history.
The chronological boundaries may be listed
as 1560-1714. (Spring)
464 MODERN CHINA
A selective treatment of Chinese history since
the Opium war of 1839. The erosion of China's
isolationism and collapse of the imperial
system. The Nationalist and Communist
revolutions of the 20th century. (Spring,
1976-77)
465 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of the distinctive features of
the Tokugawa Shogunate, the opening of
Japan, the Meiji restoration, modernization,
and Japan's emergence as a major world
power in the 20th century. (Spring, 1975-76)
431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY
474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the
distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the 12th to the 20th centuries, with focus on specific historic cities as
examples. The course is designed for history
students, urban study majors, and those who
desire a background to enrich future travel.
(Fall, 1976-77)
440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN
WORLD HISTORY
This course emphasizes such topics as
Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and
Africa in the last fifty years. (Spring)
463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA
A study of the major historical events and
developments in the area due to confrontation
This course begins with Europe's discovery of
the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of
European empires in Asia and the Americas,
and concludes with the breakdown of these
imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. (Fall)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Admission by permission of
the instructor. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in
history courses are encouraged to apply to individual instructors for permission to register
for directed independent study. A maximum of
one course in independent study may be applied toward the major.
a,
Chairman: Dean Gulden
MAJOR: 9 courses including 124,125,224,
314,324, and 315 or 325. For teacher certification, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included.
MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics;
3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination.
Program must be submitted to department
during first term of junior year, and must includeadvanced study in areas of Real
Algebra,
gy, and Mathematics-Education.
Department of Mathematics
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
An introduction to mathematical models and
structure. Primarily for students not intending
further study of mathematics. No course credit
will be giuen to mathematics majors or minors.
(Fall)
211 NUMBER THEORY
A transitional course from computational to
abstract mathematics. A study of the integers
and their properties. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Spring 1975, alternate years)
114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE ALGEBRA
AND TRIGONOMETRY
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions,
functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio
and variation, progressions, binomial theorem,
and logarithms. (Fall)
Ordinary differential equations with applications; series solutions; systems of differential
equations; solution by special transforms;
numerical methods; and an introduction to
partial differential equations. (Prereq.: 224.
Spring)
121,122 CALCULUS I, II
Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane analytic
geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications from the non-physical sciences. Primarily for students in the social sciences. (121,
Fall; 122, Spring)
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid
analytic geometry integrated with differential
and integral calculus including calculus of
several variables and series with applications
primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily
for students in the natural sciences. (124 Fall;
125, Spring; 224, Fall)
242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
The structure of mathematics underlying
arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed
on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school
mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward
a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring)
314 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 224.21 1 is
recommended. Fall)
315 LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study of vector spaces, linear transformations, the algebra of matrices and canonical
forms. (Prereq.: 314. Spring)
324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II
A study of the fundamental concepts of
calculus for functions of several variables, including transformations, sequences and
series of functions, improper integrals,
differential forms and manifolds, and vector
analysis. (Prereq.: 224. 324, Spring; 325, Fall)
351 MODERN GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and other geometries by
synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring
1976, offered alternate years)
373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
An analytic study of probability and statistics,
including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions,
central limit theorem, estimation, regression
and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project.
416 TOPICS IN ALGEBRA
An in depth study of topics introduced in Introduction to Modern Algebra, including extension fields and an introduction to Galois
Theory. (Prereq.: 314. Spring 1977 offered
alternate years)
427 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES
Complex numbers, complex functions, integration and differentiation of complex func-
tions, Taylor and Laurent series, residues.
(Prereq.: 324. Spring 1977, offered alternate
years)
441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic axiomatic method, and
development of number systems. (Prereq.:
315, 324. Spring 1976, offered alternate years)
454 TOPOLOGY
Topological spaces, metric spaces, product
spaces, mappings, compactness, connectedness, separation and countability axioms.
(Prereq.: 324 or concurrent registration.
Spring 1976, offered alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
student and department.
Computer Science
245 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer methods and languages with the primary language being
FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a major or
minor in mathematics. (Spring)
355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND NUMERICAL
METHODS
A study of methods used to solve problems on
computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their
solutions, application of a procedure-oriented
programming language in numerical analysis.
Topics include the general concept of iterative
formulas, solution of equations, Newton's
method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may
be granted towards a mathematics major or
minor. (Prereq.: Computer Science 245 and
Mathematics 224 or concurrent registration.
Fall. Laboratory Fee: $25.00)
a,
This major involves the completion of three
years of academic work at Augsburg College
and twelve months of internship at Hennepin
General Hospital, Metropolitan Medical
Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific
recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with which the student plans to affiliate. It is important to work
closely with the Medical Technology adviser.
a,
Director: Joel S. Torstenson
MAJOR: 15 courses including the following
core requirements: Economics 120; Political
Science 122; Psychology 373; Sociology 111,
362,363,381, and 383; plus a trans-disciplinary seminar in metro-urban planning*; a
minimum of one course in internship and/or
independent study.
The following electives are suggested for
completing the major: Art 102; Biology 110;
Business Administration 131; Business Education 101; Computer Science 245; Education
478; English 351; History 431; Psychology 351
and 352; Religion 360; Speech 342; others, including interims, internhips, and independent
studies, by approval of the Director and the
Advisory Council.
Medical Technology
Augsburg College does not guarantee that all
students will be accepted by the hospitals for
the 12-month internship. Students must
negotiate directly with the hospitals involved.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111,
112 and two additional upper division (usually
367 and 476); 2)Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115,
116), 223 (or 351, 352), 353.
Metro-Urban Studies
METRO-URBAN STUDIES CONCENTRATION:
To be linked with appropriate majors (such as
business administration, business education,
political science, psychology, religion,
sociology, speech). The following core
courses are required for the Concentration:
Economics 120; Political Science 122;
Sociology 111 ; a trans-disciplinary seminar in
metro-urban planning * ; an approved Social
Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study.
*The course in metro-urban planning is not as
yet a regular part of the course offerings. The
interim, independent study, and internship can
provide opportunities for such a course. For
planning either the Major or the Concentration, consult the Director of the program.
Creative alternatives to the above suggested
programs will be considered.
Department of Music
Chairman: Robert Karle'n
MAJOR: 12 courses: 101,102,223,224,260,
261,350 or 476,354 or 355,365 or 375,457,
458,4 years of Performance Studies, 2 years in
a music organization; piano proficiency, and
music repertoire tests.
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses: 101,102,223,
224,260,261,350 or 476,457,458,two of 354,
355,365,375; 3 years of Performance Studies;
2 years in a music organization; piano proficiency; and music repertoire test. Also see requirements of the Department of Education.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 13 courses plus 4
years of Performance Studies with double
periods in the last 2 years; 2 years in a music
organization; piano proficiency; and music
repertoire tests.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
graduation honors in music if they (1) provide
leadership in: the promotion of higher music
performance standards within the Department
of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus;
the performing organizations; the creation
and/or promotion of smaller performing ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least 3.0
in music courses; and (3) apply for the Honors
Program at the beginning of the second term
of the junior year.
Honors may be achieved by any one of the
following ways: ( I ) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal
and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than
15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis
and its defense before a faculty committee or a
solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior
thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE): 101,102,223,224,260,
261,354,355,365,382,395,435,457,476;
Clinical Experience in Music Therapy; 3 years
of Performance Studies; Psychology 105,362;
Sociology 241 ; and one of Sociology 111,121,
231, 232, 375; plus electives in physical education, psychology, art, English, religion, foreign
languages; and speech, communication and
theater arts. The major follows the approved
curriculum of the National Association for
Music Therapy.
MINOR: 5 courses: 101,102,260or 261,458
and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies and 1 year in a music organization; piano
proficiency; and two music repertoire tests.
Attendance at 8 performance workshops and
campus recitals also required.
Those wishing to major in Music or to pursue
the Bachelor of Music degree must declare
their intent not later than the end of their
Freshman year, or at the completion of Theory
102.
Those wishing to minor in Music must declare
their intent not later than the end of their
Sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 102.
Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop
and all campus faculty and student recitals is
required of sophomores, juniors, seniors. All
music majors and minors, must register for
Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital
in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of majors during eitherthe
junior or senior year. A recital in their areaof
Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their
junior and senior years.
Required Music Repertoire Tests: All majors
are required to pass three Music Repertoire
tests. Minors must pass two Music Repertoire
tests. Information regarding the test may be
secured from the Music Office.
Performance Studies Requirements: Major, 8
terms; Music Education, 6 terms; Minor, 2
terms; Bachelor of Music, 8 terms, with double
lessons throughout the last 4 terms.
Performing Organizations Requirements: Major and Bachelor of Music, 2 years; Minor, 1
year.
Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors
and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the
sophomore year. It includes: (a) major and
harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, hands together and
with correct fingering, at moderate speed and
from memory; (b) a Bach two-part invention or
a classical sonata; (c) a Romantic or modern
piece; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymntune grade. One of the pieces (b or c) must be
played from memory.
During the junior and senior years, a student
who has been certified by the Department of
Music as a major or Bachelor of Music is given
required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost provided such study
is with a member of the Augsburg College
music faculty. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may
not exceed four terms of weekly half-hour
lessons.
101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY
Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counter-point,
and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather
than sequentially. (101,223, Fall, 102,224,
Spring)
230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
The development of music through the study
of selected works of great composers from
each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine
arts. For the non-music major. (Fall, Spring)
260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras.
(Spring)
350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to
choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques, and arranging. (Spring)
354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching brass
and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or
senior student transferring to Augsburg College as a Music major must, before registration and acceptance into the major program,
(1) pass an advanced standing test in music
theory, and (2) sing or play representative
pieces recently studied in his or her area of applied music concentration. This may be done
immediately before registration or earlier
when convenient. Transfer students must pass
the Piano Proficiency test by the end of their
first term at Augsburg.
The technique of playing and teaching woodwind and percussion instruments. (Spring)
365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
Development and influence of the music of the
Christian church. Designed for the general
student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall)
382 PSYCHOLOGY OF MUSlC
An objective analysis of musical stimuli:
design and implementation of experimental
research in music.
give individual lessons to children under the
supervision of the instructor. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
495 CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN MUSlC
THERAPY
Observation of various music therapy programs in hospitals and treatment centers.
Dates and times to be arranged.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
395 INFLUENCE OF MUSlC ON BEHAVIOR
A study of man as he relates with music, with
emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
435 MUSlC IN THERAPY
The study and application of the uses of music
with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and
physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395)
457 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and
conducting choral scores, organization of
choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 CONDUCTING
Preparation of and conducting instrumental
scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring)
476 ORCHESTRATION
The craft of orchestrating and arranging
music for instrumental ensembles of varying
sizes and types. (Alternate years)
Permits advanced and specialized studies and
projects not otherwise provided for in the
departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of a member
of the faculty. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student recitals affording opportunity for
public performance. Acquaints students with a
repertoire of musical excellence. No course
credit. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available
to all students. For statement of fees, see
under Financial Information. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
Piano
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons
in piano taken after the piano proficiency
examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor.
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC
The music of Scandinavia since 1700. (Alternate years)
488,489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
Instruction in the principles, methods, and
techniques for teaching piano. Students will
Organ
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying.
Voice
Correct habits of pronunciation and ar-.
ticulation, breath control, flexibility, ear
training as needed, interpretation of songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance.
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations exist not only for
the benefit of the music student, but for any
student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for the full year
required of participants. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
a,
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in
Secondary Schools.
MAJOR: A total of 12 courses in science and
mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of
two of the areas of biology, chemistry or
physics.
In biology, the required courses are 111,112.
The additional 3 courses are to be chosen
from the upper division offerings.
In chemistry, 105,106, or (115,116), and 353
are required. In order to complete the total of 5
courses, two courses may be chosen as
follows: 223 and 361 ; or 351 and 352; or 351
and 361.
In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are
required; and any 3 additional courses may be
selected.
In physics, courses 121,122,245 are required;
two additional courses to be chosen after con-
Choir
Membership by audition and restricted to
65 singers.
Concert Band
Membership by audition,
Orchestra
Membership by audition.
Choral Club, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire
Band, String Orchestra, Instrumental Ensembles
Membership by audition or consent of
director.
Natural Science
sultation with a member of the Physics Department.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical
Students.
This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major
which provides the science courses necessary
and recommended for admission to most
medical schools (including the University of
Minnesota Medical School), and also permits
a number of electives. The student should
choose electives carefully keeping in mind the
specific requirements of the medical schools
to which he or she intends to apply.
MAJOR: 13 courses including Biology 111,
112,491 or 492, and 2 upper.division biology
courses; Chemistry 115, 116, or (105,106), 351,
352, and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry;
Mathematics 121 and 122, or 124 and 125; and
Physics 121, 122.
a,
Augsburg College has tentative plans to offer
a nursing program leading to the Bachelor of
Nursing
Science degree beginning in Fall 1975. Interested persons should write to the Office of
Admissions for further information.
Department of Philosophy
Chairman: Bruce Reichenbach
120 ETHICS
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130,241,242,
343. and 344.
Sometimes you say that a certain action is
right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you
think it is right? Because you like it? Are there
better reasons for thinking something right or
wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at
possible grounds for making moral decisions,
and at the moral judgments about personal
and social issues resulting from them. (Fall,
Spring)
MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from
241, 242, 343, and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy HONORS PROGRAM is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the
junior year. The program will consist of an
honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the
course level, and a defense of this thesis
before the faculty of the department.
130 LOGIC
Courses 110,120, and 130 are recommended
for fulfilling the general education requirement.
Suppose someone gave you reasons, and then
said you had to accept a given conclusion. Do
you? Does the conclusion follow from the
given premises? Here we examine the rules
which govern valid arguments and work to
develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring)
110 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS
241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND
ARISTOTLE
Socrates said that the unexamined life is not
worth living. We want you to take a look at
your beliefs to see whether or not they are
worth holding. What do you know? What
makes things what they are? Must you be able
to define the good before you can do it? These
and other questions will be looked at through
the eyes of the ancient Greek philosophers to
see what they have to say to modern man.
(Fall, Spring)
How, when and why did philosophy begin?
Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the
Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato
think that the physical world was not overly
important, and what did he value? What did
Aristotle the scientist think of this? The
answers to these and other questions will be
considered so as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL
AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a
period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance
was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment.
How dark were the Middle Ages; how
enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval
philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition
was carried forward in the Age of Faith, and
explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance. (Spring)
343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill:
ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY
PHILOSOPHY
Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas
or with experience? What can we really know
about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies
the major empiricists of the 18th century
(Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of
philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the
reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall)
344 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV: CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's
love affair with language? Is truth that which
works? Can we remake philosophy as a
rigorous science? These and other issues are
dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring)
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
What is the relation between faith and reason?
Does God exist, and what can be said about
him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering?
Is man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the
basis of religious beliefs. (Spring, 1975)
355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1976)
360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
Every day we use language to buy and sell,
praise and berate, communicate with friends.
What is language? Could an individual be fully
human without it? How does language relate
to the world -can we really learn about the
nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language? Is
it possible to have a language which only one
individual can understand? We shall explore
how philosophers have responded to these
and other important questions about language. (Fall, 1975)
365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported to be profoundly different and better
than that of the non-scientist. Is this true?
What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are
there certain real questions which science
cannot answer? How certain are the methods
used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In
addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing
philosophical problems in the special
sciences. (Fall, 1976)
370 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies in the writings- both philosophical
and literary -of prominent Existentialist
authors. Attempt will be made to deal in depth
with such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt,
despair, paradox, and the leap of faith. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy)
375 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS
Studies in such philosophical movements as
Analytic philosophy, American philosophy,
Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, etc.
(Suggested prior course: 344)
430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL
PHILOSOPHERS
450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art,
philosophy of literature, philosophy of history,
philosophical psychology, philosophy of
culture, political and legal philosophy, etc.
Seminar format. (Suggested: one prior course
in philosophy.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx,
Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior course: 241,242,
343, or #.)
Individual study and research on some
philosophical topic of interest to the student,
worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
Department of Physical Education'
and Health Education
Chairman: Ernest Anderson
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 courses.
223, 231, 232, 243, 351, 352, 471, 472.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
10 courses. 111,223,231,232,243,351,352,
365, 471, 472.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH
SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE THERAPY: Physical education 111,231,232,243,351,
352,471,472,485,491,495. Psychology 361,
362,355; and one additional Human Physiology course is also required.
required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of .physical
education and
.
athletics.
Physical Education
102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS
Three hours per week. Meets the general
education requirement. No course credit. (Fall,
Spring)
223 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. (Fall, Spring)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: 5 courses.
111, 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243.
HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: 5 courses. 110,
111, 351, 360, and Sociology 231.
COACHING ENDORSEMENT: 5 courses. 111,
243,351,482 and practicum in coaching.
(Practicum requires registration for 499, Independent Study)
Coaches entering their first head-coaching
assignment in Minnesota public schools are
231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and practice in teaching individual and
dual sports. (Fall, Spring)
232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND
RHYTHMS
Theory and practice in teaching recreational
activities, social recreation, quiet games, low
organized games, noon hour activities, camp
nights, relays, modified games, simple
rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (Interim)
472 GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING AND
AQUATICS
243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness
activities. Theory and practice in teaching
swimming, life-saving and water safety. Open
only to majors and minors. (Fall)
History, principles, and philosophy of physical
education. (Spring)
482 COACHING OF SPORTS
351 KlNESlOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF
EXERCISE
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system.
The major effects of exercises upon the
systems of the body. (Prereq.: Biology 103,
Chemistry 105. Spring)
Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic injuries. (Spring)
485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includes consideration of ambulation,
self care, adapted sports and games, and
swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 351,
352, Summer School only)
352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND
EVALUATION
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
Physical education for the exceptional child
with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role
of physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in
physical education. (Spring)
A study of the treatment of disease and injury.
Includes general principles and administration of neuromuscular re-education.
(Prereq.: 351, 352. Summer School only)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
METHODS (K-12)
Also includes American Red Cross Instructors
Course in First Aid. (Prereq.: Currently valid
Standard First Aid card. Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
Four hundred hours of hospital affiliation at
VA Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and
Cambridge State Hospital.'lncludes actual
hospital experience in the following four areas
of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2)
Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation.
(Prereq.: 485,491, and approval of department)
Consult department chairman.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Fall)
Directed intensive study in the area of Physical Education. Open only to majors. (Junior or
senior only)
Health Education
111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION
An analysis of drug abuse and what can be
done for the abuses. Also includes American
Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring)
110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH
360 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Modern concepts and practices of health and
healthful living applied to the individual and
the community. (Fall)
Curriculum, organization and administration
of the school health program. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 1975)
a,
Department of Physics
Chairman: Kenneth Erickson
121, 122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 245,351,362,
and 395.
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and
magnetism, and some aspects of modern
physics. For majors in physics and other
specified majors. Must be taken in sequence.
(4 one-hour lectures. 3-hour laboratorv.
frereq.: r at he ma tics 124 or concurrent
registration. 121, Fall; 122, Spring)
MINOR: 5 courses, including 121,122, and
three courses above 122.
101 ASTRONOMY
A descriptive course requiring elementary
algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies.
The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting
telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as well as
a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3
one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring)
103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected
not only to illustrate fundamental principles,
but also to demonstrate the relevance of
physics to the life sciences. The course is
designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health
science programs. The course is also a very
suitable elective or distribution requirement
for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction to modern physics from an
historical and experimental basis. Relativity,
quantum effects, atomic and molecular
physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This
course indicates the need for, and develops
the experimental basis of quantum mechanics.
(3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Fall)
261 ELECTRONICS
The emphasis is on basic electronic principles
and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C.
circuits before introducing the electron tube
and some circuit applications. The study of
solid state diodes, transistors and integrated
circuits with applications. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122 or 103
plus Mathematics 122 or 125 and consent of
instructor. Spring)
270 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis is on physical optics, using the
complex expression for a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3
one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
122. Fall)
351, 352 MECHANICS I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics in
terms of Newton's laws of motion and the
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms.
Topics include conservation principles, single
particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of
rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of twoparticle systems and noninertial reference
frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122,
Mathematics 226. 351, Fall; 352, Spring)
362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is
developed using the vector calculus
throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics,
solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations,
electric and magnetic properties of materials,
and the theory of electromagnetic radiation
based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 122, Mathematics 226.362,
Fall; 363, Spring)
395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in
a,
Chairman: Norma Noonan
MAJOR: The major in Political Science will
consist of 9 courses, plus Social Statistics
(Sociology 365): 121 or 122; 158; 384; and at
least 5 other upper division courses in 4 out of
physics seminars. Experiments in the areas of
mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour
laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week.
Prereq,: Junior standing. Spring)
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important
variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints: the
experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic
statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: 351. Spring)
486 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from first principles, including
de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger
equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied
include potential wells and potential barriers,
the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen
atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245,351,
352. Fall)
488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics to
specific topics chosen from the areas of solid
state physics, atomic and molecular physics,
nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
486. Spring)
Department of Political Science
5 areas*. A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area.
MINOR: The minor in Political Science will
consist of 5 courses, including: 121 or 122;
158; and at least 3 upper division courses in 3
out of 5 areas*.
ing upon and affected by the Presidency, Congress and the Supreme Court.
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors major in Political Science includes the requirements listed
above, plus the following: The student's
grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major
and 2.75 over-all. The student must take an
Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and
must submit, not later than April 1 of the senior
year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before
a faculty committee. Students should apply for
the Honors Major no later than the first term of
the junior year. For specific information, consult the Honors Adviser in the department.
122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
The five areas are American Government
and Politics, Comparative Politics and
Analysis, International Politics, Public Law,
and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course
listed in more than one area may be counted in
only one area toward major or minor requirements.)
Any course may be taken to fulfill the general
education requirements but especially appropriate are Political Science 121, 122,158 or
160.
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing
public policy in the modern urban complex.
Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings
with political experts and activists.
325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE
The politics of public administration and
bureaucratic policy-making in the American
welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction.
(Prereq,: 1 course in Political Science or #)
326 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS
The electoral process, emphasizing political
parties: their development, structure, and relationship to other factors in the process. Field
work with parties, pressure groups and other
relevant organizations. (Students may not take
BOTH 326 and 356 except by special permission. Offered Fall term of election years. No
prerequisite)
The Urban Requirement may be filled by Political Science 122,342 or by an Internship, Independent Study, or Seminar on an urban-related topic.
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
Students interested in secondary education
niay take one of the three broad social science
options with a concentration in Political
Science. See the Department Chairman for
more information.
Effects of mass communications on individual
behavior; the uses and control of mass media
for political and social purposes including
public opinion research and political public
relations.
For precise listing of terms in which courses
are offered, see the Class Schedule.
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
356 PUBLIC OPINION AND POLITICAL
BEHAVIOR
(Offered in non-election years. See note under
326. See Section I1 for description)
121 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
Presidential, congressional and judicial policy-making in the American national political
system; contemporary political issues imping-
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS
Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in
American politics; national, urban or state
focus; topic to be included in subtitle.
(Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or
#. Offered on demand.)
356 PUBLIC OPINION AND POLITICAL
BEHAVIOR
The flow and influence of public opinion and
the determinants of voter choice, including
study of attitudes, values and personality factors in political behavior. (Offered in non-election years. See note under 326. Prereq.: One
course in Political Science or #.)
459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR
In-depth study of elite and/or mass participation in the political system. (Offered on demand. Prereq.: #)
II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND
PROCESSES
160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS
An analysis of basic patterns in the political
system and decision-making process with
some comparison of major political systems
and discussion of contemporary issues.
Contemporary issues and problems in international politics in the context of democratic
values and processes; moralism, legalism, and
realism in foreign policy.
350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
The emergence, maintenance and decline of
selected democracies, focusing on political
behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.:
One course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years)
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and
implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet
Union and China. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.)
351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS
461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union
and other communist states in termsof political behavior, institutions, processes and policies. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science
or # I
Selected themes including interpretations of
international politics, foreign policy decisionmaking, simulations of international problems.
Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One
course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.)
353 POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT
The modernization process in developing
areas with particular attention to the creation,
maintenance, and administration of political
structures. (Prereq.: One course in Political
Science or #. Offered on demand)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
The legal-political-philosophical role of the
judiciary in the American constitutional
system, emphasizing significant Supreme
Court cases involving the United States
government and the federal system. (Prereq.:
One course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years)
temporary Communism, and the impact of
historical traditions in the Soviet Union and
other communist states. (Prereq.: One course
i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate
years.)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
Theory and methods of empirical political
analysis, including communications theory,
simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts, psychological and
economic approaches to political study, and a
survey of the methods common to empirical
social science. (Prereq.: SocialStatistics; Political Science 158 or 356; or # . Offered alternate years.)
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights
and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied
by the Supreme Court to the protection of
human rights and civil liberties of individuals.
(Prereq.: One course or #. Offered alternate
years.)
384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND
INTERNSHIPS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR
(See Section I1 for description)
380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I
Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers from Plato through
the eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects
of their thought having continuing significance for an understanding of contemporary political issues and the problems of human
society. (Offered alternate years.)
381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT II
Recent political philosophy and ideology, including readingsfrom individualist, anarchist,
socialist, elitist, Christian, democratic, conservative and liberal authors. The contemporary
search' for political processes and structures
appropriate to human potentials and limitations. (Offered alternate years.)
382 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST
POLITICS
An examination of Marxist-Leninist theories,
the development and uses of ideology in con-
Special topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered
on demand)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Independent study for lower division students.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.:
#)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
a,
Department of Psychology
Chairman: Duane Johnson
105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
MAJOR: 10 courses. One or two supporting
courses from other departments may also be
required. The major program is planned in
consultaton with an adviser in the psychology
department and approved by the department
chairman. Required courses will include
105,264,265,493, and 498. Basic courses to
include in preparation for graduate study are
105,264,265,355,357,359,481,498, and at
least one course in Personality or Developmental Psychology. The major program will
usually include 105 in the freshman year, 264,
265 and often 355,357 in the sophomore year,
and 493 and 498 in the senior year. The overall plan will be directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and
toward the particular educational, vocational,
and professional interests and goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major
should be completed and approved by the
beginning of the junior year. The plan, which
may indicate one or more electives in psychology, should be completed early in the sequence of psychology courses. Completion of
a written plan later than the beginning of the
junior year may delay graduation; early planning is recommended.
Methods and approaches used in psychology
for the purpose of understanding behavior.
Research procedures associated with the study of behavior. A structure of the field of psychology including psychological principles in
major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring)
It is recommended that psychology majors
take some course work from among the
following courses: Biology 103,111-112,355,
473; Chemistry 105-106 or 115-1 16,.223; Mathematics 121-122 or 124-125-224,373; Computer Science 245, 355; Physics 103, 261.
264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem
solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both
statistical and experimental design
methodology. Experimental Psychology I may
be taken for credit without continuing in Experimental Psychology II. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be
taken in the term immediately following 264.
(Prereq.: 105.264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall,
Spring)
351 DEVELOPMENTALPSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal child development and
behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems
used for viewing the developmental sequence
and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory
in respect to the development of children.
(Prereq.: 105. Fall)
MINOR: 5 courses including 105.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point
average in the major, a 3.0 grade point
average over-all, and completion of a high
quality research project culminating the major
program. Application for honors consideration
is to be made during the junior year.
352 DEVELOPMENTALPSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and
behavior of the adolescent and adult.
Theoretical bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the
meaning that data and theory have for the
development of persons in the adolescent and
adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 351. Spring)
355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
A survey of the physiological and
neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for
behavior in animals and humans. Lecture,
laboratory, and discussion regarding the fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology,
and research methods. Emphasis will be given
to interactions of the central nervous system
with environmental events including the
effects of drugs on behavior. (Prereq.: 105 and
one course in biology; two courses i n biology
are recommended. Fall)
356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach to the study of
behavior emphasizing the comparison of a
widevariety of species from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be
placed upon studying animals in their natural
habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns
which have evolved through interacting with
the environment. Major topics will include
behavioral evolution, behavioral development,
and social behavior in both animals and
humans. (Prereq.: 105. Spring)
361 PERSONALITY
Dynamics of personality with emphasis on
behavior that customarily is included in the
normal range. Includes consideraton of theories of personality. (Prereq.: 105. Fall)
362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, biological, and psychological
factors involved in behavior disorders. Consideration of diagnostic categories, treatment,
and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or 361.
Spring)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing large groups of individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams.
Study of policies and procedures aimed at
utilizing and perpetrating individuality; exploration of approaches to selecting and
developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 105.
Fa11)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology. (Does not
count toward Natural Science General Education requirement.)
481 HISTORY AND THEORY
357 LEARNING
Analysis of behavior and behavioral change
including objectives, evaluation, and environmental factors in the learning process.
(Prereq.: 105. Spring)
History of psychological viewpoints and
theoretical positions. Concentration on the
development of American psychology.
(Prereq.: 3 courses. Fall)
485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
359 MEASUREMENT
Theory and principles of measurement.
Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality, and intelligence tests.
(Prereq.: 105. Spring)
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in
the counseling process. Consideration given
to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and
senior standing. Spring)
493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES
Points of view within behavioral science on
contemporary professional and societal
issues. Consideration of the approaches and
methods of behavioral science to the study of
such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. Fall, Spring)
498 SEMINAR: RESEARCH PROBLEMS
Individual research in which students select
an area of investigation, plan the appropriate
design, collect data, and write a research re-
a,
Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck
port according to the standards established by
the American Psychological Association. Critical review and discussion of individual
research projects. (Prereq.: Senior standing
and #. Fall, Spring)
\'
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Limited registration by special permission for
advanced students in psychology. Student
must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rational
and purpose for the proposed study.
Department of Religion
and the emergence of the church. (Fall,
Spring)
MAJOR: 8 courses, two of which may be upper
division New Testament Greek. The major
shall include one interim course; and at least
three out of the following four areas shall be
represented by at least one course : 352-356,
360-363, 471-475, 481-484,
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.25 in the major
and 3.00 over-all; research project approved
by the department and a colloquium with the
department.
352 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN
WORSHIP
MINOR: 5 courses
Religion 111 or 221 are prerequisite to all other
courses.
See under Department of Philosophy.
A study of the origin of Christian worship, the
development of the various liturgical traditions
and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention
will be given to both the theology and the form
of worship. Visits will be made to avariety of
worship services. (Fall)
111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An introduction to the academic discipline of
theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring)
221 BIBLICAL STUDIES
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of
biblical interpretation. The history of Israel
355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE PUBLIC
SCHOOLS
The history of studying religion in public
schools, the problems associated with such
efforts, the resources available to the teacher
and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and
educational implications will be analyzed'and
discussed. (Spring)
-
356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS
380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
A survey of Asian religions; an introduction to
the history of religion. An historical survey
beginning with pre-historic times and continuing to the present of some of the major
religious traditions and forms of faith found in
India, China, and Japan (special attention will
be given to the Hindu, Buddhist, Taoist, Confucian, and Shinto traditions). The purpose of
this survey is to introduce both the variety and
the continuity of these traditions and to illuminate what they have meant or mean to
their participants, as well as their significance
to the rest of mankind.
(See under Department of Music)
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of the social sources and
structure of religious beliefs and practices.
Particular emphasis is given to the study of
bureaucracy and its relation to religious
systems, and to an exploration of the changing
patterns of society and the relationship of
these changes to the institutional church.
(Fall)
361 CHURCH FATHERS
The development of some fundamental
doctrines from the time of the Apostolic
Fathers through Augustine.
362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
An introduction to the theological thought of
the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin
Luther and other representative figures. (Fall)
-
471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS
Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with
their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the
"quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall)
472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his
historical background, his relationship to the
early church, and some of the themes to be
found in his writings. (Spring 1975-76)
473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
The various types of Old Testament literature.
The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with
emphasis on the message of the prophets.
(Spring 1976-77)
475 JUDAISM
A survey of the history of Judaism from the
end of the Old Testament period to modern
times, with emphasis placed upon the
religious development. A special interest in
such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and
Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in
support of this course in Judaism offered in
the religion department. (Fall)
363 RELIGION IN AMERICA
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
A study of the development of religion in
America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations
and the responses of religion to the
challenges of its environing culture.
An introduction to some representative trends
in Christian theological thought today, as seen
from the systematic perspective, in the light of
the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring)
482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC
THEOLOGY
New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definintions of the
church. (Spring)
a,
Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist
This major is designed for those preparing for
secondary school teaching in social studies
and for others who desire a broad major in this
area. A major consists of 14 courses, which
may be earned in any one of four distributions.
A student may not list a double major in Social
Science and one of the several component
disciplines unless the distribution selected in
the Social Science major is significantly
different from the other major.
A. HISTORY EMPHASIS
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection
upon moral action. (Spring)
Social Science
ics, history, political science, psychology or
sociology.
C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS
8 courses in Non-Western studies, selected
from the following, with at least 2 courses in
history and 2 courses in political science:
History 104,440,463,464,465,474,495; Political Science 351,353,361,363,382,495,499;
Religion 356; Philosophy 355.
6 other courses including: History 103; one
course in the methodology of the social
sciences (Political Science 158 or 384; Economics 379 or 495; Sociology 362,363 or 365);
and 4 additional electives; one each in
geography, anthropology, sociology, and economics.
.
. - . . .. - -
7 courses in history: adistribution of these
courses among the fields of American, European, and Non-Western is encouraged -at
least 4 of these courses must be upper division
and one a seminar; 2 courses in political
science; 4 courses : 1 each in geography,
anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1
course in the methodology of the social
sciences (Political Science 158 or 384,
Sociology 365 or 362,363; Economics 379 or
495).
For a Social Science major with a NonWestern emphasis to meet the requirements of
the State of Minnesota for a high .school
teacher of the social studies, there must be
among the courses taken at least 7 courses in
history or in political science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined.
B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS
D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS
1 course in geography; 1 course in
anthropology; 2 courses in history; 2 courses
in the methodology of the Social Sciences
(Political Science 158 or 384, Sociology 365 or
362,363, Economics 379 or 495); 7 other
courses in economics, political science, and
sociology, with at least 2 courses in each discipline and at least 3 upper division courses; 1
additional upper division course in econom-
1 course in each of geography, anthropology,
statistics; 11 courses in history, political
science, and economics, with at least 3 in
each discipline and at least 5 upper division
courses, to be selected from the following: Political Science 158,160,350,351,353,361,363,
381,382,495,499; History 103,104,332,416,
440,463,464,465,474,495; Economics 122,
123, 495, 499.
a,
Department of Sociology and Social Work
Sociology
Chairman: Joel Torstenson
MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including
121,362,363,375,485,487, and an interim
course.
MINOR: 5 courses including 121, and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above)
111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN
METROPOLIS
The cultural and structural dynamics of the
modern world viewed from the perspective of
the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the
possibilitiesof human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall,
Interim, Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
The development of sociological consciousness; its motifs, perspectives, and linguistic
forms; sociological models for analyzing the
structures and dynamics of society, community, groups, and personality; the role of sociology as an academic discipline and profession.
Basic background for advanced work in
sociology. (Fall, Spring)
historical, social and cultural contexts. An examination of their relativity and complex interaction as well as alternative approaches
towards solutions. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the ideaof culture; the person's relation to culture; language and its relation to multiple ways of seeing the world. A
comparison of "primitive" and "civilized"
world views, values, and systems of thought,
magic, religion, work, and play. (Fall, Spring)
300,301,302,303,304 SPECIAL TOPICS IN
SOCIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such
places as institutions for adult felons;
physically handicapped; emotionally disturbed; and senior citizens. Residents and staff of
these institutions take the course together
with college students in a co-learning model.
Topics will vary depending on needs and interest.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Religion
231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
The structure and function of the family unit
and its place through time in the larger social
system. Includes interaction within the family,
sex roles, developmental stages and alternatives to the traditional family unit. (Fall, Spring)
232 SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL PROBLEMS
An analysis of the causes and nature of the
contemporary social problems in light of their
362,363 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11
An integrated two-course sequence in
sociological research; analysis of attempts to
build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach; basic problems and procedures of research; statistical tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe
social life; use of data processing equipment
and computers in sociological research.
Stresson application of the skills and procedures learned. Sociology majors are
strongly encouraged to take this sequence
their junior year. (Prereq.: 2 courses in
sociology including 121 or # ; high school
algebra. Fall, Spring)
utilized as a major learning laboratory.
(Prereq.: Soc. 111 or #. Spring)
365 SOCIAL STATISTICS
The dimensions of racial and minority group
relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring. PIN only)
Scientific methods of organizing, comparing
and interpreting socio-psychological data.
Constructing graphs and tables, calculating
measures of central tendency, variability and
association, statistical inference and hypothesis testing. Not open to sociology majors. Spring term is designed especially for
Social Work majors. (Prereq.: high school
algebra. Fall, Spring)
383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP
RELATIONS
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairman or lntership
Director for details. (Prereq.: #)
485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis
upon crime and delinquency. Gang-delinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime.
The theories of crime causation, treatment,
and prevention. (Prereq.: 121. Spring)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Society and the individual, the socialization
process, the development of personality, the
impact of grou,p norms. The various theoretical schools of social psychology. Special attention is paid to the social and situational
components of phenomena commonly seen as
individual problems: phenomena such as
mental retardation, mental illness, I.Q. test performance. (Prereq.: 121 or Psychology 105.
Fall, Spring)
381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN
PLANNING
The changing city in history and in various
cultures; major theoretical perspectives in urban sociology; compelling challenges of the
emerging metropolis; and metro-urban policies, programs and systems for shaping the
future. The Twin Cities metropolitan area (its
central cities, suburbs, and new-towns) will be
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of
their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 121 or #. Fall)
487 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION
The phenomena of social stratification and
social organization; their structural and
dynamic dimensions. Major attention is focused upon stratification and large-scale
organization in an urban world. (Prereq.: 2
courses in sociology, including 121. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology
of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and permission
of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Social Work
Director: Paul Steen
MAJOR: The core program of Social Work
begins in the junior year, but freshmen and
sophomores are advised to take Social Work
257 or to have other significant volunteer experience before majoring.
CORE PROGRAM REQUIRED: Psychology
105; Sociology 121,365,375, and 383; Social
Work 351,352,353,461 or 463, and 467. One
course in the Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR) program should be taken
(see the index in this catalog to find where to
read about CHR courses).
The following are highly recommended: Economics 122; Political Science (one of the
following) 121, 122,325, or326; Psychology
351 and 352 (may be substituted for Sociology
375) and 362; Social Work 257 or 357 (to be
taken as freshman or sophomore); and
Sociology 231 and 232.
257 VOLUNTEER SERVICE AND INDEPENDENT STUDY
With faculty approval, student selects a placement as a full-time volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social
work professionals, social service delivery
systems, and career aspects in the helping
vocations, Independent study with a term
paper report and review conferences.
Especially recommended for freshmen and
sophomores. (Interim)
351 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SERVICES
Basic features of the helping process; social
work as a profession; brief descriptive attention to the principal methods of social work;
public and private welfare systems in urbanizkd ~ r n e r i c aTwo
.
class periods and six hours
field experience per week. (Prereq.: junior
standing or #. Fall)
352 SELECTED PROGRAMS IN SOCIAL
WELFARE
A pair of seminars consisting of social security
(required) and one additional seminar in such
topics as mental retardation, alcohol and
chemical dependency, or the ecology of
welfare. Field experience of 16 hours a week
to learn by practice the basic skills of social
work. (Prereq.: 351 and junior standing, or #.
Interim)
353 SOCIAL WORK METHODS
Direction and application of principles and
techniques of social work interventive
methods. Reflective seminar use of prior and
concurrent experiences in field work. Two lectures a week plus 6-8 hours a week in field setting. (Prereq.: 352. Spring)
357 SUMMER WORK-STUDY
A summer work experience of ten weeks or
longer in a service-giving role through assignment as an employed staff or full-time volunteer member in asocial agency or institution.
Special opportunity to consider career
aspects of social work. Reflective, analytical
reports and participation in seminars required.
Sophomores and juniors. Social Work 358 may
be taken concurrently but not required. (Summer)
358 INDEPENDENT STUDY WITH SUMMER
WORK - STUDY IN SOCIAL SERVICES
To be taken concurrently with 357. With faculty approval a topic is selected for independent
study relating to the work experience. Study to
be reported in a major paper of high quality.
,-- ......".,
/<~rmrnerI
461 LINKAGE AND LABORATORY IN
SPECIAL AREAS
Emphasis on the refinement of social work
practice skills and development of role models
for effective service in programs serving
special groups such as the aged, mentally
retarded, chemically dependent, and youth.
Twice a week linkage seminars with 6-8 hours
field practice. (Prereq.: 353. Fall)
463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENTAND
ORGANIZATION
Locality development and social change
through community organization, social planning, and social action. Two lecture periods a
week plus either (a) for majors, 8 hours related
field experience; or (b) for non-majors, 8 hours
related field experience or an approved plan
for independent work in community study or
planning. (Prereq.: #. Fall)
a,
467 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP IN SOCIAL
WORK
Responsibilites assigned as a professional
social worker in some social welfare agency
with arranged linkage seminars. Some students selected for stipended positions. 12 to
20 hours per week. (Prereq.: 461 or 463 and
major. Spring)
Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts
Chairman: Raymond Anderson
COMMUNICATIONMAJOR: 10 courses, including: 342,351 or 352,354,487 and English
219. Supporting courses required but not
counting toward the major: Speech 111;
Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology
111, 375. Typing ability required.
The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different
emphases -journalism, advertising and
public relations, radio-television-film, human
relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from
the Department Chairman or the Office of Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for
the major and a personal career action plan.
Freshmen should take Speech 111, Psychology 105, Sociology 111, and Philosophy 130.
COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses
SPEECH MAJOR: 10 courses
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, including: 111,116,228,232,360,361,366,467.A
course in cinema arts and 2 courses in dramatic literature may be counted toward a
theater arts major. This major should be supported by an ~ n ~ l i minor
s h or at least by
several courses in literature including
Shakespeare and Modern Dramaor Scandinavian Drama.
Freshmen planning to major in theater arts
should take courses 111, 116, and 228.
Experience requirement for theater arts majors: Experience is required in four out of the
five following areas: acting, set construction
and painting, light and sound, costume, house
management. Majors should take part in dramatic productions during all four years.
MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing
to teach speech in secondary schools may
specialize in any of three majors: speech,
theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of
these must be combined with at least an
English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify
one for teaching speech.
SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses,
including 111,241, or 243,351 or 355,352,354,
360,476. Participation in forensics, and a
minor in English.
THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10
courses, including 111,116,228,232,241 or
243,360,361,366,467,476 or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement
specified above for theater arts majors, and a
minor in English.
SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR
TEACHING: 12 courses. 111,228,232,241 or
243,351, or 355,352,354,360,361,366,467,
476 or avoice and diction course, and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor in
English.
SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: course 111
and six of the following: 241 or 243,351 or 355,
352, 354, 360,476 and participation in forensics.
THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING:
courses 111,228,232,360,361,366, one of the
following: 241,243,476, and participation in
dramatic productions.
THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including:
228, 232, 360, 361, 366.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in
the major, 3.00 over-all, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished
performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field
of concentration. Application to be made early
in the senior year.
Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education.
111 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. (Fall, Spring)
116 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE
DRAMATICS
232 ACTING
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical
work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
A study of film as an art form; major developments in film history; analysis of significant
films, with emphasis on aesthetic rather than
technical elements. (Spring)
243 RADIO-TELEVISION PRODUCTION
Practical experience in the production of radio
and television programs of diverse kinds:
news programs, talk shows, documentaries,
and drama in both media, noting the restrictions and specialties of each form. (Offered
1974-75. Fall)
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
A study of the distinctive character of each of
the major mass media, with emphasis on their
role in society. See also description under
Department of Political Science. (Spring)
351 ARGUMENTATION
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall)
Selection of stories for various age groups.
Techniques, observation, and practice in story
telling and creative dramatics. Recommended
for parish workers as well as elementary and
secondary school teachers. (Fall)
Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study
of great speeches; practical work in speech
writing. (Spring)
228 STAGECRAFT
353 ADVERTISING
Construction, painting, and other aspects of
scenery preparation. Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshman or sophomore
year. (Fall)
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in
modern marketing and communications.
(Offered 1974-75. Spring)
352 PERSUASION
-
354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
399 INTERNSHIP
Introduction to communication dynamics
embracing scientific as well as humanistic
perspectives on human communication.
(Spring)
Consult the Department Chairman for details.
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and practice of stage lighting
and scene design. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Spring)
355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
Theories of group leadership; principles and
types of discussion; practice in discussion
techniques. (Fall)
360 INTERPRETATIVE READING
Basic principles of oral interpretation of
literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry,
and drama. (Fall)
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological factors underlying
normal and abnormal speech. An introduction
to principles and methods of speech correction. (Spring)
480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION
Cooperative investigation of topics in speech
and communication theory. (Fall)
361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
An introduction to history of the theater and to
theories of drama and dramatic production.
(Fall)
366 STAGE DIRECTION
Theory and practice of stage direction with
laboratory exercises in planning productions
and conducting rehearsals. Open to upper
division students only. (Spring)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMMUNICATION
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research. (Fall,
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA
Individual projects in oral interpretation and
theater. (Fall, Spring)
a,--
Transdisciplinary Major
A student who wishes to follow an individually
designed major may do so under the title:
Transdisciplinary major. Although this major
may not be well suited for students who plan
to pursue graduate studies, it does enable
them to obain a broad major with concentration in two or more areas. The major must
include at least two-thirds of the number of
courses required in each of two major fields
offered at the college.
Students who plan to obtain a transdisciplinary major must sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of their sophomore year.
The contract must be approved by their adviser and by the Committee on Admissions
and Student Standing.
Total Student Enrollment
Academic Year, 1973-74 ..........................
.
,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,840
..
285
Summer Session, 1974 .................................................................
Summary of Graduates
Graduates,1870-1973 ................................................................
5,736
Graduates, 1974 (August 31, 1973-May 19, 1974) .........................................
315
A
RUTH AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin
(French). Department Chairman
COURTLAND AGRE, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota
JAMES AGRE, Soccer Coach
MARY ALEXANDER, Assistant Professor of Education, M.A. Kansas State University (Secondary
Education)
*WARREN ALM, Artist in Residence in Music (Lower Brass)
EARL ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department
Chairman
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1947,
Northwestern University
BARBARA ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University,
Department Chairman
ERNEST ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
*MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Librarian, Instructor, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D.
1963, Concordia College
RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota
(Communications), Department Chairman
*JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies
B
KENNETH C. BAILEY, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D. 1960,
University of Minnesota (Philosophy)
*VALERIA B. BALTINA, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1933, University of Latvia
(German and Russian)
*RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion
JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M. 1948, Northwestern University
(Woodwind)
*JAMES BILLINGS, Instructor of Business Administration, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
VERN BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959,
University of Minnesota (Urban and Criminal Justice Studies)
LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M. Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary
WILLIAM CARIS, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1952, University of
Iowa (Head Football Coach)
JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1972, Indiana University (Director of the
Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble)
CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota
BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary
Foundation
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of lowa(Director of the Social
Science Research Center)
AILENE COLE, Associate Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater
Arts)
D
F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1966,
Duke University
JOHN C. DAWSON, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1962, University of Minnesota (Director of the
Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program)
MARSHA DEWELL, Instructor of English, M .A. 1971, University of Chicago
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State
University
GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota
*EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music, M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music (Voice)
*ROBERT ENGELSON, Director of the Choral Club, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College
*KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University
Department Chairman
SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University
NORMAN 6. L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of
Wisconsin
HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of
Minnesota
BURTON P. FOSSE, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949,
University of Minnesota
*FABlOLA FRANCO, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1970, University of
Minnesota (Spanish)
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, lnstructor in Art, M.A. 1970, Penn State University
MARK FUEHRER, lnstructor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota
(Organ)
JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago
BRUCE L. GILDSETH, Vice President for Institutional Advancement, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota
ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota
ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, B.A. 1969, Augsburg College
*JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach
DEAN B. GULDEN, Associate Professor of Mathematics, M.S. 1967, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1969, University of Wisconsin
ARLlN E. GYBERG, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of Minnesota
LElF E. HANSEN, Assistant Professor of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1950, University of
Minnesota (Norwegian)
THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1950, New York University
MlLDA HEDBLOM, Assistant Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Visiting Professor, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of Law
(Business Law)
MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation
*KATHERINE A. HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota
(Voice)
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska
NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture)
JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota
* P. TERRENCE HOPMANN, Visiting Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1969, Stanford
University
ERVIN INNIGER, lnstructor of Health and Physical Education and Admissions Counselor, B.S.
1967, Indiana University (Head Basketball Coach)
*VALIJA JAUNLININS, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, University of
Minnesota (German)
*I.KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin Madison
MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor, M.A. 1947, University of Minnesota (Registrar)
DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and
B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary
JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music (Piano)
MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, Columbia University,
M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota (French)
MOHAMED KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of
Michigan
ROBERT KARLEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota, (Director of
the Augsburg Orchestra), Department Chairman
*JAMES KINCANNON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota
MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury
College (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota
BOYD KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor. M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
L
*ROY H. LAFAYETTE, lnstructor of Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota
GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor of Business Education, M.A. 1951, University of
Minnesota
JOHN K. LUOMA, lnstructor of Religion, Ph.D. 1974, The Hartford Seminary Foundation
M
RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California Santa Barbara
KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965,
University of Michigan
MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota
*MARVIN McCOY, lnstructor of Music (French Horn)
*MARIE 0. McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967, University of Nebraska
(Elementary Education)
*ANN MEISSNER, Director of Nursing Education, Ph.D. 1964, U~~iversity
of Wisconsin -Madison,
M.P.H. 1969, University of California - Berkeley
DIANA LEE METZKER, lnstructor in Music, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota (Organ, Piano)
*ROBERTA METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas (Music
Therapy)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota
JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, LL.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained
Glass)
PETER MORICI, JR., Assistant Professor of Economics, M.A. 1971, University of New York at
Albany
GERDA MORTENSEN, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1928, Columbia University (Commissioner and
Executive Secretary for the Norsemen's Federation; Secretary of the Executive Committee of
the Norwegian-American 1975 Sesquicentennial Association for the Midwest)
*KATSUYOSHl NAKAMURA, Instructor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1972, University of Minnesota
(Greek)
ARTHUR NASH, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1938, University of Minnesota
EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947,
University of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach)
GORDON L. NELSON, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Chicago
RICHARD C. NELSON, Assistant Professor of History, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
*CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D:1971,
University of Minnesota
GRIER NICHOLL, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University of Minnesota (American
Studies)
NORMA C. NOONAN, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University,
Department Chairman
DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1963, Boston University
ESTHER J. OLSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts)
WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
(German)
*VALERIE PACE, lnstructor of Sociology, B.A. 1970, University of Iowa
RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota
*PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
KERMIT E. PAULSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin Madison
ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota
LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University,
Department Chairman
WARREN L. PERSONS, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1968, University of Wisconsin
LaVONNE PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953,
Montana State University
JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of
Minnesota
*ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence in Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana(String
Instruments)
Q
MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota
PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological Seminary,
Department Chairman
R
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern
University, Department Chairman
STEVEN F. REUTER, lnstructor of Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of NebraskafElementary
Education)
*JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of America
GUNTA ROZENTALS,Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota (Spanish)
S
EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
*KATHRYN SANDQUIST, lnstructor of Music, B.A. 1958, University of Minnesota (Piano)
RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter
(England)
LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, and D.Mus. 1965,
Lakeland College (Director of the Augsburg Choir)
EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964,
University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
"IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Library Science)
MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois, and
M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota
DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology
EUGENE SKIBBE, Associate Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg
(Germany)
*ROBERT STACKE, lnstructor of Music (Percussion)
PAUL T. STEEN, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work)
*CARROLL I. STEIN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Minnesota
DONALD 6. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of
Minnesota (German, Linguistics)
MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of
Minnesota
RALPH SULERUD, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska,
Department Chairman
PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting), Department
Chairman
TONI THORNTON, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D.1973, University of California - Santa
Barbara
NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin Madison
JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music
VERA THUT, lnstructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music
*MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball Coach
JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota(Metr0Urban Studies), Department Chairman
*EUGENE VUICICH, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M. 1967, Indiana University (Instrumental
Music, Director of the String Ensemble)
ANTHONY WAGNER, Assistant Professor of Sociology/Social Work, M.S.W. 1973, University of
Minnesota
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Associate Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
*MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute)
DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University
*STEVEN WRIGHT, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass)
* Part-time
Administration
.........................................................
....................................................
President..
College Pastor,.
Oscar A. Anderson
Lowell Brandt
FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT
Vice President for Finance and Management.. ........................ Burton P. Fosse
Wayne Pederson
Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . !. .
Director of Plant Services ...........................................Eugene Ecklund
Director of Food Services ........................................... Carl Stromer
Director of Data Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Beardsley
Director of Auxiliary Services ......................................... Douglas P. Wasko
Manager of the Book Store.. ........................................ Robert Gores
Director of Student Financial Services. ............................... Herald Johnson
Director of Personnel ............................................... Charles Gerster
Administrative Assistant for Operations
and Programs.. ................................................ Mildred Nelson
Supervisor, Printing and Mailing ..................................... Marcella Hagel
Ice ArenaManager ..................................................Doug Smestad
Custodial Supervisor.. .............................................. Joseph Roberts
Maintenance Supervisor. ............................................ Edwin Hovey
.......
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean of the College ..........................................Kenneth C. Bailey
Associate Dean of the Faculty
F. Mark Davis
and Director of Special Programs..
Registrar.. ......................................................... Mildred Joel
Associate Registrar ................................................. Beverly Wegge
Head Librarian. ..................................................... Marjorie Sibley
Larry Glenn
Director of Audio Visual Services
John C. Dawson
Director of MUSIP ..................................................
Louise McColl
Coordinator of the New Dimensions Program
..............................
....................................
.........................
DEVELOPMENT
Vice President for Development.. .................................... Glen W. Johnson
Director of Deferred Giving .......................................... Sigvald Hjelmeland
Director of Foundation and Government Relations..
Donald A. Christenson
Jeroy Carlson
Director of Alumni and Parents Programs..
Office Manager.. ................................................... Irene Steenson
..................
...........................
INSTITUTIONAL ADVANCEMENT
Vice President for Institutional Advancement..
........................ Bruce L. Gildseth
College Relations
Director of College Relations ........................................James Dock
Associate Director of College Relations .............................. Michael Walgren
Steven J. Vite
Manager of Publications.,
...........................................
Admissions
Director of Admissions..
Donald E. Webber
Assistant Director of Admissions,.
Dave Benzel
Assistant Director of Admissions..
Barb J. Lundberg
Karen Nelson
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor ..............................................Alan Bachman
............................................
...................................
....................................
..............................................
Student Affairs
Dean of Student Affairs.. ............................................Marianne Sander
Director of Student Development Resources ..........................Richard Thoni
Director of Residence Programs . . . . . . . . . ., .......................... Cindy Marsh
Director of Career Planning and Placement.. ......................... Pat Olsson
Joel Mugge
Director of Student Programs..
Coordinator of Student Advising ..................................... Pat Leone
Ralph Crowder
Coordinator of Minority Affairs.
.......................................
......................................
............................25
Academic Administration
Academic Life
Accreditation
Administration
Admission to the College
Advanced Placement
Advanced Standing
American Studies
Anthropology
Art. Department of
Bachelor of Music Degree
Biology. Department of
Board. Cost of
Business Administration
Business Education
Calendar
Campus
Campus Map
Chemistry. Department of
Chinese
Classification
Communications
Computer Science
Conservation of Human
,
.
Resources (CHR)
Corrective Therapy
Courses of Study
Course Descriptions
Credit by Examination
Degrees
Divisional Organization
Early Admission
Early Decision
East Asian Studies
Economics
Education. Department of
Education. Elementary
Education. Secondary
Engineering
English. Department of
Enrollment
Expenses
Faculty
Financial Aid
Financial Information
Five College Cooperative
Food Service
French
Foreign Languages
Full-Time Student Defined
General Education Requirements
Geography
German
Grading
Graduates (1870-1974)
Graduates. Summary of
Graduation Requirements
Graduation With Distinction
Greek
...................................... 11
.......................................
7
...................................... 94
.......................19. 32a
................................
20
................................. 20
...............................
30. 29a
..................................
80
...............................30. 7a
........................15. 62
...........................33. 9a
...................................... 23
........................35. 10a
.............................37. I l a
.......................................... 11
.......................................... 7
.......................................8
.......................40. 12a
.....................................49. 16a
......................................
29
...............................83. 13a
..............................60. 19a
............
................
13. 5a
..............................
13. 68
............................29. 30. 6a
.............................30. 7a
..............................
29
........................................15
.............................
26
................................
20. 32a
..................................
20. 32a
.............................
42. 29a
..................................... 38. 14a
.......................42. 15a
.........................
.42. 15a
...........................43. 15a
.....................................
13. 46
..........................46. 16a
.................................
...... 88
..........................................
22
.......................................... 11. 87
.......................................
21
...............................
22
....................
.
.
.
.. 12
.......................................
18
.................
.
.
....................49. 16a
............................. 49. 16a
...........................26
....................11
.................................... .a.
1.......................................
.52, 77e
............................................ 27
.............................88
.............................88
........................... 25
.........................28
..........................................53. 17s
...............................70. 22a
........................ 6
..........................56. 18a
....................................14
......................................... 17
.......................................6
..................................28
......................12. 3a
.........................16. 17a
..........................................
53
.........................................47
.................................
45. 15a
.....................................
53. 17a
...........................................6
.............................................
12
Health Education
History of Augsburg College
History. Department of
Honors Program
Housing
Identification
Independent Study
Inter-lnstltutional Programs
Intercollegiate Athletics
Japanese
Journalism
Library Science
Linguistics
Location
Majors
Mathematics. Department of
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Metro-Urban Studies
Internship Program (MUSIP)
Music. Department of
Music Therapy
Nature and Objectives of Augsburg
Natural Science
New Dimensions Program
Numbering of Courses
Nursing
Personnel of the College
Philosophy. Department of
Physical Education
Physics. Department of
Political Science. Department of
Pre-Professional Training
Probation and Dismissal
Psychology. Department of
Recreation
Refunds
Registration
Religion. Department of
Religious Life
Room Costs
Russian
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Science Majors
Social Work
Sociology. Department of
Spanish
Speech. Department of
Student Life
Student Services
Summer School
Study Abroad
Symbol (#)
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary Major
Transfer to Augsburg
Tuition and Fees
Visiting the Campus
.....................59. 18a
........................13. 61. 19a
............................61. 29a
....................15. 4a
...........................62. 21a
......................................62
.................. 6
................................65. 29a
...........................17
..............................29
..........................................
66
............................84
......................66. 22a
.............................68. 22a
.........................70. 23a
.................71. 24a
.......................12. 29a
............................ 27
......................75, 25a
.........................................16
............................................23
......................................
26
.........................77, 2Se
......................................16
......................................... 23
........................................54. 17a .
..................... ma
..........................
78.
................................60.81. 26a
.64.
29a
....................... BO. 288
........................................55. 1Ta
.......................... 89.27a
........................................7%
.
............................
....
.16
..........................
,
.....
13. 14
......................................14
.....................................29. 30
....................................
63, 280
.........................
66,28a
.......................
18.20. 12a
....................................
22
................................ Z
Page numbers followed by the letter "a" refer only to pages in the Student Prospectus . Ifyou do not have a Prospectus. write the
Office of Admissions. Augsburg College. 731 21st Avenue South. Minneapolis. Minnesota 55404. for a copy .
Show less
-
-
Title
-
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1976
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
CATALOG
Augsburg College
731-21st Ave. So.
Minneapolis, Mn. 55454
332-5181
Dr. Donald Custafson, Interim Director
The Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is
particularly intended to be a time providing opportunities for both students an...
Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
CATALOG
Augsburg College
731-21st Ave. So.
Minneapolis, Mn. 55454
332-5181
Dr. Donald Custafson, Interim Director
The Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is
particularly intended to be a time providing opportunities for both students and
faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning, to investigate particular questions
and topics and to use urban and other off-campus resources in ways not possible
during the regular term.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at
least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of
full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer student enrolled full time for two
years is required t o complete one interim for graduation).
A student may not receive credit for more than two interims in the student's major
Also, only one interim course in religion may be applied to the three course
requirement in religious studies.
There are no tuition refunds for students who choose not t o enroll in an interim
course.
One course is considered a full time load during interim and no student is permitted
t o register for more than one course during the period.
(;RAI)IN(; AN]) COIJRSIE LISTI'
INGS
Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students
generally have the option t o register on a Pass/No Credit basis. A few interim courses
are graded only on the PIN system; this limitation is indicated in the course
description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim
courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering
for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and/or a more
rigorous grading standard.
OIBTIONS
June Interim
At least two interim courses will be offered in the June 1976 session of summer
school. An Augsburg student may register in a June interim course in lieu of the
January term with no additional tuition charge; however, students planning to elect
the June interim must register at the time of interim registration in the fall. Students
wishing to take the June interim in addition to the January one will be required to pay
regular summer course tuition.
Independent or Directed Study
Students may elect a program of either independent study (upper division) or
directed study (lower division) for the interim. Faculty members are strongly
discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed
study per interim. Students electing independent or directed study must:
1)
meet departmental requirements
2)
present at registration a written statement from the faculty member who
will direct the study
submit to the Interim director by December 1 a description of the intended
study, (topic, procedure, end result, and form of evaluation). Students not
submitting this information by December 1 will have their registration
cancelled.
Interims at Other Schools
3)
Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal
interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interim offerings can be consulted in the
Interim Center, Room 111 Memorial Hall. Registration for interims at the Twin City
colleges and at St. Olaf will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period.
Students interested in attending any other institution during the interim should consult
with the Interim Director or his secretary (Room 1 11, Memorial Hall).
Non-Augsburg Students
Augsburg College will accept students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January interim
without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge
tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not
include special fees charged in addition t o tuition. Other students will be charged
$310 for the interim course.
Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write t o the Interim
Director for appropriate application forms. These students are responsible for their
own housing and boarding arrangements, though requests for on-campus housing can
be made t o the office of the interim director.
CLASS MI%I%TIN(;S
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time.
I
I1
-
8:OO - 12:30
12:30 - 5:OO
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be
arranged the first day of class.
All Interim classes will meet the first and last class days of the interim. Classes
scheduled for Period I will meet the first day at 9:00 and classes scheduled for
Period I1 will meet the first day at 1:OO.
October 27-30
Interim Registration
January 5
First Day of Interim
Class I 9:00 a.m.
Class I1 1:00 p.m.
January 6
Last day for cancelladd
January 9
Last day for determining grading system
January 23
Last day for canceling class
January 30
Interim ends
Check with the Interim Center (Memorial Hall # I l l , extension 470) or with the
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson (Memorial Hall #114, extension 475).
Instructor: Paul Rusten
Film-making I, Film-making I1
Film-making through practical lab experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and
structural elements of film. The making of a 16 mm sound film.
Lab Fee of $70.00.
Prerequisites: None for Film-making I.
NOTE: You must have taken Film-making I in order to
take Film-making 11.
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I
Room: East Hall
Life Drawing
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non art students. The media will include pencil,
contikrayon, ink, charcoal, pastel, chalk.
There will be a $10.00 per student model fee.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I
Room: Art Studio 6
The Arts of Spain
Instructor: Philip Thompson
A study of cross-cultural influences in art and architecture which appear to have blown into Spain on
the winds of political change and which were deposited as monuments to both Western and Eastern
civilization. El Greco, Velasquez and Goya reflect these influences and exert a personal freedom of
expression which is characteristically Spanish. Picasso, Miro, Gaudi and Dali are modern examples of
the Spanish artistic temperament nutured by centuries of "contradictoriety" via the country's great
wealth and extreme deprivation. Although Spain appears to be untouched by Modernism, its artists
have led revolutions in the arts.
The purpose of this interim in Spain is also to investigate great art collections which are housed in and
around Madrid, Burgos and Barcelona. Since Spanish art and architecture seem unaffected by the 20th
Century Avant-Garde and the electronic revolution, this would be a chance to step out of our psychedelic
cosmography into the perspective of the time in which the art of the Spanish past was created.
Cost will be approximately $895.00. PIN grading.
Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor; Register with Director of International Programs, Memorial Hall 125.
Distribution: Humanities
Scientific Racism
Instructors: Johnny Bland, Roberta Lammers
What is the biological definition o f race? What do biologists say about the evolution o f races? Is the
biological concept o f race compatible with cultural and societal definitions? What is racism? We will
be examining these questions along with the history o f the eugenics movement and the current
controversies about race and IQ and about population control and food supply. Some o f the authors
we will be reading critically are Charles Darwin, Francis Galton, Hans Eysenck, Arthur Jensen, Richard
Hernstein, Ashley Montagu, Garrett Hardin, Stephen Rose, and Robert Williams.
Prerequisites: Knowledge o f high school biology or equivalent
Distribution: Science/Math, Urban
Time: I1
Room: Science 21 3
Evolution: Believe It or Not
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
For many decades most biologists have accepted the theory o f organic evolution as being supported by
a body o f irrefutable evidence. Nevertheless, there has been an upsurge o f antievolutionism in the past
few years, which has led to a great deal of discussion and the publication o f numerous books on the
subject. In this course the historical development o f the theory o f evolution from Darwin to the
present time will be traced. The evidence in support o f the theory will be discussed, and the mechanisms
o f evolution as presently understood by biologists will be studied. During the last part of the course
some o f the recent antievolution literature which attempts to refute the scientific evidence will be
examined. In this part o f the course people representing various points o f view will be invited to some
o f the sessions.
Prerequisites: At least a high school course in biology
Distribution: Science/Math
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Instructors: Robert Herforth, Kermit Paulson
Nuclear Radiation Science
(Biological Emphasis) :
Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar
A study o f nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for
the individual student. The course will consist o f ( 1 ) introductory work on radiation detection and
measurement at Augsburg, (2)participation in the 1976 Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar where the
student has the opportunity to design his or her course o f study from projects in nuclear radiation
physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, nuclear medicine, health physics, and
radiological safety, and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. Students may
receive credit in Biology for this course by selecting projects having a biological orientation.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities - Special Training Division,
and is the only opportunity of its kind in the United States. Two weeks of the course will be spent
in Oak Ridge, Tennessee, utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU Special
Training Division. These facilities provide the opportunity for laboratory experience not normally
available to undergraduate students.
Time will be available to tour the area, including the national laboratory, and special lectures,
featuring scientists from the national laboratory, will be presented to the Special Seminar students.
The cost will be approximately $200.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
Distribution: Natural Science
Time: I
Room: Science 30
Seminar: The Cutting Edge
Instructor: Neal 0 . Thorpe
Students will conduct an in-depth literature research on an up to the minute topic in biological research.
The class will attend seminars at the University o f Minnesota and several investigators will present
seminars t o the class on campus. Students will develop a high quality paper on their topic and will
present the subject orally to the class. This course fulfills the requirement of the seminar for the
biology major.
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior Biology Major
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Science 212
BUS. AIDMIN.
Principles of Managerial Accounting
Instructor: Arnin Kader
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals o f managerial accounting.
Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations.
Prerequisites: Business Administration 101
Distribution: none
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
Office Technology
Instructor: Gertrude Lund
Operation of transcription machines, introduction to data processing, and efficient handling o f office
duties through simulation in various departments such as personnel, filing, purchasing, sales, and
international trade.
Prerequisites: Typewriting
Distribution: none
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Symmetry in the Arts and Sciences
Instructor: Margaret Etter
The fundamental concepts of symmetry are universally appreciated. Small children entranced with a
spinning top, musicians creating a fugue, scientists exploring crystal structures, and naturalists
enjoying a buttercup are all more or less consciously involved with the science o f symmetry. We will
explore the many facets of symmetry in our life, culture, and history as outlined by Martin Gardner
in his intriguing text, The Ambidextrous Universe. An appreciation for the different types of
symmetries involving rotations, reflections, inversions, and translations will be systematically studied,
using H. Weyl's classic book, Symmetry. The symmetry operations used by the late artist M. C.
Escher in his graphic works will ako be studied in some detail.
One short seminar, one written report, and one creative project involving symmetry in any discipline
will be required, in addition to routine class assignments and quizzes.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Science/Math
Time: I
Room: Memorial Hall 1
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Instructor: Roy Hanson
This course will cover gravimetric analysis, volumetric analysis, and solution equilibria in detail and will
give an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques o f analysis. The course is to be taken by
chemistry majors normally in the interim o f their sophomore year. Medical technologists should take
Chemistry 353 in the spring. There will be daily classes, laboratory sessions and assignments.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 106 or 116
Distribution: None
Time: I & I1
Room: Science 315
Introduction to Chemical Research
Instructor: Courtland Agre
This course offersjunior and senior chemistry majors an opportunity to become acquainted with
chemical research by pursuing a topic or problem in detail. The faculty member will work with
students in areas o f their own interest such as continuation o f research problems already started or
particular problems of synthesis or analysis. Off-campusactivities such as research at Argonne or in
industry may be possible. The student is required to discuss his research with the instructor before
the start o f the interim.
Prerequisites: Junior or senior chemistry major
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Science 318
Principles of Economics
- Micro
Instructor: Peter Morici
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken
independently of Economics 120 or 122.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I
Room: Old Main 28
Welfare Economics
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market
structures;social welfare functions; normative concepts o f economic theory.
Prerequisites: Economics 251 or permission o f instructor
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
1%IBIJCATION
Construction of Learning Centers for Elementary
and Pre-school Use
Instructor: Steven Reuter
Construction and display o f interest and learning centers for use in elementary and pre-sch ool
environments. Students will have the opportunity to view, design, construct and display their
creations. A unique opportunity to gain understanding in enriching the classroom. The course will
include various field trips and some lab time in the public schools.
Prerequisites: Elementary, Kindergarten, and Pre-school majors or anticipated majors.
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Library 4
1%I)IJCATl'
ION
SIJDIMIER
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
(Elementary)
Instructor: Lauretta E. Pelton
This will be an opportunity for the student to investigate the teaching profession and to explore
various job possibilities within it. Working in schools will highlight the course along with various
exploratory ventures as promoted by the participating students'resourcefulness and creativity.
Prerequisites: Sophomore or Junior standing
Distribution: None
Time: Summer Session
11I)UCATl'
ION
Audio-visual Media
Instructor: Mary Alexander
This course will provide the student with an opportunity to work with Media Specialists in Elementary
or Secondary schools of the metropolitan area. The students will learn to use a variety of equipment
and to produce AV material. Please contact Mary Alexander before December 1 in order that
assignments can be made with specific schools.
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing
Distribution: None
Time: I (and arranged)
Room: Old Main 7
Things That Go Bump In The Night:
The Literature of Fantasy
Instructor: Ron Palosaari
Human imagination has filled many books with strange creatures such as hobbits, ghosts, elves, and
ghouls. Some of these creatures delight our taste for the fanciful. Others stir our fears. As the old
Scottish prayer puts it:
"From ghosties and ghoulies and wee little beasties
And things that go bump in the night
Good Lord, deliver us. "
We will spend the month reading and discussing works of fantasy. We will start with Tolkien's The
Hobbit and The Lord of the Rings trilogy and wander from there t o other fantasy writers. If
January winds blow us some luck, there may be a film, a play, or a television show or two that will
give us some additional fun.
The course is open only to the curious andlor devoted. Students will establish their curiosity or
devotion by reading at least The Hobbit and Fellowship o f the Rings before the class begins. The
instructors who are slightly suspicious as well as curious and devoted will give an examination on the
four Tolkien books on the third day o f class.
-
Prerequisites: See above
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
The Literature of Terror: Tales of Horror,
Mystery and Detection
Instructor: Lorraine Livingston
Do you have a penchant for murder and detection? Do you like spine-tingling horror stories? You
will be able to swap experiences with fellow students as you read both classical and modern mystery
stories. A selected reading list will include such works as Great Tales of Horror by Edgar Allen Poe,
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley, Dr. Jekyl and Mr. Hyde by Robert Louis Stevenson, The Moonstone
by Wilkie Collins, The Hound o f the Baskervilles by Sir Arthur Conan Doyle, Rebecca by Daphne du
Maurier, The Long Goodbye by Raymond Chandler, Murder on the Orient Express by Agatha
Christie, The Odessa File by Frederick Forsyth, and In Cold Blood by Truman Capote. Brief
be followed by group discussions, Each student will write one short paper on a subject
lectures
o f his choice.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 2 1
Myths, Motifs, Mandalas and Much More:
The Short Story and Archetypes
Instructor: Richard Sargent
We shall read and discuss a collection o f short stories by some familiar writers (Hemingway, Lawrence,
Hesse) and some not so familiar (Anais Nin, Akutagawa, Tanizaki) from a variety of points o f view,
but with emphasis on one called archetypal criticism, an interdisciplinary approach using insights from
anthropology, psychology, sociology, and religion t o understand literature. The collection of stories
will be of interest even to those who have read widely, since the selections are not over-anthologized,
and represent a wide number of cultures. The course would be appropriate for someone just learning
how to discuss and write about literature, but it would also be of interest to a literature student who
wished to learn more about archetypal criticism.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
L'homme moyen sensuel and The Bloomsday Book:
Instructor: Toni Thornton
James Joyce's Dubliners and Ulysses.
The course will consist of a close reading of these two masterpieces and selected criticism. The focus
will be on class discussion and analysis, and a paper to be completed by the end of the course. Those
planning to enroll should be familiar with Homer's Odyssey.
Prerequisites: One literature course
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
Intermediate French I1
Instructor: Ruth L. Aaskov
Those who have studied the basic structures and forms of the French language once and have done a
little reading may revitalize their skills by exploring twentieth century writings of current thema tic
interest. Basics of the tenses and other grammatical forms will be reviewed in the language and there
will be daily practice in listening and speaking. Understanding and communicating ideas are goals for
leisure time French as well as readiness for courses in conversation, writing, civilization or reading.
--
There will be lab assignments or work with C-60 cassettes and field trips en francais as possible for the
group.
Prerequisites: 3 years (high school level), 211 (college level) or consent of instructor
Distribution: Language
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 7
The Agony of 20th Century Germany as Reflected
in Literature
Instructor: William Oyler
Works in English translation by significant 20th century German writers will be read and discussed.
These works will reflect the crises and upheavals of the 20th century experience which are not
uniquely German, but have a universal application as well. Topics will include: the anonymity of
urban-industrial life, the search for personal identity and security, the uses of power, war, political
change and confrontation with ultimate questions o f life and death. Works by East German and
women writers will be included. Students will read and report on one work in addition to those
discussed in class.
This course is a variation on German Literature in Translation (244),which covers the nearly 200
years from the Age of Classicism to the present. Since the two courses are not identical, students
who have taken 244 may get credit for 245 and vice versa. Credit does not apply to a major or a
minor in German.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Language
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 8
History of the German Language
Instructor: Don Steinmetz
How do languages grow? What causes them to change? How are languages related to each other?
What are language families? These and other general questions of historical linguistics will be
considered as exemplified by the history o f German. Topics studied include: the development of
German, English and other Germanic languages from Indo-European through Ancient Germanic, the
development of German from the earliest docurnents to the present day, the formation of the modern
standard language and Martin Luther's contribution to it, German dialects, especially the difference
between Low and High German.
Prerequisites: German 112 or permission o f instructor
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Old Main 1
Norwegian Composition and Conversation
Instructor: Leif E. Hansen
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronuncia tion and original composition.
Some attention will be given to regional speech variations and to differences between the two official
languages of Norway. There will be a variety of contacts with native speakers of Norwegian now
residing in the Twin Cities area.
Students will be required to put in a total of 5 hours per week in laboratory work andlor field
experience.
Prerequisites: Norwegian 75212 or equivalent
Distribution: Language
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 3
Spanish Literature in Translation: Famous
Literary Figures
Instructor: Gunta Rozentals
Emphasis upon the analysis of the basic human types and the fascinating characters of fact and fiction
with which Spain has enriched world literature: The Cid, Celestina, Don Juan, Don Quiojote, the
conquistador, the mystic, the rogue, the guardian of his honor, the modern agonist . . . .
Lectures, discussion, extensive readings, reports and a paper.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Language
Time: Summer Session
Room:
Spanish Expression
Instructor: Mary A. Kingsley
The main goal of the course is to improve the students'ability in oral and written Spanish, with a
secondary goal of widening one's cultural background. It will include readings and discussions in
Spanish on a wide variety of topics including: Spanish art; selected works of Ortega, Unamuno, Julian
Marias, and Pio Baroja; the Spanish versus the Mexican tortilla, including lessons on how to make them;
After Franco, What?; Spanish etiquette; macismo; etc. Special emphasis will be placed on clarifying
grammar problems common among English speakingpeople, i.e.: porlpara, serlestar, subjunctive,
passive voice, preteritlimperfect. In addition there will be a systematic general review of Spanish
grammar. The course will be conducted entirely in Spanish.
Prerequisites: One conversation class beyond intermediate level
Distribution: Language
Time: I
Room: Old Main 3
History of London
Instructor : Orloue Gisselquist
"When a man is tired of London, he is tired of life, for there is in London all that life can afford"
(Dr. Samuel Johnson, 18th century). This course does not promise all that! But London does offer
much of value and interest to study. Its amazingly rapid growth since mid 16th century has meant
that Londoners have felt, thought about, and responded to modern urban problems for at least
four centuries. Its business community was at the forefront of economic change in the Western world
for several centuries. Several times the city has represented high points in the history of European
culture. It has had a massive influence on English society generally (well illustrated by its demographic
preponderance in the nation) and a powerful leverage on British politics (whose capital was
conveniently located just a few miles up the Thames River). And fortunately, for the purpase of our
study, there is a great deal of literature about the city that is readily available.
Urban history, and hopefully this course, appeals t o students o f various disciplines - geography,
architecture, popular culture, economics, urban planning, political science, as well as history. Both
in class activities and student assignments, there will be an effort t o construct the course so as to
reflect this interdisciplinary interest. There will be wide choice in the matter o f assignments; it is
understood, though, that an individual project emphasizing literature or architecture will evidence
the insights and background gained in the broader concerns o f the course.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Urban or Social Science
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 19
The Japanese-American Experience
Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen
This course is a study o f the Japanese-American experience in the USA. Perspectives o f their
immigration patterns, geographic settlements, and their contributions to the American economy and
society will be explored. Special focus will be given to the forced evacuation o f the Japanese-Americans
during World War 11, how and why they were uprooted from homes and businesses at short notice.
Where in the United States were the so-called "American concentration camps"located? How did this
ethnic group adjust to detention and attempt to overcome the trauma o f their war-time experience?
Japanese-Americans from the Twin Cities, films and slides will be used as resources. Field trips will
be taken t o observe Japanese products, arts, cooking, and the headquarters o f the Japanese-American
Citizens League. Some evening meetings may replace regular day sessions. A paper or an acceptable
alternate project will be required.
Prospective education majors may find the course valuable for their teaching.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
From the Indus to Indira: Epochs in Indian History
Instructor: Don Gustafson
This course will present an introduction t o the vast panorama o f Indian culture from the early cities
on the Indus River t o the problems and potentials o f modern India. Not only will a wide variety o f
topics be covered, but in addition there will be a great variety in the materials used - cultural artifacts,
recordings, slides, novels, religious texts, histories, and who knows what else.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I1
Room: Library 1
IMT IERI)ISCII'LINl\IW
Philadelphia and the Quest for a
Humane City
Instructors: Joel Torstenson, Carl Chrislock
A Bicentennial study of the cultural and socioeconomic metamorphosis of an historic American city.
The study will begin with an examination of the Philadelphia of William Penn; its socio-historic
origins, its dreams, urban imagery and city design. With this starting point as background, the course
will proceed to examine the sequential transformation of the city as it participates in the American
Revolution, the industrial revolution, the 20th Century urban crisis, and the "urban renaissance" of
the post-industrial city. Readings and other sources such as films will be selected from both social
sciences and humanities. In the third week of the Interim, the course will be conducted in Philadelphia
where academic, civic, and cultural leaders will guide the study. Special attention will be focused
upon contemporary developments in Philadelphia such as the redevelopments of its historic central
city and other urban renewal programs, the "urban renaissance" movement and the socio-political
developments relating to the urban crisis. The implications of these developments for the city's
present and future dreams and design and how they fit into America's "quest for the humane city"
will be a guiding theme for the course.
Approximate cost: $235. plus meals.
Prerequisites: Lower Division - None. Upper Division - permission o f instructor.
Distribution: Urban studies
Time: I1
Room: Science 34
60272
Three Caribbean Cultures: Afro-European
Civilizations in Transition
Instructor: F. Mark Davis
A study of three Caribbean states - Jamaica, the Dominican Republic, and Haiti with an emphasis on
the heritages of European colonial po,wer - Great Britain, Spain, France. Each state gained
independence at differing times and in differing ways. Each state is predominantly Black in
population. How has the encounter of European and African heritages found expression in
institutions, ideas, and values? A week will be spent in each of the capital cities and environs.
The course will bean on the Augsburg campus with four days o f intensive reading and orientation.
Harold Mitchell,
Books to be read include: A. c.- ~ilg;s,
Contemporary Politics and Economics in ihe Caribbean;I-Iarold Mi t h e l l , Europe in the Caribbean;
Lionel Belasco, Strange Happenings: Tales of the Caribbean;Marjorie Engber (ed.), Caribbean Fiction
and Poetry.
Caribbean:
In Kingston, Jamaica, time will be spent at the institute of Jamaica as well as government offices and
the Hope Botannical Gardens. In addition two days will be at Knox College in Spaulding, Jamaica.
In Haiti study will include the Centre dlArt, Theatre de Verdure,and the National Museum in
Port-au-Prince. In addition the group will visit the San Souci Palace and Citadella Laferriere in
Cap-Haitien.
Finally the Dominican Republic study will include the University of Santo Domingo and the Primate
Cathedral of America.
The cost will be approximately $700.
Prerequisites: Register with Director o f International Programs, Memorial Hall 125
Distribution: None
60308
Victorian Woman
INTlERlBI SCI 1'IAINAIl\7
Instructor: Catherine Nicholl
A study of woman in the Victorian period (chieflyin England), considering both the prevailing images
of women and their actual condition. Materials used will include novels, poetry, essays, paintings,
letters, biographies,journals, documents, and health and homemaking manuals. Specific topics studied,
either by the class as a whole or by individuals, may include women at home (wives and daughters),
the governess, the bluestocking, the domestic servant, the fallen woman, women's education, early
feminists, the suffragemovement, family planning, women as factory workers, and such individual
figures as Florence Nightingale, Harriet Martineau, Jane Carlyle, Elizabeth Barrett Browning and Queen
Victoria. Students electing this course will do a substantial project leading to either a paper or (in
most cases) a class presentation.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time: I 1
Room: Library 201
Aztec, Maya and Inca: Ancient American
Civilizations
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
The conquering Spaniard discovered in the Americas, not bands of savages, but highly developed and
intricately structured cultures. We will study three of these ancient cultures from the viewpoint of
the anthropological archaeologist,analyzing their history, religion, government, military codes,
agricultural techniques, and daily life.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time: I
R o ~ m :Old Main 19
Exploring the Future
Instructor: Sheldon Fardig
We all realize that change is upon us from all directions. While we understand to a degree what is
happening we probably have not come to grips with what the future may mean to us.
Through this study of analyses of the post-technologicalfuture the student should develop a knowledge
background of changes and issues expected, be aware of hislher value system and how the future may
impinge upon it, and have some skill in alternative futures thinking.
Topics will include limits of growth, technoIogy of the future, metaphysics of the future;projecting
into the future by means of reading, film, video, special speakers, field trips, scenario writing and
individual projects.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time: I1
Room: Science 318
Communications and Reasoning in Mathematics
Instructor: Bev Durkee
Exploration of the art of mathematical reasoning and communications: how to read mathematical
materials, how to write mathematical statements, and how to construct mathematical proofs.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor (Math 224 or prior experience with proofs in high school
mathematics)
Distribution: Science/Math
Time: I
Room: Science 320
The Art and Science of Executive Decision Making:
An Introduction to Operations Research
Instructor: Warren L. Persons
Operations research applies the scientific method to decision problems concerning the operation and
coordination of activities to serve the best interests of an organization. The major objective of the
course will be to acquaint the student with the methodology and terminology of 0.R. by providing
ample opportunity to formulate and build mathematical models from a verbal description of a
decision pro blem.
Topics will include linear programming, the simplex algorithm, the transportation model, and duality.
Major emphasis placed on mathematical modeling and applications.
There will be a term project using the computer as a tool (no prior programming experience is
necessary).
Lab fee: $10.
Prerequisites: Math 114 or equivalent
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Science 213
DIIJSIC
Electronic Music
Instructor: Robert Karlen
Sounds are created, manipulated, and organized into an individual, aural art, using traditional,
contemporary, and novel sound sources; includes working with a synthesizer.
Students will need to purchase some materials such as recording tape. It is also desirable that students
have access to a tape recorder.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Fine Arts
Time: I
Room: Music 20
American Band Music (1776-1976)
Instructor: Jim Carlson
This course is designed for members of the Augsburg College band and will focus on the two hundred
year history of American band music. After a brief discussion of European origins, the real study will
begin with a consideration of the functional "fife and drums" and "bands of musick" of revolutionary
times. Their development will be traced to the popular "business" band era exemplified by Gilmore
and Sousa and their uses of marches, cornet solos, transcriptions, etc. The role of community bands
will be examined. The midwestern roots of school bands and their phenomenal growth in the
American education system will be analyzed. The present day development of the iriportant band
music repertoire will conclude the study. When off campus, students will be brought in contact with
persons and places of importance to American band music: Dr. Richard Goldman in Baltimore;
Dr. Mark Hindsley at the University of Illinois; the Library of Congress and Smithsonian Institute in
Washington D.C. The band will be presenting concerts while off campus.
Student cost will be approximately $200.
Prerequisites: Membership in Augsburg College Band
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I
Room: Olivet Hall
82290
Brigadoon
DI USIC
Instructors: Stephen Gabrielsen, James Johnson
The production of a Broadway Musical including singing, dancing, acting, stage design, choreography,
lighting and promotion followed by a week of evening performances.
Students will be responsible for supplying costumes and possibly for acquisition of musical score
andlor libretto (depending upon audition outcome).
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Fine Arts
Time: I
Room: Music 11
Revelation and Human Knowledge
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
This course will be an intensive study of the problems of revealed truths. We will investigate how it is
possible for the human intellect to receive information from sources other than normal perception.
The role of perception in revelation will be studied, as well as the problem of inspiration, ecstacy and
mystical insight.
Prerequisite: None
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
Safety and Drug Education
Instructors: Ed Saugestad, Edor Nelson
An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done for the abuses. Also includes American Red Ooss
First Aid course.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time: 11
Room: Melby 12
Recreational Activities and Rhythms
Instructor: LaVonne Peterson
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized
games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and
square dancing.
Prerequisites: Phy Ed major or minor.
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Melby 12
Coaching and Judging of Women's Gymnastics
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
This course will attempt to prepare the student to be a qualified gymnastics coach and judge. It will
bring out new spotting and coaching techniques in the field or gymnastics. The main emphasis will
be on judging of this sport. There will be practical experience of judging actual high school and
college meets. The culminating activity will be to take the State High School League test for the
judging o f gymnastics and therefore be an officialregistered judge for the state of Minnesota. It is
required that women participate (perform-spot-assist)with the Augsburg Women's Gymnastic Team.
Prerequisites: PE 472, Self-testingActivities for Women or 1 year experience with a women's
gymnastics team.
Distribution: None
Time: I1
Room: Melby 13
'r
1'1 1T SICS
The History of Astronomy
Instructor: Ted Hanwick
This brief course traces the development o f astronomy from the ancients through the 19th century.
While special emphasis will be on Hipparchus, Ptolemy, Copernicus,Brahe', Kepler, Galileo, Newton,
and Herschel, other lesser lights must also be mentioned for their contributions to the development
of this subject.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Science 123
1'111 T SICS
'r
Understanding the Weather
Instructor: Ken Erickson
An introduction to the earth's weather, its causes and character. Designed for those interested in
weather and weather prediction, this course assumes no prior science or mathematics background.
Topics to be discussed include: the rela tionship of sun, earth and atmosphere;important physical
quantities such as temperature and pressure; clouds and precipitation; unusual conditions like
tornados and hurricanes; techniques and instrumentation for weather monitoring and control; aviation
weather; and the influence of weather on pollution. Possible course activities include experimentation,
forecasting and guest speakers.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: ScienceIMath
Time: I
Room: Science 22
1'111 T SICS
'r
Nuclear Radiation Science
(Physical Science Emphasis) :
Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar
Instructors: Kermit Paulson, Robert Herforth
A study o f nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on"laboratory experience for
the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on radiation detection and
measurement (physical science applications) at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1976 Oak Ridge
Special Science Seminar where the student has the opportunity to design his or her course of study
from projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation,
nuclear medicine, health physics, and radiological safety, and (3) summary and evaluation of the
program back at Augsburg.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities - Special Training
Division, and is the only opportunity of its kind in the United States. Two weeks of the course will
be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU
Special Training Division. These facilities provide the opportunity for laboratory experience not
normally available to undergraduate students.
Time will be available to tour the area including the national laboratory and also special lectures,
featuring scientists from the national laboratory, will be presented to the Special Seminar Participants.
The cost d l be approximately $200.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Distribution: Natural Science
Time: I
Room: Science 30
When You Haven't A Prayer: The Supreme Court
on Church and State
Instructor: Myles C. Stenshoel
85295
An investigation of significant decisions of the United States Supreme Court on issues of religious
liberty and governmental neutrality under the First Amendment religion clauses. Analysis of
principles of interpretation used by the Court, including their underlying assumptions, differential
impact, and possible future constitutional development. Paper not required.
85495
Students will research, brief, analyze and criticize recent decisions, presenting the results of their
studies to the combined group and in a paper.
Prerequisites: Prior course in U.S. constitutional law or constitutional history or written permission
of the instructor.
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I1
Room: Science 22
The British Design for Mass Media
Instructor: Milda Hedblom
British mass media can claim a world wide reputation for high quality production and content. The
essential reasons for this distinction are cultural, political and artistic. The British design for the mass
media will be the subject for a month of group and independent study o f mass communications in
England, based in London. We will visit and interview at major media centers in London, including the
British Broadcasting Corporation and the London dailies (though other special interests, such as film,
might be accommodated). Topics we will study during the first half of the interim include British
views on the proper use of the mass media, the nature of political controls and fundingprovisions,
involving interviews with relevant public officials.
The last two weeks of the interim will be devoted to independent work (under the supervision of the
instructor) with each student studying a particular aspect of one medium such as television news
production, or print censorship rules or radio overseas programming, etc. Some individuals may select
topics requiring regional travel, such as Wales or Scotland. This is acceptable but will have a
separate cost and be individually arranged in England.
The cost will be approximately $850-895.
Prerequisites: Register with Director of International Programs, Memorial Hall 125
Distribution: Social Science
America's International Politicians
Instructor: Norma Noonan
Study of foreign policy decision making and decision makers in the U.S.A. In-depth study of decision
process either in a major case, such as the Cuban Missile Crisis, or a simulated case. Discussion format
with opportunity for the student to explore some aspect of U.S. foreign policy. Requirements:
project and final examination.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I
Room: Library 201
Creativity in Preschool Children
Instructor: Duane Johnson
What conditions facilitate the development of creativity? For preschool children it is necessary to
consider play materials, literature, television, life situations, experiences, tasks, personal interaction,
and activities.
Each student must make hislher own arrangements before the beginning of the course to have ready
access throughout the interim to one specificperson in the age range of 3 to 6 (not children in the
first grade o f school; children who will be 3 by July 1 , 1 976 are acceptable). The child should be
available basically on a daily basis for purposes o f observing and interacting with the child.
Student.should expect to spend up to $10 for purchase of materials for use with children.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Old Main 8
Your Personality and its Measurement
Instructor: Lyla Anderegg
Temperament, character, attitude, mood, trait, preference . . . these are some of the elements that are
thought of as constituting your personality. Through the use o f surveys, scales, inventories and other
means now available, we will investigate and evaluate your personality.
Prerequisites: General Psychology
Distribution: None
Time: 11
Room: Old Main 22
Computer Applications in Behavioral Science
Instructor: Richard Marken
An introduction to the use of computers for the analysis of behavioral data and simulation of
behavioral processes. Students will learn to write programs to do statistical analyses such as
correlation and linear regression, analysis of variance, and Chi square. Programs will be written in
FORTRAN IV. Students will also study the behavior of programs which simulate interesting
behavioral and biological processes such as perception, learning and evolution. Each student will be
required to do a programmed project on a topic of interest. Topics for projects will be quite varied
and range from demonstrations of theorems in statistics to simulation of rumor propagation in
crowds.
A lab fee of approximately $1 0.
Prerequisites: General Psychology
Distribution: None
Time: I1
Room: Science 212
Israel: A study in Social Change
Instructor: Grace Dyrud
Israel represents more differentlife styles and more planning for social adaptation than any other spot
of that size in the world. Some people work on computers while some herd goats and sheep as in
Biblical times. Social adaptation will be seen through visits to an absorption center, a kibbutz, a
center for social change research, and visits with Israelis. Social policies such as the following will be
viewed: settlement policies, places of women and minorities, and the resolution o f religious and
secular interests. The areas visited will be Tel Aviv-Jaffa,Beer Sheba, Jerusalem, Jericho and the
Galilee. Ancient and Biblical hist0r.v will be briefly described in conjunction with the above visits and
others such as Caesaria and the Dead Sea Scroll sites.
The cost will be approximately $1 100.00.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time:
Room:
The Behavior of Nerve Cells
Instructor : Norm Ferguson
Learn how your brain actually functions! A study of the basic processes o f the nervous system.
Emphasis will be placed on the action o f individual neurons; how they behave and interact with one
another. Topics to be considered will include: the electrophysiological methods used in studying
nerve cells, the electrical properties o f the nerve axon, the synapses between neurons, the integrated
activity o f neurons, and the organization o f sensory receptors.
Prerequisites: A course in Biology and/or Chemistry or consent of instructor
Distribution: ScienceIMath
Time: I
Room: Science 34
World Order and Religion
Instructor: Eugene M. Skibbe
The world appears to be in a state o f crisis. What is necessary to provide order? What kind o f order
would be best? Usually we turn to political science or ecological sciences to find the answers and
principles o f order. However, religions have always been ways in which people have ordered their
world. We will take that approach. What are leading religious and theological concepts of order?
What does the religious map o f the world look like today? What can religion contribute to world
order? What might the future be and how can we work toward a desirable future with regard to
religion and world community? Reading, discussion, lecture, simulation game, films, and visiting
speakers.
Prerequisites: Religion 11 1 or 121
Distribution: Religion
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
RELIGION
Contemporary Religious Movements
Instructor: Douglas Ollila
A study o f several contemporary religious groups, both Christian and non-Christian, including the
Jesus movement, neo-pentacostalism, and selected non-Christian groups such as Hare Krishna.
Emphasis will be placed on visitation to group meetings and discussions conducted by rnovemen t
leaders.
Prerequisites: Religion 11 1 or 121
Distribution: Religion
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
Israel: Ancient and Modern
Instructor: Philip Quanbeck
The land of Palestine has long been a focus o f interest and intense loyalties. Christians, Jews and
Moslems have seen in that relatively small area at the eastern end o f the Mediterranean a place o f great
importance. The current discussions and peace initiatives are a measure of the continuing interest in
the whole o f the Middle East.
The goal of the interim in Israel is fundamentally two-fold. First, we will attempt to become
acquainted with the methodology, procedu~so f archaeological study and some of the results.
Second, we will seek to gain a modest first-hand acquaintance with the geography of Israel especially
as this geography relates to biblical history. To accomplish these purposes, there will be assigned
reading, and we will listen to lectures and visit museums. We will stay in Jerusalem which will make
possible a number of walking tours o f the Old City.
In addition t o this there will be two three-day trips; one trip to the north where we will visit places
such as Hatzor, Nazareth, Tiberius, and the Sea o f Galilee. One trip to the south where we will visit
places such as Qumran, Beersheba, Hebron, Bethlehem, and Arad. On the return trip we will stop a
few days in London before returning to the U.S.
The cost will be approximately $1 100.00. PIN grading.
Prerequisites: Register with Director o f International Programs, Memorial Hall 125
Distribution: Religion
Practicum in Human Services
Instructor: Paul Steen
With faculty approval, student selects a placement as a half-time volunteer in a social agency or
institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career
aspects in the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and review conferences.
Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores.
Prerequisites: Consent o f Instructor
Distribution: Required for Social Work Majors
Time: I 1
Room: Memorial Hall 1
Human Service Issues in Selected Areas
Instructor: Tony Wagner
A series of seminars designed to introduce the major issues of human service delivery in selected areas
such as youth, aged, mentally and physically handicapped, alcohol and chemical dependency, social
security, or the ecology of welfare. There will be 16 hours a week of field experience.
Prerequisites: Social Work 95351 or consent of instructor.
Distribution: Social Science (required for Social Work majors)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 2
Hi-Rise vs. Homestead: Patterns of Urban Housing
Instructor : Gordon Nelson
An examination of housing alternatives in the urban setting. The course will focus on the tension
between the demands of population density and American life-style preferences, but will also examine
the ways in which political pressures and economic considerations affect the patterns of urban housing.
During regular class hours the class will meet occasionally at off-campus sites such as the Minneapolis
Housing Authority, new apartment developments, and rehabilitated houses in older city neighborhoods.
The course grade will be based on the quality of class participation and on a "take-home" examination
designed to relate class discussion to assigned reading.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Urban
Time: I
Room: Melby 24
Death and Play in Zen and Don Juan
Instructor : Jerry Gerasimo
There are interesting parallels between the teachings of Don Juan, the Yaqui Shaman, and the
instructions of the Zen Buddhist masters to their pupils. We will compare these methods as to form,
content, and implications. We will compare the roles of death, time, and play in their teachings, and
ask what ways can these teachings be transferred to ordinary life. The texts used will include: Carlos
Castaneda, A Separate Reality and Journey to Ixtlan; Eugene Herrigel, Zen in the Art of Archery; and
D. T. Suzuki, Zen and Japanese Culture.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 28
Advanced Public Speaking
Instructor: Ray Anderson
This course will provide an opportunity to work toward a polished speaking style in both composition
and delivery. Attention will be given to great speeches and to rhetorical theory, but the emphasis will
be on performance. Students will perform in some way every day. An effort will be made to develop
each student's unique powers of creativity and showmanship.
Prerequisites: A beginning course in speech - either high school or college
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I
Room: Library 1
Issues in Human Development: A Cultural Perspective
Instructor: Joel Mugge
The interim will be based both in Mexico City and in a Benedictine monastery in the village o f
Ahuatapec near Cuernavaca,Mexico. Travel to Mexico will be by charter bus and train. The goal of
the interim will be to provide both an academic and experimental framework for the students to
clarify their social and religious values as these values are placed in juxtaposition with those of the
Mexican culture, the monastic community, and other members of the group. The class will not only
be a learning community for a month, but a working, living, and worshipping community as well.
While at the monastery, students will be expected to participate as fully as possible in the discipline of
the monastic community and will spend a part o f each day in class and part of the day working in
agricultural projects in the village. Also, conscious attention will be given to the building of community
within the group itself,and the skills involved in developing community. In addition, some time will
be spent in small groups in travel experiences to other parts of Mexico. Background reading, an
extensive daily journal, and a final paper will be required.
The cost will be approximately $450. PIN grading.
Prerequisites: Register with Director of International Programs, Memorial Hall 125
Distribution: Humanities
Theater Practicum
Instructor: Ailene Cole
The course consists of the artistic preparation of a children's play through improvisation,its technical
preparation and performance of it for audiences by those enrolled.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Fine Arts
Time: I & I1 (9:30a.m. - 3:00 p.m.)
Room: Speech Auditorium
SIDEIICII
The British Design for Mass Media
Instructor: Milda Hedblom
See description under Political Science.
SIBBIICII
Advanced Acting
Instructor: Esther Olson
A study of the Stanislavski method in acting as it relates to the development of character and style.
Approximately ten plays from different pen'ods will be studied, and students will reenact scenes from
these dramas. Field trips to community theaters and Minneapolis Institute of Art will be included.
(Fees for tickets will amount to approximately $10.)
Prerequisites: Speech 232 (Acting) or permission of instructor
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Speech 43
Show less
-
-
Title
-
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1976
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
ALL COURSES a t Augsburg College c a r r y a v a l u e of one Course C r e d i t ,
t h e e q u i v a l e n t of s i x q u a r t e r c r e d i t s o r f o u r s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s .
PROJECTED SUMMER OFFERINGS a r e l i s t e d i n t h i s brochure.,
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES, i n t e n...
Show more
ALL COURSES a t Augsburg College c a r r y a v a l u e of one Course C r e d i t ,
t h e e q u i v a l e n t of s i x q u a r t e r c r e d i t s o r f o u r s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s .
PROJECTED SUMMER OFFERINGS a r e l i s t e d i n t h i s brochure.,
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES, i n t e n d e d p r i m a r i l y f o r freshman and sophomore s t u d e n t s , a r e t h o s e w i t h a 1 o r 2 a s t h e t h i r d d i g i t of t h e
f i v e - d i g i t Course Number. A 3 o r 4 i n t h a t p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t e s a n
upper-division course, intended primarily f o r juniors o r seniors.
COURSES REGULARLY TAUGHT d u r i n g t h e academic y e a r a r e more f u l l y
I f you need
d e s c r i b e d i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u e of AUGSaURG COLLEGE NW.
more i n f o r m a t i o n about a s p e c i a l summer o f f e r i n g , p l e a s e c o n t a c t
t h e Summer School O f f i c e .
INDEPENDENT STUW, while not f i t e d among M e couhbe o66&n@, may
be pwlnued d d n g M e nummm i n a nwnbm 06 d e p a h t m e d . Fok &dotm d o n , cons& M e Summm School O66ice.
CHANGES I N REGISTRATION must b e made a t t h e Summer School O f f i c e .
No c o u r s e may b e added a f t e r i t h a s met more t h a n s i x h o u r s e l a p s e d
c l a s s time, e x c e p t w i t h t h e s p e c i a l permission of t h e i n s t r u c t o r .
THE COLLEGE RESERVES THE RIWT TO CANCEL LISTED COUSES.
SUMMER SCHOOLCHARGES i n c l u d e a G e n e r a l Fee of $15. T u i t i o n i s $190
p e r c o u r s e . Laboratory o r s p e c i a l f e e s may b e charged f o r some
courses.
A DEPOSIT of $30 must accompany t h e A p p l i c a t i o n Form. T h i s d e p o s i t
i s r e f u n d a b l e o n l y i f t h e c o u r s e s l i s t e d by t h e s t u d e n t , i n c l u d i n g
a l t e r n a t e s , should b e c a n c e l l e d .
The d e p o s i t a p p l i e s toward t h e
General Fee and T u i t i o n .
CHARGE FOR AUDITING a c o u r s e ( t a k i n g i t w i t h o u t c o l l e g e c r e d i t ) i s
I n courses with limited enrollment, ere$90 p l u s $15 g e n e r a l f e e .
ference w i l l be given t o f u l l - t u i t i o n students.
REGISTRATTON .in t o be compL&ed not Latea Man t h e
6 h t
day
06
each
tm at M e Summm School Oddice. A L L CHARGES doh .the tm mwt be
paid bedote tegh-thation -in compLete. A L d e Reghthation Fee 06
$10 w i l l 2 be added doh ntudemh who compleXe keg.in,hztion a 6 t m t h e
6 i h 6 t day 0 6 M e t e r n .
TUITION REFUND f o r c a n c e l l e d c o u r s e s
COURSE CANCELLATION DATE
w i l l b e allowed a s i n d i c a t e d by t h e
REFUND
TERM I
TERM I1
t a b l e on t h e r i g h t .
( S U ~~ I C ~ U .in
J I ~--ToO%June 1-2 J u n e 28-30
fieimited by M e ion-he,jmdabLedepirn-LZ.) 80X
June 3-4
~ u l y1-6
No r e f u n d - w i l l be made a f t e r t h e l i s t e d
60%
June 7-8
J u l y 7-9
40%
June 9-10 J u l y 12-14
dates.
-
I I T ~ T ~
[I
4
I
ART
ART 10 132
PHOTOGRAPHY
F h i ~ ~ e n~ h n
The camera used a s a t o o l f o r v i s u a l c r e a t i v i t y and express i o n w i t h a t t e n t i o n g i v e n t o b l a c k and w h i t e , c o l o r and photographic processes.
Time a r r . ( 1 s t meeting 6/28 7:00 p.m. A r t S)
TERM 11
ART 10242
FILM MAKING I
RLUt e n
D i s c u s s i o n and o b s e r v a t i o n of t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l
elements of f i l m w i t h p r a c t i c a l l a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e . Add. $70
fee.
TERM 1
Time a r r . ( 1 s t meeting 611 7:00 p.m. EH)
**
ART 10342
FILM MAKING I1
RusXen
Advanced c o u r s e f o r t h o s e w i t h p r e v i o u s e x p e r i e n c e i n f i l m
making. Add. $70 f e e .
TERM 1
Time a r r . ( 1 s t meeting 611 7:00 p.m. EH)
BIOLOGY
HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
Uichelbmg
BIO 20103
A p r o f e s s i o n a l c o u r s e i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and f u n c t i o n of t h e
human body.
Course r u n s 10 weeks.
TERM I E I 1
6:OO-9:00 p.m. T,TH
S-205
BUSINESS
K a h
BUS 21101
PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIALACCOUNTING
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o b u s i n e s s a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c c o n c e p t s and
fundamentals of a c c o u n t i n g , t h e a c c o u n t i n g c y c l e and p r e p a r a t i o n
of f i n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s .
TERM 1
1:50-5:00 p.m. M-Th
MH- 1
BUS 21 102
PRINCIPLES OF .WAGJRIAL ACCOUNTING
Kadm
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o b u s i n e s s a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and
fundamentals o f m a n a g e r i a l a c c o u n t i n g .
TERM I
11:lO-1:40 p.m. M-F
S-22
BUSINESS EDUCATION
BED 33108
CALCULATING MACHINES
Lund
Operation of ten-key a d d i n g machine; r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and
electronic calculators.
8:30-11:OO a.m. M-F
M-10
TERM 1
CHEMISTRY
CHM 34105
PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
k&on
Concepts and laws u n d e r l y i n g c h e m i s t r y i l l u s t r a t e d by a
v a r i e t y of examples i n c l u d i n g o r g a n i c and e n v i r o n m e n t a l systems.
TERM 11
12:OO-1:25 p.m. M-F, Lab 1:25-4:00 p.m. T-Th
S-205, S-323
CHM 3435 3
.QU@TITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Gybehg
Covers g r a v i m e t r i c and v o l u m e t r i c a n d y s i s and s o l u t i o n
e q u i l i b r i u m i n d e t a i l ; g i v e s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o s p e c t r o p h o t o m e t r i c t e c h n i q u e s of a n a l y s i s .
10:25-11:50 a.m. M-F, Lab 12:OO-4:00 p.m. N-Th
TERM 11
S-205, S-327
ECONOMICS
ECO 22120
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabe&
Study of economic i m p l i c a t i o n s of many problems f a c i n g a
metro-urban environment.
TERM 1
6:50-10:OO p.m. M-Th
S-34
ECO 22122
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
Sub&
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income a n a l y s i s , monetary and f i s c a l p o l i c y , i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic
growth.
TERM 11
6:OO-9:30 p.m. M,W
L- 1
ECO 22123
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
SabtUa
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o micro-economics, t h e t h e o r y of t h e housen o l d , f i r m , market s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n .
6:oO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th
S-34
TERM 11
EDUCATION
ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION I N AN URBAN SETTISG
Pt&0n
(ELEMENTARY)
I n v e s t i g a t i o n of v a r i o u s a s p e c t s of t n e t e a c h i n g p r o f e s s i o n and o p p o r t u n i t y f o r in-school work.
TERM 1
8:30-11:OO a.m. M-F
L-4
EDE 44255
EDE 44425
NURSERY SCHOOL CURRICULUM: METHODS AND
MATERIALS
Redm
Learning about and d e m o n s t r a t i n g knowledge and s k i l l s of
t e a c h i n g t h e young c h i l d .
6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th
L-4
TERM 1
EDE 44481
STUDENT TEAMING (ELEMENTARY)
sXa66
Observing and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s i n elementary
s c h o o l s under s u p e r v i s i o n of c o l l e g e and elementary s c h o o l pers o n n e l . $15 f e e
TERU 1 0 . t 11
Time a r r a n g e d
EDS 44265
ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION ( S E C O N D A R Y ) F U ~ & ~
I n v e s t i g a t i o n of v a r i o u s a s p e c t s of t h e t e a c h i n g p r o f e s s i o n
and o p p o r t u n i t y f o r i n - s c i ~ o o l work.
TERM 1
9:50-12:20 p.m. M-F
L-4
C~-como'~)
8
EDS 45482
-9%
O p p o r t u n i t i * arm p r , d d e d zb?c;q e r s - q e s i n o b s e r v i n g
and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s on t h e s e c o n d a r y s c h o o l
l e v e l u n d e r t h e s u p e r v i s i o n of c o l l e g e and h i g h s c h o o l personnel.
$15.00 f e e .
TERM I oh I I
Time a r r a n g e d .
ENGLISH
**
ENG54282
TOPIC: T H R E E m $ m k W R I T E R S
Pdohaat~c
A u t h o r s s t u d i e d a r e Rolvaag, Lewis, and F i t z g e r a l d . F i e l d
t r i p s included.
TERM 11
12:OO-1:25 p.m. M-F
S-34
**
Thohntvn
ENG 54338
MODERN BRITISH LITERATURE
An e x a m i n a t i o n of t h e m a j o r t r e n d s i n modern B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , f o c u s i n g on James J o y c e , D.H. Lawrence, V i r g i n i a Woolf,
T.S. E l i o t a n d o t h e r s .
TERM I
1:50-5:00 p.m. M-Th
S-205
**
ENG 54340
LITERATURE AND FILM
P d 0 h ~
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l i n v e s t i g a t e t h e d i f f e r e n c e s between w r i t t e n n a r r a t i v e and f i l m e d n a r r a t i v e . P r e r e q u i s i t e : c o l l e g e literature or film class.
TERM 11
6:OO-9:30 p.m. M,W
S-205
FRENCH
COACHING OF SPORTS
I~ n i g e h
HPE 55482
Theory and t e c h n i q u e s of c o a c h i n g and p r e v e n t i o n and c a r e
of a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s .
G-24
7:lO-9:40 a . m . M-F
TERM I
C. ~ V e k o n
HPE 55485
APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course i n c l u d e s c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f a m b u l a t i o n , s e l f c a r e ,
a d a p t e d s p o r t s and games, a n d swimming f o r t h e handicapped.
TERM I
F r i d a y e v e . , S a t u r d a y mom. G-12
HPE 55491
THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
C. Nchon
A s t u d y of t h e t r e a t m e n t o f d i s e a s e and i n j u r y .
Includes
g e n e r a l p r i n c i p l e s and a d m i n i s t r a t i o n of n e u r o m u s c u l a r re-education.
TERM 11
F r i d a y e v e . , S a t u r d a y mom. G-12
Saugutad
HPE 55495
PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Actual h o s p i t a l experience i n c o r r e c t i v e therapy; psychia t r y , orthopedics, neurology, and r e h a b i l i t a t i o n .
TERM 11
Time a r r a n g e d .
G- 12
HISTORY
Jem en
HIS 56103
MODERN WORLD
A s t u d y of t h e main c u r r e n t s i n w e s t e r n c i v i l i z a t i o n
from t h e t i m e of Napoleon t o t h e p r e s e n t .
6:50-10:OO p.m. M-Th
L-1
TERM I
**
FRE 70212
INTERMEDIATE FRENCH I1
Aan ko w
T w e n t i e t h - c e n t u r y l i t e r a r y works a r e e x p l o r e d w i t h t h e
g o a l s of communicating i d e a s a n d b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t r e a d i n g
s k i l l t o p u r s u e g e n e r a l r e a d i n g and l i t e r a r y s t u d y i n F r e n c h .
TERM I
9:50-12:20 p.m. M-F
S-20 1
HIS 56234156334 QUELVS, COURTESANS AND CONSORTS N&on
A b a s i c c o u r s e i n t h e development of a n c i e n t c i v i l i z a t i o n ,
f o c u s i n g on t h e c e n t r a l theme of t h e p l a c e of women, b o t h publ i c and p r i v a t e , w i t h i n t h a t c u l t u r e .
TERM I1
10:25-11:50 a.m. M-F
S-34
GERMAN
IWTERDISCIPLINARY
GER 72111
BEGINNING GERMAN I
-sx~nm&z
Classroom p r a c t i c e i n s p e a k i n g , u n d e r s t a n d i n g and r e a d i n g
b a s i c German f o r s t u d e n t s w i t h no p r e v i o u s background i n G e r man.
TERM I
7: 10-9:40 a.m. M-F
S-201
Steinm&z
GER 72112
BEGINNING GERMAN T I
For s t u d e n t s who h a v e h a d 72111 o r e q u i v a l e n t o r l e s s
t h a n two y e a r s of h i g h s c h o o l German.
TERM I1
7: 15-8:40 a.m. ?I-F
S-20 1
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 55111
SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION E.NeRnon, SaugenRad
An a n a l y s i s o f d r u g a b u s e and what c a n b e done f o r t h e
a b u s e s . A l s o i n c l u d e s American Red C r o s s F i r s t Aid c o u r s e .
TERM I
7:lO-9:40 a.m. M-F
G-12
**
INS 60110/60310
SICEKTFNNIAL SPECIAL:
POlJER I N AHERICA
P + Z L Lm~ d Py.'iud
The s o c i a l s c i e n c e , h i s t o r i c a l and l i t e r a l v i a r p o i n c s of
power; i t s h o l d e r s , t h e a d a p t i o n of t h o s e l e s s p o w e r f u l a n d t h e
d i f f u s i o n of power t o o t h e r p o p u l a t i o n s w i l l b e i n c l u d e d .
6:OO-9:30 p.m. T , Th
TERM 11
L- 1
PHILOSOPHY
PHI 83130
LOGIC
Reichenbach
Examination of t h e r u l e s which g o v e r n v a l i d a r g u m e n t s ;
d e v e l o p a b i l i t y t o r e c o g n i z e and c o n s t r u c t sound arguments.
TERM I
8:30-9:40 a.m. & 11:lO-12:20 p.m. M-F
L-4, L-1
**
PHI 83450
PHILOSOPHIES OF FEYINISM
P h i l o s o p h i c a l a n a l y s i s of key concepts of feminism i n myth,
l i t e r a t u r e , r e l i g i o n and a r t ; t h e o r i e s and i m p l i c a t i o n s of matr i a r c h i a l l p a t r i a r c h i a l , pro-feministlanti-feminist c u l t u r e s ,
c o u r t l y and romantic l o v e , and t h e c u l t of t h e v i r g i n . No prerequisites
TERN 11
10:25-11:50 a.m. Y-F
L- 1
.
PHYSICS
PHY 84101
Pa& on
ASTRONOMY
A d e s c r i p t i v e c o u r s e of o u r s o l a r system, s t a r s , and gal-
a x i e s . Requires elementary a l g e b r a .
TERM 11
6:OO-9:30 p.m. ?I,W
PSY 86375
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
MLLJL~u
An examination o f t h e i d e a o f "group", i t s r e l a t i o n s h i p t o
i n d i v i d u a l b e h a v i o r and s o c i e t y .
TERM 11
12:OO-1:25 p.m. M-F
L- 1
PSY 86493
SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES
Andexegg
P o i n t s of view w i t h i n b e h a v i o r a l s c i e n c e on contemporary
p r o f e s s i o n a l and s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . P r e r e q u i s i t e :
3 courses i n
Psychology.
TERM 1
11:lO-1:40 p.m. M-F
MH- 1
MH- 1
RELIGION
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 85170
LAW I N THE UNITED STATES
Sten5 hoed
A s u r v e y of American law and l e g a l p r o c e s s . T h e o r i e s of
law; law and s o c i e t y ; r o l e s of c o u r t s , p o l i c e , l a w y e r s , and
j u r i e s ; t h e U.S. C o n s t i t u t i o n a s "supreme" law; law as p o l i t i c s ;
h i s t o r i c and contemporary l e g a l i s s u e s .
TERN 11
10:25-11:50 a.m. N-F
MH-1
POL 85295
SEMINAR: GANES OF POLITICS
Hedbdom
An approach t o t h e u n d e r s t a n d i n g of p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s and
p r o c e s s e s through s i m u l a t i o n .
TERU 1
8:30-11:OO a.m. N-F
Place a r r .
Hedbdom
POL 85342
YASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
E f f e c t s of mass communications on i n d i v i d u a l b e h a v i o r ;
t h e u s e s and c o n t r o l of mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l
purposes i n c l u d i n g p u b l i c o p i n i o n r e s e a r c h and p o l i t i c a l publ i c relations.
ERA4 1
12:30-3:20 p.m. M-Th
L- 1
*
REL 87111
INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
Quad ecir
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e of theology and
t o t h e d i a l o g u e between t h e church and t h e world view which concerns Christian doctrine.
8:50-10:15 a.m. M-F
L- 1
TERM 11
**
REL 87372
RELIGIONS OF INDIA:
HINDUISM AND BUDDHISM.
8en.6on
H i s t o r i c a l , l i t e r a r y and s o c i o l o g i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e s from
a n t i q u i t y t o t h e p r e s e n t . Uses primary t e x t s , f i l m s of Hindu
ritual.
TERM 11
8:50-10: 15 a.m. M-F
L-1
**
REL 87369
RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION I N MODERN LITERATURE
Skibbe
P a r t i c u l a r i t i e s of r e l i g i o u s discernment, symbolism and
world view w i l l b e d i s c u s s e d i n c o n v e r s a t i o n format.
9:50-12:20 p.m. M-F
S-205
TERM 1
SOCIOLOGY
PSYCHOLOGY
PSY 86 105
GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Fehcju OM-1,Mahhen-11
Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r t h e purpose
of u n d e r s t a n d i n g b e h a v i o r .
TEa.1 1
8:30-11:OO a.m. Y-F
L-1
(Fe~cjuon)
TERM 11
8:50-10:15 a.m. M-F
S-34 (hiahken]
** PSY
SOC 94231
SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
Maeheb
An examination of t h e p a i r e d r e l a t i o n s h i p i n mass s o c i e t y ;
t h e p r o c e s s of d a t i n g and mate s e l e c t i o n ; m a r r i a g e and i t s a l t e r n a t i v e s ; and t h e dynamics and s t r u c t u r e of t h e f a m i l y u n i t .
TERM 1
8:30-11:OO a.m. M-F
S-34
SOC 94241
86130
COGNITIVE DEVELOPMENT
Dyhud
A s t u d y w i l l b e made of t h e development of t h e c h i l d ' s
r e p r e s e n t a t i o n of e v e n t s , t h e s t a g e s , and example i n language,
reasoning and judgement.
Field t r i p .
$5 m a t e r i a l s f e e .
TERhi 11
8:50-10:15 a.m. Y-F
?lH- 1
PSY 8635 1
DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD
Jchmon
A c t i v e i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l i m p l i c a t i o n s and a p p l i c a t i o n s
of d a t a and t'neory i n r e s p e c t t o t h e development of c h i l d r e n .
TERM I
7: 10-9:40 a.m. TI-F
S-205
*(I( t.ie PbyCjloLogq C O ~ &Zed,
~ A
E d u c d o n heqLLihement.
u,rCI, - PSY
b6105 meea .the Genehd
- .--
INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY
G e ~ ~ a h o
THE CHILD'S WORLD:
An examination of t h e i d e a of c u l t u r e ; t h e p e r s o n ' s r e l a t i o n t o c u l t u r e ; language a s a major o r g a n i z i n g element i n t h e
way we s e e t h e world.
TERM I
8:30-11:OO a.m. M-F
MH- 1
**
SOC 94255
YOUTH WORK I N A WILDERNESS MEDIUM
Wagnu
Wilderness camping a s focus f o r b u i l d i n g groups and i n d i vidual relationships.
Add. $60 f e e .
Time a r r .
TERM 11
PERSONS I N GOOD STANDING a t r e g i o n a l l y a c c r e d i t e d c o l l e g e s and
u n i v e r s i t i e s , a s w e l l a s g r a d u a t e s of s u c h i n s t i t u t i o n s , a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Augsburg Summer S c h o o l . Good s t a n d i n g i m p l i e s t h a t
t h e s t u d e n t h a s b e e n a d m i t t e d t o a c o l l e g e and h a s n o t s u b s e q u e n t l y
b e e n dropped by t h a t i n s t i t u t i o n .
STUDENTS ADMITTED to Augnbutg CoLCsge dcri -tire F& Tern 0 6 Lize cuhyyem m e e&g.ibBe t o attend .%InIm~h Sdlool, a5 ahe p C h 5 O r z h admiLted by otheh coLLeg~5 6oh t h e ha?? 0 6 t k i a yeah.
I F REGULARLY ATTENDING OR ADMITTED t o a n o t h e r e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n , t h e a p p l i c a n t must p r o v i d e Augsburg Summer S c h o o l w i t h a s t a t e ment from a n a p p r o p r i a t e o f f i c i a l of h i s c o l l e g e t h a t h e i s i n good
s t a n d i n g and e l i g i b l e t o e a r n c r e d i t s d u r i n g t h e summer s e s s i o n s .
Credits
(A form f o r t h i s p u r p o s e i s a t t h e b o t t o m of t h i s p a g e . )
c a n n o t b e t r a n s f e r r e d u n t i l t h i s r e q u i r e m e n t h a s been f u l f i l l e d .
OTHER PERSONS whlzing t o .take bwnmeh school tuohk nizodd contact Rhe
D i h e c t o ~0 6 Sunnnek School t o ancehtain &ig-ibiLLty u n d u opecide
cihcmtancch .
fst,fzn.
TF.&
<
3 : 3Ct-,i 1 :-OQ a:.rri .
,,cS.nlq.;es
-
.* ,\
.L
I
ACCEPTANCE a s a summer s t u d e n t d o e s n o t imply a d m i s s i o n a s a r e g u l a r
s t u d e n t of Augsburg C o l l e g e .
Persons wishing t o begin a degree
program a t t h e c o l l e g e s h o u l d a p p l y f o r a d m i s s i o n t h r o u g h t h e O f f i c e
of Admissions.
c&:
L6
? â¬
T
n
,.
bi.-g
5-34
;
C:G.tTviE r ' S , w x g S
3SS%2iiatkn ar.4 ;ri-.tics i n s ?uryterLing and
( T h i s form i s t o b e u s e d by s t u d e n t s r e g u l a r l y a t t e n d i n g i n s t i t u t i o n s
o t h e r t n a n Augsburg C o l l e g e . Augsburg Summer S c h o o l c r e d i t s may b e
t r a n s f e r r e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n i f a p p r o v a l i s g r a n t e d
by t n a t c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y . )
-
.%LLP,r,,bIS:T?)W~ ~ O ~ ~ I C TI $f O V
%:A!&&$~l%'
&e.ilirig t:r'i-t%,
t h r advarc?? 8 t e ~ s sO F tell?vislo%
v r o b u z i n g and 3irecCLnq.
a m
6:5G-JO:33.p.b.'f?-T77
MB-2
S2Z- $824:
.-
$- ,,urse
S t u d e n t ' s Name:
z
College o r University:
The p e r s o n named above i s a s t u d e n t i n good s t a n d i n g and i s p e r m i t t e d
t o e a r n summer s c n o o l c r e d i t s a t Augsburg C o l l e g e .
332 983x5
~,~;sc;(ss,op
o m - 2 : ~ r i ; s g ~ . ? . . ~ ,--
~~~-~~~~~~.~~~dj,,
Sf
gT3&
6~7~;1&!icsi
z
s&,,t 6.
R e s t r i c t i o n s o r q u a l i f i c a t i o n s , i f any:
C of t h e :roll?
-
-Sagn -uhe aiiz
I
bfle
--
~
m
-
~
=
~
e
i
= -
( R e t w completed damn t o Summeh
ScCzool, Augbbwrg CoUege, Minneapa&,
Mn. 5 5 4 5 4 )
t
A U G S B U R G
S U M M E R
S C H O O L
A P P L I C A T I O N
FULL NAME:
last
first
middle o r maiden
AUGSBURG STUDENT NUMBER ( i f any)
PRESENT
ADDRESS:
PERMANENT
ADDRESS:
street
city
state
county
i~
telephone
street
City
state
county
zip
telephone
PLEASE CHECR AND COMPLETE ALL APPLICABLE ITEMS:
I am now a s t u d e n t a t Augsburg College and have been s i n c e
-I p r e v i o u s l y a t t e n d e d Augsburg College (When?)
.
n o t a n Augsburg s t u d e n t b u t a t t e n d
-II am
am t r a n s f e r r i n g t o Augsburg; I (have)
-I have
earned a b a c h e l o r ' s degree from
(have n o t ) been admitted.
College.
have been admitted t o Augsburg a s a Freshman f o r n e x t f a l l .
I p l a n t o a t t e n d Augsburg College only f o r t h e Summer School.
-I
-
-So. -Jr. -Sr. -Other
My PRESENT classification:-Fr.
THE MAXIMUM LOAD FOR TERM I I S ONE COURSE.
I1 IS TWO COURSES.
THE MAXIMUM FOR TERM
I plan t o t a k e t h e f o l l o w i n g courses:
TERM
DFPT.
,COUKSENO.
SECT.
, ABBREVIATED
COURSE TITLE
I
I f my above courses a r e c a n c e l l e d , I would s u b s t i t u t e t h e following:
A non-m6wrdabt.e t&tion d e p o ~ do d $30.00 muax a ~ n p a n y.tkid 60m.
U chrvrgeb do* TERM 1 wt
Ckeckd nne payable ;to Axgbuhg College. A
be paid &I 6uR.t n o t eatm d?a
Tueddaq, Jule T , 1976. TERM I I chnngea
mwt be paidno2 & ~ r . t h a n Jwe 2 8 , r976. R e h m
60mand
d e p o b i L to S U W R SCHOOL, AUGSBURG COLLEGE, MIMMEAPOLIS, W 5 5 4 5 4
--
DATE:
=.-
:
---19 76
STGNATURE:
I
Show less
-
-
Title
-
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1977
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
7
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
The Interim
The I n t e r i m i s a n i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e s c h o o l y e a r a t Augsburg College.
It i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a time p r o v i d i n g o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both
s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o em...
Show more
7
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
The Interim
The I n t e r i m i s a n i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e s c h o o l y e a r a t Augsburg College.
It i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a time p r o v i d i n g o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both
s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o employ s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r n i n g , t o
i n v e s t i g a t e p a r t i c u l a r q u e s t i o n s and t o p i c s and t o use urban and o t h e r
off-campus r e s o u r c e s i n ways n o t p o s s i b l e d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r term.
I'
Graduation Requirements
To g r a d u a t e , an Augsburg s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete 35 c o u r s e s of
which a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m c o u r s e s ( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s than
t h e number o f y e a r s of f u l l time e n r o l l m e n t a t Augsburg; e . g . , a t r a n s f e r
s t u d e n t e n r o l l e d f u l l time f o r two y e a r s i s r e q u i r e d t o complete one
interim for graduation).
There a r e no t u i t i o n r e f u n d s f o r s t u d e n t s who choose not t o e n r o l l i n
an interim course.
One c o u r s e i s c o n s i d e r e d a f u l l time l o a d d u r i n g i n t e r i m and no s t u d e n t
i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r more t h a n one c o u r s e d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d .
Gradin~ComeListings
Most i n t e r i m c o u r s e s a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a s c a l e of 4 . 0 t o 0.
S t u d e n t s g e n e r a l l y have t h e o p t i o n t o r e g i s t e r on a ~ a s s / ~c roe d i t b a s i s .
A few i n t e r i m c o u r s e s a r e graded o n l y on t h e PIN system; t h i s l i m i t a t i o n
i s indicated i n the course description.
Some c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d w i t h e i t h e r upper o r lower d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g .
Such i n t e r i m c o u r s e s have two numbers l i s t e d and t h e s t u d e n t must s e l e c t .
S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r i n g f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g should a n t i c i p a t e
a d d i t i o n a l assignments a n d / o r a more r i g o r o u s g r a d i n g s t a n d a r d .
Options
June I n t e r i m
At l e a s t two c o u r s e s w i l l be o f f e r e d i n t h e June 1977 s e s s i o n of summer
s c h o o l . An Augsburg s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r i n a June i n t e r i m c o u r s e i n l i e u
of t h e January term with no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n c h a r g e ; however, s t u d e n t s
p l a n n i n g t o e l e c t t h e June i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t t h e time of t h e
i n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t i o n i n t h e f a l l . S t u d e n t s w i s h i n g t o take t h e June
i n t e r i m i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e January one w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay r e g u l a r
summer c o u r s e t u i t i o n .
Internships
S t u d e n t s a r e n o t encouraged t o s e e k an i n t e r n s h i p c o u r s e assignment d u r i n g
the interim.
I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o s t u d e n t s who c o n t i n u e an i n t e r n s h i p
from t h e f a l l term o r who begin an i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l c o n t i n u e i n t o the
s p. r i n g term. O c c a s i o n a l l v a s t u d e n t who h a s had p r e v i o u s work e x p e r i e n c e
c a n d e v e l o p an i n t e r i m i n t e r n s h i p which draws upon and expands t h e
p r e v i o u s work e x p e r i e n c e .
S t u d e n t s e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m a r e t o
p r e s e n t a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t t o t h e I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e
( S c i e n c e H a l l , Room 135) by no l a t e r than Monday, December 13.
,
1
I
I
Independent o r D i r e c t e d Study
S t u d e n t s may e l e c t a program of e i t h e r independent s t u d y (upper d i v i s i o n )
o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y (lower d i v i s i o n ) f o r t h e i n t e r i m .
F a c u l t y members
a r e s t r o n g l y d i s c o u r a g e d from a c c e p t i n g r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r more than one
independent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y per i n t e r i m . S t u d e n t s e l e c t i n g independent
o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y must:
1 ) meet d e p a r t m e n t a l requirements
2 ) p r e s e n t a t r e g i s t r a t i o n a w r i t t e n s t a t e m e n t from t h e f a c u l t y
member who w i l l d i r e c t t h e s t u d y
3) submit t o t h e I n t e r i m d i r e c t o r by December 1 a d e s c r i p t i o n of
t h e i n t e n d e d s t u d y ( t o p i c , p r o c e d u r e , end r e s u l t , and form of
evaluation).
S t u d e n t s n o t s u b m i t t i n g t h i s i n f o r m a t i o n by
December 1 w i l l have t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n c a n c e l l e d .
I n t e r i m s a t Other Schools
Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4 i n s t i t u t i o n which o f f e r s
a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement. Catalogs of t h e s e i n t e r i m o f f e r i n g s
can be c o n s u l t e d i n t h e I n t e r i m C e n t e r , Room 135, S c i e n c e H a l l .
R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r i n t e r i m s a t t h e Twin CiCy c o l l e g e s and a t S t . Olaf
w i l l be done a t Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d . S t u d e n t s
i n t e r e s t e d i n a t t e n d i n g any o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m should
c o n s u l t with t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r o r h i s s e c r e t a r y (Room 135, S c i e n c e
Hall).
Non-Augsburg S t u d e n t s
Augsburg College w i l l a c c e p t s t u d e n t s from o t h e r 4-1-4 s c h o o l s f o r t h e
January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n c h a r g e s provided t h e s t u d e n t ' s home
i n s t i t u t i o n a g r e e s n o t t o charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s f o r t h e
J a n u a r y term. The waiver o f t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l f e e s charged
i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n . Other s t u d e n t s w i l l be charged $350 f o r t h e
interim course.
S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m should w r i t e
t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p r o p r i a t e a p p l i c a t i o n forms. These
s t u d e n t s a r e r e s p o n s i b l e f o r t h e i r own h o u s i n g and b o a r d i n g a r r a n g e m e n t s ,
though r e q u e s t s f o r on-campus h o u s i n g can be made t o t h e o f f i c e of t h e
interim director.
Class Times
The i n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two blocks o f time.
The number and l e n g t h o f c l a s s m e e t i n g s was w e l l a s t h e beginning time
w i l l be a r r a n g e d t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s .
A l l I n t e r i m c l a s s e s w i l l meet t h e f i r s t and l a s t c l a s s days of t h e
interim.
C l a s s e s scheduled f o r P e r i o d I w i l l meet t h e f i r s t day a t 9 : 0 0
and c l a s s e s scheduled f o r P e r i o d I1 w i l l meet t h e f i r s t day a t 1 : O O .
Interim Calendar
November 1-4
Interim Registration
December 6
Interim Registration
January 3
F i r s t Day of I n t e r i m
Class I
9 : 0 0 a.m.
C l a s s I1
1 : U U p.m.
January 4
L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l a d d
January 7
L a s t day f o r d e t e r m i n i n g g r a d i n g system
J a n u a r y 21
L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l i n g c l a s s
J a n u a r y 28
I n t e r i m ends
&eck w i t h t h e I n t e r i m Center (Science H a l l 135, e x t e n s i o n 4 0 2 ) o r w i t h
I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , Dr. Mark Davis (Science H a l l 135, e x t e n s i o n 4 0 2 ) .
Art
Instructor:
Paul Rusten
Film-making through p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . D i s c u s s i o n and
o b s e r v a t i o n of t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m .
The making o f a 1 6 m sound f i l m .
L a h Fee o f $70.00
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
None f o r Film-making I
You must have taken Film-making I i n o r d e r t o t a k e
Film-making I1
Humanities
Time:
I
Room:
Film C e n t e r , E a s t H a l l
S p a t i a l Design
I n s t r u c t o r : P h i l i p Thompson
The s t u d y of environmental forms and c o n t e n t i n l i v i n g , working,
t r a n s p o r t a t i o n and r e c r e a t i o n from a v a r i e t y of p e r s p e c t i v e s i n c l u d i n g
f a m i l y , y o u t h , n a t i v e American, e l d e r l y , commerce, r e l i g i o n and t h e
i n d i v i d u a l . Course r e q u i r e m e n t s w i l l i n v o l v e r e s e a r c h and s u r v e y
a c t i v i t i e s a t s e v e r a l o f f campus s i t e s such a s commercial, e t h n i c ,
e n t e r t a i n m e n t , r e l i g i o u s and group h o u s i n g c e n t e r s p l u s one p r o j e c t
t h a t m&y be u n d e r t a k e n i n d i v i d u a l l y o r i n groups o f two o r more.
Options a r e the development of e n v i r o n m e n t a l c o n c e p t s i n a r t media
l i k e drawing, p a i n t i n g and assemblage a n d / o r t h e c r e a t i o n of f u l l
s c a l e e x p e r i m e n t a l environments. T h i s c o u r s e w i l l count toward an
a r t major.
Prerequisites :
None
aistribution:
Humanities
Time:
I
Room:
Art S t u d i o
Biology-Physics
20322 ( B i o l o g y )
84322 ( P h y s i c s )
Nuclear Radiation Science (Physical Science Emphasis):
S p e c i a l Science Seminar
Instructors :
Oak R i d g e
Robert Herforth
Kermit P a u l s o n
*
A s t u d y of n u c l e a r r a d i a t i o n w i t h e m p h a s i s o n a p p l i c a t i o n s and " h a n d s - o n "
l a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e f o r t h e i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . The c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i s t
o f ( 1 ) i n t r o d u c t o r y work o n r a d i a t i o n d e t e c t i o n and m e a s u r e m e n t ( p h y s i c a l
s c i e n c e a p p l i c a t i o n s ) a t Augsburg.
( 2 ) p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e 1977 Oak
Ridge S p e c i a l S c i e n c e Seminar where t h e s t u d e n t h a s t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o
d e s i g n h i s o r h e r c o u r s e o f s t u d y from p r o j e c t s i n n u c l e a r r a d i a t i o n
physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental r a d i a t i o n , nuclear
m e d i c i n e , h e a l t h p h y s i c s , and r a d i o l o g i c a l s a f e t y , and ( 3 ) summary and
e v a l u a t i o n o f t h e program back a t A u g s b u r g .
T h i s c o u r s e i s a c o o p e r a t i v e v e n t u r e w i t h Oak R i d g e A s s o c i a t e d
U n i v e r s i t e s S p e c i a l T r a i n i n g D i v i s i o n , and i s t h e o n l y o p p o r t u n i t y O F
i t s k i n d i n t h e U n i t e d S t a t e s . Two weeks o f t h e c o u r s e w i l l be s p e n t
i n Oak R i d g e , T e n n e s s e e u t i l i z i n g t h e i n s t r u c t i o n a l s t a f f and l a b o r a t o r y
f a c i l i t i e s o f ORAU S p e c i a l T r a i n i n g D i v i s i o n . T h e s e f a c i l i t i e s p r o v i d e
the opportunity f o r l a b o r a t o r y experience not normally a v a i l a b l e t o
undergraduate students.
Time w i l l be a v a i l a b l e t o t o u r t h e a r e a i n c l u d i n g t h e n a t i o n a l l a b o r a t o r y
and a l s o s p e c i a l l e c t u r e s , f e a t u r i n g s c i e n t i s t s rrom t h e n a t i o n a l l a b o r a t o r y , w i l l be p r e s e n t e d t o t h e S p e c i a l S e m i n a r P a r t i c i p a n t s .
Prerequisites:
Consent of i n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
Natural Science
Time:
I
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 30
Plants i n
---
Human S o c i e t i e s
(Have you t h a n k e d a p l a n t l a t e l y ? )
*
P r o f e s s o r Kermit Pnulson i s
o n l e a v e from t h e D e p t . o f
P h y s i c s b u t w i l l be on t h e
s t a f f o f O.R.A.U. - S p e c i a l
Training Division f o r t h i s
course.
I n s t r u c t o r : Erwin M i c k e l b e r g
A S t u d y o f t h e r o l e p l a n t l i f e h a s and i s p l a y i n g i n human s o c i e t i e s
i'lanc a n a t o m y , m o r p h o l o g y , g e o g r a p h y and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f p l a n t s
k b r i e f survey of the e n t i r e plant
t o p e o p l e w i l l be d i s c u s s e d .
kingdom w i l l c o n c l u d e t h e c o u r s e .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
None
Natural Science
Time:
I
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 213
Business-Economics
21495 ( B u s i n e s s )
22495 (Economics)
T o p i c s : I n t r o d u c t i o n t o D a t a Processing/COBOL
I n s t r u c t o r : K e i s h i r o Matsumoto
T h i s c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d f o r t h e s t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n d a t a
p r o c e s s i n g a s p e c t s o f modern e l e c t r o n i c computer s c i e n c e . No p r e v i o u s
L e c t u r e , programming
knowledge of computer programming i s r e q u i r e d .
a s s i g n m e n t and i n - c l a s s e x a m i n a t i o n s .
I
I1
I11
O p e r a t i n g system/programmer-interface
1 ) I n t r o d u c t i o n t o o p e r a t i n g system concepts
2) F i l e s t r u c t u r e
3) Job flow and e x e c u t i o n
Job c o n t r o l l a n g u a g e
1) J o b c o n t r o l c a r d s
2) Permanent f i l e s
3 ) Loader c o n t r o l c a r d s
4) Other u t i l i t i e s
COBOL P r o g r a m i n g Language (Major t o p i c )
1 ) Elements
2) A d d i t i o n a l f e a t u r e s
$18 l a b o r a t o r y f e e
Prerequisites:
None
Distribution:
None
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 23
Economics
Principles
of
Economics
(Micro)
Instructor:
S n y t a Gupta
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o m i c r o - e c o n o m i c s , t h e t h e o r y o f t h e h o u s e h o l d , f i r m ,
m a r k e t s t r u c t u r e s , and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . A p p l i c a t i o n s o f e l e m e n t a r y
economic t h e o r y t o m a r k e t p o l i c y .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
None
Social Science
Time:
I1
Room:
Old Main 23
Chemistry
Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry
Instructors;
E a r l Alton
A r l i n Gyberg
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l cover g r a v i m e t r i c a n a l y s i s , v o l u m e t r i c a n a l y s i s ,
and s o l u t i o n e q u i l i b r i a i n d e t a i l and w i l l g i v e an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o
s p e c t r o p h o t o m e t r i c t e c h n i q u e s of a n a l y s i s . The c o u r s e i s t o be t a k e n
by c h e m i s t r y m a j o r s normally i n t h e i n t e r i m of t h e i r sophomore y e a r .
Medical t e c h n o l o g i s t s should take o l e m i s t r y 353 i n t h e s p r i n g . There
w i l l be d a i l y c l a s s e s , l a b o r a t o r y s e s s i o n s and a s s i g n m e n t s .
Prerequisites:
Distribution :
Chemistry 106 o r 116
None
Time:
I & I1
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 315 ( I & 1 1 ) , S c i e n c e H a l l 327 (11)
Introduction
to
Chemical Research
I n s t r u c t o r s : Earl Alton
A r l i n Gyberg
T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s j u n i o r and s e n i o r chemistry majors an o p p o r t u n i t y
t o become a c q u a i n t e d w i t h chemical r e s e a r c h by p u r s u i n g a t o p i c o r
problem i n d e t a i l . The f a c u l t y member w i l l work w i t h s t u d e n t s i n
a r e a s o f t h e i r own i n t e r e s t such a s c o n t i n u a t i o n of r e s e a r c h problems
a l r e a d y s t a r t e d o r p a r t i c u l a r problems of s y n t h e s i s o r a n a l y s i s . The
student i s required t o discuss h i s research with the i n s t r u c t o r before
t h e s t a r t of t h e i n t e r i m .
Prerequisites:
J u n i o r o r S e n i o r chemistry major
Distribution:
Time:
I & I1
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 318
E n e r g y A l t e r n a t i v e s i n Your F u t u r e
*' h w
Instructor :
John Holum
.a.a?&dLh&t. M $t@ihrXE~S- d'
11 b 'ha& .kta '
185. the &--y 5-e:w*"Ll
WL a t of
~ he
b k d k EU hzomnft k
~ d
p ~ d h s ti ; ~ ?
m e S w a . ~ i l' Q
h h n t b Xooi. $cGswiw ah-&.
W ~ r*e
L swtm f Wh*?
IE'~
yaw futura at& dmb&mr QW
\arZIRp $c, kh& h
m 4 5 @ar8 w&llsfh e r
ft ~ W ~ O U ITP
~ p
.
~ ~ i -fa. &OSP &&S~MI rff=~v&y, kdh
t l i a f m W U a p l baw~wdddrl gn * & h i
H b e x wit1 be ~h-dd!~ Thtk
WbMM BBuUSn* h*
I
bagw day4
c o u r s e w i l l d e a l h e a v i l y w i t h t h e i n f o r m a t i o n a l background and a n e t h i c a l
f i b e r w i l l be needed.
Thiq C O I I ~ ~r Pv i l l d e a l h e a v l l v with t h e i n f o m a t l o n a l b a c k g r o u n d , b u t m o r a l and e t h i c a l i s s u e s a r e i n t e r t w i n e d . w e ' l l
u s e l e c t u r e s , s l i d e s , f i l m s and r e a d i n g s .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
High s c h o o l c h e m i s t r y o r e q u i v a l e n t
Urban o r N a t u r a l S c i e n c e
Time:
I
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 320
Education-Sociology
S c h o o l and t h e Urban
----
Community
Instructors:
J o e l Torstenson
C a r o l Morl
T h i s course i s e s p e c i a l l y designed LO study the h i s t o r i c a l , p o l i t i c a l ,
e c o n o m i c , and s o c i o l o g i c a l a s p e c t s of t h e u r b a n s e t t i n g t h a t r e l a t e t o
s c h o o l s and t e a c h i n g .
I t w i l l i n c l u d e a n a l y s i s of c u r r e n t i s s u e s i n t h e
S t . P a u l and M i n n e a p o l i s s c l ~ o o lcommunities. The i n t e r i m c o u r s e w i l l
u s e t h e Glenwood-Lyndale n e i g h b o ~ h o o d s i n n o r t h M i n n e a p c ~ l i s a s a l e a r n i n g
laboratory.
T h i s c o u r s e may be t a k e n Eor c r e d i t i n e i t h e r s o c i o l o g y o r e d u c a t i o n .
I t w i l l i u l f i l l t h e Urban Concerns r e q u i r e m e n t .
I t is a l s o considered
t h e Urban Course f o r t h e Urban E d u c a t i o n program.
Maximum e n r o l l m e n t :
Prerequisites :
20
P e r m i s s i o n of one of t h e i n s t r u c t o r s
Distribution:
Time:
I
koom:
L i b r a r y 201
Education
Introduction
,
To E x c e p t i o n a l i t y
Instructor:
E i n s r Johnson
The c o u r s e w i l l g i v e a s u r v e y o f s p e c i a l e d u c a t i o n i n c l u d i n g :
1 ) I d e n t i f i c a t i o n and d e s c r i p t i o n of e x c e p t i o n a l c h i l d r e n - t h e
p h y s i c a l l y h a n d i c a p p e d , t h e d e a f and b l i n d , m e n t a l l y r e t a r d e d and
emotionally disturbed.
2 ) Recent r e s e a r c h f i n d i n g on c a u s e s , d e f i n i t i o n s
and c l a s s i f i c a t i o n o f e x c e p t i o n a l i t y . 3 ) D i s c u s s i o n and e v a l u a t i o n o f
mainstreaming.
Speakers w i l l include a c t i v e p r a c t i t i o n e r s i n t h e a r e a .
V i s i t s w i l l be made t o s c h o o l s f o r o b s e r v a t i o n and e x p e r i e n c e i n s p e c i a l
education.
Special fees:
S p e c i a l l a b o r a t o r y f e e f o r Field t r i p s , f i l m s ,
h o n o r a r i a : $15.00
Prerequisites:
O r i e n t a t i o n t o Education, General Psychology o r
permission of i n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
Time:
I
Room: L i b r a r y 4
S LuJenL T e a c h i n g
Instructor:
E i n a r 0 . .Inhnson
S t ~ ~ ~ l cw
n ti ls l be p l a c e d i n a c l a s s r o o m f o r L u l l d a y s .
Opportunities
a r e proviiled i o r e s p e r i e n c e i n o h s e r v i n g and c l i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g
e s p e r i e n c e s tin t l ~ es e c o n d a r y s c h o o l l e v e l u n d e r t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o i c o l l e g e
and I1iql1 s c l ~ o o lp e r s o n n e 1.
Prereguisites:
S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and c o m p l e t i o n 01 t e a c h e r a i d e work a n d
human r e l a t i o n s e l e m e n t s o r E d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s 2 6 5 , 359.
Time:
To he a r r a n g e d
Room:
Lihrory 8
D i s c o v e r y i n t h e World of K i n d e r g a r t e n
Instructor:
L a u r e t t a E. P e l t o n
T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s t h e o p p o r t u n i t y f o r one t o d i s c o v e r t h e d i s c o v e r e d .
B e c a u s e a k i n d e r g a r t e n c h i l d i s r a p i d l y o p e n i n g d o o r s of knowledge, a
t e a c h e r n e e d s t o know a t what s t a t e each c h i l d i s and how t o p r o v i d e an
e n v i r o n m e n t i n which t h e c h i l d can e x p l o r e and e x p e r i e n c e l e a r n i n g .
The c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e a s t u d y of k i n d e r g a r t e n c u r r i c u l u m , e x p l o r a t i o n
o f m a t e r i a l s , r e v i e w of t e a c h i n g a p p r o a c h e s and l a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e .
Prerequisites:
O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n i n a n Urban S e t t i n g #255;
a d m i t t a n c e i n t o t h e Augsburg F d ~ ~ c a t i oprogram
n
or
an elementary school teaching c e r t i f i c a t e
Distribution:
Time:
I
Room:
Library 1
English
The L i t e r a t u r e
-
of T e r r o r : T a l e s of H o r r o r , Mystery,
InsLrucLor :
Detection
L o r r a i n e L i v i n g s ton
Do you have a penchant For merder and d e c t i o n ? Do you l i k e s p i n e t i n g l i n g h o r r o r s t o r i e s ? You w i l l be a b l e t o swap e x p e r i e n c e s w i t h
[ e l l o w s t u d e n t s a s you read hot11 c l a s s i c a l and modern m y s t e r i e s . A
s e l e c t e d r e a d i n g l i s t w i l l i n c l u d e such works a s G r e a t 'Tales o f H o r r o r
J e k y l and Mr. Flyde
by Edgar A l l e n P o e ,
by Mary S h e l l e y ,
by Robert Louis S t e v e n s o n ,
Moonsl-one Ihy W i l k i e C o l l i n s , The Hound oC
t h e B a s k e r v i l l e s by S i r A r t h u r Conan Ijoyle, Murder on Lhe O r i e n t Express
by Agatha C h r i s t i e , The Crooked Hinge Iby John Dicltson (:art-, T l ~ eImng
Goodbye by Raymond C h a n d l e r , Above S u s p i c i o n Iby llelen MacInnes, and
I n Coltl Blood by Truman Capote.
B r i e f L e c t u r e s w i l l he l o l l o \ ~ e c l Ihy
class discussions.
Each s t u d e n t w i l l w r i t e one s h o r t p a p e r on ;I st117j c . ~ ,
of h i s choice.
&-.
Prerequisites :
None
D i s t r i h ~ ~ t i o. n
Humanities
Tine:
I1
Room:
Old Main 21
~
Underground
Film
Instructor:
John M i t c h e l l
Although t h e t r a d i t i o n of t h e f e a t u r e - l e n g t h n a r r a t i v e f i l m i s g e n e r a l l y
well-known, s i n c e t h e 2 0 ' s t h e r e h a s been a n a l t e r n a t i v e f i l m t r a d i t i o n ,
v a r i o u s l y c a l l e d avant-garde, underground, personal, independent, o r
v i s i o n a r y f i l m . The c o u r s e w i l l p r e s e n t a s u r v e y o f f i l m s from t h i s
t r a d i t i o n , b e g i n n i n g w i t h t h e French a v a n t - g a r d e f i l m s from t h e 4 0 ' s
onward. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h i s g e n e r a l s u r v e y of f i l m s and f i l m m a k e r s , t h e
works o f Maya D e r e n , James Brough t o n , Kenneth Anger, Bruce Conner,
S t a n Brakhage, and Bruce B a i l l i e w i l l be g i v e n s p e c i a l e m p h a s i s .
Conceptual approaches w i l l include Freudianism, s u r r e a l i s m , e x p r e s s i o n ism, a r c h e t y p a l c r i t i c i s m , l y r i c i s m , a b s t r a c t e x p r e s s i o n i s m , and s t r u c t u r a l i s m . The c o u r s e i s e s p e c i a l l y recommended t o s t u d e n t s w i t h i n t e r e s t s
i n f i l m , a r t , and p o e t r y . A $10 l a b o r a t o r y f e e w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o
o f f s e t t h e c o n s i d e r a b l e expense o f f i l m r e n t a l s . A t t e n d a n c e i s r e q u i r e d ,
s i n c e t h e f i l m s w i l l be shown d u r i n g c l a s s .
I
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
None
Humanities
Time:
I
Room:
Science H a l l 123
The Contemporary
Beyond S t a r T r e k :
S c i e n c e F i c t i o n Novel
I n s t r u c t o r s : Ron P a l o s a a r i and
S c o t t Schumack ( f r e e l a n c e
science f i c t i o n w r i t e r )
Science l i c t i o n i s often characterized as poorly w r i t t e n t a l e s o f rocket
s h i p s , r a y g u n s , and p l o t s t o t a k e o v e r t h e u n i v e r s e . Modern s c i e n c e
f i c t i o n , however, t r a n s c e n d s t h i s s t e r e o t y p e and i n c l u d e s many w e l l
w r i t t e n works of p s y c h o l o g i c a l and s o c i o l o g i c a l p e n e t r a t i o n .
This
c o u r s e w i l l b e g i n w i t h a r e p r e s e n t a t i v e n o v e l of t h e 1 9 3 0 ' s and demons t r a t e t h e ways i n which s c i e n c e f i c t i o n w r i t i n g h a s grown from i t s
p u l p o r i g i n s t o i t s p r e s e n t r e l a t i v e l y l i t e r a t e form.
The p r e r e q u i s i t e s f o r t h e c o u r s e i n c l u d e c u r i o s i t y a b o u t o r i n t e r e s t i n
s c i e n c e f i c t i o n and t h e a b i l i t y t o read two o r t h r e e n o v e l s a week.
Additional fee:
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Grading:
$10.00
S e e l a s t p a r a g r a p h of c o u r s e d e s c r i p t i o n
Humanities
Optional
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 25
C r e a t i v e W r i t i n g Workshop:
Poetry
Instructor:
J o n i s Agee
T h r e e s t u d e n t s from each of t h e f i v e c o l l e g e s o f t h e A s s o c i a t e d
C o l l e g e s o f t h e Twin C i t i e s w i l l be c h o s e n , o n t h e b a s i s o f p o r t f o l i o
submitted t o t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e English Departments, f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n
i n t h e workshop. We w i l l i n v e s t i g a t e s u c h problems a s v o i c e , form/
c o n t e n t , e x p e r i e n c e , and o r a l p r e s e n t a t i o n . S t u d e n t s w i l l be i n t r o d u c e d t o c o n t e m p o r a r y w r i t i n g and p u b l i c a t i o n p r o c e d u r e s .
Evaluation
w i l l b e made o n t h e b a s i s o f a body o f work completed by t h e end o f
t h e workshop.
C l a s s e s w i l l be i n a workshop f o r m a t and may i n c l u d e
attendance a t l o c a l poetry events.
I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s should c o n t a c t Lorraine Livingston
of t h e English f a c u l t y
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
None
Time:
I1
Room:
College of S a i n t Catherine
T h e ~ r r ei n
---
London
Instructor:
T o n i Clark
T h e a t r e i n London w i l l p r o v i d e t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o e x p e r i e n c e t h e f i n e s t
t h e a t r e i n t h e w o r l d . The h e a r t of t h e c o u r s e w i l l be a t t e n d i n g and
d i s c u s s i n g p r o d u c t i o n s of R e n a i s s a n c e , R e s t o r a t i o n and modern p l a y s
p e r f o r m e d by t h e Royal S h a k e s p e a r e Company, t h e Old V i c , t h e Young V i c ,
t h e N a t i o n a l T h e a t r e , and o t h e r s . We w i l l a l s o v i s i t t h e B r i t i s h Museum,
t h e V i c t o r i a and A l b e r t Museum, t h e N a t i o n a l P o r t r a i t G a l l e r y , t h e T a t e
G a l l e r y , t h e Tower o f London, and go t o S t r a t f o r d upon Avon. Time w i l l be
a l l o t t e d f o r i n d i v i d u a l s i g h t s e e i n g and s h o p p p i n g t r i p s , and f o r
i n v e s t i g a t i n g t h e i n c r e d i b l e v a r i e t y o f r e s t a u r a n t s i n t h e c i t y . The
g r a d i n g f o r t h e c o u r s e w i l l be P/N, based upon p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n d i s c u s s i o n
o f t h e p l a y s and p r o d u c t i o n s , and upon a j o u r n a l r e c o r d i n g s t u d e n t s '
i m p r e s s i o n s and a n a l y s i s of t h e p l a y s , d i s c u s s i o n s and e v e n t s o f t h e
Interim.
Approximate c o s t :
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
$895
None
Humanities
IN
English (Summer)
Potpourri :
R e a d i n g f o r Fun and C r e d i t
Instructor:
B a r b a r a Andersen
I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , s t u d e n t s w i l l make i n d i v i d u a l
r e a d i n g l i s t s of 10-12 books. These books w i l l be d i s c u s s e d w i t h o t h e r s
i n t h e c o u r s e and t h e i n s t r u c t o r i n s m a l l g r o u p s , e s t a b l i s h e d a c c o r d i n g
t o common themes, books, o r a u t h o r s .
Because s t u d e n t s w i l l h a v e
i n d i v i d u a l s c h e d u l e s , r e a d i n g l i s t s must be approved b e f o r e t h e end o f
s p r i n g term s o t h a t t h e s e s c h e d u l e s can be p u b l i s h e d p r i o r t o t h e
suimner s e s s i o n .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
Junior o r Senior standing
& consent
of i n s t r u c t o r
Humanities
S u m e r 1977
Foreign Language (Summer)
70330
C u l t u r e o f French Canada
----
I n s t r u c t o r : Mary E . Johnson
( a s s i s t e d i n e d u c a t i o n by
Einar Johnson)
A c o u r s e d e s i g n e d t o g i v e s t u d e n t s f i r s t - h a n d knowledge o f s e v e r a l
a s p e c t s of French-Canadian c u l t u r a l h e r i t a g e and c o n t e m p o r a r y l i f e ,
i n c l u d i n g t h e s t u d y o f b i l i n g u a l e d u c a t i o n . S t u d e n t s w i l l choose
and r e s e a r c h t o p i c s o n some a s p e c t s o f French-Canadian c u l t u r e b e f o r e
l e a v i n g , w i l l pursue ~t7m1
d u r i n g ilre e x p c r i e r ~ r e , snri w i l 1 make orill
at14 w r i t Len r e p o r t s . IVrer~cli ma 101~s :i1%11 mirmrs will work ,in F r e ~ l r l i .
l l e g - L ~ ~ n i r tign t l ~ cV o y a ~ e ~ lrounl
r
r y , t:l~e g r o u p wi l 1 v i s i r M o r ~ t - r e a l , l l ~ e
c i c v i n the wur1.d; I-lien s t u d y i ~ h o r , ~;I t
sectlrld I ; ~ r g e s r l ' r e i ~ d ~ - s t i c a k L n g
week i r i ~ ! u r ! h r r , r : ; l l i i ~ a loi [;l.e$~clrc 1 1 1 ~ u r-i.n
e l:,w~adrr;and u i l l t r u v e l
~ r v ~ ~ itile
\ < l r:;lul>e P c n i n s l ~[ a r o nl1servt: Yrcncli-Canadian r ~ i r a l I it'e. V j s i i H
t o s c h o o l s , museums, p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s , c u l t u r a l e v e n t s , e t c .
I n t e r v i e w s w i t h s p e c i a l i s t s i n t h e a r t s , e d u c a t i o n , and government.
Lodging i n t e n t s a t campgrounds and i n h o s t e l s .
Cooperative meals.
Offered f o r Foreign language general education d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement,
f o r French c r e d i t by a r r a n g e m e n t w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , and f o r e d u c a t i o n
c r e d i t by p e r m i s s i o n o f t h e e d u c a t i o n d e p a r t m e n t . G r a d i n g PIN o n l y .
1;
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
Consultation with e i t h e r i n s t r u c t o r
F o r e i g n Language
Summer 1977
I
1
I
Norwegian Composition
Conversation
Instructor:
L e i f E. Hansen
I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian w i t h emphasis on p r o n u n c i a t i o n
and o r i g i n a l c o m p o s i t i o n .
Some a t t e n t i o n w i l l be g i v e n t o r e g i o n a l
s p e e c h v a r i a t i o n s and t o d i f f e r e n c e s between t h e two o f f i c i a l l a n g ~ a ~ e s
o f Norway. T h e r e w i l l be a v a r i e t y of c o n t a c t s w i t h n a t i v e s p e a k e r s of
Norwegian now r e s i d i n g i n t h e Twin C i t i e s a r e a .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Norwegian 75211 o r e q u i v a l e n t
S t u d e n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o s p e n d a t o t a l o f 5 h o u r s p e r w e e k
i n l a b o r a t o r y work a n d / o r f i e l d e x p e r i e n c e .
Distribution:
F o r e i g n Language
Time:
I1
Room:
Old Main 3
Spanisli
Instructor:
Gunta R o z e n t a l s
S t u d y of t h e o u t s t a n d i n g n o v e l i s t s of t h e n i n e t e e n t h and t w e n t i e t h
c e n t u r i e s o i S p a i n . T h e r e w i l l be o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n S p a n i s h .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
56352, 51353 o r e q u i v a l e n t
F o r e i g n Language
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 8
German Women W r i t e r s
---
Instructor:
William Oyler
Women w r i t e r s h a v e p l a y e d a s i g n i i i c a n t r o l e i n German l i t e r a t u r e o f t h e
20th c e n t u r y . T h i s f a c t i s n o t s u f f i c i e n t l y a p p r e c i a t e d i n American
s i n c e v e r y few works o f p r o m i n e n t German women w r i t e r s h a v e been t r a n s l a t e d
i n t o E n g l i s h , and most o f t h o s e which h a v e been t r a n s l a t e d a r e now o u t o f
p r i n t and t h e r e f o r e l a r g e l y i n a c c e s s i b l e .
As a b e l a t e d c o n t r i b u t i o n t o
t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Women's Y e a r , t h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o n c e r n i t s e l f e x c l u s i v e l y w i t h t h e r e a d i n g and d i s c u s s i o n o i n a r r a t i v e p r o s e , drama and p o e t r y
c r e a t e d by German w r i t e r s who happen t o be women and who r e p r e s e n t a g r e a t
v a r i e t y of p h i l o s o p h i c a l o u t l o o k s and l i t e r a r y s t y l e s . The r e a d i n g s and
d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l be d e v o t e d p r i m a r i l y t o women of t h e 20th c e n t u r y , s u c h
a s R i c a r d a Huch , Anna S e g h e r s , I l s e A i c h i n g e r , I n g e b o r g Bachmann, C h r i s t a
Wolf, G e r t r u d von Le F o r t and E l i z a b e t h L a n g g a s s e r , a l t h o u g h t h e c o u r s e
w i l l b e g i n w i t h a b r i e f s u r v e y o f t h e r o l e o f women i n German l i t e r a t u r e
and w i t h t h e s t u d y of a 1 9 t h c e n t u r y work by Germany's f i r s t g r e a t woman
w r i t e r w r i t e r of i n t e r n a t i o n a l s t a t u r e , A n n e t t e von D r o s t e - H u l s h o f f .
Readings w i l l be i n German. D i s c u s s i o n s w i l l be p r i m a r i l y i n German,
w i t h E n g l i s h t o be used a s needed. A q u e s t i o n t o be p u r s u e d : Is t h e r e
a u n i q u e l y f e m i n i n e p e r s p e c t i v e i n works o f German women w r i t e r s ?
Prerequisites:
German 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t
Distribution;
Time:
I1
Room:
Old Main 2
Linguistics
T h e o r i e s of Grammar
Instructor:
Donald Steinmetz
Comparative a n a l y s i s of v a r i o u s views of language r e p r e s e n t e d i n c u r r e n t
l i n g u i s t i c r e s e a r c h : tagmemics, s t r a t i f i c a t i o n a l grammar, transformat i o n a l - g e n e r a t i v e grammar, c a s e grammar, g e n e r a t i v e s e m a n t i c s , with t h e
aim of i l l u m i n a t i n g t h e u n d e r l y i n g p h i l o s o p h i c a l assumptions, t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n a l c r i t e r i a and t h e e x p l a n a t o r y g o a l s which d i s t i n g u i s h them.
The t h e o r i e s w i l l a l s o be c o n t r a s t e d with r e s p e c t t o t h e i r a f f i l i a t i o n s
w i t h a d j a c e n t d i s c i p l i n e s such a s a n t h r o p o l o g y , psychology, l o g i c and
conununication t h e o r y and t h e way i n which each t h e o r y s e e k s t o overcome t h e i n a d e q u a c i e s o f t r a d i t i o n a l grammar.
Prerequisites :
None
Distribution:
None
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 4
General Studies
A Study
-
oT Values o r "Wha:
!.lal<es Llie World Co ~<ound"
InsrrucLor:
II
Sheldon Fardig
What a r e t h e e i f e c t s of p e r s o n a l v a l u e s upon I1um;ln I>ehavior? Yor~r own
v a l u e s ? Others v a l u e s ? An i n v e s t i g a l i o n of value awareness, value
dynamics, moral development and l i c e s L v l e s . An examination of tlle
v a l u e s of t h e s i l e n t m a j o r i t y and d i s c u s s i o n wit11 a u t h o r i t y r i g u r e s
concerning p u b l i c v a l u e s . These a r e some a r e a s l o r t l i s c u s s i o n and
r e s e a r c h . Each p a r t i c i p a n t w i l l piclr :]I? a r e a r ~ i rn d i v i d u a l s t u d y and
eval.uation.
Some e x t r a c o s t s w i l l be i n v o l v e d i n Cield t r i p m i l e a g e .
Prerequisites :
None
Distribution:
None
Time:
11
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 213
H i s t o r y o f London
I
Instructor:
Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t
"When a man i s t i r e d o f London, h e i s t i r e d o f l i f e , f o r t h e r e i s i n
London a l l t h a t l i f e can a f f o r d " (Dr. Samuel J o h n s o n , 1 8 t h c e n t r u r y ) .
T h i s c o u r s e d o e s n o t promise a l l t h a t ! But London d o e s o f f e r much O F
v a l u e and i n t e r e s t t o s t u d y .
I t s a m a z i n g l y r a p i d growth s i n c e mid
1 6 t h c e n t u r y h a s meant t h a t Londoners h a v e F e l t , t h o u g h t a b o u t , and
responded t o modern u r b a n problems f o r a t l e a s t f o u r c e n t u r i e s . I t s
b u s i n e s s community was a t t h e f o r e f r o n t of economic change i n t h e
w e s t e r n world f o r s e v e r a l c e n t u r i e s .
S e v e r a l t i m e s t h e c i t y has
r e s p r e s e n t e d h i g h p o i n t s i n t h e h i s t o r y o f European c u l t u r e .
It has
had a m a s s i v e i n f l u e n c e on E n g l i s h s o c i e t y g e n e r a l l y ( w e l l i l l u s t r a t e d
by i t s demographic p r e p o n d e r a n c e i n t h e n a t i o n ) and a p o w e r f u l l e v e r a g e
on B r i t i s h p o l i t i c s (whose c a p i t a l was c o n v e n i e n t l y l o c a t e d j u s t a few
m i l e s up t h e Thames r i v e r ) . And f o r t u n a t e l y , i o r t h e p u r p o s e of o u r
s t u d y , t h e r e i s a g r e a t d e a l of l i t e r a t u r e a b o u t t h e c i t y t h a t i s r e a d i l y
a v a i l a b l e . Urban h i s t o r y , and h o p e f u l l y t h i s c o u r s e , a p p e a l s t o s t u d e n t s
of y a r i o u s d i s c i p l i n e s - g e o g r a p h y , a r c h i t e c t u r e , p o p u l a r c u l t u r e ,
economics, u r b a n p l a n n i n g , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , a s w e l l a s h i s t o r y . Both
i n c l a s s a c t i v i t i e s and s t u d e n t a s s i g n m e n t s , t h e r e w i l l be an e f f o r t t o
construct the course s o a s t o r e f l e c t t h i s i n t e r - d i s c i p l i n a r y i n t e r e s t .
T h e r e w i l l be a wide c h o i c e i n t h e m a t t e r of a s s i g n m e n t s ; i t i s u n d e r s t o o d ,
t h o u g h , t h a t an i n d i v i d u a l p r o j e c t e m p h a s i z i n g l i t e r a t u r e o r a r c h i t e c t u r e
w i l l e v i d e n c e t h e i n s i g h t s and background g a i n e d i n t h e b r o a d e r c o n c e r n s
of t h e c o u r s e .
Prerequisites :
None
Distribution:
S o c i a l S c i e n c e and Urban S t u d i e s
Time:
I1
Room:
Old Main 1 8
From t h e I n d u s
-----
to Indira:
Epochs i n I n d i a n H i s t o r y
Instructor:
Don G u s t a f s o n
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r e s e n t an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e v a s t panorama o f
I n d i a n c u l t u r e from t h e e a r l y c i t i e s o n t h e I n d u s R i v e r t o t h e problems
and p o t e n t i a l s of modern I n d i a .
Not o n l y w i l l a wide v a r i e t y c i :epics
be c o v e r e d , but i n a d d i t i o n t h e r e w i l l be a g r e a t v a r i e t y i n t h e
m a t e r i a l s used
c u l t u r a l a r t i f a c t s , recordings, s l i d e s , novels,
r e l i g i o u s t e x t s , h i s t o r i e s , and who knows what e l s e .
--
prerequisites:
Distribution:
None
Social Science
Time:
11
Room:
Library 1
C
I I n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e P r i n c i p l e s o f Sumerian
"Can These S t o n e s Speak?" &
Cuneiform W r i t i n g .
I n s t r u c t o r : Richard C. Nelson
A c u l t u r a l s t u d y of t h e Sumerian Ur 111 Dynasey and r e l a t e d mesopotamian
c i v i l i z a t i o n s through an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o cuneiform w r i t i n g . S t u d e n t s w i l l
l e a r n t o t r a n s l i t e r a t e ( i . e . r e n d e r t h e cuneiform s y l l a b l e s ) and t r a n s l a t e
Sumerian t e x t s of v a r i e d c o n t e n t s d a t i n g from 2,000 B.C No p r e v i o u s work
i n a n c i e n t h i s t o r y i s assumed. Due t o a l a c k o f r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e t e x t u a l
and l e x i c a l m a t e r i a l most w i l l have t o be xeroxed. Expect a charge of
about $10.00 p e r s t u d e n t .
T r a d i t i o n a l g r a d i n g a l l o w e d , but
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
PIN
i s v e r y s t r o n g l y recommended.
None
Social Science
Time:
I1
Room:
Old Main 28
Mathematics
The Mathematical
-
Content of Music
Instructor:
Ben Cooper
For hundreds of y e a r s , Westerners have made music conscious of
Pythagorean t h e o r i e s of harmony, but n o t o f any o t h e r m a t h e m a t i c a l
f e a t u r e s of t h e i r a r t . From a t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r y p o i n t of view, we can
r e c o g n i z e a s p e c t s of form and o f c o m p o s i t i o n a l d e v i c e s and r u l e s which
d e s e r v e t o be c a l l e d mathematics ( b u t t h e mere adherence t o which does
n o t g u a r a n t e e good m u s i c ) . A t t h e r i s k of i n t e l l e c t u a l s u p e r f i c i a l i t y ,
we w i l l probe ( a s i l l u s t r a t i v e ) m a n i f e s t a t i o n s o f a l g e b r a , geometry, and
p r o b a b i l i t y a s we can f i n d , l a y i n g the mathematical f o u n d a t i o n s a s we go.
Some of t h e p o s s i b l e m u s i c a l t o p i c s : v o i c e - l e a d i n g r u l e s ; Bach's canons;
r u l e s o f twelve-tone composition; c o n s c i o u s l y m a t h e m a t i c a l composition
( e . g . , Xenakis).
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
No m a t h e m a t i c a l p r e r e q u i s i t e s .
None
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 28
Must read music.
Modern Math I d e a s Shock t h e L i b e r a l A r t s
------I n s t r u c t o r : Henry G. F o l l i n g s tad
A c o n t r o v e r s i a l look i n t o some u s e s and abuses o f modern math concepts
i n t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . Group and i n d i v i d u a l d i r e c t e d s t u d y w i l l s t r e s s
t h e impact of math i d e a s and models on f i e l d s which r e l a t e t o t h e n a t u r e
and o r i g i n of t h e u n i v e r s e , t h e e a r t h , l i f e , and mankind. The focus w i l l
be on s p e c i a l t o p i c s i n astronomy and cosmology a s w e l l a s philosophy,
a n t h r o p o l o g y , geology, b i o l o g y , and theology.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Distribution:
Natural Science
Time:
I
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l , Room 212
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Data S t r u c t u r e s
Instructor:
James L. Johnson
O r g a n i z a t i o n a l and s t o r a g e t e c h n i q u e s n e c e s s a r y t o c r e a t e , m a i n t a i n , and
u s e a d a t a base on a d i g i t a l computer. Topics i n c l u d e ( a s time p e r m i t s ) :
computer r e p r e s e n t a t i o n of v a r i o u s t y p e s o f d a t a , c h a r a c t e r s t r i n g
manipulation, l i n e a r d a t a s t r u c t u r e s , linked d a t a s t r u c t u r e s , t r e e s ,
g r a p h s , s o r t i n g , s e a r c h i n g , and mass s t o r a g e f i l e s .
Physical use of t h e
computer w i l l be minimal. Knowledge o f a programming language i s n o t
required.
Prerequisites:
S t u d e n t should be c o m f o r t a b l e w i t h t h e m a n i p u l a t i o n of
a b s t r a c t symbols a t a l e v e l which should be a t t a i n e d a f t e r
taking f i r s t year calculus o r equivalent course i n the
Natural Sciences.
Consultation with t h e i n s t r u c t o r i s
recommended p r i o r t o r e g i s t r a t i o n .
D i s t r i b u t i o n : None
Time:
11
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 205
The B a s i c
--
Concepts
of Mathematics: The D e m y s t i f i c a t i o n
o f Elementary
Mathematics
Instructor:
Beverly Durkee
-
f o r t h o s e who t h i n k t h e y d o n ' t l i k e i t , who
Mathematics made s i m p l e
a r e a f r a i d of i t , o r who a r e m y s t i f i e d by i t , b u t who must g e a r up t o
t e a c h i t t o elementary s c h o o l c h i l d r e n . The b a s i c s of a r i t h m e t i c and
geometry o f t h e modern elementary s c h o o l w i l l be s t u d i e d
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Distribution:
None
Time:
I
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 205
Music
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Music Therapy
Instructor:
-
Roberta M e t z l e r
General overview of t h e f i e l d of music t h e r a p y
where i t i s u s e d ,
with whom, and how. I n c l u d e s f i e l d t r i p s t o music t h e r a p y s i t e s i n
Minnesota.
Recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s p l a n n i n g t o major i n m u s i c
t h e r a p y , and t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n g e n e r a l background i n f o r m a t i o n of t h e
u s e of music f o r t h e r a p e u t i c r e a s o n s .
Prerequisites:
None
D i s t r i b u t i o n : None
Time:
I
Room:
Music 120
Opera Opera
I n s t r u c t o r s : Steve Gabrielsen
James Johnson
The p r o d u c t i o n of two o p e r a s i n c l u d i n g s i n g i n g , d a n c i n g , a c t i n g , s t a g e
d e s i g n , choreography. l i g h t i n g and promotion.
A week o f e v e n i n g performances.
Costumes s u p p l i e d by s t u d e n t s .
A u d i t i o n s w i l l be announced i n F a l l ' 7 6 .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Permission of i n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
Fine A r t s
Time:
I and I1
Room:
Music Auditorium
P i a n o Teaching Methods
-
I n s t r u c t o r : Diana Metzker
A s t u d y o f t h e m a t e r i a l s and t e c h n i q u e s used i n t e a c h i n g piano t o t h e
young s t u d e n t . No p r e v i o u s t e a c h i n g e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e d but an average
Class w i l l i n v o l v e
p i a n o t e c h n i q u e and keyboard f a c i l i t y i s n e c e s s a r y .
work w i t h p i a n o l a b s , o b s e r v a t i o n , t e a c h i n g and d i s c u s s i o n w i t h
prominent p i a n o t e a c h e r s .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Average piano t e c h n i q u e and keyhoard F a c i l i t y
D i s t r i b u t i o n : None
Time:
I
Room:
Music 1 0
Make Your Own Music
----
Instructor:
Robert Karlen
O f f e r s an o p p o r t u n i t y f o r t h e i n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t t o l e a r n about
t r a d i t i o n a l and n o n - t r a d i t i o n a l systems and i n t h e c r e a t i o n of o r i g i n a l
works of m u s i c ; and t o t r y h i s hand a t u s i n g any o f t h e s e systems i n
c r e a t i n g h i s l h e r own compositions.
S e r i a l , a l e a t o r y , and e l e c t r o n i c
t e c h n i q u e s w i l l be i n c l u d e d .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Open t o music majors a s an upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e , and t o
s t u d e n t s with l i t t l e o r no t r a i n i n g i n music a s a lower
d i v i s i o n course.
None
Time:
I1
Room:
Music 20
Trends, I s s u e s ,
and
Leadership
&
Nursing
I n s t r u c t o r s : Pamela Larson
Donna P e t e r s o n
A course designed to i n v e s t i g a t e the current leadership responsibi i t i e s
of the p r o f e s s i o n a l n u r s e and t h e t r e n d s and i s s u e s e v o l v i n g i n
contemporary n u r s i n g p r a c t i c e .
Prerequisites :
Admission t o t h e Augsburg n u r s i n g program o r
permission of i n s t r u c t o r .
Distribution :
None
Time:
I
Room:
F a i r v i e w School of Nursing
Philosophy
Topics i n S c i e n c e and R e l i g i o n :
Or Adam Had Atoms
Instructor:
Kenneth B a i l e y
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i d e r some of t h e a r e a s of c o n f l i c t , whether r e a l
o r o t h e r w i s e , between s c i e n t i f i c and r e l i g i o u s t h o u g h t .
I t w i l l be
l a r g e l y a d i s c u s s i o n c o u r s e , based upon a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s .
Chiefly,
we w i l l be concerned w i t h t h e q u e s t i o n o f whether a r e l i g i o u s p o i n t of
view can r e a s o n a b l y be m a i n t a i n e d i n a s c i e n t i f i c m i l i e u , and, i f s o ,
what f o r m ( s ) i t might t a k e .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
None
Humanities
Time:
I1
Room:
Old Main 25
Meister
---
E c k h a r t a s M y s t i c and P h i l o s o p h e r
Instructor:
Mark F u e h r e r
M e i s t e r E c k h a r t was one of t h e most a r t i c u l a t e spokesmen of t h e movement
known a s R h i n e l a n d M y s t i c i s m i n t h e l a t e m i d d l e a g e s . T h i s c o u r s e w i l l
a t t e m p t t o a n a l y s e E c k h a r t ' s l a n g u a g e a s a m y s t i c and d e t e r m i n e what
p h i l o s o p h i c a l p r e s u p p o s i t i o n s h e h o l d s and how t h e s e p r e s u p p o s i t i o n s
d e t e r m i n e h i s thought
.
Prerequisites :
None
Distribution:
Humanities
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 2 2
Physical Education
S p e c t a t o r s h i p o r Hev!
W h a ~ ' sGoing on Out T h e r e
Instructors:
Edor Nelson
Ed S a u g e s t a d
A c l a s s r o o m c o u r s e Eor t h e n o n - p a r t i c i p a n t .
An o r i e n t a t i o n o l t h e
s p e c t a t o r to the techniques, strategy, scoring, e t c . i n the sports
g f F o o t b a l l , s o c c e r , h o c k e y , and w r e s t l i n g .
This course does not
a p p l y t o the major i n physical education.
Prerequisites
Distribution:
:
None
None
Time;
I
Room:
Melby H a l l
12
Recreation A c t i v i t i e s
Rhythms
Instructor:
LaVonne P e t e r s o n
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n t e a c h i n g r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n ,
low-organized games, r e l a y s , camp a c t i v i t i e s , s k i t s and s t u n t s , m u s i c a l
games, s i m p l e c r a f t s , f o l k and s q u a r e d a n c i n g .
prerequisites:
Sophomore s t a n d i n g , n o t open t o Freshmen
Distribution:
I
Time:
Room:
Gymnasiu~niqorth Court
Physics
P r o g r e s s : R e a l i t y o r Myth?
1.
II
Instructor:
Mark E n g e b r e t s o n
S c i e n c e and t e c h n o l o g y played an i m p o r t a n t r o l e i n t h e development o f
t h e n o t i o n o f p r o g r e s s i n t h e e i g h t e e n t h and n i n e t e e n t h c e n t u r i e s .
New developments i n t e c h n o l o g y made p o s s i b l e t h e r a p i d growth of w e a l t h
and power i n much o f t h e w e s t e r n w o r l d . Now, however, " p r o g r e s s " h a s
l o s t i t s l u s t e r ; many a r e blaming s c i e n c e and t e c h n o l o g y f o r b e t r a y i n g
t h e i d e a l s and dreams of modern s o c i e t y .
Thomas ~ u h n ' si m p o r t a n t book, The S t r u c t u r e o f S c i e n t i f i c R e v o l u t i o n s ,
p r o p o s e s t h a t t h e n o t i o n of p r o g r e s s i s i t s e l f C a u l t y . A f t e r a s t u d y
o f t h e s c i e n c t i f i c , s o c i a l , and r e l i g i o u s r o o t s o f t h e i d e a o f p r o g r e s s ,
we w i l l c o n s i d e r t h e c u r r e n t d e b a t e a b o u t t h e u s e s and a b u s e s o f s c i e n c e
i n our world.
One s h o r t s e m i n a r and a w r i ~ t e nr e p o r t w i l l be r e q u i r e d , i n a d d i t i o n t o
r o u t i n e r e a d i n g s . Guest l e c t u r e r s and f i l m s w i l l be i n t e r s p e r s e d w i t h
c l a s s r o o m l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
Room:
None
F u l f i l l s Urban S t u d i e s r e q u i r e m e n t
11
Science H a l l 22
Understanding t h e Weather
Instructor:
Kenneth E r i c k s o n
4n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e e a r t h ' s w e a t h e r , i t s c a u s e s a n d c h a r a c t e r .
l e s i g n e d f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n w e a t h e r and w e a t h e r p r e d i c t i o n , t h i s
c o u r s e s e e k s t o p r o v i d e s t u d e n t s w i t h a n u n d e r s t a n d i n g of t h e b a s i c
s c i e n c e p r i n c i p l e s required f o r understanding weather.
It i s a l s o
h o p e d t h a t s t u d e n t s w i l l g a i n an a ~ p r e c i - t i c n f o r t h e o v e r a l l weat:her
p a t t e r n s o f t h e e a r t h a n d f o r t h e manv and v a r i e d a s p e c t s o f w e a t h e r ,
i n c l u d i n g t h e i n f l u e n c e weather h a s on t h e e a r t h ' s i n h a b i t a n t s .
Topics
t o be d i s c u s s e d i n c l u d e : t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f s u n , e a r t h and a t m o s p h e r e ;
i m p o r t a n t p h y s i c a l q u a n t i t i e s s u c h a s t e m p e r a t u r e and p r e s s u r e ; c l o u d s
a n d p r e c i p i t a t i o n ; u n u s u a l c o n d i t i o n s l i k e t o r n a d o s and h u r r i c a n e s ;
t e c h n i q u e s and i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n f o r w e a t h e r m o n i t o r i n g and c o n t r o l ;
a v i a t i o n w e a t h e r ; and t h e i n f l u e n c e o f w e a t h e r o n p o l l u t i o n .
Course
a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e l e c t u r e s , e x p e r i m e n t a t i o n , f o r e c a s t i n g , and g u e s t
s p e a k e r s whenever p o s s i b l e .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
High S c h o o l A l g e b r a
Natural Science
Time:
I
Room:
Science H a l l 22
Independent Study i n Experimental Physics
I n s t r u c t o r : T h e o d o r e Hanwick
This course provides t h e opportunity f o r students t o systematically
e x p l o r e a problem i n experimental physics.
The s t u d e n t s h o u l d s e l e c t
a t o p i c f o r i n v e s t i g a t i o n from o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : s p e c t r o s c o p y ,
h o l o g r a p h y , a s t r o n o m y , o r e l e c t r o n i c s . An i n - d e p t h u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e
s e l e c t e d t o p i c w i l l be a c q u i r e d t h r o u g h s t u d y o f a p p r o p r i a t e r e s o u r c e
n a t e r i a l a n d by means o f a c t u a l e x p e r i m e n t a l i n v e s t i g a t i o n .
Each s t u d e n t
i s r e q u i r e d , b e f o r e t h e s t a r t of t h e i n t e r i m , t o d i s c u s s h i s t o p i c o f
i n v e s t i g a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r and p r e s e n t a t e n t a t i v e p r o p o s a l
: ! e s c r i b i n g how t h e s u g g e s t e d work i s t o be c o m p l e t e d .
A final written
-c;cr!
o n !he ~ r o j e c t\ $ i l l b e r e q u i r e d a t t h e e n d o f t h e i n t e r i m .
Prerequisites:
Junior o r s e n i o r physics major o r permission of the
instructor.
Distribution:
Time: I
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 25
Political Science
R a t i o n a l Ignorance & J u s t i c e
Instructor:
Myles S t e n s h o e l
1
Focus i s upon John Rawls' e x t r a o r d i n a r y work, A Theory of J u s t i c e , and
h i s a t t e m p t t o p r o v i d e an a l t e r n a t i v e t o r e c e i v e d t h e o r i e s of p o l i t i c a l Course g o a l s w i l l be t o u n d e r s t a n d h i s t h e o r y , i t s
economic j u s t i c e .
s t r e n g t h s and weaknesses, i t s i m p l i c a t i o n s f o r c u r r e n t s t r u c t u r e s ,
programs and p r o p o s a l s . W r i t i n g ? Yes.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Freshmen o r sophomores by p e r m i s s i o n of t h e i n s t r u c t o r ,
J u n i o r s o r s e n i o r s who have a concern f o r v a l u e s and
a w i l l i n g n e s s t o w r e s t l e w i t h i n t e l l e c t u a l problems.
S o c i a l Science
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 18
Poli. Sci. (summer)
85340 ( P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e )
98340 (Speech)
The B r i t i s h
--
Design f o r Mass Media
Instructor:
Milda Hedblom
Study of B r i t i s h mass media, based i n London, f o r s t u d e n t s of p o l i t i c s ,
communications, s o c i o l o g y . B r i t i s h mass media a r e noted f o r high q u a l i t y
p r o d u c t i o n . and c o n t e n t . We w i l l s t u d y t h e c u l t u r a l , p o l i t i c a l and
a r t i s t i c r e a s o n s f o r t h e i r eminence; t h e r e w i l l be i n t e n s i v e i n t e r v i e w s
w i t h BBC and ITV t e l e v i s i o n and r a d i o e x e c u t i v e s t a f f , London newspaper
and magazine e d i t o r s , Members of P a r l i a m e n t and B r i t i s h s c h o l a r s o f mass
c m u n i c a t i o n s ; we w i l l v i s i t major media c e n t e r s i n London a s w e l l a s
t a k e v i s i t s t o c u l t u r a l a t t r a c t i o n s i n Oxford, S t r a t f o r d and o t h e r
nearby a r e a s .
Topics we w i l l s t u d y d u r i n g t h e f i r s t h a l f of t h e i n t e r i m i n c l u d e
B r i t i s h views on t h e p r o p e r use o f t h e mass media, t h e n a t u r e of
p o l i t i c a l c o n t r o l s , funding p r o v i s i o n s and o t h e r s . Approximately t h e
l a s t two weeks of t h e i n t e r i m w i l l be devoted t o independent work
(under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o f t h e c l a s s i n s t r u c t o r ) w i t h each s t u d e n t s t u d y i n g a p a r t i c u l a r a s p e c t o f one medium, such a s t e l e v i s i o n news p r o d u c t i o n ,
o r p r i n t c e n s o r s h i p r u l e s o r r a d i o o v e r s e a s programming, e t c . Some
i n d i v i d u a l s may s e l e c t t o p i c s r e q u i r i n g- r e g- i o n a l t r a v e l , such a s Wales,
o r S c o t l a n d . T h i s i s a c c e p t a b l e but w i l l be a s e p a r a t e c o s t and
i n d i v i d u a l l y a r r a n g e d i n England.
The same i n s t r u c t o r w i l l a c c e p t s t u d e n t s f o r independent s t u d y i n
British politics.
Prerequisites:
Permission of i n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
Social
Science
Grading:
Cost:
O p t i o n a l , p r e f e r e n c e t o PIN
$895.00
C
Psychology
-
Instructor:
General Psychology
Norman Ferguson
introducatioh t o the mador eontenk areas wtthlln psychology inciuding
b i ~ l ~ g i ~bgmla s of behevtor, develapmnt, Ieamkg, language and memDry,
perception a d s l e e p , rntrtivation and motion, pettionalfty, paychopathol~/ogy,
and psychotherapy. Reading turd dfaeusaim. me c2-a will be condudred
u a i n g the q u a a t i o r ~ - - a n m ~ and
open diseuslion method* Inatead oE using
klie Lecture mathad. Heavy emphasis w i l l be placed on inclass parrictpapion by eacft student. Mequoto preparation prier to each clasa swsion
w i l l be assumed.
Not recommended f o r s t n d e n t s i n t e n d i n g t o major i n psychology.
Prerequisites:
None
Distribution:
Natural Science
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 19
The a i l d ' s
---
World:
Cognitive Development
Instructor:
Grace Dyrud
A s t u d y w i l l be made of t h e development of t h e c h i l d ' s r e p r e s e n t a t i o n
o f e v e n t s ; n o t i n g s t a g e s and examples i n l a n g u a g e , r e a s o n i n g , and
judgment. There w i l l be a f e e o f a p p r o x i m a t e l y $3.00 f o r m a t e r i a l s .
Pretequisites :
None
Distribution:
None
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 7
Computer A p p l i c a t i o n s
&
Behavioral Science
I n s t r u c t o r : R i c h a r d Marken
An i n t r o d u c a t i o n t o t h e u s e of computers f o r t h e a n a l y s i s o f b e h a v o r i a l
d a t a and s i m u l a t i o n o f b e h a v i o r a l p r o c e s s e s . S t u d e n t s w i l l l e a r n t o
w r i t e programs t o do s t a t i s t i c a l a n a l y s e s s u c h a s c o r r e l a t i o n and l i n e a r
r e g r e s s i o n s , a n a l y s i s o f v a r i a n c e , and c h i - s q u a r e .
Programs w i l l be
S t u d e n t s w i l l a l s o s t u d y t h e b e h a v i o r of programs
w r i t t e n i n FORTRAN I V .
which s i m u l a t e i n t e r e s t i n g b e h a v i o r a l and b i o l o g i c a l p r o c e s s e s such a s
p e r c e p t i o n , l e a r n i n g , and e v o l u t i o n . Each s t u d e n t w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o d o
a programming p r o j e c t on a t o p i c o f i n t e r e s t . T o p i c s f o r p r o j e c t s have
been q u i t e v a r i e d and h a v e ranged From d e m o n s t r a t i o n s o f theorems i n
s t a t i s t i c s t o s i m u l a t i o n o f rumor p r o p a g a t i o n i n crowds.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
G e n e r a l Psychology
None
Time:
I1
Room:
Scierice H a l l 312
Women and God
Instructor:
Eugene S k i b b e
For men and women: What i s t h e s i g n i f i c a n c e o f women i n r e l a t i o n
t o God and i n t h e c o n t e x t o f o r g a n i z e d r e l i g i o n , e s p e c i a l l y t h e o l r i s t i a n
r e l i g i o n ? T h i s i s n o t o n l y an academic problem, which i n v o l v e s a n a l y z i n g
p a s t t r a d i t i o n s and i n s t i t u t i o n a l a r r a n g e m e n t s , b u t a l s o a p e r s o n a l
q u e s t i o n , which c a n be answered o n l y by p e r s o n a l r e f l e c t i o n and m u t u a l
In
d i s c o v e r y . H o p e f u l l y t h i s c o u r s e w i l l b e n e f i t p e o p l e i n both ways.
e a r l y s t a t e s o f d e s i g n i n g t h e c o u r s e t h e t e a c h e r w i l l s e e k h e l p irom
s t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n t h i s t o p i c . The c o u r s e w i l l p r o b a b l y i n c l u d e a
s t u d y o f ( a ) r e f e r e n c e s t o women i n B i b l i c a l l i t e r a t u r e , ( b ) n o t a b l e
women i n W e s t e r n r e l i g i o u s h i s t o r y , ( c ) t h e r o l e o f women and t h e female
p r i n c i p l e i n non-Western r e l i g i o n s , ( d ) f u n d a m e n t a l problems of human
p e r c e p t i o n , l a n g u a g e and c u l t u r e w i t h r e g a r d t o r e a l i t y and s e x u a l i t y ,
( e ) t h e r e l a t i o n o f t h e G o s p e l t o s e x u a l d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n , ( f ) women
r e l i g i o u s and t h e o l o g i c a l l e a d e r s t o d a y . The a p p r o a c h w i l l i n c l u d e
a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s , d i s c u s s i o n s , o u t s i d e s p e a k e r s , and ( p r o b a b l y ) a
w r i t t e n r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t . Taught ( o r c o o r d i n a t e d ) by a man.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221
Religion
Time:
I1
Room:
S c i e n c e 320
Social Work
Practicum i n Human S e r v i c e s
Instructor:
Vern Bloom
With f a c u l t y a p p r o v a l , s t u d e n t s e l e c t s a placement a s a h a l f - t i m e
v o l u n t e e r i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n .
O p p o r t u n i t y t o know
s o c i a l work p r o f e s s i o n a l s , s o c i a l s e r v i c e d e l i v e r y s y s t e m s , and c a r e e r
a s p e c t s i n t h e h e l p i n g v o c a t i o n s . Independent s t u d y w i t h a t e n paper
r e p o r t and review c o n f e r e n c e s . E s p e c i a l l y r e c m e d e d f o r freshmen
and sophomores.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Consent of i n s t r u c t o r
Required f o r S o c i a l Work m a j o r s
Time:
I
Room:
Memorial H a l l 1
Sociology-SocialWork
Human S e r v i c e
----
Issues i n Selected
Areas
Instructor:
Tony Wagner
Seminars c o n s i s t i n g of a n i n t r o d u c t i o n of t h e major s o c i a l p o l i c y i s s u e s
and s e r v i c e d e l i v e r y s t r u c t u r e s a s s o c i a t e d with s e l e c t e d a r e a s of s o c i a l
work p r a c t i c e .
Areas i n c l u d e s o c i a l s e c u r i t y , mental r e t a r d a t i o n ,
a l c o h o l and chemical dependency, y o u t h , a g i n g , w e l f a r e e c o l o g y , and
s e r i s m i n s o c i a l work. F i e l d e x p e r i e n c e o f 16 h o u r s p e r week.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
351 and j u n i o r , o r p e r m i s s i o n of i n s t r u c t o r
Required f o r S o c i a l Work majors
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 1
Principles
of Sociology
Instructor:
Robert Grams
Both the p o p u l a r p r e s s and i n f o r m a l d i s c u s s i o n s s u g g e s t an i n c r e a s e d
concern about t h e v i a b i l i t y of o u r i n s t i t u t i o n s and s o c i a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s .
One c o n s t a n t l y h e a r s about t h e l a c k of cohesiveness of f a m i l i e s , t h e
dehumanizing e f f e c t s of l a r g e o r g a n i z a t i o n s , problems r e g a r d i n g the
d i s t r i b u t i o n of wealth and p o l i t i c a l power, t h e mounting crime r a t e , the
i n a b i l i t y of o u r i n s t i t u t i o n s t o r e h a b i l i t a t e c r i m i n a l s , and s o f o r t h .
T h i s c o u r s e p r o v i d e s an overview of what t h e s o c i o l o g i s t h a s t o o f f e r
i n r e g a r d t o such i s s u e s . More s p e c i f i c a l l y , t h e c o u r s e c o n s i s t s of a
each of which p r o v i d e s an overview of t h e s o c i o l o g i s t ' s
s e t of u n i t s
a n a l y s i s o f some a s p e c t of s o c i a l l i f e . Each u n i t w i l l be approached
through a combination o f l e c t u r e s , readings, d i s c u s s i o n s and assignments
designed t o h e l p t h e s t u d e n t a p p l y what i s being l e a r n e d .
--
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
None
Social Science
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 27
Blue C o l l a r s and Hard H a t s :
-----
The C u l t u r e of t h e Working Class
Instructor:
Cordon Nelson
I n an i n c r e a s i n g l y b u r e a u c r a t i c s o c i e t y , t h e manual l a b o r e r and c r a f t
worker have tended t o be r e l e g a t e d t o a s t e r e o t y p e d , s u b c u l t u r e s t a t u s
i n American urban l i f e . T e l e v i s i o n ' s Archie Bunker i s a s good an example
a s any of t h e s t e r e o t y p e . This c o u r s e w i l l examine t h e American working
c l a s s , e s p e c i a l l y a s i t i s found i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , i n an a t t e m p t t o
d e t e r m i n e whether t h e s t e r e o t y p e i s a v a l i d one. The c o u r s e w i l l
i n c l u d e r e a d i n g s i n some of t h e c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e on t h e t o p i c , f i e l d
o b s e r v a t i o n s i n working c l a s s s e t t i n g s , and a f i n a l examination.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Distribution:
S o c i a l S c i e n c e o r Urban
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 21
R a c i a l and
--
M i n o r i t y Group R e l a t i o n s
I n s t r u c t o r : J e r r y Gerasimo
The dimensions of r a c i a l and m i n o r i t y group r e l a t i o n s . Major a t t e n t i o n
i s focused upon p r e j u d i c e , r a c i s m , and t h e r o l e o f s e l f - u n d e r s t a n d i n g .
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l be o f f e r e d on P/N b a s i s o n l y .
prerequisites:
Time:
I1
Room: Old Main 27
Speech
Values and
--
Conununication:
Socrates, Jesus, Kierkegaard,
Buber
I n s t r u c t o r s : Ray Anderson
John Benson
A s ~ u i l vc ' r i Ivrrns uT t l i s c o u r s c v h i c l ~a r e inrenrleil 1 0 c:rrnml~tiic:~teb a s i c
valries and view8 o t l iTe. The Lulms are many n11c1 v a r i e d , emhrecing H I ~
r l Fvcrse a c t i v i 1 : i e s as S v c r n r i c qliesr i o n i u p , Jesus's u s e o l p a r a b l e and
sy~~lrolic
a c t i o n : Kierlte,qanrd ' a i . ~ ~ d i r c ccommuni
t
c a t i o r r , am! H r ~ l j e r ' sw e
of u f d i a l o g u e . A l l Inur 0 1 c l ~ e s einen e:rplurect l lie r e l a c i o n s l ~ i po f i o n
and corxext i n com\~unicotion. A c e n t r a l rocus w i l l !IF: How and wily d i d
these men conununicntc as they d i d ? 7lie course w 3 1 1 i n v n l v e l e c r u r e s ,
r e a d i ~ q s ,d f s c ~ ~ s s i ~ >papers
ns,
and 9 tudeni s p e e c l ~ e s . Sume a t tendance a L
events ouestcLe of class may he r e q u i r e d ,
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
None
Does n o t f u l f i l l r e l i g i o n r e q u i r e m e n t , but may be used
f o r s p e e c h , c o m u n i c a t i o n s o r r e l i g i o n major.
Time:
I1
Room:
Old Main 7
C ~
I n t e r c u l t u r a l Cmnnunications i n Mexico
Instructor:
J o e l Mugge
The i n t e r i m w i l l be based i n Mexico C i t y , Oaxaco, and a ~ e n e d i c ' t i n e
monastery i n t h e v i l l a g e of Ahuatepec n e a r Cuernavaca w i t h s m a l l g r o u p
f i e l d t r i p s t o o t h e r p a r t s of t h e c o u n t r y . T r a v e l t o Mexico w i l l b e by
c h a r t e r bus and t r a i n . Mexico p r o v i d e s a s e t t i n g where many p o l i t i c a l ,
s o c i a l , and r e l i g i o u s v a l u e s a r e much d i f f e r e n t than o u r own. The
c o u r s e w i l l e x p l o r e ways i n which t h e s e a s p e c t s of c u l t u r e i n f l u e n c e and
shape t h e communication p r o c e s s , both v e r b a l and non-verbal.
We s h a l l
a t t e m p t t o examine t h e b a r r i e r s t h a t block e f f e c t i v e communication
betbeen c u l t u r e s and e x p l o r e t h e ways t h e s e b a r r i e r s can be broken down.
T h i s w i l l be f a c i l i t a t e d through d i r e c t c o n t a c t with s e v e r a l d i m e n s i o n s
of Mexican l i f e - urban Mexico C i t y , t h e indigenous c u l t u r e of Oaxaca,
a d i s c i p l i n e d m o n a s t i c community, and the r e s i d e n t s of a s m a l l v i l l a g e .
S e v e r a l paperback t e x t s , an e x t e n s i v e d a i l y j o u r n a l , and a f i n a l p a p e r
w i l l be r e q u i r e d .
The c e n t r a l focus of t h e i n t e r i m i s an e x a m i n a t i o n o f
t h e p r o c e s s of communication between c u l t u r e s and t h e ways i n which
communication b a r r i e r s can be broken down. C o n s i d e r a b l e a t t e n t i o n w i l l
be g i v e n t o t h e way i n which c u l t u r a l v a l u e s e f f e c t t h e communication
process.
To accomplish o u r t a s k , we w i l l focus on such i s s u e s a s : t h e
c m u n i c a t i o n p r o c e s s w i t h i n t h e group i t s e l f ; t h e dynamics o f d e v e l o p ment w i t h i n t h e Third World n a t i o n s ; t h e o l o g i c a l i s s u e s r e l a t e d t o human
communication and Third World development; s p e c i f i c elements o f Mexican
c u l t u r e ; and t h e t h e o r y o f i n t e r c u l t u r a l communication.
Prerequisites:
None
Distribution:
Cost:
e s t i m a t e d $490.00
Theater Practicum:
C h i l d r e n ' s T h e a t e r Production
Instructor:
A i l e n e Cole
The members o f t h e c l a s s w i l l p l a n , r e h e a r s e , e x e c u t e t h e t e c h n i c a l
a s p e c t s o f t h e p r o d u c t i o n , and p r e s e n t t o a u d i e n c e s composed p r i m a r i l y
of c h i l d r e n a d r a m a t i c p r o d u c t i o n approximately 50 m i n u t e s i n l e n g t h .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
I and I1 (9:30-12:OO;
Room:
Speech Auditorium
1:OO-3:OO)
A r t11:
-
The A r t s of Europe
Instructor:
R e i d a r Dittmann
B e g i n n i n g w i t h a b r i e f s t a y i n I t a l y f o r a background e x p o s u r e t o t h e a r t
o t t h e R e n a i s s a n c e i n F l o r e n c e , t h e Yourse w i l l f o c u s on n i n e t e e n t h
c e n t u r y movements a s shown i n g a l l e r i e s i n Z u r i c h , Munich, Cologne,
Amsterdam, P a r i s , and London. R e l a t i v e l y b r i e f s t a y s i n t h e c i t i e s en
r o u t e w i l l be f o l l o w e d by one week each i n P a r i s and London. S t u d e n t s
w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o keep a j o u r n a l and p r e p a r e an e v a l u a t i v e p a p e r on
a s i n g l e a r t i s t r e p r e s e n t e d i n one o r more o f t h e c o l l e c t i o n s viewed.
Prerequisite:
Consent of I n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
For d i s t r i b u t i o n r e c o g n i t i o n , c o n s u l t Chairman, Department
of Art
Enrollment:
Cost:
25
$895.00
Asian Studies
---
IIa:
Hawaiian I n t e r c u l t u r a l R e l a t i o n s
Instructor:
Ola E M i l l e r t
A s t u d y o f t h e i n t e r r e l a t i o n of c u l t u r e s , A s i a n , P o l y n e s i a n , and American,
which h a v e come t o i n t e r a c t w i t h each o t h e r i n Hawaii.
Participants will
be assumed t o have b a s i c f a m i l i a r i t y w i t h t h e American component, arid t h e
c o u r s e w i l l t h e r e f o r e c o n c e n t r a t e on Asian and P o l y n e s i a n t r a d i t i o n s a s
shown i n s o c i a l c u s t o m s , r e l i g i o n , and t h e a r t s , and on t h e consequences
o f t h e i r i n t e r a c t i o n w i t h t h e American t r a d i t i o n i n t h e 5 0 t h s t a t e .
Two weeks a t t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Hawaii i n H o n o l u l u , w i t h l e c t u r e r s from
b o t h t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Hawaii and t h e East-West C e n t e r , w i l l be f o l l o w e d
? y a t h i r d week a t Brigham Young U n i v e r s i t y - Hawaii Campus a t L a i e .
Representatives o f the various Polynesian i s l a n d s w i l l t a l k about t h e i r
h e r i t a g e , and p a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l have a c c e s s t o t h e p o l y n e s i a n C u l t u r a l
C e n t e r w i t h i t s d i s p l a y s and performances.
I n t h e f i n a l week a t t h e
Makapalo R e t r e a t C e n t e r on t h e i s l a n d of Hawaii, t h e r e w i l l be summary
d i s c u s s i o n s and symposia based o n p a p e r s w r i t t e n by s t u d e n t s a b o u t t h e i r
s p e c i a l p r o j e c t . Ample o p p o r t u n i t y t o e x p l o r e h i s t o r i c s i t e s , e t h n i c
and a r t museums, r e l i g i o u s s h r i n e s --and t h e b e a c h e s . H a w a i i i t s e l f i s
a l i v i n g laboratory of i n t e r c u l t u r a l r e l a t i o n s .
Prerequisites :
Consent of I n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
N~~~
Enrollment:
Cost :
25
$895.00
ST. OLAF INTERIMS ABROAD
Biology I I e o r I I I e : Human Ecology i n I s r a e l
I n s t r u c t o r : D a n i e l Palm
~ k l i g n d dto p m c e o study a d d 5 s m Q a f the 5 n b a m a b i e ~and
ra~&$o@ttps bm'kween mn , h u miltom and ItOhry, and the esxvfrmment
ta w k i & taa ,lPvea, tha EQU~BI WdLl be + n t e t e r d @ c i y in nawn.
U a c-.y
Wif~hi%
wiqw rnrrge PC u~f,mnticCgeerlagia;L, raciiil, a m d c a d &tnsXcal peqgecttvos, the pussuit @1
&a -emt
of a n can
' f i e l d trip8 w d JeterubaLm, to' llielf I*,
be partsuulnzLy r&m&,in&
khk W6t&mnma maboacd, &F sud~ t l d s e r a ,Lgw desert, and the
Red Sea a t E i l a t w i l l provide ample o p p o r t u n i t y t o l e a r n a t t h e c e n t e r s
of a n t i q u i t y . L e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s w i l l p r o v i d e
t h e background f o r t h e p r e p a r a t i o n of a paper d e a l i n g with some s p e c i f i c
t o p i c i n human ecology i n I s r a e l .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : one s e m e s t e r of biology and one s e m e s t e r of b e h a v i o r a l
science.
Enrollment:
cost:
30
$1,100.00
Classics
u: Mediterranean
Culture
Instructor:
Lloyd Gunderson
The c i v i l i z a t i o n of Greece from t h e Bronze Age through C l a s s i c a l A n t i q u i t y
viewed from two p r i n c i p a l l o c a t i o n s , Heracleum and Athens. Daily l e c t u r e s
and v i s i t s t o Bronze Age Minoan s i t e s i n Crete a t Knossos, P h a i s t o s , and
M a l l i a , and c l o s e a t t e n t i o n t o t h e v a s t c o l l e c t i o n i n t h e Archaeological
Museum a t Heracleum.
I n Athens and i t s e n v i r o n s , w i t h the a i d of t h e
famed N a t i o n a l Museum, f u r t h e r s t u d y o f t h e Bronze Age of the Yycaneans,
and f i e l d t r i p s t o C l a s s i c a l s i t e s .
Prerequisites
: Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r
D i s t r i b u t i o n : None
Enrollment:
Cost:
25
$975.00
I, I
I I
French 111:
French Language, C u l t u r e , and T h e a t e r i n P a r i s
Instructor:
Verena Conley
F o r advanced s t u d e n t s i n French. A t t e n d a n c e a t p e r f o r m a n c e s i n t e g r a t e d
w i ~ ha n a l y s i s a n d t l i s c t ~ s o i o n , V l s l l r : l o a r t i s t i c snrl c u L ! ~ ~ r i exhibits.
#l
~ ' W Df u l l - d a y e x c u r s i o n s ( L O V e r s a i l l e s and dlartres) wi1I1 CL-encli-speak~ I I Kl c c l u r r r a .
i l p ~ i o n a iwcek-end C S C I I C S ~ O I I H to N ~ r m : ~ l i r l y . S t u d y oi
items 0 1 t o p i c a l i n ~ e r e s Li r l t l ~ ed a i 1 y ant! week1 y p r e s s .
One o f t h e
m o a t imlmrtnnt aspecks o f l a n e ~ ~ ~ rs t, ur d y d u r i n g the perio<l I s he four
l i u r ~ r so l cnnvers:ttional p r a c t i c e 411 Rrotrys u l t h r e e each, wilt1 a I'l*vnclj
s t u d e n t o f t h e U n i v e r s i t y of P a r i s a c t i n g a s t u t o r . S t u d e n t s w i l l keep
a d a i l y j o u r n a l i n French i n c o r p o r a t i n g r e f l e c t i o n s on t h e t h e a t r e and
o b s e r v a t i o n s on French l i f e .
Prerequisites :
Consent of I n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
None
Enrollment:
Cost:
15
$895.00
German I I b :
--
E n c o u n t e r w i t h t h e Two Germanys
Instructor:
Hanno K l a s s e n
A s t u d y o f t h e s e p a r a t e ways o f Germany s i n c e 1945. Two weeks w i t h t h e
p e o p l e o f t h e German D e m o c r a t i c R e p u b l i c w i l l be f o l l o w e d by a c o n c l u d i n g
s t a y i n t h e F e d e r a l R e p u b l i c o f Germany. The c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d t o u s e
t h e German l a n g u a g e f o r a c o m p a r a t i v e s t u d y o f t h e two Weltanschauugen
which h a v e shaped v e r y d i f f e r e n t p o l i t i c a l n a t i o n s .
I n t h e German D e m o c r a t i c R e p u b l i c t h e Youth H o s t e l i n L e i p z i g w i l l be t h e
c o n t a c t base.
S i d e t r i p s w i l l be made t o o t h e r p l a c e s o f c u l t u r a l i n t e r e s t .
Munich w i l l be t h e l o c a t i o n f o r i n q u i r i e s i n t o l i f e i n t h e F e d e r a l R e p u b l i c .
Students w i l l l i v e with h o s t f a m i l i e s . I n d i v i d u a l c o n t a c t with t h e people
i s s t r e s s e d . L e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s w i t h s t u d e n t s , r e l i g i o u s g r o u p s ,
v i s i t s t o s o c i a l and w e l f a r e i n s t i t u t i o n s , and a t t e n d a n c e a t a r t i s t i c
p e r f o r m a n c e s and e x h i b i t i o n s . D a i l y d i s c u s s i o n s . P a r t i c i p a n t s a r e
e x p e c t e d t o s p e a k German a t a l l t i m e s . Each s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o k e e p
a journal.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Enrollment:
Cost:
Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r
None
20
$895.00
Interdisciplinary J
&
:
I n d u s t r i a l Democracy i n Europe
Instructor:
Daniel Hellinger
I n t e r n a t i o n a l economic f o r c e s see111 L u i ~ ed r a w i n g Europe t o g e t h e r , w h i l e
e t h n i c and c l a s s c o n f l i c t s w i t h i n i n d i v i d u a l s t a t e s a r e s t r a i n i n g
n a t i o n a l c o h e s i v e n e s s . The c o u r s e w i l l f o c u s o n t h e f o r c e s o f c o h e s i o n
and c o n f l i c t , b o t h economic and p o l i t i c a l , which a r e s h a p i n g t h e form
and s c o p e o f i n d u s t r i a l d e m o c r a c y i n Europe. D i s c u s s i o n p l a n n e d w i t h
b u s i n e s s m e n , s c h o l a r s , t r a d e u n i o n i s t s , and p o l i t i c i a n s .
C i t i e s on t h e
i t i n e r a r y a r e Amsterdam, B r u s s e l s , Luxembourg, S t r a s b o u r g , P a r i s and
London.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r
None
E n r o l l m e n t : 25
Cost:
$895.00
M u s i c a:
Instrumental
-
2
Music i n England 1825-1977
Instructor:
M i l e s H. J o h n s o n
An i n s t r u m e n t a l e n s e m b l e o f 45-80 s t u d e n t s , s e l e c t e d by a u d i t i o n , w i l l
p a r t i c i p a t e i n a w o r k - s t u d y program d i v i d e d i n t o two s e g m e n t s :
1. The h i s t o r y , d e v e l o p m e n t , m u s i c a l and i n s t r u m e n t a l s t r u c t u r e , a n d t h e
l i t e r a t u r e o f t h e B r i t i s h Wind Band. D a i l y l e c t u r e s a n d / o r r e h e a r s a l s
w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r and w i t h B r i t i s h h i s t o r i a n s and m u s i c i a n s .
These w i l l
t r a c e wind m u s i c from H a n d e l t h r o u g h t h e g i a n t s s u c h a s H o l s t
2. S t u d y p r o j e c t s by g r o u p s o f s t u d e n t s on a s p e c t s o f m u s i c a l
isolated island culture.
Sample t o p i c s : The M u s i c o f H a n d e l , C a t h e d r a l
F e s t i v a l s , BBC and Music i n E n g l a n d , Music and Times o f E l g a r , J a c o b .
S o u r c e s f o r r e s e a r c h i n c l u d e t h e B r i t i s h Museum, C a t h e d r a l l i b r a r i e s .
L e c t u r e s and s t u d y w i l l be s u p p l e m e n t e d by a t t e n d a n c e a t c o n c e r t s a n d
f i e l d t r i p s t o O x f o r d , Cambridge a n d C o v e n t r y .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Acceptable audition
Distribution:
Enrollment:
Cost:
For d i s t r i b u t i o n recognition,
Department o f Music
45-80
$895.00
c o n s u l t w i t h Chairman,
Religion
E:C h r i s t i a n
Rome t o 1600 A.D.
I n s t r u c t o r : Harold Ditmanson
A s t u d y d e s i g n e d t o make C h r i s t i a n h i s t o r y come a l i v e through an exp1.ora t i o n o f C h r i s t i a n Rome a s an example of Western C h r i s t i a n h i s t o r y i n
i n microcosm.
Readings and l e c t u r e s w i l l be c a r e f u l l y i n t e g r a t e d with
d i r e c t e x p o s u r e t o s i t e s , monuments, a r t and a r t i f a c t s r e l a t e d t o t h e
development o f t h e a u r c h i n Rome. Beginning with t h e pagan c i t y , the
s e m i n a r w i l l c o v e r i t s t r a n s f o r m a t i o n i n t o a C h r i s t i a n c e n t e r and i t s
c o n t i n u e d importance throughout the Middle Ages. Recources i n c l u d e t h e
V a t i c a n Museum, Catacombs, B a s i l i c a e of S t . P e t e r and P a u l , papal tombs,
etc.
B r i e f v i s i t s w i l l be made t o F l o r e n c e , A s s i s i , Subiaco, Pompeii,
Pisa.
Prerequisites :
Consent of I n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
Religion
Enrollment:
Cost:
35
$895.00
Religion
E:
Proclamation
S o c i a l Concern i n
------
of
Development: Dynamics
aristian
t h e Third World
I n s t r u c t o r : Ansgar Sovik
The s t u d y w i l l focus on t h e r e l a t i o n of o l r i s t i a n proclamation t o p o v e r t y ,
p o l i t i c a l o p p r e s s i o n and s o c i a l i n j u s t i c e i n t h e T h i r d World, and t h e
& r i s t i a n s V r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r working toward s t r u c t u r e s t h a t make
p o s s i b l e a t r u l y human e x i s t e n c e .
The Roman C a t h o l i c B e n e d i c t i n e
Monastery a t Ahuatepec n e a r Cuernavaca w i l l house p a r t i c i p a n t s . Members
o f t h e Monastery s t a f f and o t h e r q u a l i f i e d l e c t u r e r s w i l l s h a r e i n
d i r e c t i n g t h e r e a d i n g , s t u d y , and d i s c u s s i o n o f L a t i n American " l i b e r a t i o n
t h e o l o g y , " r e p r e s e n t e d by such w r i t e r s a s Bonino, Camera, T o r r e s ,
G u i t i e r r e s , F r i e r e , Gheddo, Paz, and G o u l e t , and by t h e " C h r i s t i a n f o r
S o c i a l i s m " movement i n L a t i n America.
D i r e c t exposure t o and involvement
i n community development p r o j e c t through which the church i s s e e k i n g t o
a c t u a l i z e i t s s o c i a l concern w i l l be an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e program.
Week-end f i e l d t r i p s w i l l f e a t u r e a r e a s of c u l t u r a l and r e l i g i o u s i n t e r e s t
such a s Mexico C i t y , t h e pyramids of T e o t i h u a c a n , t h e c o l o r f u l Aztec
m a r k e t town of T e p o z t l a n , t h e m a g n i f i c e n t a r c h a e o l o g i c a l remains a t
Oaxco, t h e c r a f t s c i t y of Taxco, e t c .
Prerequisites :
Freshman r e l i g i o n
Distribution:
Religion
Enrollment:
Cost:
20
$310.00 p l u s t r a n s p o r t a t i o n
Russian
Ia:
- I-
USSR:
A
-
C u l t u r a l Experience
Instructor:
James Walker
Focus on Kiev, Moscow, and Leningrad -- with t r i p s t o Zagorsk and
Vladimir-Suzdal -- t o e x p e r i e n c e a p o r t i o n of t h e r i c h c u l t u r a l h e r i t a g e
of t h e Russian p e o p l e , from t h e i r c l a s s i c church a r c h i t e c t u r e t o t h e i r
b a l l e t , from t h e i r f o l k music t o t h e i r contemporary a r t . Each p a r t i c i p a n t
w i l l be expected t o read i n a s p e c i a l i z e d a r e a of Russian c u l t u r e a s
p r e p a r a t i o n f o r t h e course and upon r e t u r n t o campus submit a p a p e r on
one a s p e c t of s p e c i a l i z a t i o n based on s u c h r e a d i n g and p e r s o n a l e x p e r i e n c e s
i n t h e USSR. B r i e f v i s i t s t o Prague, Czechoslovakia and Warsaw, Poland.
Prerequisites:
Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
None
1
Enrollment: 25
Cost:
$995.00 (round t r i p t r a n s p o r t a t i o n i s from Chicago)
Spanish
m: Spanish
Language, C u l t u r e , and T h e a t r e i n Madrid
Instructor:
Leon Narvaez
Aimed a t improving spoken S p a n i s h , widening c u l t u r a l e x p e r i e n c e , and
becoming a c q u a i n t e d w i t h t h e Spanish t h e a t r e .
Based i n Madrid w i t h
s t u d y t r i p s t o A v i l a , Toledo, t h e V a l l e y of t h e F a l l e n , E l E s c o r i a l , and
Segovia. A c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e t u t o r i n g t h r e e t i m e s a week by S p a n i s h
s t u d e n t s from t h e U n i v e r s i t y of Madrid, f r e q u e n t v i s i t s t o t h e P r a d o and
o t h e r museums, a t t e n d a n c e a t t h e a t r e performances i n t e g r a t e d w i t h a n a l y s i s
and d i s c u s s i o n .
The group w i l l a l s o a t t e n d c o n c e r t s of t h e Madrid
Symphony, f i l m showings, and o t h e r c u l t u r a l f u n c t i o n s , a s w e l l a s
p r o t e s t a n t and C a t h o l i c church s e r v i c e s . S t u d e n t s w i l l keep a j o u r n a l
i n Spanish.
Prerequisites:
Consent of I n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
None
Enrollment:
Cost:
15
$895.00
INTERIM 1977
Addendum # 1
Education
-
Discovering t h e World of Kindergarten should be 44331 (Elementary) r a t h e r
t h a n 45331.
Foreign Language
76457
Spanish Novel
- Prerequisites
should be 76352, 76353
History
Mass Movements --i n t h e Black
-
Community: 1880-1940
Instructor:
Ralph L. Crowder
The c e n t r a l focus of t h i s course w i l l be an examination of s e l e c t e d mass
movements w i t h i n t h e Afro-American community d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d of 18801940. Our i n q u i r y w i l l be guided by an a n a l y t i c a l and h i s t o r i c a l
c r i t i q u e of c r i t i c a l e r a s and key p e r i o d s w i t h i n t h e l a t e 1 9 t h and e a r l y
20th c e n t u r y Black experience. An e s t a b l i s h e d s e t of c r i t e r i a (eg.
movement composition and s t r u c t u r e , p a t t e r n s of r e c r u i t m e n t , i d e o l o g i c a l
underpinnings, g o a l s , e t c . ) w i l l s e r v e a s t h e p r i n c i p a l means of i n v e s t i g a t i o n . Throughout t h e c o u r s e , l e c t u r e s , s l i d e showings, r e c o r d s , t a p e s
and o u t s i d e s p e a k e r s w i l l amplify r e q u i r e d readings and r e s e a r c h .
E s s e n t i a l l y t h e course w i l l n o t o n l y d e f i n e Black H i s t o r y a s a w r i t t e n
and documented e x p r e s s i o n of a people; but i n a d d i t i o n , we w i l l t a p t h e
s o - c a l l e d e x p r e s s i o n s of t h e " i n a r t i c u l a t e " a s l e g i t i m a t e h i s t o r i c a l
concerns. T h e r e f o r e , t h e i s s u e of Black s u r v i v a l , s u r v i v a l s k i l l s , and
r a c e r e j u v e n a t i o n w i l l p l a y a paramount r o l e w i t h i n o u r a n a l y s i s . Two
a d d i t i o n a l a r e a s of concern w i l l be t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of v a r i o u s segments
of t h e w h i t e community and t h e n e c e s s i t y t o d e f i n e and understand t h e
meaning and impact o f HISTORY.
It i s impossible t o understand t h e p o t e n t i a l and meaning o f t o d a y ' s
s t r u g g l e f o r Black l i b e r a t i o n w i t h o u t an understanding of i t s p a s t .
Black ~ m e r i c a n shave and c o n t i n u e t o e x i s t i n t h r e e dimensions ( i . e . t h e
products of an unescapable h i s t o r i c a l
p a s t , t h e p r e s e n t and t h e f u t u r e )
r e a l i t y f o r g i n g a r e c i p r o c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p with t h e p r e s e n t and d e s t i n y
of t h e f u t u r e . To make h i s t o r y one must comprehend h i s t o r i c a l f o r c e s
t h e f i r s t s t e p t o freedom f o r any oppressed people i s t o f i n d and f r e e
t h e i r h i s t o r y . A c r i t i c a l understanding of Mass Movements w i t h i n t h e
Black Community can and must p l a y a v i t a l r o l e w i t h i n t h i s s e r i o u s
challenge.
--
--
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
A p r i o r h i s t o r y course i s suggested. Lower D i v i s i o n
s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l w i t h i n s t r u c t o r ' s permission.
S o c i a l Science
Time:
I1
Room:
Old Main 19
Mathematics
61242
-
Basic Concepts of Mathematics: The D e m y s t i f i c a t i o n of Elementar
m m a t i c s w i l ~ c o u n ta s N a t u r a l Science d i s t r i b u t i o n requiremznt
Music
1 ' 82325
Modern N o n - t r a d i t i o n a l Music N o t a t i o n and I t s Uses
I n s t r u c t o r : Leland S a t e r e n
A s t u d y of contemporary musical s c o r e s which employ n o n - t r a d i t i o n a l n o t a t i o n ,
followed by o r i g i n a l c l a s s work i n n o t a t i n g musical sounds v i a g r a p h i c symbols.
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Music 82224 (Theory)
None
Time:
I1
Room:
Music 10
Philosophy
-
c o u r s e s number 82135 and 82435 should be 83135 and 83435
P o l i t i c a l Scieace/Speech, Communication
85342 ( P o l i t i c a l Science)
98342 (Speech)
Mass Communication
-
Society
Instructor:
Milda Hedblom
E f f e c t s of mass communication on i n d i v i d u a l b e h a v i o r ; t h e u s e s and c o n t r o l of
mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes i n c l u d i n g p u b l i c o p i n i o n r e s e a r c h
and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
None
S o c i a l Science o r Humanities o r Urban S t u d i e s
Time:
I1
Room:
Old Main 8
P o l i t i c a l Science
(Summer )
85340
The B r i t i s h
-
Design f o r Mass Media
is
CANCELLED
The wrong course d e s c r i p t i o n was i n c l u d e d i n I n t e r i m c a t a l o g .
Physics
Progress
Or D i s a s t e r : Where Is Mankind Going?
Instructor:
It should be:
Mark Engebretson
Like i t o r n o t , s c i e n c e h a s become a v i t a l s o c i a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l f o r c e i n
modern America, m o s t l y f o r t h e wrong r e a s o n s . While " b e t t e r l i v i n g through
chemistry" and "progress i s our most important product" f i l l t h e media, s e r i o u s
t h i n k e r s g r a p p l e w i t h t h e u r g e n t problem of s u r v i v a l amid p o l l u t i o n , o v e r p o p u l a t i o n ,
and t h e i n c r e a s i n g r o b o t i z a t i o n of man.
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l look a t many of t h e misconceptions of s c i e n c e , and a t some of t h e
s o c i a l i s s u e s f a c i n g s c i e n t i s t s and n o n - s c i e n t i s t s a l i k e :
Texts :
A. Readings on t h e i d e a of p r o g r e s s : how we g o t h e r e
r e l i g i o u s and s o c i a l r o o t s
of t h e popular b e l i e f i n p r o g r e s s through s c i e n c e .
B. & I n q u i r y i n t o t h e Human P r o s p e c t , H e i l b r o n e r : c i v i l i z a t i o n a s we know i t
may be doomed!
The Next 200 Years Kahn; Mankind i s making more p r o g r e s s than ever!
C. The S t r u c t u r e of S c i e n t i f i c R e v o l u t i o n s , Kuhn: s c i e n c e does n o t n e c e s s a r i l y
l e a d t o p r o g r e s s o r happiness.
D. The P o v e r t y of Power, Commoner: a c a r e f u l s t u d y of t h e o p t i o n s i n o u r f u t u r e .
-
- - - - J
Open t o a l l s t u d e n t s .
Films w i l l augment l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n .
P r e r e q u e s i t e s : None
Distribution:
Urban S t u d i e s requirement
Time:
I1
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 22
Pra,rams in EL. ope
Program in Africa
Economics IIc: Business and Economics:
Multinational Corporations focus on Egypt119
Amin Kadir, Augshurg
Art 11: The Arts of Europe
6m Reidar Dittmann, S t . Oluf
Cost: $+@tH0
W i t h l l ~ t ~ ~ ~ i uionul
l t i ~d~- tu) rt l ) ~ ~ r ~for111
i t i ~ rO~~i ~ ~ I I S ~ Tt v
I ~- ~ S
i~
WII!
1 1 l ~ ~ ~ r v i Ill
u iIi<l ) t i i ~ ! , -~~I ~ ~ S ~ I I \rt)rIci.
CS~
tit) IIIS(JII~~II~
ii~m
art5rkp:111{11111 11rol1~~1ot1t
IIIY
~%;III\ ; \ ~ ~ i ' r i ~rt~r1>oriil
~rr
\vt)rltl. Since I(,$I
l < ~ y ~ , t iI<OI
i )~
SIITI,~
I t
i d j 1 1 kqnidlltls ;lrr 11t1t
f ~ ~ l f i l I p~IICI
[ l Inui11rtrn11)vtitioli is 1ni11im:iI. I ' l p p t is r c ~ * ( ~ i v iriy: ~ r ~ u ;cr tht c ~ ~ t i cth(rsi.
~ r ! d ~ ~ from
y s 111c, ~ r ~ ~ r r ~ Irr~sir~r.ss
r:;rr~
rulnlnlrnlty, I$LtI
h:
r:
r~
IaItI
i oI
tC
~c' ~
s ~"
l t u r ;und
i l 1.t41grr~us
11~l i d s pla\ u r ~ ~ a jr (d~vr111 31311 I~IIK 1t5I)USIII~!\S
ns11-1117~ I I I ~
prnctivcs, t l ~ crlrc
- ~ r l r ~ i t cdiduretlt I.~IIIII111ust'I)! t l r r C'i~itetl
States. Thus thesuccess of multinational corporations i n
I<~>-g?t(I~~)L,IILIS
tfr ;i I;lrgc d ~ g r v t 011
, I1i1b1riil)llit I ~LICI~I~SI
I
to
IIIC,ch:rr;lctt!r c ~ E
f \ lltilc18 IIII~III(YS
.ipl~roii~I~i*+.
I'iirti~,il,;u~thu i i f ~ t ~IIIC
~ IIILI~~II.
( l ~ ,t I'I(II~~II
c ~ w l j r > r i i t i11r11l
it~~~
td 111isinfis~ I~I~ 1 1 e r~1r1t1
: i I it5 r ~ j l vi l l l*:gyl~lTI ~ r i i ri1.111~lr
l
\\,it IT
c ~ n y ! l y ! (111
~ tt1t6~ ~ i ~ t i oI ~
~ iS
' s~ ~hih~or!
I I C S, t111.
S rolv I I ~
IIICIII~r ~ ~ i l c< ~ y i ~ rl d
' si ~ i i ) i r 11rs
trill IAI~IHII, Ihr lm;il ~ ~ ( ~ n usys1~111,
1it:Is. U I I ~ 1111: r o l r tlf YO) t-rn111~11t
ill co111rt11
of Ihe 11i1lIIJI>'S
woriomy. I.ec:tur~?i l>y IIII~
i v r unlwrts will hc :id(l~d
ro t h ( s ~
I+ ~llr
instructl~r\vIln i s t ~ i n l s c l l :I ~
< ~ !~* p t i a ~
I'hccuunc.
~.
will
Ilc bnscd i n t:;uru ~rmitlll i c l d trips t o :\luh:ir~cIri~l.Saqclrlr:~,
Memphis, Luxor, and Aswan.
Does not count toward major
Fulfills distrihution requirement nl :\trgsbttrg on/!/
Grading: Optional
Enrollment:
Cost: $895.00
Beginning w i t h a brief stay i n Italy for a background expos
ure to the art of the Renaissance i n Florence, the course will
focus on nirli!tt,rr~tllthtalttur! II~{JV~IIIPII~S ;IS shown i n galleries
i n Zurich, M~III~C.~I.
( :(1111g1itn.
.\IIS~
1~ri1:111i,Paris, and London.
Relatively Ilrit-t ~ t i i y 5ill LIlt-cllir.~I~II
I.OII~V will be followed
Students will be reby one wevk rgucl~i r ~P:iri> iirrtl I+OI~{~IIII,
quired to keep a journal and prepare an evaluative paper o n
a single artist represented i n one or more o f thecollections
viewed.
Counts totvard hrt Major
Fulfills distril~utio~~
requirement (Area B )
Enrollment. 8
Prerequisite:Consent of Instructor
Classics 11: Mediterranean Culture Cost: $975.00
Lloyd Gunderson, S t . Oluf
.fhr c.lvilizatirrn ( ~ (;r{btu.c
f
I r r m tllt.
Hronzr :\gr thrt111gh
vim r(l tram t \\,o 11r111i*i]>~tI
l~~i*i~tiut~s,
Ilernr-lcuri~;IIILI
;Z~~II!IIS,
l>uily Irvturos i i l ~ tvisits
l
t o Hrunzr
Age Mino:111sites iil (:rctc at LIIDSSOS.
t ' l ~ i ~ i s t;1
o1~1d
. Millliii,
( : ! i ~ ~ s i ~ * i411tiq11it
hl
v
;111dt!lt~w:III t ct1tit111
t o t l\v vast IX>IIIX-I
i o 111
~ tht!
~ ~\rcli:~t!o~o~ical Museum at Heracleum. In Athens and its environs, w i t h
the aid of the famed National Museum, further study of the
Bronze Age of the Mycanaeans, and field trips t o Classical
sites.
Counts toward mejor.
Fulfills distril~utionrequireme~~t
(Area A or B).
Enrollment: 25
French 111: French Language, Culture,
Cost: $895.00
and Theater in Paris
Verena Conley, S t . O l ~ f
German IIb: Encounter with the T w o Germanys
Hanno Klassen, S t . O l ~ f
Cost: $895.00
:\stud! I J ~tile xepurute rvuys olC;errlr;lily sillc~e1945. 'I*\r,rr
\r*i.ckb r v i l l ~
t l i v r ~ r p l cof tllc. (:crnl:lr~ Dt:uurcr;rtic I{c'l)~rl)lic
~ r , i~i ~
) ~e t J i ~ o t v c n ci t ?r ~
c * ~ u t5t;iy
i i ~ ~111
g t11t. i;t!<it~rd~l >,11>1ic
.Il ~ v r ~ ~* ~ur ~i~us rrtlesig~letl
o f <;~*~III~III>,
st*
l t r 4 1 s tIlc
~~ Ci~rrnik1~\~tl~II~I~L
for
- ii i , t ~ n ~ ~ - ~ i i r5111cly
u t i v t -n f tlie t w o ~ ~ ' ~ ~ I ~ ; I ~ I S ~ ~ I ~ ~ I ~ I I
sr,I~iclrII:IVI-~IILI~)~~~I
vt-r, (llffrrerrt p o l i t i ~ * ;l~~l i i t i o t ~ s
I n theGerln:111I)clnrwri~tir.Hepublic i h c j r l u t h Hostel i n
Leipzi w i l l IIC
tliccontnrt 1 ) ~ sSide
~ . trips will hcamade to
other j a c e s 11tcult~1r111
ir~tcrt.st.M u n r r h \\illh e t h e location
for inquiries into l ~ f ill
c thc I;edc.r;il Ilcpublic. Students \\,ill
l i v e w i t h host famllitbs I n ~ l i \ ~ ~<.ot~tact
d ~ ~ u lw i t h the people
is stressed. Lecturtdr :!nil dihc~lssior~s
t r i t h students and reli~ior~
R~~JIII)~,
s
vibita to .rwi:lI 311dv t ! l f : ~ r ~I t*~ s t i t i ~ l i ( l t and
~s,
IIIIL*IIL~~I~ICP
at ; ~ r t i ~ tli >
c ~~ ~ r f i ~ r ~A~I I~~ ri -i ~
s l~~ci lt i~i lsi ~Daily
~~~s
dih~ll%~itlllh.
Pi~rti<,ijml~
11rt.
t s ra)r~t*l,tcttt o sj)in:~k(:rrri~an at all
I irr~e,. I.:;lcl~ s ~ ~ i d c is
u tr w l i l i r c d t o kcel) it jourllal.
Counts toward German major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A )
Enrollment: 20
Prerequisite:German 32
.
Interdisciplinary IIa: Theatre in London
Pat Quade, S t . 'Oluf
Cost: $895.00
Study o f drama through attendance at performances. More
than 40 theatres make L o n d o n the theatrical center of the
E r ~ n l i s l ~ - s p er ~\vurl(I
k i ~ ~311~1will c n i t I ) l ~S~U~PIIIS t o uxperlerlue variutles opdrunratic ruductio~ti.r r ~ u d c r iuld
r ~ tradi~lrruul.'I'lle courscb rvill ill\'oS)vc plu! i l t t e ~ l d u n cuntl
i ~ rlisCUS~IIIII,
I)i~rk>lsgt.
o\)s(:rv:lllcrri alld c.trr~scrvetlu~~.
Supplrb111e11tii1
vtslts ,irt5 p1ut111tdti1 l l ~ ~ c u l t u~ r~~l t~r ilt c t i (111
~ n1,011$
IIOII,
Stri~tforcl,Oxford, L I I I ~ ( : ~ ~ n ~ I > r i i Ii111cI
g e , l o ;I rcprcose~it;ilivt. rryiouel t Iltwtrr, S t ~ r d c ~will
~ t skeep j t r ~ ~ r n s l ~ .
(:OIIII~\
to\\;ir(l Engl~shor Speech major
Ftrlfills d~stril~utlo~r
ret~ulreme~~t
(Area :\ or HI
Grading is Pass/ No Credit only
Enrollment: 25
F o r advanced students i n French. Attendance at performances intc pr,~letl\tit li analysis i111t1clixc~~ssion.
\'isils 11);1rtistic and ctlht;rrt~ ex hillits. T w o full-tl:~ycoxcurslorla( t o (\.cbr.
Interdisciplinary IIb: Theatre in London
sailles and (:hafires) n i t h French-s leakin lectnrrrs. OptiilnToni C. 'l'hornton, .-Iugsl~urg
al week-enrl r.wcursir,ns t o Normiln& Stll$y of items t r i trlplCost: $895.00
r.;d i ~ i f v r l r rill
l tlrc! tiail! a1111 trci.kly prt:w. 0 1 i vc ~ thc
f
rnnst
Theatre i n London will provide the opportunity t o experst utiy c l u r i ~ q
the pcriod is LIlr
i1r11lort11111
; + u p ~ ~oft sI21r~u11jic
ience the finest theatre i n the world. T h e heart of the course
fnur Ittrun c ~ c't~nvt-rwtiol~:II
f
I)~;II'LI~P
ill KruuI)h of tllrci+
%%'ill
~ r l t u r ~ t ~~l rI~IdgIi h~~ ~ l r s ipl r~tg~ d t ~ ~ t hi ~ fIt:l~:~issal~ce,
rfl s
~:III,~I,wit11 ;I Irrtb11r11
51 IIC~~-III
t l w [ 111ivd!rsityt ~ 1':irls
f
;IV~III~
r n pcr*t!d
1)) the R ( y a l
I l e s t o r i t t i ~ i111d
~ r ~ i ~ ~ o i l c~IIv.
in t i ~ t n r S
. l u d t ! ~ ~tvlll
t s lir~-i)
~i
t l . ~ i l yji1iis11111
ill F r ( : ~ ~ cl11ci1rli
Sh;lkcspoirt. (:trrnp~rlv.I 1 e 0 l c l VIC, the YOIIIIR Vic, the NaI 111to t ! ~ w t r ~
IIII~
. ~ ~ ~ r ~ e r I>II
v : ~ l i t ~ ~ ~ ~
p ~ ~ r rc-fleclic)~~>
~ ~ t l r ~III~
tiirrlul I hcetrt.. :~llrlrrthcrs, \'isits t o ttic R r i t i ~ hkltlseurl~,
lirollrl~l i f e
the Victoria and Albert Museum, the National Portrait
Counts toward French major.
(;ollcry. the T a l e (:nllery, t l ~ 'fnsver
c
of I,rrndorr, the tiuust3
Fulfills distribution reuuirement (Area A).
of t':~rlinme~rt,r u ~ Stratford
d
up011hvon. 'I'irnc \\ill be nlGrading is Pas No Credit only.
luttuti for i n d r p c n d r r ~ iictivilics.
t
crudes \rill I)<!l m e d
Enrollment:
Prerequisite: French 51 with minimum grade of BI t f p~
lu~
~ and
s
produou p 1 1participition i a ~ ~ C . U S S ~ I J I of
s t t ~ d r ~ l tisl n' p r c ~ s s ~ o ~ l ~
tior~s,UIII~ 111x31111 j ~ t r r t ~ rl ct l~ o r d i r l g
u ~ t irnnlyses
d
of t h u plays, tlisc~~ssions
a~ld
c v r ~ ~ot fstile
Interim.
Counla l~rtvurtll'r~gllsl~
rlr 5fwtr.h major.
Fulfillr rll*frlln~titlnr ~ r l i ~ i r t ! r l r c ~ ~ ~ .
Gradi~tg1% l'ad No 1:rr-cIilo111y
Enrolln~c~~t,
If
~L!II
Program in the Middle East
Interdisciplinary IIc:
Industrial Democracy in Europe
Religion IId: Christian Rome to 1600 A.D.
Cost: $895.00
Daniel Hellinger, S t . Olof
Harold Ditmanson, S t . Olclf
Il~tcrrru~ir~n;ll
ccrulomic L t r r ~ aeerrl
~ s l o b e drltwirig Icuro e
t11gct11t~.
w f ~ i l t * t : t l i iA~ Z~ rI ~lass ~ * < ~ ~ ~wilf lItin
i c ~i s~ ~ ~ l l
slalc% :Ire a1 ri1ir11I I lllitio~iill
~
rc~ht!$ivt!tli?is.T ~ ~ + I ' ~ I11.I111
I~SU
.rn~Ict>nflict,I~rrlllc~rlliorntc
frrruk olr I he forces <)Ictrllt.jtcl~~
a n d political, which are shaping t h e form a n d scope of industrial democracy in Europe. Discussion planned with
businessmen, scholars, t r i d e unionists a n d politicians. Cit'ies
on t h e itinerary a r e Amsterdam, Brussels, Luxembourg,
Strasbourg, Paris a n d London.
C:ounts to\vard Political Science or Economics major (depending
upon the type of requirements completed)
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area C )
Enrollment: 25
Prerequisites: One course in Economics or onecourse in Political
Science or com~letionof a short readine list us a substitute.
A study desi 11iv11 4 3 1r1i1kc<;I\ristiili~11is1c)ry(.ottle aIis,t~
f
I t r ~ n l :is
r ;UI r.ii~n~l,lc
tlf
through a n ex$a;l i l r l l ~ l (:lirihtl;t~i
vWestern
i ~ ~C h~r i s~t i ; ~ ~Iristtlr!
,
in rntcrar~t~amI l t ~ : ~ d i ;utll
~ t g It-(.tures will be carPF~~IIy
i ~ t t c # r i l l t ~wit
l 11 dirc1'1 C " X I X I L I I ~!<IP
sites, monumenls, ilrt : L I I L ~:rl.tii;it:tb relilterl I c i l h r d r v r l r q ~ ment of t h e Church in Rome. Beginning with t h e pagan city,
t h e seminar will cover its transformation into a Christian
center a n d its continued importance ttrrtjuyhu~ltt b c Mirlrllc
Ages. Resources include t h e v a t i c a n Mtisutl~t~,
Col:~cu~mt>s.
Basilicae of St. Peter a n d Paul, papal tolnI)s, ctc I5ricf v ~ r i l s
will b e m a d e t o Florence. Assisi, Subiavo, I'clmpri~. I'is:~.
Counts toward Religion major
Fulfills general requirement.
Enrollment: 35
Prerequisite: Religion 11, or erluivale~lt,interest in Christian history, and npproval of Religion Department chairman.
Music IIg: Instrumental Music
in England 1825-1977
Russian Ila: USSR: A Cultural Experience
Cost: $895.00
Miles H . Johnson, S t . O l ~ f
An instrumental ensemble of 45-BOstudents, selected b
audition. will participate in a work-study program d i v i d e l
into two segments:
1. T h e history, development, musical and instrumental
structure, a n d t h e literature of t h e British W i n d Band. Daily
lectures and/or rehearsals with t h e instructor and with
British historians a n d musicians. These will trace wind music
from Handel l l t r o ~711~ ~hibgiants such as Holst and Britten.
2. Study prrjt.ctsj,y lrlmps of students on aspects of musical life in a n istrli~teiliskllri I cu It u re. Sample topics: T h e Music of Handel, Cathedral Festivals, BBC a n d Music in
England, Music a n d Times of Elgar, Jacob. Sources for
research include t h e British Museum, Victoria a n d Albert
Museum, Cathedral libraries. Lectures and stud will be
supplemented by attendance at concerts a n d fierd trips t o
Oxford, Cambridge a n d Coventry.
(bunts toward Music major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area B )
Enrollment: 45-80
Prerequisite: Acceptable Audition
James Walker, St. Olc~f
Cost: $995.00
round trip trc~nsportationfrom Chicirgo
Focus on Kiev, Moscow a n d Leningrad - with trips to Zagorsk a n d Vladimir-Suzdal - t o experience a portion of t h e
rich cultural heritage of t h e Russian people, from their
classic church architecture to their ballet, from their folk
, r r rE::lct~
; ~ r ~ 1):lrticipant will b e ex1n11sir.I ( r tlruir c l ~ i ~ l t ~ ~ r ~ [irrl.
I > ~ ~ ,ti1t ~rw(I
! ~ li l l ;I 511t1*ii1iiv,tvliirtit t ~ titishian
f
culture as
L ~
rrturfl t o campus sub[)rrp;~retirint r ~ tr ho V O ~ I T ~~ CI I up1111
mit a paper o n o n e a s p w t rrf ~ ~ ~ c c ~ a l i z abased
t i o n on such
reading a n d personal c x p c r i u ~ ~ c in
u s t h e USSR. Brief visits
to Prague, Czechoslovukin i111tlM'arsaw, Poland.
Counts to\r,ard Russian major.
Does not fulfill distribution requirement
Enrollment: 25
Spanish IIId: Spanish Language, Culture,
and Theatre in Madrid
Cost: $895.00
Leon Narvaez, S t . Olc~f
blmed a Improvingspoken S p b h , widening cuhud exwience,and b b i r g ncqmhted wikb the S
tm -in
Mrdrid with rtutiy ttlp to A v u ~ ,
Valley of the Fitllen, El b & l , mid Sc ovla &tl*itia
Includetutoring three Hnm a wehk by &ankh skudab
from bheUdvsrstty of Mudrld. h uent vUts to t h e Prado
E&!!k-
and other mseumr, a t t h d a * athearmptqfaqnances
intpl~iutad
with analysis and dlwwlon. Tbe group will
l a wandswcem of the Madrid Symphony, fUm show-
Ings, a n d other cultural functions, as well as Protestant
and Catholic church services Students will keep a journal
rn Spunrsh
CounU tnw&dSpanlsh major
Fulf~lbd*ihut~on requirement (Area A )
c r d d b.PasgrNo
~ ~
Credit only
E n r o l k d : I3
Prereqursrte Spanrsh 51 wlth mlnrmum grdde of R-
Biology IIe or IIIe:
Human Ecology in Israel
Cost: $1,100.00
Daniel palm, -St. Olclf
Drsigrrccl t o p r r ~ m o t ea stt~cl)iriltl discovery of t h e interactons u11d relr~tiurlsl~ips
betwccu rn:ln, his v u l ~ u r ea n d history,
a n d 121c(!nvirrlrllncut in whirl1 11e livm. !l~c!course will be
interdisciplinan I I I ~i:~tui-1:.I I I u cotilltry \\it11 a I I I I ~ L ~riIrigt.
~IP
of climatic, geolt~gicr~l,
r:tCiitl, n'rrtlrrrnic ; I I L histciric.ul
~ ~
~,)cl'~
spectives, t h e p t ~ r s ~r ~h iI hi.
l usct'nt o l nl:lll C ~ I I II I Ix~rtic~~lslrIy
rewarding. Field t r i p rrrounrl J ~ - ~ I S : I ~ tVo I(:;tlilee,
II,
1111:
Mediterranean sc.:il)rri~rrl.Ihe J I K ~ n~ildt!rl~t%>,
~II
Negrv tlcsert, a n d t h e Red Sea i ~ Eilat
t
\\ill prrlvide tl~nplerrppnrtunity
t o learn at t h e centers (11onfirluitv. I.ectur*, discussicit~s,
a n d assigned readings will ~rttvirlctht. Ircluk~rounrlfor tllc
preparation of a puprr rleit/irlg ncith s o m e sj,rcitic topir in
h u m a n ecology in Israel.
Counts toward Biology major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (~\reoD )
Enrollment: 30
Prerequisite: One semester of biology and one semester of behavioral science.
Programs in Mexico and the Caribbean
Program in Hawaii
Religion IIf: Proclamation and Development:
Dynamics of Christian Social Concern
Cost: $310.00
in the Third World
pltrs trcinsportution
Ansgar Sovik, St. Ol(lf
Asian Studies IIa:
Hawaiian Intercultural Relations
Olaf Millert, St. Olrif
cultural a n d archaeological sites. Emphasis o n differing
cultural values in t h e Spanish language area.
Counts toward Spanish major.
Grading is Pass/ No Credit only.
Prerequisite: Spanish 51
' 1 . 1 ~st I I ~ : \ \ i l l l(wiis W I tl~i!r c h t it111 of t :Itrid ~ I I TpI r i ~ ~ - l i t ~ ~ t ; t t ioti 1i1 Ixlvtbrfy. udllic.:~lolq>r{:h\itlr~i ~ n dwtiill i n j l ~ s l ill
i~~
Interdisciplinary IId: Intercultural
tl~[:'ftlird bl~[lrlc~.
i111~ltilt. (:hrbstia~~s'r i ~ I ~ o ~ ~ s i lfor
j i l tvork.
i~y
Cost: $490.00
Communication in Mexico
i r ~ gt~r\vilrrintruc.turrs !hot nlnkc presil,lc ;I trrilv h11mn11
Joel Mugge, Augshurg
rxittrnru. 'I'hv ~ I I H H ~( ~i Jt Ihrllir. llcrledirtrr~uhlo~iasler, :11
\r.ilT hourr purt rr.lpalrtr. hl ur~l.
iihuutrprc Ilair I:uc:r~luv:~c;~
tluvrd i l l hIuxict>(:itv, Ouxnca, arid [I I~r!nt:dirtirtculnllnsl ~ ~stnfl illid OI her q~laliJic(iI C Y 11rrr~
~
h e n ol t IIP h , l ( ~ l l i'ry
L T * (:IICTIIIII,IIC~I,
\\,it 11 SIII~III
Icry i l l t Ilc \,iII;~gt.of : \ ~ I U : I I U ~Ittb:Ir
i g r ~ u d i n kA, I I I ~ I ~;111cl
, ~ I ~ S C I I ~ S I I I I I K ~ I M tie111
*t~llls l ~ i l ~l d i~r ~r~ e~t i lt11tI ~ trlpb Itr trllter ptirls of 111thc t ~ c ~ n l r 'I'ruvcl
y.
to
of L.utin I \ I I I C I ~ ~ ' U
~ IlIl i ~ t ~ IrI I~~ ~~{ It I iI I(R ~\ ~r q~> r ~ ~ ( ~ l l lry
fr(l
~
bl cxictj provi(i~>
h l t ~ x l c \sill
t ~ h e h v u11,1rlt,rl)i~s, I I I1rai11,
l.
'1111rrw,I;uItii.rr~q I.'ril~l.e,
sl~c:lrwrilcrs ;rc n t ~ i l i n ~C:lhrli~rti,
:t st7tlir1p nhrrin znai~?~ l uItl ivr~l.hwi:~l,uncl r r ~ l i ~ i t >v tl~~s l i ~ t ~
C ~ i v ~ l dl i1~~,t.~I ~, I I I( ; I I \ I ~ V I , :it~[lI)! thr ''(;hri%t~ I I I I Sf i ~ r
ar[> mud^ ditfrrt*iit fr~tiitotIr II\\~II.
'rl~t?rotlrw will ex1)liirtb
Srw*iulis~n"~ r ~ a r v t ~ i ri rr ir ~IAutir~
~ t :\rilrric:t, Dtrtr.1 t:ulltrrurt.~o
ways in which tllusia :tq)ec.ts of culture influence a n d shape
~~t
i111ii~ ~ I V ~ ~ I V ~ IillI I~P! ~I ~I II I I I I I I ~ dT vI v~ ~i ?VI r ) p n ~ eprtijrct
t h e communication pr(~'ch5,both verbal a n d non-verbal. An
I I I ~ [ ) I I ~w11it.h
I I t IIV r11t1wI1is s i ~ - k i r itgu a c l ~ i a l i wits s<wi:ll
examination of tht- I ~ a r r i e nthat block effective communicatirtn l w l t t e ~ . cultures
n
urlcl explrrrt. thr. ways ~ h r r i I~orricrs
*
concoril \\'ill Ilc i u ~int egriil lirrrt o f t hc progrunt Wct!k-end
call 11e tlrokc~ldown will hr facilititted ~ I I I . ~hI .dIi r ( ~ ,Ct O I ~ ~ : I C I
fivlil lrilis tvill fc11t11rc41r~ibsoi c u l l u r ~ al n d r c l i g i o ~ ~in.s
of 'l'eol ilruuc-all.
tc!rc>t, a1lc.h :ds kfexico (:it\. lllc ~>vruniitis
with scvr:rul rlimensions r)f M r r i r a n lifr - t.l!ran
Mllxicrl <:it?,
1 IIC coIorl'1~1
;\ACV ~ n : l r k ~I f( * \ v ~<>(
I * I ' q x > ~ t l :tiIIL~ ~311q11ifi.
tllc i ~ i d i ~ e ~ uculture
lus
of Oax:lc.:I, a disciplined monastic
OL'JII a r c l l : ~ t ~ ~ l ur(*~i~uins
~ i ~ ~ t l~t OLIXI.<~,
t lit, ~ ' r i ~ f~t 'sl t ! of
ll
Several
t.rrnlm~i~~It!,
; ~ n tdh e residents 11l:i s r ~ ~ evillage.
'l'uxcrr. PIC.
pri~wrllrlr.kl e ~ t sa, n extensive d:~ily jourtliil, a n d a final paper
Counts to\vard Religion major
will b e required.
Fulfills general requirement.
Does not count tolvard major.
Enrollment: 20
Fulfills distribution requirement.
Prerequisite: Freshmen religion
Grading is PasVNoCredit only.
Enrollment: 40
."
Spanish IIa: Intensive Intermediate Spanish in
Cuernavaca, Mexico
Cost: $450.00
plus trnnsportnlion
Staff of Cuernavaca Language School
(formerly C I D O C )
lntensivestudy of t h e Spanish Language in t h e native
setting with native-speaking instructors, at t h e Cuernavaca
Language School in Cuernavaca, Mexico. Strong emphasis
o n t h e development of functional languageskills at t h e
upper-intermediate level. T h e relationship of language t o
culture is also treated. Occasional trips t o important cultural
and archaeological sites. A " working ' language course in an
exciting a n d colorful setting.
Counts as equivalent of Spanish 32.
Grading is Pass/ No Credit on1
Prerequisite: Successful compttion of Spanish 31 01 equivalent
Spanish IIIa: Intensive Advanced Spanish in
Cuernavaca, Mexico
Cost: $450.00
plus transportution
Staff of Cuernavaca Language School
(formerly C I D O C )
lntensivestudy of t h e Spanish langua e a t t h e advanced
level in a nativesetting with native-spea&ing instructors
o f t h e C:ucrllnvar:l Language School in Cuernavaca, Mexico.
S t n r n ~r!lnptlusis o n t h e development a n d perfecting of langungcskills at t IIP advanced level. Trips to important
Interdisciplinary Ile: French and Art:
French Caribbean Culture
Cost: $895.00
Mary E. Johnson, :\ugshurg
Stuilin i l l tllp :hrI. Iiiston.. III\I\~C'.
IJIILI 1.uItura1 richness of
Haiti artrl hlarti~iil.l~lv.
tllelr rule 111 tltc French-speaking
v : ~ ~r r f I h e Caribbean.
\r,orld. ilrltl I heir s i # ~ t i f i c i ~ l ~ (:I : Wlrl
After four cl;t!,s ol ~ntclrsivcprrp;lr:tljol~Ian campus, t h e
t\vo itnri unt: hi111' u.rrks in I l.iit i, a n d o n e
grolrp \r.ill s~~r'liti
w r r k ~ I hlrtrti~liqt~tI
rvitl~;i p n s s i t j l c ~ l ~ijl pl ( ; ~ ~ u t l e l o u p e .
I,rctilrrs, rrarlii~gs,firld er;pcrirl~crs,or:d re >arts a n d a
jourr~i~l
rt!qi~irr(I. 111Ilaiti, s l r ~ d i still
~ s irlcltlc!r \*isitsto art
galleries, t h e C e n t r e D'Art, t h e Albert Schweitzer Hospital,
t y I laiti, t h e Citadelle 1,iiIcrric~rc.~ l l Sc t i ~ ~ b
( h e Il n i v t ~ r ~ l irf
factory, a n d other ilrterrhf sprrls. SinlS O I I CI '~i ~ l ~ c IiI ~\ug:Ir
.
Il:w c.~rli)hasiswill pertain in M a r t i n i q u ~Offerrrl for Frt*ilc.h
credit o n laltermcdi:tte a n d advanced levels. :~nrl/or:Irl
f dclr:lrtn~t:nt.
rrrtlit iir~rlcprnclct~t
study) by permissic~tlr ~arl
niuj<)r
Does nut carulll lo\ri~r~l
Fulfills distrilr~~~ion
rcrl~rirl.rnr~,t
at . \ ~ r g . ~ b t t r g o n l ~ ~
Gradili~is Rted No (:rt.di( ~ I I I I V .
Enrollrncrlt 85
~
Cost: $895.00
A study of t h e interrelation of cultures, Asian, Polynesian,
a n d American, which h a v e c o m e to interact with each other
in Hawaii. Participants will b e assumed to have basic familiarity with t h e American component, a n d t h e course \rill
thereforeconcentrate on Asian a n d Polvnesian traditions
as shown in social customs, religion, and t h e arts, a n d on
t h e consequences of their interaction with t h e American
tradition in t h e 5 0 t h state.
T w o weeks at theuniversity of Hatvaii in Honolulu, with
lecturers from both t h e University of Hawaii a n d t h e EastWest Center, will be follo\t,ed by a third t\:eek at Brigham
Young University - Hawaii Campus at Laie. Representatives
of t h e various Polvnesian islands will talk about their
heritage, and participants \\,ill have access to t h e Polynesian
Cultural Center with its displavs a n d performances. In t h e
final week at t h e Makapalo Retreat Center on t h e island of
Iiarvi~ii.t Ili?rt*will I)e !,unlrli;lr) disct~ssion.;; ~ n tsyn~pohia
l
I ~ i i t r 1111
l p;l[Irrs uritt~-tl11) s t i ~ d ( * ~ itlrot~l
tts
thcir ~ ~ l t i ' i i ~ l
[>rojtx*t,r\rritIlc o[)port~lnilyt o vxplort. hist(jr1c 5 i t t ~<-I hnic
iuld ilrl muaeunls, ri.lifiinus shr111fi- ilrld t lie l~t.at.ht-. Hawaii
itself is :i I l v i n ~Iahorator! of ~nturl:ulturitl rrliltinns
Counts toward hsian Studies major
Fulfills no distril~utionrequirement.
Enrollment: 25
Show less
-
-
Title
-
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1978
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
THE
INTERIM
The I n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of the school y e a r a t
Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y intended t o be a
time providing o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y
t o employ s t y l e s of teaching and l e a r n...
Show more
THE
INTERIM
The I n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of the school y e a r a t
Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y intended t o be a
time providing o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y
t o employ s t y l e s of teaching and l e a r n i n g , t o i n v e s t i g a t e
p a r t i c u l a r q u e s t i o n s and t o p i c s and t o use urban and o t h e r
off-campus resources i n ways not p o s s i b l e during the
r e g u l a r t e nn.
GRADUATION
REQUIREMENTS
To graduate, an Augsburg s t u d e n t i s required t o complete
35 courses of which a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m courses
( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s than the number o f y e a r s of f u l l time
enrollment a t Augsburg; e.g., a t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t e n r o l l e d
f u l l time f o r two years i s required t o complete one
i n t e r i m f o r graduation 1.
There i s no t u i t i o n refund f o r a s t u d e n t who chooses not
t o e n r o l l i n an i n t e r i m course.
One course i s considered a f u l l time load .during i n t e r i m
and no s t u d e n t i s permitted t o r e g i s t e r f o r more than one
course d u r i n g the period.
LISTINGS
Most i n t e r i m courses a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a s c a l e
of 4.0 t o 0. Students g e n e r a l l y have t h e o p t i o n t o
r e g i s t e r on a Pass/No c r e d i t b a s i s . A few i n t e r i m courses
a r c graded only on the P/N system; t h i s l i m i t a t i o n i s
i n d i c a t e d i n the course d e s c r i p t i o n .
Some courses a r e o f f e r e d with e i t h e r upper o r lower
d i v i s i o n standing. Such i n t e r i m courses have two numbers
l i s t e d and the s t u d e n t must s e l e c t . Students r e g i s t e r i n g
f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g should a n t i c i p a t e a d d i t i o n a l
assignments and/or a more rigorous grading s t a n d a r d .
OPTIONS
June I n t e r i m
A t l e a s t t h r e e i n t e r i m courses w i l l be t e n t a t i v e l y
o f f e r e d i n t h e June 1978 s e s s i o n of summer school
( s e e l i s t i n g s under H i s t o r y , Music and P o l i t i c a l Science).
An Augsburg s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r i n a June i n t e r i m course
i n l i f u of t h e January term with no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n
charge; however, s t u d e n t s planning t o e l e c t the June
i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t t h e time of the i n t e r i m
r e g i s t r a t i o n i n t h e f a l l . S t u d e n t s wishing t o t a k e t h e
June i n t e r i m i n a d d i t i o n t o the January one w i l l be
r e q u i r e d t o pay r e g u l a r summer course t u i t i o n .
Internships
Students a r e not encouraged t o seek an i n t e r n s h i p course
assignment d u r i n g the i n t e r i m . I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o
s t u d e n t s who continue an i n t e r n s h i p from the f a l l term
o r who begin an i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l continue i n t o the
s p r i n g term. Occasionally a s t u d e n t who has had previous
work experience can develop an i n t e r i m i n t e r n s h l p which
draws upon and expands t h e previous work experience.
Students e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m a r e t o p r e s e n t
a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t t o the I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e (Science H a l l , Room 135) by no l a t e r than
Monday, December 12.
Independent o r Directed Study
Students may e l e c t a program of e i t h e r independent study
(upper d i v i s i o n ) o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y (lower d i v i s i o n ) f o r
the i n t e r i m . F a c u l t y members a r e s t r o n g l y discouraged
from a c c e p t i n g r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r more than one independe n t o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y p e r i n t e r i m . Students e l e c t i n g
independent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y must:
1 ) meet departmental requirements
2 ) p r e s e n t a t r e g i s t r a t i o n a w r i t t e n statement from
t h e f a c u l t y member who w i l l d i r e c t t h e study
3 ) submit t o the I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r by December 1 a
d e s c r i p t i o n of the intended s t u d y ( t o p i c ,
procedure, end r e s u l t , and form of e v a l u a t i o n ) .
Students not s u b m i t t i n g t h i s information by
December 1 w i l l have t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n cancelled.
I n t e r i m s a t Other Schools
Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4
i n s t i t u t i o n which o f f e r s a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement.
Catalogs of t h e s e i n t e r i m o f f e r i n g s can be c o n s u l t e d i n
t h e I n t e r i m Center, Room 135, S c i e n c e H a l l . R e g i s t r a t i o n
f o r i n t e r i m s i n t h e Twin C i t y c o l l e g e s w i l l be done a t
Students
Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d .
i n t e r e s t e d i n a t t e n d i n g any o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n d u r i n g the
i n t e r i m should c o n s u l t t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r o r h i s
s e c r e t a r y (Room 135, S c i e n c e H a l l ) .
Non-Augsburg S t u d e n t s
Augsburg College w i l l a c c e p t s t u d e n t s from o t h e r 4-1-4
s c h o o l s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n charges
provided t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n a g r e e s n o t t o
charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s f o r t h e J a n u a r y term.
The w a i v e r o f t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l f e e s charged
i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n . Other s t u d e n t s w i l l be charged
$390 f o r t h e i n t e r i m c o u r s e .
S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m
should w r i t e t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p r o p r i a t e
a p p l i c a t i o n forms. These s t u d e n t s a r e r e s p o n s i b l e f o r
t h e i r own housing and boarding arrangements, though
r e q u e s t s f o r on-campus housing can be made t o t h e o f f i c e
of t h e interim d i r e c t o r .
CLASS
TIMES
The i n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two blocks o f time.
The number and l e n g t h o f c l a s s meetings a s w e l l a s t h e
beginning time w i l l be arranged t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s .
All Interim classes w i l l meet the- f i r s t and l a s t class
Classes scheduled f o r P e r i o d I w i l l
d a y s of the tnterim.
meet the f i r s t day a t 9:00 and cfasaes scheduled f o r
Period IS will meet the f i r s t day a t 1:00.
INTERIM
CALENDAR
November 7-10
Interim Registration
December 12
Late I n t e r i m R e g i s t r a t i o n
January 3
F i r s t Day of I n t e r i m
9:00 a.m.
Class I
1:00 p.m.
Class I1
January 4
Last day f o r cancelladd
January 6
Last day f o r determining
grading sys tem
January 20
Last day f o r c a n c e l l i n g c l a s s
January 27
I n t e r i m ends
THIS
CATALOG
This c a t a l o g l i s t s courses by departments with departments
l i s t e d i n a l p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r . A t t h e end of t h e book a r e
l i s t i n g s of s p e c i a l overseas i n t e r i m s o f f e r e d by S t . Olaf
College and o t h e r courses not o f f e r e d by Augsburg College
but recognized by the College f o r i n t e r i m c r e d i t . F u r t h e r
d e s c r i p t i o n s and information about t h e s e courses a r e
a v a i l a b l e i n the i n t e r i m o f f i c e .
NEED
MORE
HELP?
Check with t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e (Science H a l l 135) and the
I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y , Marilyn P e t e r s e n , o r with the I n t e r i m
D i r e c t o r , D r . Don Gustafson. The i n t e r i m phone i s
e x t e n s i o n 403.
AMERICAN STUDIES
08255
AMERICAN INDIAN VOICES
IN THE 20TH CENTURY
Instructor: Grier Nicholl
American I n d i a n s speak f o r themselves through a u t o biography, f i c t i o n , p o e t r y and o t h e r w r i t i n g s . Readi n g s w i l l f e a t u r e t h e l i f e s t o r y o f a n Ogala Lakota
h o l y man, Black Elk Speaks (1932); N. S c o t t Momaday's
n o v e l , House Made o f Dawn (1967); and Vine ~ e l o r i a ' s
C u s t e r Died f o r Your S i n s and I n d i a n M a n i f e s t o (1969).
-----,
A c t i v i t i e s i n the course w i l l include informal small
group d i s c u s s i o n s ; a j o u r n a l o f r e a d i n g c r i t i q u e s ;
s h o r t r e p o r t s of a d d i t i o n a l reading; musical recordings;
and a p o e t r y r e a d i n g by a mid-western I n d i a n p o e t .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
None
Humanities
Time: I1
Room:
Gym 24
AMERICAN STUDIES 08377
A HISTORY OF AMERICAN JAZZ STYLES
See d e s c r i p t i o n under Music.
ART 10242/10342
'
FILM-MAKING I
FILM-MAKING II
Instructor.:
-Paul Rusten
Film-making through p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . D i s c u s s i o n
and o b s e r v a t i o n o f t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l , e l e m e n t s
o f f i l m . The making o f a 16mm sound f i l m .
Lab f e e o f $70.00
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
None f o r Film-making I
You must h a v e t a k e n Film-making I
i n o r d e r t o t a k e Film-making 11.
Humanities
I
Room:
Film C e n t e r , E a s t H a l l
ART 10247
LIFE DRAWING
Instructor:
Nonnan Holen
A s t u d y o f undraped f i g u r e s f o r a r t s t u d e n t s and non a r t
s t u d e n t s . The media w i l l i n c l u d e p e n c i l , i n k , c h a r c o a l ,
and p a s t e l . There w i l l be a $10.00 p e r s t u d e n t model
fee.
Prerequisites :
Time:
I
None
Room:
A r t Studio 6
ART 10179/10379
ART & MUSIC IN SOUTHERN GERMANY
& AUSTRIA
I n s t r u c t o r s : Robert K a r l e n and
P h i l i p Thompson
B u i l d i n g upon t h e r i c h a r t s r e s o u r c e s a v a i l a b l e i n Munich,
Vienna, and S a l z b u r g , t h e program w i l l combine a s u r v e y o f
a r t and music i n t h e Ancient World, Middle Ages, Renaiss a n c e and t h e Modern World. D a i l y a t t e n d a n c e a t museums,
g a l l e r i e s , m u s i c a l performances and o t h e r a p p r o p r i a t e
s i t e s a r e p a r t o f t h e s c h e d u l e which i n c l u d e s f o u r days
i n , L o n d o n a n d / o r P a r i s , t e n days i n Munich, n i n e days i n
Vienna and t h r e e days i n S a l z b u r g .
While a l l p a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o s t u d y both
music and a r t , a n a r e a o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n may be s e l e c t e d
from t h e f o l l o w i n g :
-
1. Music H i s t o r y and A p p r e c i a t i o n
Journal and/or
research t o p i c paper
2. A r t H i s t o r y and A p p r e c i a t i o n
Journal and/or
research t o p i c paper
3. Drawing ( S t u d i o A r t )
D e s c r i p t i v e and i n t e r p r e t i v e
drawing w i t h emphasis on a r c h i t e c t u r e i n g r a p h i t e ,
crayon, i n k and wash.
4 . Independent Study
Music a n d / o r A r t w i t h i n s t r u c t o r ' s
approval
-
-
-
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
C o s t : $995.00
Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r ( s )
A r t o r Music
Also c o u n t s toward a r t major
BIOLOGY 20102
PLANTS IN HUMAN SOCIETY
I n s t r u c t o r : Erwin M i c k e l b e r g
A s t u d y o f t h e r o l e p l a n t l i f e h a s and i s p l a y i n g i n
human s o c i e t i e s . P l a n t anatomy, morphology, geography
and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f p l a n t s t o p e o p l e w i l l be d i s c u s s e d . A b r i e f s u r v e y o f t h e e n t i r e p l a n t kingdom
w i l l conclude t h e c o u r s e .
Prerequisites :
D i s tribution:
Time:
I
None
Science
Room:
S c i e n c e 123
BIOLOGY 20491
TOPICS IN LIMNOLOGY
Instructor:
Roberta L a m e r s
T h i s c l a s s w i l l combine l e c t u r e s by t h e i n s t r u c t o r
w i t h p r e s e n t a t i o n s o f i n - d e p t h l i t e r a t u r e r e s e a r c h by
t h e s t u d e n t s . Students w i l l a l s o develop a high q u a l i t y
p a p e r on t h e i r t o p i c .
I n l a n d l a k e s w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d
from many a s p e c t s i n c l u d i n g t h e i r morphometry, c h e m i s t r y ,
and dynamics, a s w e l l a s t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f organisms
i n h a b i t i n g them, and a s p e c t s o f w a t e r p o l l u t i o n .
This
course f u l f i l l s the requirement of t h e seminar f o r
t h e b i o l o g y major.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I
Junior o r s e n i o r biology major
Room:
Main 7
BIOLOGY 20183120383
THE BEHAVIOR OF NERVE CELLS
I n s t r u c t o r s : Norman Ferguson
Robert ~ e r f o r t h
L e c t u r e and l a b o r a t o r y . A s t u d y o f t h e b a s i c p r o c e s s e s
of t h e nervous system. Emphasis w i l l be placed on t h e
a c t i o n o f i n d i v i d u a l n e u r o n s ; how t k e y behave and
i n t e r a c t w i t h *one a n o t h e r . Topics t o be c o n s i d e r e d
w i l l i n c l u d e : e l e c t r o p h y s i o l o g i c a l methods used i n
studying nerve c e l l s , t h e e l e c t r i c a l p r o p e r t i e s of the
n e r v e axon, t h e synapses between neurons, t h e i n t e g r a t e d
a c t i v i t y o f n e u r o n s , and t h e o r g a n i z a t i o n of s e n s o r y
r e c e p t o r s . S t u d e n t s w i l l be a c t i v e l y involved i n
l a b o r a t o r y d e m o n s t r a t i o n s o f many o f the phenomena
discussed i n class.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : A c o u r s e i n Biology a n d / o r & e m i s t r y
and c o n s e n t o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r s
Distribution:
Time:
I1
Science
Room:
S c i e n c e 318 and 227
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
21140
INCOME TAXES FOR INDIVIDUALS
Instructor:
Amin Kader
Survey of common and important p r o v i s i o n s of f e d e r a l
and Minnesota income taxes f o r i n d i v i d u a l s with emphasis
on completing the 1040 t a x form. Not open t o majors i n
Economics and Business Administration.
Prerequisites:
Time:
None
I
Room:
Science H a l l 320
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 2 1255
RESEARCH METHODS FOR BUSINESS
AND ECONOMICS
I n s t r u c t o r : K e i s h i r o Matsumoto
Course w i l l cover p a r a m e t r i c and non-parametric s t a t i s t i c a l techniques and SPSS programming (computer programming using t h e s t a t i s t i c a l package f o r s o c i a l s c i e n c e s ) .
Recommended f o r s t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n experimental
r e s e a r c h and a n a l y s i s of survey q u e s t i o n n a i r e s .
Lab f e e of $30.00.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I
None
Room:
Main 23
CHEMISTRY 34 109
CHEMISTRY IN A N URBAN ENVIRONMENT
I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Olmsted
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l d i s c u s s t h e chemical problems encountered
i n urban l i v i n g and how t h e s e problems and t h e i r s o l u t i o n s
a f f e c t t h e s t a n d a r d of l i v i n g i n t h e c i t y . Environmental
q u a l i t y mneems n o t only the open space8 and wilderness
areas of the country. People and where they l5ve are
a l s o part of the environment, The course w i l l explain
i n layman" sterna t h e chemf c a l e f f e c t s of t o x i n s and
other substances present fn a i r , water, s o i l and food,
and digcuss the p e r t i n e n t chemical reactions. Proposed
solutions t o some of the problems w i l l be d i s c u s s e d
t o g e t h e r w i t h t h e i r p o s s i b l e r a m i f i c a t i o n s on Living
s t a n d a r d s and economics.
Prerequisites:
None
Distribution:
Science
Time: I
~ o o m :S c i e n c e H a l l 315
ECONOMICS 22150
CONSUMER IN MODERN SOCIETY
Instructor:
S a y t a Gupta
I n d i v i d u a l s must make c h o i c e s i n many a r e a s of t h e i r
d a i l y l i f e . I n o u r complex modern s o c i e t y poor d e c i s i o n making on t h e p a r t o f i n d i v i d u a l s i s n o t uncommon. This
c o u r s e i s n o t i n t e n d e d t o d i r e c t consumer c h o i c e s , b u t
t o p r o v i d e an awareness o f the a l t e r n a t i v e s and opportuni t i e s a v a i l a b l e t o t h e consumer. The c o u r s e w i l l a l s o
a s s i s t consumers i n making t h o s e c h o i c e s which a r e b e s t
f o r t h e i r purposes i n the l i g h t of t h e i r v a l u e s .
Prerequisites :
None
D i s t r i b u t i o n : May n o t be used t o s a t i s f y t h e major
r e q u i r e m e n t s i n e i t h e r Economics o r Business
Administration.
Time:
I1
Room:
Main 23
EDUCATION
44251145251
FROM NUTCUPS TO BOTTLE CAPS
(TEACHER-MADE MATERIALS)
Instructor:
Marie McNeff
Designed f o r t h e p r o s p e c t i v e t e a c h e r , e i t h e r e l e m e n t a r y
o r s e c o n d a r y . The p r o s p e c t i v e t e a c h e r w i l l work w i t h a
cl.assroom t e a c h e r i n i d e n t i f y i n g a r e a s where s t u d e n t s
a r e h a v i n g d i f f i c u l t y l e a r n i n g . Teacher-made m a t e r i a l s ,
t o e n a b l e s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n what t h e y a r e h a v i n g
d i f f i c u l t y w i t h , w i l l t h e n be c o n s t r u c t e d . Sources o f
i n e x p e n s i v e m a t e r i a l s w i l l be d i s c o v e r e d and compiled.
The teacher-made m a t e r i a l s w i l l be u t i l i z e d i n t h e
classroom t o t e s t e f f e c t i v e n e s s with s t u d e n t s .
S t u d e n t s i n t h i s c l a s s w i l l draw up i n d i v i d u a l l e a r n i n g
c o n t r a c t s . Class s e s s i o n s w i l l be h e l d i n Wayzata i n
D r . ~ c ~ e f f home
' s
s o t h e s t u d e n t s can have a c c e s s t o
saws, p a i n t , s a n d e r s , e t c . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t
D r . McNeff, E d u c a t i o n D e p a r t m e n t , p r i o r t o December 20th
c o n c e r n i n g t r a n s p o r t a t i o n a r r a n g e m e n t s and c l a s s r o o m
placement.
Prerequisites:
Time:
11
E d u c a t i o n 255 o r 265
Room:
D r . McNeff's home
EDUCATION 44375
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Instructor: Lauretta Pelton
T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s t h e o p p o r t u n i t y f o r one t o d i s c o v e r
t h e d i s c o v e r e r . Because a k i n d e r g a r t e n c h i l d i s r a p i d l y
opening d o o r s t o knowledge, a t e a c h e r needs t o know a t
what s t a g e each c h i l d i s and how t o p r o v i d e a n e n v i r o n ment i n which t h e c h i l d can e x p l o r e and e x p e r i e n c e
l e a r n i n g . The c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e a s t u d y o f k i n d e r g a r t e n
c u r r i c u l u m , e x p l o r a t i o n o f m a t e r i a l s , and a review o f
t e a c h i n g approaches. L a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e s w i l l be
arranged. This course is a p r e r e q u i s i t e t o s t u d e n t
t e a c h i n g a t t h e k i n d e r g a r t e n l e v e l and t o o b t a i n i n g a
l i c e n s e f o r teaching a t K level.
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Admittance i n t o t h e Augsburg E d u c a t i o n
program o r a n e l e m e n t a r y s c h o o l t e a c h i n g c e r t i f i c a t e .
Time:
I1
Room: ~ i b r a 4r ~
EDUCATION 45483
STUDENT TEACHING
Ins tructor :
E i n a r Johnson
S t u d e n t s w i l l be placed i n a classroom f o r f u l l days.
O p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e provided f o r e x p e r i e n c e in. o b s e r v i n g
and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s on t h e secondary
s c h o o l l e v e l under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n of c o l l e g e and h i g h
s c h o o l personnel.
Student teaching fee:
$15.00
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : S e n i o r s t a n d i n g , completion of prerequisites i n education leading t o student
t e a c h i n g , admission t o s t u d e n t t e a c h i n g .
S t u d e n t s must c o n t a c t D r . Johnson p r i o r t o 9 December
t o a r r a n g e f o r placement.
ENGLISH
54220
FREE-LANCE WRITING
Instructor:
David Wood
E n r o l l e e s w i l l e x p l o r e t h e f r e e l a n c e market, i d e n t i f y
an a r e a of i n t e r e s t , w r i t e a r t i c l e s i n t h a t a r e a , and
submit them f o r p u b l i c a t i o n .
Prerequisites :
Time:
I
Advanced Composition
Room:
Main 21
ENGLISH
54217
THE WRITER'S WORKSHOP: OR, THE ACT
OF WRITING WITH ONE'S OWN HANDS
Instructor:
John M i t c h e l l
How w r i t e r s go about w r i t i n g i s a m a t t e r of enduring
popular i n t e r e s t and misconception. This course w i l l
emphasize what t h e w r i t e r s themselves have t o s a y about
the a c t of w r i t i n g with t h e i r own hands. The course
w i l l concern i t s e l f with what w r i t e r s have i n common
d u r i n g the process of w r i t i n g and how they v a r i o u s l y
cope with t h e s e common problems: i t w i l l t r y t o
a s c e r t a i n the ''magical formulas" t h a t make t h e l a b o r
of w r i t i n g p o s s i b l e . Although the emphasis w i l l be
upon reading assignments, s t u d e n t s w i l l a l s o make t h e i r
own w r i t e r s ' notebooks and experiment with t h e w r i t i n g
process. No previous experience with c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g
i s r e q u i r e d , but a previous i n t e r e s t i n c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g
a s a p o s s i b i l i t y i s recommended. The premise behind
the course i s t h a t although the art of w r i t i n g cannot
be t a u g h t , the
of w r i t i n g can be encouraged. Poetry,
f i c t i o n , and n o n - f i c t i o n a l prose w i l l be included.
S t u d e n t s t a k i n g t h e course should be capable of independ e n t s t u d y and be w i l l i n g t o go t o some t r o u b l e i n the
dead of w i n t e r . One of the i n s t r u c t o r ' s premises i s t h a t
e f f e c t i v e w r i t i n g i s w r i t t e n by r e o p l e who a r e w i l l i n g
t o go t o more t r o u b l e than o t h e r s . Students a r e encouraged t o t a k e the course on a P/N s c a l e .
Prerequisites :
None
Distribution:
Humanities
Time:
I1
Room: Main 21
ENGLISH 54230
MODERN WOMEN WRITERS
I n s t r u c t o r : Toni Clark
Modern Women W r i t e r s w i l l e x p l o r e the work of Woolf, Nin,
S a r t o n and Lessing, a s w e l l , & many l e s s e r known poets
and prose w r i t e r s . The c l a s s d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l focus on
such m a t t e r s a s t h e r e l a t i o n of t h e s e w r i t e r s t o t h e
modernist t r a d i t i o n , whether they a r e c r e a t i n g an a r t with
a d i f f e r e n t s t r u c t u r e , s t y l e and c o n t e n t from the mainstream male w r i t e r s i n the modernist t r a d i t i o n , and t h e i r
views on women y t i t e r s , women's a r t , feminism and androgyny.
Prerequisiteb:
Distributibn:
/
Time:
None
Humanities
I'
Room: Main 7
ENGLISH 5436 2
CREATIVE WRITING WORKSHOP: FICTION
I n s t r u c t o r : Lon O t t o
Three s t u d e n t s from each of the f i v e c o l l e g e s of t h e
Associated Colleges of the Twin C i t i e s w i l l be chosen,
on the b a s i s of p o r t f o l i o submitted t o t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e
English Departments, f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n the workshop.
The workshop w i l l be p r i m a r i l y concerned with the s h o r t f i c t i o n w r i t i n g done by the p a r t i c i p a n t s . We w i l l a l s o
read and d i s c u s s some examples of i n n o v a t i v e and convent i o n a l f i c t i o n t h a t have been published w i t h i n the p a s t
t e n y e a r s , e s p e c i a l l y t h a t i n small p r e s s p u b l i c a t i o n s .
E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be made on t h e b a s i s of a p o r t f o l i o of
s h o r t s t o r i e s w r i t t e n d u r i n g the i n t e r i m . S t u d e n t s '
c o n t r i b u t i o n s t o t h e c r i t i c a l d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l a l s o be
taken i n t o c o n s i d e r a t i o n .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s should c o n t a c t
Toni Clark of the English Department and be prepared
t o submit some examples of t h e i r w r i t i n g t o t h e
English Department by November 1.
Time:
I1
Room:
212 OEC, College of S t . Thomas
ENGLISH 54437
SHAKESPEARE AND THE FAMILY
Instructor:
Richard Sargent
We w i l l s t u d y t h e major p l a y s and poems of Shakespeare,
w i t h p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e theme o f t h e family.
A t the h e a r t of most of S h a k e s p e a r e ' s works i s a probing
of family r e l a t i o n s h i p s and family i n t e r a c t i o n s . We
w i l l n o t l i m i t o u r concern t o family i n t e r a c t i o n ,
however; we w i l l use t h i s t h e m a t i c approach t o develop
a broad understanding of ~ h a k e s ~ e a'rs e works. This
course i s a p p r o p r i a t e f o r those s e e k i n g a g e n e r a l
i n t r o d u c t i o n t o Shakespeare's works; i t i s a l s o
a p p r o p r i a t e f o r those whose major i n t e r e s t i s psychology,
and s p e c i f i c a l l y family systems. Those who have a l r e a d y
had a c o l l e g e - l e v e l i n t r o d u c t i o n t o Shakespeare w i l l
be encouraged t o do s p e c i a l p r o j e c t s r e l a t e d t o the
theme of t h e family.
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
I
None
Humanities
Room:
Main 2
ENGLISH
54445
POTPPOURRI: SELECTED READINGS
FOR DISCUSSION
I n s t r u c t o r : Barbara Andersen
I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , s t u d e n t s w i l l make
i n d i v i d u a l r e a d i n g l i s t s o f t e n t o twelve books which
w i l l be d i s c u s s e d i n s m a l l groups, e s t a b l i s h e d a c c o r d i n g
t o common books, a u t h o r s o r themes. Reading l i s t s must
be determined b e f o r e t h e end o f f a l l term s o t h a t a
d i s c u s s i o n s c h e d u l e can be p u b l i s h e d p r i o r t o t h e
interim session.
Prerequisites:
J u n i o r o r S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and consent
of i n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
Humanities
Time:
I
Room:
Main 22
FOREIGN LANGUAGE 72245
THE AGONY OF 20TH CENTURY GERMANY
A S REFLECTED
LITERATURE
Instructor:
William Oyler
These works w i l l r e f l e c t t h e c r i s e s and upheavals o f
t h e 20th c e n t u r y e x p e r i e n c e which a r e n o t u n i q u e l y German,
b u t have a u n i v e r s a l a p p l i c a t i o n a s w e l l . Topics w i l l
i n c l u d e : t h e anonymity o f u r b a n - i n d u s t r i a l l i f e , t h e
s e a r c h f o r p e r s o n a l i d e n t i t y and s e c u r i t y , t h e u s e s o f
power, w a r , p o l i t i c a l change and c o n f r o n t a t i o n w i t h
u l t i m a t e q u e s t i o n s o f l i f e and d e a t h . Works by E a s t
German and women w r i t e r s w i l l be i n c l u d e d . S t u d e n t s
w i l l read and r e p o r t on one work i n a d d i t i o n t o t h o s e
d i s c u s s e d i n c l a s s . T h i s c o u r s e i s a v a r i a t i o n on
German L i t e r a t u r e i n T r a n s l a t i o n (244), which covers
n e a r l y 200 y e a r s from t h e Age o f C l a s s i c i s m t o t h e
p r e s e n t . S i n c e t h e two c o u r s e s a r e n o t i d e n t i c a l ,
s t u d e n t s who have t a k e n 244 may g e t c r e d i t f o r 245 and
v i c e v e r s a . C r e d i t does n o t a p p l y t o a major o r a
minor i n German.
Prerequisites :
None
Distribution:
Language
Time:
I1
Room:
Main 2
FOREIGN LANGUAGE
70453
LE CONTE ET LA NOUVELLE
(THE FRENCH SHORT STORY)
Instructor:
Ruth Aaskov
The French s h o r t s t o r y i n i t s two-fold c a t e g o r y ( c o n t e and
n o u v e l l e ) i s a v e r y a c c e s s i b l e and d e l i g h t f u l l y v a r i e d
l i t e r a r y form. T h i s c o u r s e w i l l t r e a t animal t a l e s and
f a b l i a u x o f t h e Middle Ages, t h e c o u r t l y t a l e , R a b e l a i s i a n
e p i s o d e s o f e x a g g e r a t i o n , f a i r y t a l e s of P e r r a u l t and t h e i r
modern c o u n t e r p a r t s , a s w e l l a s 1 9 t h and 20th c e n t u r y
p o l i s h e d forms. We w i l l look f o r i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s by and
a b o u t t h e French, t h e i r c o n c e r n s and way o f l i f e , t h e
u n i q u e and t h e u n i v e r s a l . There w i l l be o p p o r t u n i t y t o
e x p l o r e a s p e c i a l a r e a of i n t e r e s t , such a s c l a s s i c s f o r
c h i l d r e n ; a p e r i o d , a u t h o r , o r theme; examples o f
Francophone l i t e r a t u r e .
Readings, t a p e - l i s t e n i n g ,
d i s c u s s i o n , r e p o r t s i n French.
P r e r e q u i s t e s : French 311 o r c o n s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
Time:
Languages ( a l s o c o u n t s toward m a j o r / m i n o r )
Room: Main 4
I1
FOREIGN LANGUAGE
76312
SPANISH EXPRESSION
Instructor:
Gunta R o z e n t a l s
Course i n t e n d e d f o r s t u d e n t s who have a b a s i c command o f
w r i t i n g and s p e a k i n g s k i l l s i n S p a n i s h and wish t o expand
them.
I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e t o improve o r a l and w r i t t e n
e x p r e s s i o n w i t h emphasis on c o n v e r s a t i o n a l f a c i l i t y ,
s t r e s s i n g i d i o m a t i c usage and t h e f i n e r p o i n t s o f grammar.
Readings t o s t i m u l a t e d i s c u s s i o n and broaden c u l t u r a l
background from contemporary l i t e r a r y t e x t s and magazine
articles.
Conducted i n Spanish.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I
311 o r 212 w i t h p e r m i s s i o n
Language ( a l s o c o u n t s toward major/minor)
Room:
Main 4
HISTORY 56136
OF ARMS AND THE MAN: WARFARE
INTHE ANCIENT WORLD
I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Nelson
Through primary and secondary sources t h i s course w i l l
consider t h e causes and consequences of war i n t h e a n c i e n t
Mediterranean World. S t r a t e g y and t a c t i c s , technology and
p e r s o n a l i t i e s w i l l be major c o n s i d e r a t i o n s . Students
w i l l be required t o complete a term p r o j e c t . While a
paper may be a c c e p t a b l e , s t u d e n t s w i l l be urged t o do
something l e s s t r a d i t i o n a l e.g. map work, t e r r a i n a n a l y s i s ,
b a t t l e planning, model b u i l d i n g o r the l i k e .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
I
None
History
ROO^:
Main 18
HISTORY 56495
SEM1NAR:ASPECTS OF THE
NORWEGIAN-AMERICAN EXPERIENCE
Instructor:
Carl Chrislock
An i n v e s t i g a t i o n of the emergence of such c u l t u r a l
i n s t i t u t i o n s and t r a d i t i o n s a s church, p r e s s , f r a t e r n a l
s o c i e t i e s , musical o r g a n i z a t i o n s e t c . Students w i l l
develop competencies i n t h e use of source m a t e r i a l s and
i n a r c h i v e work. I f c o n d i t i o n s allow, a f i e l d t r i p t o
t h e Norwegian American museum i n Decorah, I w a and t o the
Norwegian American H i s t o r i c a l Association a r c h i v e s i n
N o r t h f i e l d , Minnesota w i l l be included. Augsburg a r c h i v e s
w i l l a l s o be u t i l i z e d . Some moderate f e e s w i l l be assessed
f o r travel.
Prerequisites :
Time: I
Permission of i n s t r u c t o r
Room:
L i b r a r y 201
HISTORY 56382
AFRICA: PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE
-CHARTING A COURSE FOR SURVIVAL
IN THE 21ST CENTURY
I n s t r u c t o r : Ralph Crowder
The t h r u s t of t h i s course w i l l be an indepth a n a l y s i s of
Kenya, a developing n a t i o n i n E a s t Africa. A primary
concern w i l l be t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n of major themes w i t h i n
the a r e a s of c u l t u r e , p o l i t i c s , economics and t h e s o - c a l l e d
dllemma of modernization. An a d d i t i o n a l a r e a of concern
w i l l be an e v a l u a t i o n of African and Afro-American linkages
w i t h i n a h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary context. Students
w i l l be expected t o i d e n t i f y a s p e c i f i c a r e a of i n t e r e s t
and prepare a research r e p o r t analyzing t h e i r a r e a of
concern. A d a i l y j o u r n a l w i l l a l s o be required of a l l
p a r t i c i p a n t s . The course w i l l combine a t t e n d i n g l e c t u r e s
a t the U n i v e r s i t y College, N a i r o b i , f i e l d t r i p s t o r u r a l
a r e a s and l i m i t e d time f o r personal e x p l o r a t i o n . A
s e r i e s of p r e p a r a t o r y seminars and r e a d i n g assignments
w i l l be conducted d u r i n g t h e f a l l semester t o adequately
prepare course p a r t i c i p a n t s f o r an organized and coherent
i n t r o d u c t i o n t o the African c o n t i n e n t
.
Contact i n s t r u c t o r f o r f u r t h e r
d e t a i l s regarding c o s t s , e t c .
HISTORY 56215
WESTERN CIVILIZATION AND ITS
ESTHETIC TRADITION
I n s t r u c t o r : Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t
-
Based on Kenneth C l a r k ' s f i l m s e r i e s " C i v i l i z a t i o n
a
P e r s o n a l View'' t h i s i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e u s e s a s a background t h e c i t i e s , b u i l d i n g s , and museum works o f Europe
t o view and d i s c u s s Western C i v i l i z a t i o n a s s e e n through
i t s a r t i s t i c t r a d i t i o n from t h e Middle Ages t o t h e 20th
Century. The f i l m s w i l l be supplemented by r e a d i n g s ,
l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s
.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Distribution: History
Time: Summer S e s s i o n I
INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES 60325
LOOKING AT THE FUTURE
Instructor:
Sheldon F a r d i g
Glimpses o f t h e f u t u r e through t h e eyes o f t h e Club
o f Rome doomsday p r o p h e t s , Buckminster F u l l e r and o t h e r
o p t i m i s t s , t h e o u t e r s p a c e v i s i o n a r i e s , t h e "small i s
b e a u t i f u l " c o n s e r v a t i o n i s t s , t h e p r a c t i c a l man (e.g.
c i t y planner, a r c h i t e c t , p o l i t i c i a n ) , the science
f i c t i o n and s c i e n c e f a n t a s y w r i t e r .
Awareness of c u r r e n t b r e a k t h r o u g h s , o f what i s i n t h e
d a i l y p r e s s ; S t a r Wars. F u t u r e s t h i n k i n g s t r a t e g i e s and
games. A l l a r e a s open f o r extended s t u d y . S p e c i a l f e e s :
Cost o f t i c k e t t o " S t a r Wars" a n d / o r o t h e r commercial f i l m s .
Prerequisites:
Time:
I
None
Room:
Library 4
LIBRARY SCIENCE 47361
TOPICS IN THE HISTORY OF
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
Instructor:
Grace S u l e r u d
W r i t i n g f o r c h i l d r e n w i l l be e x p l o r e d through t h e s t u d y
o f s e l e c t e d t o p i c s i n 1 9 t h c e n t u r y American and B r i t i s h
c h i l d r e n ' s books which p r o v i d e a n e x c e l l e n t view o f
t h e c u l t u r a l v a l u e s o f t h i s p e r i o d . An i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y
approach w i l l e n a b l e s t u d e n t s i n v a r i o u s f i e l d such a s
h i s t o r y , religion, sociology, o r a r t to study writing
f o r c h i l d r e n from t h e i r d i s c i p l i n e ' s p o i n t - o f view.
S t u d e n t s w i l l have t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o u s e t h e r e s o u r c e s
o f t h e K e r l a n and Hess C o l l e c t i o n s a t t h e U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota f o r r e s e a r c h on a t o p i c which t h e y choose
i n consultation with the instructor.
Prerequisites :
Time :
Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r .
Room:
I
Main 8
MATHEMATICS 61136
AN EXPOSURE OF CHAOS IN
MODERN COSMIC MODELS
I n s t r u c t o r : Henry F o l l i n g s t a d
An o r i g i n a l a n a l y t i c s u r v e y o f some c o n t r o v e r s i a l mathr e l a t e d i d e a s which d e a l w i t h t h e n a t u r e and o r i g i n o f
t h e u n i v e r s e , t h e e a r t h , l i f e , and mankind. D i r e c t e d
c l a s s and i n d i v i d u a l r e b e a r c h w i l l e x p l o r e t h e h i s t o r i c a l
impact of u s e f u l math c o n c e p t s , and w i l l a l s o n o t e misuses
o f m a t h e m a t i c s which h a v e promoted q u e s t i o n a b l e dogmas.
New d a t a w i l l be p r e s e n t e d which c h a l l e n g e t h e v a l i d i t y
o f some m a j o r c u r r e n t t h e o r i e s o f astronomy, cosmology,
g e o l o g y , b i o l o g y , and t h e h u m a n i t i e s .
Prerequisties :
Distribution:
Time:
I
None
N a t u r a l S c i e n c e and Mathematics
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 212
MATHEMATICS 61130
SOME MATHEMATICAL ASPECTS OF MUSIC
I n s t r u c t o r : Ben Cooper
I n t h i s course we w i l l examine some of t h e evidence f o r
t h e often-expressed f e e l i n g t h a t music and mathematics
a r e somehow r e l a t e d . A c t u a l l y , musical phenomena t h a t
p r e s e n t a high a e s t h e t i c o r i n t e l l e c t u a l appeal i n both
t h e i r a r t i s t i c and mathematical a s p e c t s a r e r a r e . P o s s i b l e
t c p i c s : (1) t h e r e i s a fundamental connection i n the
s u b j e c t of tuning; ( 2 ) of more a e s t h e t i c i n t e r e s t a r e many
canons which deserve t o be considered r e c r e a t i o n a l mathematics; ( 3 ) the s u b j e c t of symmetry, which i s important
( f o r example) t o twelve-tone composition, lends i t s e l f
t o geometric a n a l y s i s ; (4) the problem of what c o n s t i t u t e s
s t y l e can be a t t a c k e d from a p r o b a b i l i s t i c p o i n t of view.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Tim: I
Music 101 o r e q u i v a l e n t ; no mathematical
prerequisites
Natural Science and Mathematics
Room: Main 27
MATHEMATICS 6 1 2 4 2
THE DEMYSTlFlCATlON OF
ELEMENTARY MATHEMATICS
Instructor:
Bev Durkee
Mathematics made s i m p l e f o r t h o s e who t h i n k t h e y d o n ' t
l i k e i t , who a r e a f r a i d o f i t , o r who a r e m y s t i f i e d by i t ,
b u t who must g e a r up t o t e a c h i t t:o e l e m e n t a r y s c h o o l
c h i l d r e n . The b a s i c s o f a r i t h m e t i c o f t h e e l e m e n t a r y
s c h o o l w i l l be s t u d i e d . O f f e r e d p r e v i o u s l y a s B a s i c
Concepts o f Mathematics.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Distribution:
Time:
I1
N a t u r a l S c i e n c e and Mathematics
Room:
Science H a l l 320
INTRODUCTION TO MICROPROCESSORS
I n s t r u c t o r : James L. Johnson
With t h e a d v e n t of Large S c a l e I n t e g r a t i o n s (LSI) technology, i t h a s become p o s s i b l e t o pack a l l o f t h e c o n t r o l
and l o g i c f u n c t i o n s o f a computer on a few s m a l l s o l i d s t a t e "chips".
T h i s arrangement i s commonly c a l l e d a
micro-processor.
The c o u r s e w i l l , a s time p e r m i t s ,
i n v e s t i g a t e the following f e a t u r e s of microprocessors:
( i ) d i g i t a l components i n v o l v e d ; ( i i ) system s u p e r s t r u c t u r e f o r b u s s i n g d a t a among t h e s e components ; ( i i i )
programming t e c h n i q u e s .
The c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e implementation of c e r t a i n microprocessor c o n f i g u r a t i o n s with
d i g i t a l "chips".
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : I n t r o d u c t o r y programming c o u r s e o r
permission of i n s t r u c t o r
Time:
I1
Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 2 0 5
MUSIC 82115
PIPE ORGAN CONSTRUCTION AND DESIGN
I n s t r u c t o r : Diana Lee Metzker
A b a s i c i n t r o d u c t i o n t o and s u r v e y o f pipe o r g a n cons t r u c t i o n and d e s i g n . We w i l l be working w i t h Clarence
Gou ld., l o c a l r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f t h e Moller organ company,
i n h i s f a c t o r y and o b s e r v i n g s e v e r a l i n s t a l l a t i o n s of
organs i n t h e Twin C i t i e s and surrounding communities.
Prerequisites:
An a v i d i n t e r e s t i n p i p e organs
Distribution:
Time:
I
Room:
Music 10
MUSIC 82377
A HISTORY OF AMERICAN JAZZ STYLES
I n s t r u c t o r : James Carlson
Topics covered i n c l u d e : What is j a z z ? ; How t o l i s t e n
to jazz; Jazz Herftages; Rluea; New Orleans D t x i e l a n d ;
a i c a g o Dixieland; Ragtime; Boogie-Woogie; Swing, Bop;
Cool; Funky; Gospel; 3 r d Stream; Free j a z z , L a t i n j a z z ;
The School Scene; J a z z l ~ o c k ;Future D i r e c t i o n s .
Prerequisites :
Time:
None
I
Ro-om:
Olivet Hall
MUSIC 82179182379
ART & MUSIC IN SOUTHERN GERMANY
& AUSTRIA
See d e s c r i p t i o n under A r t .
MUSIC 82110
MUSIC THERAPY: A CLINICAL OVERVIEW
I n s t r u c t o r : Roberta Metzler
V i s i t a t i o n t o approximately 10 music therapy c l i n i c a l
s i t e s and f a c i l i t i e s d e a l i n g with handicapped i n d i v i d u a l s
i n Minnesota. P o s s i b i l i t y of an overnight t r i p t o a
neighboring s t a t e . Classroom d i s c u s s i o n of b a s i c s i n
t h e f i e l d of music therapy. Designed f o r both music
therapy undergraduate s t u d e n t s a s w e l l a s non- therapy
majors.
$10.00 f e e t o cover c o s t of t r a n s p o r t a t i o n .
Need f o r f l e x i b i l i t y i n time, a s some t r i p s w i l l be
scheduled i n morning, a f t e r n o o n , e n t i r e day, perhaps
ove rnigh t
-
.
( P r e v i o u s l y o f f e r e d a s I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Music Therapy).
Prerequisites :
Time:
None
Summer, Term I
MUSIC 82119182319
JUMPING JACKS: A POTPOURRI OF
MUSIC, MOVEMENT, AND MIME
Instructor:
James D. Johnson
I n t e g r a t i o n of music, improvisations, i n t e r p r e t a t i v e
v o i c e , i n t e r p r e t a t i v e movement, mime. Students w i l l
p a r t i c i p a t e i n the above a c t i v i t i e s and p r e s e n t a
c o n c e r t a t t h e end of the I n t e r i m .
A s t u d e n t must have Acting (232) t o r e g i s t e r f o r upper
division credit.
Prerequisites :
None
Distribution:
Humanities
Time:
I
Room:
Music Auditorium
NURSING 8 1320
TRENDS, ISSUES, LEADERSHIP IN NURSING
Instructors : Patricia ~ ' ~ a n e ,
Beverly Nilaaon, Susan Nash
A course designed t o i n v e s t i g a t e the c u r r e n t l e a d e r s h i p
r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s of the p r o f e s s i o n a l nurse and t h e trends
and i s s u e s evolving i n contemporary n u r s i n g p r a c t i c e .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
I
Admission t o Augsburg nursing program
o r permission of i n s t r u c t o r .
None
Room:
Main 19
NURSING 81322
TRENDS AND ISSUES IN SOCIALIZED
HEALTH CARE SYSTEMS
I n s t r u c t o r : Pamela Larson
This course i s designed t o observe and e v a l u a t e s o c i a l i z e d
h e a l t h c a r e i n England. S p e c i f i c i s s u e s a r e : t h e r o l e of
nursing and u t i l i z a t i o n of n u r s i n g ' s s e r v i c e s , s t r e n g t h s
and weaknesses of the system, types of h e a l t h c a r e
d e l i v e r y , and r o l e of the c l i e n t i n t h e system. The
s t u d e n t w i l l r e l a t e the p o t e n t i a l e f f e c t of s o c i a l i z e d
h e a l t h c a r e t o the n u r s i n g p r o f e s s i o n i n the U.S.
Prerequisites :
Cost: $895.00
Nursing 320, Trends, I s s u e s & Leadership
i n Nursing.
Consent of i n s t r u c t o r
PHILOSOPHY 83135
TOPICS IN SCIENCE AND RELIGION :
OR, ADAM HAD A-TOMS
I n s t r u c t o r : Kenneth B a i l e y
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i d e r some o f t h e a r e a s o f c o n f l i c t ,
w h e t h e r r e a l o r o t h e r w i s e , be tween s c i e n t i f i c and
r e l i g i o u s thought.
It w i l l be l a r g e l y a d i s c u s s i o n
c o u r s e , based upon a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s .
l i e f l y , we w i l l
be concerned w i t h t h e q u e s t i o n o f w h e t h e r a r e l i g i o u s
p o i n t o f view can r e a s o n a b l y be m a i n t a i n e d i n a s c i e n t i f i c
m i l i e u , a n d , i f s o , what f o r m ( s ) i t m i g h t t a k e .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
None
Hurnani t i e s
I1
Room: Main 25
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55373
MODERN DANCE
I n s t r u c t o r : Pamela P a u l s o n
An i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e i n modern d a n c e t e c h n i q u e and
c r e a t i v e c o m p o s i t i o n i n c l u d i n g : e x p l o r a t i o n o f movement,
e n e r g y , form and d e s i g n . No p r e v i o u s dance e x p e r i e n c e
necessary.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Time :
I1
Room: Melby Gym
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55410
ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION OF
THE SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Bors t a d
H i s t o r i c a l background, l e g a l bases, s c h o o l h e a l t h
s e r v i c e s , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o community h e a l t h
program and r e s o u r c e s . Methods and m a t e r i a l s i n
h e a l t h e d u c a t i o n w i t h l a b o r a t o r y experience i n
c l a s s room and community.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : H. Ed. 320 o r permission of i n s t r u c t o r .
Time:
Room: Gym 1 2
I
PHYSICS 84150
SCIENCE AND SOCIETY
--
THE TECHNOLOGICAL TRAP?
I n s t r u c t o r : Mark Engebretson
No one, n o t even t h e most b r i l l i a n t s c i e n t i s t a l i v e today,
r e a l l y knows where s c i e n c e i s t a k i n g us. Our c i v i l i z a t i o n
has been l i k e n e d t o a t r a i n which i s g a t h e r i n g speed,
r a c i n g down a t r a c k on which t h e r e a r e an unknown number of
s w i t c h e s l e a d i n g t o unknown d e s t i n a t i o n s . There a r e a
s m a l l group of people i n t h e engine cab, and t h e r e may be
demons a t the switch. Some passengers want t o jump o f f
b e f o r e i t ' s t o o l a t e , and o t h e r s hope t o d i s c u s s t h e m a t t e r
and a t t e m p t t o communicate w i t h those up f r o n t . T h i s
course w i l l a c q u a i n t t h e s t u d e n t w i t h t h e s t u d y o f t h e
f u t u r e , and e x p l o r e v a r i o u s i s s u e s i n t h e r e l a t i o n of
s c i e n c e and technology t o human g o a l s and v a l u e s .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Distribution:
Time:
I1
F u l f i l l s Urban S t u d i e s requirement
Room: L i b r a r y 1
PHYSICS 84105
N =R F
F F F F L: THE SEARCH FOR
P E L I E
EXTRATERRESTRIAL LIFE
Instructor:
Dan P e t e r s o n
Are we a l o n e ? An i n t e r e s t i n g r e s u l t of r e c e n t advances
i n a s t r o p h y s i c s and biology i s the p o s s i b i l i t y of
e s t i m a t i n g the number of advanced t e c h n i c a l c i v i l i z a t i o n s
i n the Galaxy with which we could communicate. The
e q u a t i o n i n t h e course t i t l e d i s p l a y s the terms involved
i n making t h i s e s t i m a t e , some of which a r e t h e r a t e of
s t a r formation i n the Galaxy, the f r a c t i o n of p l a n e t s
on which a t e c h n i c a l c i v i l i z a t i o n a r i s e s , and the l i f e t i m e
of a t e c h n i c a l c i v i l i z a t i o n .
I n t h i s course, we w i l l
e x p l o r e t h e q u e s t i o n of i n t e l l i g e n t l i f e i n the u n i v e r s e
by examining each of these terms i n d e t a i l . Topics iio
be covered w i l l i n c l u d e b a s i c astronomy, s t a r and p l a n e t a r y
s ys tems formation, t h e e v o l u t i o n of l i f e , and the evolut i o n of technology. I n a d d i t i o n t o s t u d y i n g previous
s e a r c h e s f o r l i f e i n the u n i v e r s e , we w i l l a l s o consider
methods of i n t e r s t e l l a r communication and d i s c u s s the
consequences of c o n t a c t with e x t r a t e r r e s t r i a l l i f e .
Class a c t i v i t i e s w i l l i n c l u d e l e c t u r e s , t e l e s c o p e
o b s e r v a t i o n s , and g u e s t speakers.
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
I
None
Natural Science
Room: Science H a l l 22
POLITICAL SCIENCE
85228 o r 85428
POLITICAL PROCESS AS ART FORM
I n s t r u c t o r : Myles S t e n s h o e l
P a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l c r e a t e a three-dimensional a b s t r a c t
model o f t h e p o l i t i c a l p r o c e s s a s i t o p e r a t e s i n t h e
United S t a t e s . The i n t e n t i s t o d e p i c t , v i a s t a t i c
o r k i n e t i c s c u l p t u r e , t h e complex o f i n f l u e n c e s , both
governmental and e x t r a g o v e r n m e n t a l , through which
a u t h o r i t a t i v e p u b l i c d e c i s i o n s a r e made. The model
w i l l i n c l u d e r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s o f t h e most s i g n i f i c a n t
p o l i t i c a l f o r c e s , t a k i n g i n t o a c c o u n t , f o r example,
the p o l i t i c s o f federalism, o f the l e g i s l a t i v e ,
e x e c u t i v e j j u d i c i a l , and b u r e a u c r a t i c p r o c e s s e s , o f
p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s and i n t e r e s t groups. There w i l l
be s t u d y assignments and f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t u d e n t s ,
a b r i e f p a p e r w i l l be e x p e c t e d .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : An i n t e r e s t i n t h e p o l i t i c a l p r o c e s s
coupled w i t h a n a p t i t u d e i n a r t a n d / o r mechanics.
F o r s t u d e n t s t a k i n g t h e i n t e r i m f o r upper d i v i s i o n
c r e d i t , two p r i o r c o u r s e s i n p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e .
Distribution:
Time:
P o l i t i c a l Science
I
Room: A r t S t u d i o
POLITICAL SCIENCE 85295185495
INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC POLICY
I n s t r u c t o r : Norma Noonan
The p r o c e s s o f making, implementing and e v a l u a t i n g p u b l i c
p o l i c y . C o n s i d e r a t i o n o f some m a j o r i s s u e s o f p u b l i c p o l i c y ,
both American and c o m p a r a t i v e ; f o r example, e n e r g y , h e a l t h
c a r e , environment, budget, u r b a n problems e t c . This c o u r s e
may be t a k e n f o r e i t h e r upper o r lower d i v i s i o n c r e d i t .
S t u d e n t s who t a k e t h e c o u r s e f o r upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t
w i l l be expected t o submit a r e s e a r c h pzper. D i s c u s s i o n
format p r i m a r i l y ; some s h o r t r e p o r t s on p o l i c y i s s u e s .
Prerequisites :
Time:
I
None
Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 318
POLITICAL SCIENCE 85340
THE BRITISH DESIGN FOR MASS MEDIA
Instructor:
Milda Hedblom
Study of B r i t i s h mass media, based i n London, f o r
s t u d e n t s of p o l i t i c s , c m u n i c a t i o n s , sociology. B r i t i s h
mass media a r e noted f o r high q u a l i t y production and
content. We w i l l s t u d y t h e c u l t u r a l , p o l i t i c a l and
a r t i s t i c reasons f o r t h e i r eminence; t h e r e w i l l be
i n t e n s i v e i n t e r v i e w s with BBC and ITV t e l e v i s i o n and r a d i o
e x e c u t i v e s t a f f , London newspaper and magazine e d i t o r s ,
Members of Parliament and B r i t i s h s c h o l a r s of mass
communications; we w i l l v i s i t major media c e n t e r s i n
London a s w e l l a s take v i s i t s t o c u l t u r a l a t t r a c t i o n s
i n Oxford, S t r a t f o r d and o t h e r nearby a r e a s .
Approximately the l h s t two weeks of t h e i n t e r i m w i l l be
devoted t o independent work with each s t u d e n t s t u d y i n g
a p a r t i c u l a r a s p e c t of one medium, such a s t e l e v i s i o n
news production, o r p r i n t censorship r u l e s o r r a d i o
overseas programming, e t c .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Cost:
Approximately $995.00
PSYCHOLOGY 86372
READING IN THE WORKS OF ROBERT COLES
I n s t r u c t o r : Duane Johnson
Study i n t h e works of Robert Coles w i t h a major f o c u s
on c o n d i t i o n s under which c h i l d r e n develop.
Each s t u d e n t must propose a n i n d i v i d u a l r e a d i n g l i s t
and have i t approved p r i o r t o t h e beginning o f t h e
i n t e r i m . Amendments t o t h e r e a d i n g l i s t may be proposed
f o r a p p r o v a l d u r i n g t h e f i r s t week o f t h e i n t e r i m .
Contact D r . Johnson f o r a handout p r o v i d i n g s u g g e s t i o n s
and g u i d e l i n e s f o r r e a d i n g l i s t development.
Course w i l l be o f f e r e d o n l y on a P-N g r a d i n g b a s i s .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Psychology 86105 ( I n t r o d u c t o r y psych)
Time:
I
Room:
Main 28
THE BEHAVIOR OF NERVE CELLS
See d e s c r i p t i o n under Biology.
RELIGION 87328
THEOLOGY OF LEISURE, PLAY, AND SPORTS
Instructor :
John Benson
An academic c o u r s e c e n t e r e d i n what r e c e n t t h e o l o g i a n s
and some p h i l o s o p h e r s have had t o s a y about t h e p l a y
e l e m e n t ,in c u l t u r e i n g e n e r a l , and s p e c i f i c a l l y what
the Christian t r a d i t i o n has s a i d about i t . Special
emphasis on t h e i n n e r l o g i c and t h e o l o g i c a l / p h i l o s o p h i c a l
meaning o f some o f t h e c h i e f i n d i v i d u a l and group s p o r t s
such a s : f o o t b a l l , b a s e b a l l , hockey, g o l f , t e n n i s , and
basketball.
The c h i e f problem i s what t h e C h r i s t i a n
t r a d i t i o n s a y s a b o u t t h e n a t u r e o f man: i s h e a worker
(homo f a b e r ) , p l a y e r (homo l u d e n s ) , o r a w o r s h i p p e r
(homo r e l i g i o s u s ) ? (Readings w i l l be s e l e c t e d from
among t h e f o l l o w i n g a u t h o r s : J. H u i z i n g a , P e i p e r ,
R. C a i l l o i s , K a r l Rahner, Michael Novak, P a u l Weiss,
Harvey Cox, Robert Lee.)
T h i s w i l l be a s t r i c t l y academic c o u r s e , i n c l u d i n g m o s t l y
l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s of a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s .
Some o f
t h e r e a d i n g s a r e h i g h l y a b s t r a c t and d i f f i c u l t . Regular
e s s a y t e s t s , p l u s s h o r t p a p e r s and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s .
S e v e r a l . o u t s i d e s p e a k e r s , p l u s a t t e n d a n c e a t some l e i s u r e
and s p o r t i n g e v e n t s followed by r e p o r t s and d i s c u s s i o n .
S t u d e n t w i l l pay own way t o any such " f i e l d t r i p s . "
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I1
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Theology o r s p e c i a l
permission
Religion
Room: Main 1 9
RELIGION 87375
-
ISRAEL, ANCIENT AND MODERN
Instructor:
P h i l i p Quanbeck
Focus o f t h e i n t e r i m w i l l be a r c h a e o l o g y and geography.
A t t e n t i o n w i l l be d i r e c t e d t o t h e method and r e s u l t s o f
a r c h a e o l o g y a s they r e l a t e e s p e c i a l l y t o b i b i c a l s i t e s i n
I s r a e l . The group w i l l l i v e p r i m a r i l y i n Jerusalem. There
w i l l be l e c t u r e s , walking t o u r s i n t h e Old C i t y o f J e r u salem, and v i s i t s t o p l a c e s o f r e l i g i o u s and h i s t o r i c a l
i n t e r e s t and t o museums. Two t r i p s from J e r u s a l e m a r e
planned. One w i l l be t o t h e n o r t h where p l a c e s such a s t h e
Sea o f G a l i l e e , T i b e r i a s , Capernaum, Hazor, Megiddo and
Nazareth w i l l be v i s i t e d . A t r i p t o t h e s o u t h w i l l i n c l u d e
such p l a c e s a s Ashod, Beer Sheba, Masada and Qumran. A t
a d d i t i o n a l c o s t i t may be p o s s i b l e t o a r r a n g e a s t a y i n
Jordan.
Some time w i l l be s p e n t i n London a t t h e beginning
and a t t h e end o f t h e i n t e r i m .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Cost:
One r e l i g i o n c o u r s e
Religion
$1,100.00
RELIGION 87377
CULTS: OLD AND NEW
Instructor:
Douglas O l l i l a
An examination of s e v e r a l e s t a b l i s h e d American c u l t s , with
emphasis on c u r r e n t groups. Included w i l l be v i s i t s w i t h
l e a d e r s and members of U n i f i c a t i o n Church, o l i - l d r e n of
God, and Hare Krishna. Deprogramming w i l l be examined.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
I n t r o d c c t i o n t o Theology o r B i b l i c a l S t u d i e s
Religion
Time: I1
Room:
Science H a l l 22
SOCIOLOGY 94241
INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
Instructor:
J e r r y Gerasimo
An examination of t h e i d e a of c u l t u r e ; t h e p e r s o n ' s
r e l a t i o n t o c u l t u r e ; language a s a major o r g a n i z i n g
element i n t h e way we s e e t h e world. An examination
of t h e i d e a s of "primitive","civilizedtl, and "processt',
a comparison of a l t e r n a t e r e a l i t i e s a s found i n d i f f e r e n t
c u l t u r e s and v a r y i n g s o c i a l c o n t e x t s . An a n a l y s i s of
s e l e c t e d a s p e c t s of U.S. c u l t u r e .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time: I1
None
S o c i a l Science
Room: Science 212
SOCIOLOGY 941 21
PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
Instructor:
Garry Hesser
Both the popular p r e s s and informal d i s c u s s i o n s suggest
an increased concern abou-t t h e v i a b i l i t y of o u r
i . n s t i t u t i o n s and s o c i a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s . One c o n s t a n t l y
h e a r s about the lack. of cohesiveness of f a m i l i e s , t h e
dehumanizing e f f e c t s of l a r g e o r g a n i z a t i o n s , problems
regarding the d i s t r i b u t i o n of wealth and p o l i t i c a l power,
t h e mounting crime r a t e , the i n a b i l i t y of our i n s t i t u t i o n s
t o r e h a b i l i t a t e c r i m i n a l s , and s o f o r t h . The course
provides an overview of what the s o c i o l o g i s t has t o o f f e r
i n regard t o such i s s u e s . More s p e c i f i c a l l y , the course
c o n s i s t s of a s e t of u n i t s
each of which provides
an overview of t h e s o c i o l o g i s t ' s a n a l y s i s of some aspect
of s o c i a l l i f e . Each u n i t w i l l be approached through
a combination of l e c t u r e s , readings, d i s c u s s i o n s and
assignments designed t o h e l p t h e s t u d e n t apply what i s
being learned.
--
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
11'
None
S o c i a l Science
Room :
Main 28
SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 98340
THE BRITISH DESIGN FOR MASS MEDIA
See d e s c r i p t i o n under P o l i t i c a l Science.
SOCIAL WORK 95257
PRACTICUM IN HUMAN SERVICES
I n s t r u c t o r s : Edwina H e r t z b e r g and
Doug P e r r y
Freshmen and sophomores! Are you a h e l p i n g p e r s o n ? Would
you l i k e t o e x p e r i e n c e human s e r v i c e i n a s o c i a l agency?
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r o v i d e f o r you t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o s e r v e
a s a v o l u n t e e r i n a real human s e r v i c e s e t t i n g . S t u d e n t s
w i l l s e l e c t placements r e q u i r i n g t h i r t y hours- a week a s
v o l u n t e e r s . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d meet w i t h v a r i o u s human
s e r v i c e p r o f e s s i o n a l s t o o b e e r v e and d i s c u s s s e r v i c e
d e l i v e r y . On-campus weekly review c o n f e r e n c e s and
supportive
academic work w i l l i n t e g r a t e t h e practicum.
This experience should h e l p s t u d e n t s decide whether
o r n o t t o pursue human s e r v i c e s e d u c a t i o n d u r i n g t h e
remainder o f t h e i r c o l l e g e c a r e e r s .
S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r i n g f o r t h i s c o u r s e w i l l be asked t o meet
w i t h i n s t r u c t o r s e a r l y i n December t o a r r a n g e f o r placements
Prerequisites :
Time :
None
I
Room: S c i e n c e Auditorium
SOCIAL WORK 95457
SOCIAL POLICY
I n s t r u c t o r s : Edwina H e r t z b e r g and
Nagwa F a r a g
S o c i a l P o l i c y a f f e c t s u s d a i l y from b e f o r e o u r b i r t h
u n t i l o u r d e a t h . How i s s o c i a l p o l i c y made? By whom?
F o r what r e a s o n s ? What v a l u e systems impact on i t ?
Where a r e t h e " p r e s s u r e p o i n t s " ? E x p e r i e n c e , l e c t u r e s ,
readings w i l l provide t h e s t u d e n t opportunity f o r
i n - d e p t h s t u d y o f s o c i a l p o l i c y i n Minnesota v i s - a - v i s
t h e U.S. and abroad.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I
Senior o r permission of p r o f e s s o r .
r e q u i r e d , S o c i a l Work m a j o r s
~ o o m : Main 25
SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 98285
STORY THEATER: PREPARATION
AND PERFORMANCE
Instructor:
A i l e n e Cole
Using t h e s t o r y - t h e a t e r method, c l a s s members w i l l p r e p a r e and p e r f o m one o r more c h i l d r e n ' s s t o r i e s . A l l
a s p e c t s of the production
the play, scenery, l i g h t s ,
costumes, sound, p r o p s , p u b l i c i t y , h o u s e , and t h e
w i l l be t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f the c l a s s .
strike
Must c l e a r s c h e d u l e f o r performance t h e f i n a l week o f
t h e term.
-
-
None
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Humanities
+ performance
Time:
9:30-12 and 1-3
Room:
Theater auditorium
times
SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 983 21
ADVANCED PUBLIC SPEAKING
I n s t r u c t o r : Ray Anderson
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r o v i d e a n o p p o r t u n i t y t o work
toward a p o l i s h e d s p e a k i n g s t y l e i n both composition
and d e l i v e r y . A t t e n t i o n w i l l be g i v e n t o g r e a t s p e e c h e s
and t o r h e t o r i c a l t h e o r y , b u t t h e emphasis w i l l be
S t u d e n t s w i l l perform i n some way
on performance.
e v e r y day. An e f f o r t w i l l be made t o develop each
s t u d e n t ' s unique powers o f c r e a t i v i t y and showmanship.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I
A beginning c o u r s e i n speech
high school o r college
-
Humanities
Room:
Library 1
either
SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS
98329
INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION &
THE QUEST FOR GLOBAL JUSTICE
Instructor:
J o e l Mugge
Based i n Mexico City, Oaxaca and a Benedictine monastery
i n t h e v i l l a g e of Ahuatepec near Cuernavaca. T r a v e l t o
Mexico w i l l be by bus and t r a i n . Mexico provides a
s e t t i n g where many p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and r e l i g i o u s v a l u e s
a r e much d i f f e r e n t from o u r own. The course w i l l explore
ways i n which these a s p e c t s of c u l t u r e i n f l u e n c e and
shape the communication p r o c e s s , both v e r b a l and nonverbal,
and how t h e b a r r i e r s t h a t block e f f e c t i v e communication
can be broken down. The course w i l l a l s o examine the
p o l i t i c a l and economic r e a l i t i e s which c o n t r i b u t e t o
i n e q u i t y and i n j u s t i c e i n L a t i n America, a s w e l l a s how
t h e message of the church speaks t o t h e s e r e a l i t i e s .
Emphasis w i l l be on the C h r i s t i a n s ' r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s f o r
working toward s t r u c t u r e s t h a t make a j u s t Global S o c i e t y
possible.
Learning w i l l be f a c i l i t a t e d by d i r e c t c o n t a c t
w i t h s e v e r a l dimensions of Mexican l i f e
urbanmonastic
as well
community, and the r e s i d e n t s of a small v i l l a g e
a s by s e v e r a l resource people who a r e d i r e c t l y involved
i n the s t r u g g l e f o r j u s t i c e .
A p r e - i n t e r i m workshop,
s e v e r a l paperback t e x t s , an e x t e n s i v e d a i l y j o u r n a l , and
a f i n a l paper w i l l be required.
-
Prerequisites:
Grading:
Pass/No c r e d i t only
Distribution:
Cost:
None
Humanities
$495.00 i n c l u d i n g t r a n s p o r t a t i o n
-
ST.
OLAF
INTERNATIONAL
INTERIMS
The following i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s a r e o f f e r e d
by S t . Olaf College and a r e open t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s .
F u r t h e r academic d e s c r i p t i o n , t r a v e l d e t a i l s and c o s t
e s t i m a t e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e o r from
Mary Kingsley i n the I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center, Room 126 of
Memorial H a l l .
Students i n t e r e s t e d i n p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n
one of t h e s e i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s should apply i n t h e
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center before November 1.
19th and 20th Century Scandinavian A r t (Denmark,
Norway, Sweden)
Mediterranean Culture (Greece)
I r i s h C i v i l i z a t i o n and L i t e r a t u r e ( I r e l a n d )
French Language, Culture and Theater ( P a r i s )
Encounter with t h e Two Germanys (East and West Germany)
T h e a t e r i n London
Science H i s t o r y i n Europe (Munich, P a r i s , London)
Comparative Legal Systems (Great B r i t a i n , France,
Ne t h e r l a n d )
a r i s t i a n Rome t o 1600 A.D. ( I t a l y )
Spanish Language, Culture and T h e a t e r (Madrid, Spain)
Dynamics o f C h r i s t i a n S o c i a l Concern i n L a t i n America
(Mexico)
I n t e n s i v e I n t e r p r e t i v e Spanish (Cuernavaca, Mexico)
I n t e n s i v e Advanced Spanish (Cuernavaca, Mexico)
Folk R e l i g i o n i n Taiwan (Taiwan)
Hawaiian I n t e r c u l t u r a l
elations
(Hawaii)
COURSES
These courses a r e o f f e r e d by i n s t i t u t i o n s o r groups not
connected with Augsburg but have been approved f o r c r e d i t
by t h e college. Most c a r r y a t u i t i o n c o s t plus o t h e r
expenses which a r e the r e s p o n s i b i l i t y of the s t u d e n t .
F u l l e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and d e t a i l s f o r r e g i s t e r i n g a r e
a v a i l a b l e i n t h e I n t e r i m Office of the College.
55106
SKI INTERIM (Park City, Utah) Cost: approxi m a t e l y $500 which i n c l u d e s lodging but n o t meals
o r t r a n e p o r t a t i o n t o Utah.
THE NORTHWOODS LIFE STYLE: A GENERAL NORTHWOODS
ENCOUNTER
Approximate c o s t : $230.00 which i n c l u d e s food,
lodging, t r a v e l t o and from Grand Marais, snowshoes,
a d d i t i o n a l s l e e p i n g bag.
58210
RECREATION AND CAMPING I N THE COLD WEATHER
ENVIRONMENT
Approximate c o s t : $230.00 which i n c l u d e s food,
lodging, t r a v e l t o and from Grand Marais, snowshoes,
a d d i t i o n a l s l e e p i n g bag.
58208
58212
OUTDOOR LEADERSHIP PRACCICUM
Approximate c o s t : $280.00 which i n c l u d e s food,
lodging, t r a v e l t o and from Grand Marais, snowshoes,
a d d i t i o n a l s l e e p i n g bag.
INTRODUCTION TO CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
ENGINEERING APPLIED TO BIOMEDICAL PROBLEMS
ENGINEERING MECHANICS
Washington U n i v e r s i t y , S t . Louis, Missouri
Cost: approximately $550 f o r t u i t i o n , housing and
meals, but some s c h o l a r s h i p s a r e a v a i l a b l e .
10163
BASIC SPINNING, WEAVING AND DYEING
10271 ETHNIC WEAVES-NAVAHO, BOLIVIAN, TURKISH
Weavers Guild o f Minnesota
Cost: $100 plus m a t e r i a l s ($5-7)
S t u d e n t s who have taken A r t 10270, 10103, 10104
10105 may n o t r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r 10163. .
e
..
Interims Abroad, January,1978
Cooperative Programs of Augsburg and St. Olaf Col
3rograms in Europe
Art/Music IIm: Art and Music in
Southern Germany and Austria Cost: $995.00
Robert Karlen, Music, Augsburg
Phillip Thompson, Art, Augsburg
Building upon the rich arts resources available in Munich,
Vienna, and Salzburg, the program will combine a survey of
art and music in the Ancient World, Middle Ages, Renaissance and the Modem World. Daily attendance at museums, galleries, musical performances and other appropriate
sites are part of the schedule which includes four days in
Lundun rlnd/or Pxris, ten days in Munich, nine days in
Vienna nr~dt h r w days in Salzburg.
While all partici Ants will be required to study both music
and urt. an urea uLoncentration may be selected from the
following:
I . Music History and Appreciation
- Journal and/or re..
search topic paper 2. Art History and Appreciation - Journal and/or research topic paper
3. Drawing (Studio Art) - Descriptive and interpretive
drawing with emphasis on architecture in graphite,
crayon,
- .
ink and wash. .
4. Indevendent Studv - Music and/or Art with instructor's approval
Counts toward art major only.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Art or Music).
Prereqsis te: Consent of Instructor(s)
Enrollment: 35
Art IIb: 19th and 20th Century Scandinavian Art
Reidar Dittmann, St. Olaf
Cost: $1,050.00
Painting, sculpture, and related arts in Denmark, Sweden,
and Norway, beginning with Romanticism and encompassing Realism, Impressionism, and post-Impressionist trends
with special emphasis on Edvard Munch's Expressionism.
Counts toward art or Norwegian major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area 0).
Prerequisite: Art I I recommended but not required.
Enrollment: 20
Classics IIa: Mediterranean Culture
Richard Olson, St. Olaf
Cost: $995 -00
Thc civilizntio~~
ol'l;rcccc I'rom thc Bronzc A c through
Clausictll Anti uity viuwcd rronl two princip;lf 1uc;luuns.
klcraclcuii~an2 h thcns. Daily Icclurcs :tnd visi~sto Bronrc
hgc M inuii~isilcs in Crctc st K nussrrs, Pliaisio*, end M ulliu,
ltnd clilsc r~ltcnliunto tllc vast collcc~iunin lhe Archueolugival Mumum at I-lcraclcu~ir.It) Arhcns and its environs, will1
the aid of the famed National Museum, further study of the
Bronze Age of the Mycenaeans, and field trips to Classical
sites.
Counts toward Classics or History Major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A or B).
Prerequisites: History 63 recommended but not required.
Enrollment: 25
English IIc: Irish Civilization and Literature
Graham S. Frear, St. Olaf
Cost: $925.00
Based in Dublin at the Irish Humanities Centre, the course
provides study it1 Irish culturc and literatllrc t h r o ~ ~ gdaily
ll
lectures oirercd by cultural lcadcrs rlnd ~l'ternonnserninnrs
on topics uf ~ ~ e r t i n r ~Monday
~ c c , through Thursday. SLUdents will livc irl lrislr h u ~ n c swit11 thc nddd dilnension uf
personal contact. Opportunity for extensive theater and
other cultural resources of Dublin and surrounding area
i l ~ ~ . o l iday
~ l t lours and sludent initiated [rips us well ns a 3 4
d t ~ ytrlp to thc wcsl
lrelantl wilt1 slops in the Gacltilchl, tllc
h e i ~ rol'~ tlit <ii~clicapeaking districts, then back lo Dublin
via l ; i ~ l w ~Linieiick.
r.
Curk. Wiiterlbrd. Aniplc oppoilurlity for cxp orlng Iluhlin - thc cir o f .lo ce, 0 C:asey,Swiit,
O'Fnnlain. Ucllnn. Hecketi. f i t a d n g wi6 hc bnwd on journal
and IWU papcrs on ~ o p i c s01' student choice.
Counts toward English major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A).
Enrollment: 20
French IIIa: French Language, Culture
Cost: $925.00
and Theater in Paris
Herve Pensec, St. Olaf
For advanced students in French. Attendance at performances integrated with analysis and discussion. Visits to artistic and cultural exhibits. Two fullday excursions (to Verxaillcs and Chartrcs) will1 French-speaking leciurcrs, Oplionul wcrk-end uxc~rrsiontu N o r n ~ ~ n d ySludy
.
uf ilcnls of
iopic111i~ncrcstin thc daily ttnd wcckly prvss. Onc u C fbc
no st i n ~ p u r l a r ~ ls p c c l ol'
s l o n g u ~ g cstudy during thc wind
is ltic h~ir
hours iriconvrr.riitiunni prac~iccill gmupsoFthrcc
cilch wirh French sludents or the IJniversitv of Pnris acting
as tutors. Students will keep a journal in French incorporating reflections on the theater and observations on French
life.
Counts toward French major.
lull'ills ?i.i~r~hutiun
requirement (Area A).
Prcrcqulr~tc: I:rcnch 51 with minimum grade of B-.
t7rirding: I't~r;a(No Credit only
E I I ~ I J I I ! T II C
. ~~:
German IIb: Encounter with the Two Cermanys
Hanno Klassen, St. Olaf
Cost: $950.00
r\ study i ~ ~ l ShCcP I I ~ H ~
wuyY
C
of Gerltiany ~ i n c c1945. I'wo
wccks with thc pcoplc u l the German Dcmucrutic Rcpublic
will tlv li~lluwcrihy $1 ~ w n c l u d i nslay
~ ill t l ~ cFederal Rcpublic
oriicrmany. The cuursc is dcsipnd to use t hc Cjcrnrun language for n cornparulivt: study ul'thc 1 . w Wellanschuuungen
~
w l ~ i c thuve
~ slir~prtlvary differer~tpolitic:ll nations.
In the (icrrnrtn Dcmi)cr:~licKcpublio the Yor~fhHIISIC~
in
Lcip7,ip will bc 111ccontact base. Side trips will hc made to
uthcr lllaccs of cu lturul intcrcsr. Munich will be rllc location
I'ur inquiries into lire in thc f~cdcrulIlcpublic. Studenls will
live wit11 host rarnilics. Individual coritacr wilh the peoplc is
stressed. Lectures and discussions with students and religious groups, visit to social and welfare institutions, and at-
tendance a t artistic performances and exhibitions. Daily discussions. Participants are expected to speak German at all
times. Each student is required to keep a journal.
Counts toward German major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A).
Prcrcqi~istlc: German 51
Grflding: Pass No Credit only.
Enrollmrnr: 26
Interdisciplinary IIa: Theatre in London
Ronald Lee, St. Olaf
Cost: $895.00
Study of drama through attendance a t performances.
More than 40 theatres make London the theatrical center of
the English-speaking world and will enable students to experience varieties of dramatic productions, modern and traditional. The course will involve play attendance and discussion, backstsgc ohscrv:itinn and convcrsatiun. Supplemental visits are planned tu the cultural attractions in London,
Stmtford. Oxrcml, und Cambridge, t ~ n dto u representative
rcpional thmtrc. Students will kecp joumnls.
Counts toward English or speech major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A or B).
Grading: Pass No Credit only.
Enrollment: 2 l
Interdisciplinary IIc: Science History in Europe
Allen Hanson, St. Olaf
Cost: $975.00
Scicncc I iislory in t u r o p focuses on ~ h rc~ w a n d d ~ v b l o p
men! o ~ n a i u r a I s ~ ; r s & p i c ~ c j m s c i c n u f i c a Wbbl
nd
ThO Dmrtdws M w in~
rnuqcums i n wmM
Mynda FEB~~IFW
techfinlo
p r o m und sdmhltr?dc~no u t r w r . T h M tlu&kr anti m u 9 1 I t e m w m b
in Park, yitb tbdr ~ I I c c @ ~ and
B rwhtnudibn~(M cciallj athcP a ~ w
Iwtit~iastml~
are h b # t i tifife
m.
1
rchro ~ e t o p p b t .PWO odon w hub, rmcitk8a*
tostoiLTrpa UntqenOpm m a air~$vriN~
London it* w ~ t hftsBrrtish Muscum, Oremwtc a*c
Museum, Science Museum, Royal Inst~tution,and Medical
Ilhtory Muscuni, thc story ul' sclcn~ilicdevclop~t~cnt
from
a,trolobc to radar, I r o s Boylc to B r e ir~u,nloldcd in grcat
chunks o r rare prcscrved n puratus un lure With a sclcntlf ~ chislory lcaibook aa unLrlyinp coursc slructure. sludenls
will ollrcrvc, keep u ourn.il, rvritc intcrprttrve papers :and be
cxa~nincdon thc stiislanuc o r w e n c e history.
Fulfills d~strlbutionrequirement (Area D, non-lab)
Prerequ~s~te.One year of college science or permlsslon of
Instructor
Enrollment 25
m
4
Norwegian Im : Beginning Norwegian
Leif Hansen, Augsburg
Cost: $1,050.00
A complete introduction to the basic skills in the use of the
Norwegian language officially referred to a s "bokmal." Students will have the advantage of a considerable degree of individual attention and support in their efforts to acquire the
prvni~nciillinnIS^ niltivt. Nr)rrutg*al~srn rut thl: coursc uC tbc
iravcl itincr;lra s l u d c " 1 ~wil! i'!lvc
o ~ ~ o r t u nttli llislcn
~
lu and itif~lliY rcglfltlal v ~ ~ r l a l l o n111s sp\)kcll Nlrrwc@iall.
Tllrou 11 ~crsun;alcx~cricnccand obscrv;ilien- l l l ~ n gwith
iurlilaflecturer. ,iudmis r i l l idso pet m ercellcni insaduction to many aspects of Norwedan culture and society After spending ~ h r i s t m a swith families in Sandane (2@0 3.000 ~ o ~ u l a t i oon
n ) the West coast (5-6 days), students will
travel by bus and hydrofoil to Bcrgcn b r l l ~ c rsouth for 5-6
days of family Stay, formal l a n ~ ~ a Cg Ic~ S S C Sand formal kctures, along with sightseeing. Thc group will then continue
on to Stavanger via hydrofoil coastal ship and then to Oslo
by train (5-6 days each) for more language work and the program will again include family stays. Evaluation will include
final oral and written tests, as well as a "field" test in which
students will have an opportunity to find out how much they
have learned of the Norwegian language.
Fulfills distribution requirement.
Enrollment: 20
Nursing IIIm: Trends and Issues in Socialized
Health Care Systems
$895'00
Pamela Larson, Augsburg
An opportunity for nursing students to explore nationalized health care a s it exists in England. Among points to be
explored are: strengths and weaknesses in English health
care delivery; and the role of nursing and utilization of nursings services within the syhtcm. St~identswill relate the
knowledge gained about sociulizod Iie:~Ilhcare t o the present
U . S . health care system, illid prr>jeclthc inip~ictsocialization
would have on the role and utilization of nursing in the U.S.
Counts toward nursing major
Political Science I ~ c :
Comparative Legal Systems
G. Alan Tarr, St. Olaf
Cost: $950.00
On the broadest level this course will survey the role of law
in governance. Particular attention will be paid to the interrelationship between the system of law which develops and
the society from which it emanates. Bases for comparison
shall include common-law legal systems (especially Great
~ ~ i ~civil~ law
i ~systems
) , (especially F ~ ~E~~~~~~~
~ ~ ~
adaptations of judicial review (especially Germany and
F ~ ~and~ the~operation
~ ) of
, the international legal system
(the world court
in -l-he H ~ ~ students
~ ~ will
) . both meet
systems and, where la,,with participants in the various le
suage does not pow an obstacle, dreCtlYobserve the systems
~n operation.
Counts toward polilical scicr~ucm;lJllr
Fulfills distribution requirement (hrca C).
Prerequisite: Previous polilic:,t uclcncc course or completion of a
short reading list.
Enrollment: 15
Political Science Im or IIm: Oil and Norway:
Mutual Impact
Cost: $1,050.00
Myles C. Stenshoel, Augsburg
An inquiry into the early impact of the emerging Norwe&inn
pclrolalm industry u p n the plilics and economy of
N~~~~
convcr5elv,
of~orwcgian
political erspectives
irnd insritulions pn the dcvclopment rind use o&his recently ~iiscovcredrcaourcc. AI'rcr a gcnernl introduction to Norwcgian politics uncl culturt, s t u d c n ~ws i l l be exposed, throu h
rtadiiig, luctur~s.observation md conversation. t o the
tics of oil from varying
a small
ex er
ience; perceptions ofacademics; impact upon an oil- roiuc:
ing city; oil development under political controls; anfthe establishment of a natural oil policy in a welfare state.
be shared with the group
arrangements
the Nurwepinn lan u a g anrl culture and thus stuexlracurriru~.
'Ir 'pporLunities in these areas.
dents will
See Beginning N u r w q i ~ ~dcscripiion
n
for itinerary and family stay plans,
counts
towardpolitical science major,
~ u l f i l ~distribution
s
tcclurremonr.
Both upper and lowcr rlivi~ii~n
c.rcrlit possible.
- one political science course.
Prerequisite: For upper' lcvcl d~v~sion
Program
in the Middle East
Religion IIm: Israel, Ancient and Modern
Philip Quanbeck, A ugsburg Cost: $1,100.00
Focus of the interim will be archaeology and geography.
Attention will be directed to the method and results of arch;lurllugy aa rliry r e l a ~ erspecii~llyLII hilllic;~lsites in Israel.
Frnu ,,ill
live primllrllj in J
~ T-hcrcaill
~
leers in the ()it! ( .irv f,, ~
~
~
~,.isits~
t. o
s l r r l i p l u u a :lnd h i s t ~ r K ; l inarol
l
;lnd nluscl,nn,
Tivu [rips I'rur~~
Jcrusnlcm arc pl:~~incd.Onc will hc LO thc
1,
,I, s,;, Gi,l,,,7 ~i,,,,,
~
~
~
~1,lumr,
~ ~~c ~ ,i d d~mild
, , ~~ n f~i r r t~l lwill, lx l visilrd
.
r\ 1ri1) t o tlrc ~ ) I I L I Iwill iliuludc s ~ c l pluccs
i
:is As'liod. Uccr
Shcbi~,M;isrld;! and Qurl~ran.h t iitlditiun;~lcost i l r~inyhc
possible to arrange a stay in Jordan. Some time will be
spent in London a t the beginning and at the end of the
interim,
Counts toward religion major.
Fulfills distribution requiremenl (religion).
Prerequisite: One religion course
w;lrki,ll:
,,,,,
Religion IId: Christian Rome to 1600 A.D.
Cost: $925.00
Harlan Foss, Vernon Faillettaz, SI. Olaf
A study designed to makeChristian history comealive
through an exploration of Christian Rome a s an example of
Western Christian history in microcosm. Readings and lectures will be carefully integrated with direct exposure to sites,
monuments, art and artifacts related to the development of
the Church in Rome. Beginning with the pagan city, the
seminar will cover its transformation into a Christian center
and its continued importance throughout the Middle Ages.
Resources include the Vatican Museum, Catacombs, Basilicae of S t . Peter and Pasl, papal tombs, etc. Brief visits will
be made t o Florence, Assisi, Subiaco, Pompeii, Pisa.
Counts toward rel~gionmajor.
Fulfills general requirement.
Prerequisite: Level I religion and interest in Christian history
Enrollment: 35
Spanish IIId: Spanish Language, Culture
Cost: $925.00
and Theater in Madrid
L~~~ N
~st.olaf~
~
~
~
Aimed at improving spoken Spanish, widening cultural exand becoming acquainted with the Spanish theater.
) perience,
,
Based in Madrid with study trips to Avila, Toledo, the Valley
of the Fallen, El Escorial, and Segovia. Activities include Lutoring three times a week by Spanish students from the University of Madrid, frequent visits to the Prado and other museums. attendance a t theater performances integrated with
analysis and discussion. The group will also attend concerts
of the Madrid Symphony, film showings and other cultural
functions, as well as Protestant and Catholic church services.
Students will keep a journal in Spanish.
Counts towardSpanish major.
Fulrills distribution requirement (Area A).
Prerequisile: Spanish 51 with minimum grade or 0-.
Grading: Pass/No Credit only.
Enrollment: 15
~
,
.,
,,,
~
~
~
l
~
~
~
~
,
,
rograms in Mexico
Religion IIf: Proclamation and
Development: Dynamics of Christian Social
Concern in ~ a t i n ~ m e r i c a
Ansgar Sovik, SI. OIaf
Cost: $350.00
plus lransporlalion
'Thc study will focr~son tllc r c l u ~ i o r~U~h r i s ~ i u npruul:ln~alion to poverty, poli~icalupllressiun, nud social injus~iccin
L ~ i l i nAmcricn. and tlrc Clir~ilian'sresvmsibility Iijr \worki ~ r gtuwi~rrlstructures 1Ii:il n ~ a k cpossible :I truly Iluman cxisioncc. Tllc Scti~ilr;~ric)I..ir lllcri~floAugshurgu in M c ~ i c C'II~
u
\vill hull se lllc /r:~rliuiya~irs.M ~ i ~ l h crrl ra 111c sta l'T :i11e1 licr
r1ui1lilil.d leclurv~~s
ivill 51i:irc i n direclilip I hc ~.caditlp,s ~ u r l y
irntl discussion 131' Liilir! Anicr'iciilr "li hcrr~tion t h e t ~ l t ~ g yr "t prcscnlerl by aklc11 w i t c r s a:. Bunirio, Curncri~,Torres. Ciuilierrez, Frierre, Gheddo, Paz and Goulet, and by the "Christians for Socialism" movement i n Latin America. Direct exposure to community development projects through which
the church is seeking t o actualize its social concern will be an
integral part o f the program. Week-end field trips will feature areas o f cultural and religious interest, such as the pyramids o f Teotihuacan, the colorful Aztec market town o f Tepoztlan, the magnificent archaeological remains at Oaxaca,
the crafts city o f Taxco, etc.
Counts toward religion major.
Fulfills general requirement.
Prerequisite: Freshman religion
Enrollment: 12
Spanish IIa: Intensive Intermediate Spanish
Cost: $450.00
in Cuernavaca, Mexico
plus lransporlalion
Staff of Cuernavaca Language School
ln~cnsivcs ~ u d yofihcSpnnish Innguzge i11 ~ l i cn u w c scrting witli rintivc-spciikinp tnsl~~uciors,
a l thc C u c r ~ ~ u v1.a11.
~ci~
guage Scl~oolin Cucrnarrncu. Mcxicu. Slrong uniphasi?; on
I hc dcvclol)n~criktr l' f i ~ n c i i o ~ l :Iiinguugc
il
skills [I; thc upper.
intcrntcdiate lcvcl. Tlic rcl:~iionshipcrl' 1:inpuagc tu cull url: is
also Irv;~tcd. 0cc:lr;iunal {rips l o illrllorla~ilculiucal anrl ;iruti;lcnlogiu:il silts. A "wurking" lanpuagv coursc III i ~ r cxciii
i ~ :{lid
~ g~ i ~ lI uol rsctt ing.
Counts as equivalent of Spanish 32
Prerequisite: Successful completion or Spanish 31 or equivalent.
Grading: Pass/No Credit only
Spanish IIIa: Intensive Advanced Spanish in
Cost: $450.00
Cuernavaca, Mexico
plus fransporlalion
Staff of Cuernavaca Language School
Inlcnsivc study r ~ lhc
f S p ~ ~ n i slung~~:igc
h
at (1icuilv;inccd
lcvcl i n a n i ~ f i v csclttng with t i : ~ livc-~pcakitlxinstruclr~rsor
llic Cucrnrivac~~
l.ungu:tgc S c h u r ~ il n C'ucrnavac:!, Mcxicn.
S ~ I ' ~ I Icrtiph:lsis I)TI l l i c rlevelu men1 and perttcting ol' langDilgc s t i l l s ;il t l ~ :~dvanccd
e
lcvcr Trips lr, irnpor~antcullur:~l
a n d r~rchacologicnlsites. Emphasis on dilycrinp c u t ~ u r avall
ues i n the Spanish Inngkragc ilrctl.
Counts toward Spanish major.
Prerequisite: S anish 51
Grading: ~ a s s f ~Credil
o
only
Program in Taiwan
Speech Communication IIm: Intercultural
Communication and the Quest for
Global Justice
Cost: $495.00
includes rransporlation
Joel Mugge, Augsburg
Religion IIe: Folk Religion in Taiwan
Cost: $995.00
round trip transporta/ionJron~ West Coast
Merle Metcalf, St. Olaf
The function o f folk religion i n Chinese society. Special
Uiiwd ill M c x i w ~City. O i i x l ~ c ::~IIII
~ :i Uenediu t iric tnuiiasattention t o the primacy o f integrative values and system
icry tllc "ill:lgcr,f~hua~cllccrlcur t-~,urna\m;lca, ~~~~~l
lo
Mcvicir will hc hg bus
lrllin, Mrxjvc>
Irl.ovi<ics scl[illg
maintenance i n thecommunitiesvisited. Accommodation in
whcru Inany ~ ~ r , l i ~ i c sociri]
iil.
lint1 rrligiuus r:~ll,r.h :ir.tr r ~ ~ r ~ l l temples, hostels, churches, etc. This is an extensive down island interim t o study H a k k a and Aborigine variations o f
dirfcrefll f'rcjm tlur orvn, -Ttle cu\lrsc ("ill cxpl(lrc w;lys ill
and .illilF the cclnjfolk religion. There will be one extensive "backpack" across
w l ~ i c ll~cvr.
l ~ ;Isprcls or cllliurrinflllenur
the central range o f mountains, and several shorter field
~uuriicuiirlnprncess. btith vcrhirl ;~nrlnonvcrhill. ;in4 llo,\ rllc
barriers that block effective communication can be broken
trips. During this interim w e w i l l live out o f a backpack and
cx:lnlilll. the plllilical
ccoll.
eat from local shops with the local folk. W e will spend time
(loivn, ' f l ~ ecourse ,,,ill
at the Ocean i n
villages o f Pei Kang, and L u Kang, the
i r i c ~ ~ l i :ind
t y ~ I I ~ U S ~ ~illL T
n ~ l l i crealities which contribtita
centers o f M a T Z Uworship. The last four days will be i n Taiwull a s llowthe r1rcss;lgc o f ,he churc],
I_:ati,, ,jlrlerica.
pei visiting Confucian, Buddhist and Taoist shrines, and the
SwYkS thCSCle;LljljL'S,
Elnr)h;isis Will
lIC
Llrl tllC C[1risLiiltlB3
National Palace Museum.
~~cspo~isihililirs
fur n o r king iua;lrd SlrtrctIIrcs kh;ii 111akt ;I
Counts loward religion major.
jusl Ciloh;~lSuciciy pclssiblc, 1-v:!rning will lrc h c i l i l s l c d hy
Fulrills general requirement.
ciircul coll1:et wit11 suvcr:il d i m c n s i ~ ~ nul's Mvxicun lil'c - Ilrreligion
ban mon:lrt ic u u n i n ~ u ~ ~ i ~
t yn, d111~'residents oI' 11 srr~:lllrillage - as well i l k by scvcrtil rcsr)urue people who i ~ r c d i r c u i l y
involved i n I hc struggle Tor justice. A pre-inkrim \vorksholr,
several p;iperlri~ck tehts. iln ex~rnsivedaily jot1rn31. :~n(la
final paper w i l l all hc rciluirerl.
Counts toward major.
Fulfills distribution requirement.
Grading: Pass/No Credit only
Enrollmenl: 15
~ ~ ~ # , $ $,Fhman
:
Program in Hawaii
Asian Studies IIa: Hawaiian
Intercultural Relations
Myron Solid, SI. OIaJ
Cost: $975.00
A study o f the inlerrelation o f cultures - Asian, Polynesian, and American - which have come t o interact with each
other i n Hawaii. Participants will be assumed t o have basic
familiarity with the American component and the course will
therefore concentrate on Asian and Polynesian traditions as
shown in social customs, religion, and the arts, and on the
consequences o f their interaction with the American tradition i n the filiieth state. T w o weeks i n Honolulu and at the
University o f Hawaii and East-West Center will be followed
by study at Brigham Young University Hawaii Campus at
Laie and the Polynesian Culture Center. The course will
conclude 011thc isl:rnd ol' I-I:~w:~ii.I'nil~hasiswill be placed
on culture unil inrcrculturnl rcln~iuns. 1-cctures. major
un3 I'iclti cxpcric~iccs,oral reports, and
course p r o j c c ~ lours
,
a journal ;Ire rcquircd. hiirplc oplrortunily for exploration o f
historic silcs, ctllnic and ;trt tiruseums, rcl~giousshrines,
schools, churches--and the beaches. Hawaii itself is a living
laboratory o f intercultural relations.
Counts toward Asian sludies major
Grading: Pass/No Credit only
Enrollment: 25
Show less
-
-
Title
-
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1977-1978
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions
which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy
was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to
change without notice.
Each student is responsible ...
Show more
This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions
which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy
was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to
change without notice.
Each student is responsible to know the rules, regulations, requirements, and
academic policies contained in this publication. I f doubt should arise with regard to
any matter published herein, the student is responsible to consult with a faculty
adviser or the dean of the college.
Table of Contents
PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE
PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP
PAGE 12, ACADEMIC LlFE
PAGE 18, STUDENT LlFE
PAGE 22, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
PAGE 24, FINANCIAL AID
PAGE 25, EXPENSES
PAGE 27, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 31, GENERAL INFORMATION
PAGE 32, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS
PAGE 89, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 90, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES
PAGE 97, PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 98, INDEX
Glossary of Terms
This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a
student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have
about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at
the College.
Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hope the following brief definitions
will be helpful.
ACADEMIC . . . . .
. . . . . . . The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize
school and college.
COURSE. . . . . .
. . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as
"Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses
are taken each semester at Augsburg and one is studied during the
interim in January.
. .
MAJOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 1 8
de~artments.
. . . . . , . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major.
. . . . . . . . . . A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student
MINOR . . . . .
ELECTIVE..
.
from any college department as his or her interests dictate.
FEE. .
Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory
equipment or locker rental.
LOAN
. . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See
"Financial Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP. . . .
. . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school
performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result
of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts
and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial
need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria
are used for Grants-In-Aid.
SEMESTER.
,
. . . . . . . . . . The College operates on a 4-1- 4 calendar. Each semester is 1 5 weeks
in length and the interim is 4 weeks.
PREREQUISITE . . . . . . . . A course which a student is required to complete before another one
may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or
another department.
Introduction
Few liberal arts colleges cgmbine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center
with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special
Christian colleges which can offer you both.
The small college atmosphere enables you to
be a participant or a spectator at a variety of
events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts,
films, and lectures are regularly available to you
on campus. Through the intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs you may choose participation in athletics.
Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been
established by the Student Government to
oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life
on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose
and goal is neither self-serving nor selfsustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of
Christ on the Augsburg campus.
You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg.
You design your own learning experience.
While distributional and major requirements act
as guidelines, there is latitude to design a
portion of your own education.
At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental
as well as the individual are central. The
college follows the calendar known as the "41-4."
In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole
range of human knowledge. The liberal arts
education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of
fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration
is necessary in your chosen field. You may
choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of
career possibilities.
Augsburg is in the center of the Twln Cities of
Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan
setting, a rich kaleidoscope d resources and
activities are available to enrich your educafion,
if you choose. You may select an evening at
the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop,
or at any of the many galleries or cofee
houses. You might spend an afternoon touring
the Minneapolis Institute of Arts. You may
choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra
or one by the many professional touring groups
that appear in the Twin Cities. There are
numerous opportunities for individual and team
sports. Professional sports are also available the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, the
Fighting Saints, and the Kicks.
Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive
combination: a strong academic program, a
capable and dedicated staff, an eager student
body and a remarkable location.
The College
Identification
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college
affiliated with the American Lutheran Church
(ALC). Founded more than 1 0 0 years ago,
Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1 9 6 9 and
is in its second century of Christian higher
education.
The current student body of over 1 7 0 0 is
largely of Lutheran background though many
denominations are represented on campus.
About 65% are resident students, while others
commute daily from the surrounding
metropolitan area.
Location
You and your education will have the option of
benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin
Cities. Excellent art collections are available to
you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the
Walker Art Center, and many other galleries.
The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities
for the enjoyment of music of many types. The
Twin Cities also appear regularly on the
itineraries of major performing artists.
A variety of dramatic and musical presentations
is provided by several theaters in the area such
as the nationally known Guthrie Theater,
Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log Theater, the
St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the
Chanhassen Dinner Theater.
Recreational activities abound. You can play
tennis at parks near the campus or swlm in one
of the many area lakes. In the winter you may
join other students on skiing trips. Professional
sports are available the year around.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major
airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St.
Paul International Airport, including United,
Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North
Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train
connections can be made from all areas of the
United States.
The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east
of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 9 4
which forms the southern border of the
campus. (Directions are given in the map
section of this catalog.)
History
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by
Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis
replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's
home in 1 8 7 2 . The first college students were
enrolled in 1 8 7 4 and the first college
graduation was held in 1 8 7 9 .
The school was officially named Augsburg
College in 1 9 6 3 when its former sponsor, the
Lutheran Free Church, merged with the
American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary
joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St.
Paul that same year.
Nature and Objectives
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of
the American Lutheran Church. It is committed
to an open, honest, competent inquiry into the
sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of
the Christian faith.
Augsburg emphasizes the following primary
objectives:
To expose students to a wide variety of
ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to
become proficient in one area or major
to help students understand the Christian
faith in relation to the contemporary world
to develop students' love of learning and
their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity
and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence
to increase students' understanding o f the
urban environment and culture, and to
enable them to gain the skills needed to
respond creatively to the problems and
potentialities of the modern city
to encourage students to ascertain their
interests and abilities, and to aid them in
discovering the occupational opportunities
which exist for them
to assist students in their intellectual,
emotional, and spiritual growth; to
encourage them to develop attitudes and
qualities o f character compatible with the
Christian faith.
The Campus
I
1
Augsburg's compact campus is located in the
heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of the 1 5 5 parks in the "City
of Lakes." The College currently has 1 5 major
buildings with a number of cottage housing
units that are very popular with the students.
The University of Minnesota and two of the
city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's,
are adjacent to the campus.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in the
following associations that set standards by
which excellence is judged:
North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of
Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
Visiting the Campus
The purpose of the campus visit is to permit
students to learn, first-hand, about the College
program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates,
parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity to exchange information vital in the
process of selecting a college and in making
admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly
recommended but are not mandatory.
Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an
interview are asked to write for an appointment
or call the office ( 3 3 2 - 5 18 1 ) . Preferred times
for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet
with a member of the faculty and to attend
classes, Monday through Friday, when school
is in session.
School, church, and other groups are welcome
to visit the College. Arrangements may be
made by writing the Office of Admissions,
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota
55454.
Library
Science Hall
Old Main
Mortensen Tower
Urness Tower
College Center
The Quadrangle
Memorial Hall
Art Studio and Art Annex
Music Hall
Si Melby Hall
Augsburg College Ice Arena
Little Theatre (Speech and Drama)
East Hall
Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center
Olivet Hall (not shown; located south
of the campus on Franklin Avenue)
Admissions Parking
Student Parking
Murphy Square
Faculty-Staff Parking
Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp
Offices
Admissions ( 6 2 8 2 1st Ave. S.)
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor)
Augsburgian (College Center ground floor)
Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor)
Bookstore (College Center 1st floor)
Business Affairs (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1 st floor)
Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor)
C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor)
--=
--Data Processing (Science 32)
Dean of the College (Science 135)
Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
ECHO (College Center ground floor)
Financial Services (Science 156)
Housing (Memorial 1st floor)
Interim Director (Science 135)
Internship Office (Science 135)
Little Theatre (Speech Building)
News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor)
Personnel Office (Science 139)
Plant Services (Science 156)
President's Office (Memorial 1st floor)
Printing and Mailing (Science 9)
Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor)
Publications (Memorial 2nd floor)
Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Registrar (Science 1 14)
S.O.S. (College Center Office)
Special Programs (Science 135)
Student Government (College Center Office)
Student Programs (College Center Office)
Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor)
Summer School Office (Science 135)
Treasurer's Office (Science 147)
DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east
from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21 st
Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.)
If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the
Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at
21 st Avenue South.
Academic Life
Augsburg is a modern well-equipped
college which aims to provide its students with a broad liberal arts education as
well as prepare them for a career. A strong
academic program in the arts and sciences and
in theology is available. Pre-professional
preparation for such fields as engineering,
medicine, law and the Christian ministry is
offered. The College prepares students for
graduate study in several disciplines.
Preparation for careers in business,
communications, medical technology, music,
nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and
teaching is available.
Augsburg seeks to assist its students through
their academic experience to better understand
themselves and the world and to equip them to
serve according to their individual interests and
abilities.
The 4- 1 -4 Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1.-4 calendar. Two 1 5 week semesters are separated by a 4-week
interim in January. During each semester the
student generally enrolls in four courses; during
the interim concentration is on one subject.
The interim period is an especially exciting
time. The whole world becomes an arena of
learning. Creative energies and individual
interests determine the course of study.
Innovation and experimentation are encouraged
in this change from the general academic
schedule. Interest in music may take form in
the study and presentation of a concert
program. Interest in people may find form in the
study and participation in activities of a social
agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies
provide opportunities for those interested in
communications. Whether your interests are
sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the
opportunity to experience and experiment while
learning.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a
personal interest in their students. The studentfaculty ratio is approximately 1 7 . 8 to 1 , with
class size averaging 2 5 or less.
Augsburg faculty members serve as academic
advisers and are available for help on individual
problems. They often join students in
discussing the political climate, comparing
notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the
latest Viking victory while having coffee.
General Education Requirements
Distribution requirements for graduation are
minimal, affording the student considerable
freedom in the choice of courses. A student
seeking a liberal arts education would probably
choose many of them even if they were not
required.
In the humanities division, students select
courses in literature, philosophy, art, music,
speech, drama, and religion. Science courses
may be chosen from biology, chemistry,
mathematics, physics, or psychology. Courses
in economics, history, political science,
sociology, and foreign languages or literature
are available. Proficiency in English writing
must be demonstrated. One course from an
approved list of courses containing an
emphasis on metropolitan concerns is required
as well as physical education activities. (For
details, see "Academic Administration"
section.)
Majors
Augsburg offers the following majors:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
East Asian Studies
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
Engineering
English
French
German
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Pre-Engineering at Augsburg
Recommended Programs for students in Dual
Degree Programs of Liberal Arts and
Engineering at Augsburg College.
Any Augsburg academic major that meets the
recommendations listed below would be eligible
to participate in the Engineering program at
Michigan Technical University or Washington
University in St. Louis: 3 years at Augsburg,
and two years at either university. The majors
that would most typically meet the
recommendations would be physics, chemistry,
and mathematics.
Natural Science
Nursing
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
Social Science
Social Work
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
Other majors such as linguistics and library
science are available through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) student
exchange program. The Office of the Registrar
should be consulted for further information.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who plan to enter the fields of law,
medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and
engineering, can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg. It is suggested that
requirements for admission to graduate schools
or seminaries be reviewed and then the course
of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the
natural and social sciences, in the humanities,
and in religion and philosophy which will
provide the necessary preparation for future
professional study.
First Year
English 11 1
Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2
Math 1 2 4 , 1 2 5
Religion 11 1
Electives in English or Social Science
Phy. Ed. 102, 1 0 3
Second Year
Economics 1 2 2
Math 2 2 4 , 226
Chem 1 1 5 , 1 1 6
Physics 245
Foreign Language
Religion
Electives in Humanities or Social Science
Third Year
Advanced Math or Science
Political Science 121
Electives to meet distribution requirements and
to make a total of 2 6 courses
Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg
1 1 1,
English - 2 courses; General Biology
11 2; Physics - 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 (complete basic
course required) Principles of Chemistry 1 1 5, 1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) Organic Chemistry 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Mathematics - 1 2 4 ; Psychology 1 course
Some variation from these recommendations
can be accommodated since not all courses
listed above are required in every Engineering
curriculum and some may be transferred as
free electives in some curricula. Questions may
be answered by the Dual Degree Coordinator at
Augsburg College (Dr. Earl Alton) or by direct
communications with the head of the
appropriate department at either Michigan
Technological University or Washington
University in St. Louis.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty advisor early in the freshman year.
*Requirements have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the School of
Dentistry at the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Law at Augsburg
Students planning to pursue a career in law
should consult the handbook published by The
Association of American Law Schools. Early
consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr Miles
Stenshoel, is strongly suggested. Students may
-
wish to take the Political Science course, Law
in the United States, to help determine whether
they possess an interest in law. Since law
schools encourage students to maintain a high
grade point average, the pre-law student should
be aware that many graduate schools consider
the grade PIN given for a course as a "C". This
information may help students in planning their
class schedules.
Pre-Medicine at Augsburg
General Biology 1 11 , 11 2 ; Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; English
and Literature 11 1 and another, 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ;
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 ; Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ;
Biochemistry 3 6 7 ; Sociology and Behavioral
Sciences and Humanities - 5 courses.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the Medical School of
the University of Minnesota. Requirements at
other universities may vary.
Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg
Biology 11 1 , 11 2 ; Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 , 3 5 1 ,
3 5 2 ; Economics 1 2 2 and a second course;
English 1 1 1 and a second course (English
21 9, Speech 1 1 1 or Speech 3 5 4 are
acceptable second courses, Students
exempted from the freshman English
requirement may elect higher level English
courses or general electives).
Health Ed. 11 0
Math 11 4 (students who have a math
proficiency beyond college algebra may elect
to take calculus or general electives).
Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ( 2 courses)
Elective - to fulfill the 6 0 credit semester hour
requirements courses should be chosen so as
to fulfill the distribution requirements in
humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer
to the bulletins published by the College of
Pharmacy of your choice.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of
Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary at Augsburg
One may enter a theological seminary with any
of several different majors, e.g.. history,
philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or
religion. The student planning to enter seminary
should include Religion 11 I , 221 among the
courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum
should include at least two semesters of history
(Western Civilization) and one or more courses
in the history of philosophy. It should also
include Greek in the junior andlor senior year.
Pre-Veterinary at Augsburg
Freshman English1Communications 2 courses;
Mathematics 1 2 4 ; Public Speaking 1 course;
Chemistry (must include laboratory): General
11 5 , 11 6 or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ; Analytic 3 5 3 ; Organic
3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Biology 11 1 , 11 2 , Physics 1 2 1 ,
1 2 2 ; Economics - 1 course of introductory
level; Other - anthropology, economics,
geography, history and political science,
psychology, social science and sociology
courses can usually be used to fulfill the
remainder of the distribution requirements.
Artistic expression - 2 courses (art, literature,
music, humanities, theater and upper division
foreign languages).
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill
the minimum requirements of the college
of Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities
may vary.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and
institutions in the Twin Cities area on several
programs.
LIBRARY AND MEDIA CENTER
Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private
colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the
statewide library network, the Augsburg
community has access to over 5 , 0 0 0 , 0 0 0
volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of educational materials including
approximately 1 5 0 , 0 0 0 books, periodicals,
records, tapes, scores and films. The library is
open seven days a week, and the Audio-Visual
Center includes audio and television studios,
and provides film rental and related services.
ASSOCIATED COLLEGES OF THE TWIN CITIES.
Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul
colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine
and St. Thomas may elect a course each
semester at another campus. No additional fee
is required for such an exchange, except for
private instruction in music and some
independent studies. See under "Independent
Study" for further details. Students may elect
to participate in the cooperative program to
gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted
with the other schools, or to undertake a
specific course or major not offered on the
home campus. The colleges have coordinated
calendars. [he interim term may also be taken
on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus
shuttles students free between the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other
colleges in planning study opportunities for the
January interim. For example, Augsburg and St.
Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study
opportunities for the interim. Since the interim
program is new each year, the Interim Director
should be consulted regarding planned
programs.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM.
This group is composed of colleges and
universities in Minnesota, Iowa, and South
Dakota. Planned activities include innovative
curricular programs for s t ~ ~ d e n t interchange
s,
and sharing of academic personnel and other
college resources, cooperative research
projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a
metro-urban affairs conference, and
development of programs consistent with the
needs and resources of the community
organizations of the Upper Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A
cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Metropolitan Community College in
downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the
establishment of a four-year program in
sociology or psychology with a chemical
dependency specialty. The program is
designed to train specialists to help
professional people in dealing with chemical
dependency problems. Courses are taken both
on the Augsburg and the Metropolitan
camwses.
CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES
(CHR). These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates,
mental hospital patients, guards, and students
at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at
such places as the Shakopee Institution for
Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of
Robbinsdale (a center for the severely
physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg
campus. The classes offered through several
departments give students first-hand views of
the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation
centers. The response of students involved in
the courses, both from Augsburg and the
institutions, has been extremely favorable.
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and
Control Data Institute have an arrangement
whereby students may transfer the equivalent
of three courses in computer programming
taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOL OF NURSING.
Nursing students in the school of nursing at
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive
instruction in biology, chemistry, and other
basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for
admission to the school of nursing should be
made directly to the hospital.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with
Hennepin County General, Metropolitan
Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals,
Augsburg offers work which enables qualified
students to receive a college degree with a
major in Medical Technology. The first three
years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a
final twelve-month program is completed at one
of the three hospitals when the student is
accepted by the participating hospital for its
program. Augsburg College does not guarantee
acceptance by the hospitals.
ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan
Technological University in Houghton,
Michigan, enables a student to receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering baccalaureate degree from
Washington University or Michigan
Technological University, in a five-year
program. The first three years are spent at
Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated
university.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in
Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation
with the Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State
Hospital, is available to students who complete
a major in physical education with specialization
in Corrective Therapy.
Admission to the intercollegiate programs
requires an application to be approved by the
Director of Physical Education. Application
should be made during the spring semester of
the sophomore year. Candidates are required
to have a 2.5 grade-point average in work
completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point
average over-all. All candidates should, as soon
as possible, consult with the Director of
Physical Education regarding proper sequence
of courses.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of international experience are
available to Augsburg students. Some of them
are briefly described below. For application
procedures and further information, request the
special brochure on lnternational Study at
Augsburg from the Director of lnternational
Programs.
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the
SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the
University of Minnesota and several colleges in
the state. Each year three or four countries are
selected, and qualified students are granted
partial scholarships to enable them to spend a
summer in informal study in one of the
countries chosen. Applications to the program
are made in the spring of the freshman or
sophomore year. The SPAN program consists
of three stages: language study and group
meetings during the school year before
departure, independent study abroad on a topic
of one's choice auring the following summer,
and the writing of a paper upon return.
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which
Augsburg students may spend their sophomore
or junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. These institutions are
the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College
in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House
College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto
Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico;
the Institute for American Universities at Aix-enProvence and Avignon in France; The Goethe
Institute in Germany; The University of
Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville,
Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec.
In addition, through the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg
students may take part in the Scandinavian
Urban Studies Term and through the
Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg
students are offered study programs in
Columbia, Denmark, England, France, Germany,
Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy,
Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and
Yugoslavia. This type of study must be
approved before departure by the Director of
lnternational Programs, one's faculty adviser,
and the Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing. Credit earned through foreign study
may be applied to the student's graduation
requirements as electives, as elements of the
major sequence, or to satisfy some of the
general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide
variety of possibilities for those who wish to
spend a summer studying abroad. Recently
Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece,
Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director
of lnternational Programs.
INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is
planned for each year. See listings under the
Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure
on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the
following January.
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg College is
undergoing re-evaluation. Students wishing to
pursue an honors program should address
inquiries to the Office of the Academic Dean.
lnternship Program
The Internship Program is a college-wide
program. It provides students in almost all fields
of study an opportunity to gain practical on-thejob experience that can be related to their
academic program or personal interests.
Internships are available with a variety of
companies, agencies and community
organizations.
Degrees
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
Bachelor of Science degree. The degree
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in
Music may select the program for either the
Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music
degree. Graduates with majors in other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Student Life
Your experiences in the classroom are major
influences in your college life. They need
supplementing, however, by other activities and
opportunities. Whether as a resident student or
commuter, you'll find that the climate for
learning and living at Augsburg can add
dimension to your education.
golf. Augsburg is also a member of the
Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic
Association (MWIAA) and the Association for
lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The
women annually compete in volleyball,
gymnastics, basketball, badminton, golf and
tennis.
Social and Cultural
Throughout the year, a variety of social and
cultural activities takes place on campus as
well as in the Twin Cities. These activities
include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various
fields.
The College Center is the focus of leisure-time
activity on campus. Offices for the College
newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level.
Many of the clubs that unite classroom or nonclassroom related interests meet in the Center.
There are several opportunities for participation
in music and drama. In addition to campus and
local performances, the Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String
Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble,
and several student-organized groups such as
the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off
campus. Several plays are given on campus
each year under the direction of the theater
arts department.
Recreation
Every student is urged to participate in some
activity for his or her own recreation and
relaxation. An intramural program provides
competition in a variety of team sports as well
as individual performance activities. Climaxing
the intramural program is the Extramural Meet,
a tournament for intramural winners at various
colleges.
lntercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a
member of the National Association of
lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College
annually competes in ten sports, including
football, soccer, cross country, basketball,
hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and
Religious Life
An important part of daily life at Augsburg is
religious activity. The Religious Life
Commission, chaired by a student and
composed of students and faculty, sees its
major responsibility in relation to worship,
devotional life, and the stimulation of faith
through discussion and service. Chapel
services are held three times a week and are
both experimental and traditional in character
Students, faculty and staff attend voluntarily.
Student Services
The staff of the Center for Student
Development is available for personal, career,
and academic counseling and consultation on
questions of academic procedure, student
activities, and residence living.
Reading and study skills assistance and tutoring are provided by the Center for Student
Development staff.
All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as
academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on
the basis of academic interests and students
are encouraged to establish close working
relationships with their adviser. Secondary
Education students may desire a second
adviser: one in the major and one in the area of
education. Freshmen also have an upperclass
adviser.
Career Planning and Placement services are
available to all students, and a Minority
Coordinator provides special support services
and programs for minority students on campus.
The office of Student Financial Services
provides assistance with financial problems. A
special Foreign Student Adviser works with
students from other countries.
New Dimensions Program
The New Dimensions Program is for adults who
have not attended or who have not graduated
from college. The program provides admissions
counseling, career guidance and planning, a
simplified time-saving registration procedure,
on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and,
for those who desire it, a special course to
ease the transition to academic life.
The transitional course, "The Adult Student:
Issues and Challenges," is offered several
times a year. It includes self-assessment,
testing, counseling, training and practice in
study skills, career exploration, and discussion
of personal and family problems arising from
the return to school. The course enables
returning adults to get to know each other
through sharing experiences, problems, hopes
and aspirations.
For further information, contact the New
Dimensions Office at Augsburg.
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's
ability to respond to the learning environment
depends, in part, upon his or her living
conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is
provided. The residence hall program is
designed to promote student growth through
relationships with other students and being an
active participant in group decision making.
Each residence unit has one or more Resident
Assistants who are able to facilitate the
process of group living as well as discuss
personal concerns with individual students.
All new freshmen and some upperclassmen live
in Urness Tower. This eleven-story high-rise
houses 3 2 4 . Each floor is considered a
house unit providing 3 6 students, two to a
room, with their own lounge, study, and utility
areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall,
is an alternative to traditional residence hall
living. It contains 1 0 4 one- and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 31 2 upperclass
students.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about
6 0 upperclass men and women. Memorial's
special advantage is that it is large enough to
meet new people, but small enough to retain a
friendly, close atmosphere.
Another alternative option is Annex Housing
which provides a unique opportunity to try
group living. Groups of upperclass men or
women share living space, house
responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are
located in the campus area.
Married student housing is available in annex
housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall. All
freshmen and sophomores not living at home
are required to live in college-operated
housing.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned,
and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise
unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses,
rooms are furnished except for bed linen,
towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry
facilities are available in each residence.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the
fall term for the entire school year. New
students receive room assignments during the
summer before they enroll at Augsburg.
Upperclass students make housing
arrangements in the spring. All resident
students must sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to
make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to
secure housing. Students who deposit after
June 1 will be provided housing only if space is
available.
All students living on campus are required to
pay a $ 5 0 advanced payment when they sign
the housing contract. The fee is credited to the
students' account when they move into the
residence.
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor of the
College Center, is the main food service
facility. This pleasant room features small table
units for easy conversation and overlooks the
College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The
portions are generous and modestly priced.
Students on board plan living in residence halls
eat their meals in the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of
the Center, features short orders and is open
through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan
options for those living in College houses or
nearby apartments.
students' rights, and provides the means for
discussions and action on all issues pertaining
to student life at Augsburg. Student
government is organized into three branches:
the executive branch, the legislative branch,
and the judicial branch.
Student Government
The Buckley Amendment
Student government is the vehicle through
which students can secure a closer relationship
and better understanding with the
administration and faculty, and provide better
input into the decision making process at
Augsburg. Student government also sponsors
and directs student activities, protects
Students have the right to inspect all official
records, files, and data which pertain to them
and which are maintained in the office of the
registrar and the placement office, and to
challenge inaccurate or misleading information.
Challenges may be made to the judicial council
for a hearing.
Admission to the College
Applying for admission to Augsburg College is
a simple procedure. Each application is
reviewed by the Admissions Office and
students are accepted on the basis of high
school performance, promise of success in
college as shown by college entrance
examination scores, other motivational factors,
and personal recommendations.
It is the policy of Augsburg College to afford to
all persons equal opportunity to benefit from its
educational programs, student personnel
services, financial aid, housing, student
employment and other services without regard
to race, color, religion, sex or ethnic
background.
A visit to the campus is highly recommended:
admissions counselors are available to help
you, answer your questions, and arrange for
you to see the campus.
information will be mailed to the student during
the summer.
Transfer
Students are accepted by transfer from other
colleges and universities on the basis of their
academic record. College credit is granted for
liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at
accredited institutions. The College reserves
the right not to grant credit for courses where it
considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant
provisional credit for work taken at
unaccredited institutions. The grade average for
araduation is based on work taken at
Augsburg, but to determine graduation with
distinction, all grades are averaged. Transfer
students with the A.A. degree are considered
as having met all general education
requirements at Augsburg except for two
courses in religious studies.
The Application Process
1 . From the Admissions Office secure an
official application for admission, complete it.
2. Hand the completed application to your high
school counselor, along with the $1 0 . 0 0
application fee, and ask that these be sent with
your official high school transcript to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21 st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 5 5 4 5 4
3 . Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or
PSAT. The College recommends that
candidates sit for the examination as early as
possible during the senior year. Your high
school counselor can tell you when these tests
are scheduled in your area.
4. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the
student notified. A non-refundable $50.00
tuition deposit is required by April 1 after
acceptance has been made andlor financial aid
(if applied for) has been awarded.
5 . After the deposit has been made, the
student must complete a medical history form,
which will be sent by the College.
6. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus, and matriculation
The Transfer Process
1 . From the Admissions Office, secure and
complete, an official application for admission.
This should be sent to the Admissions Office
with a $1 0 . 0 0 application fee.
2. Request official transcripts from all colleges
or universities attended to be sent directly to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21 st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 5 5 4 5 4
3 . Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the
student notified. A non-refundable $50.00
tuition deposit is requested within one month
after acceptance has been made andlor
financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded.
4. After a deposit has been made, the student
will be requested to complete a medical history
form, which will be sent by the College.
5. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus and matriculation
information will be mailed during the summer.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program is offered for
students who select Augsburg as their first
college choice and who will accept an offer of
admission if it is extended. An Early Decision
candidate must apply by November 1 5 of the
senior year and will receive the admission
decision about December 1 . After notification
of admission and adequate financial aid, if
needed, has been provided, the student is
encouraged to withdraw applications made to
other colleges. The admissions decision is
based upon the academic record through the
junior year, test scores, and recommendations.
A $50.00 tuition deposit which is nonrefundable is required by January 1 .
Early Admission
An Early Admission Program is offered for a
few high school juniors. To apply for Early
Admission, a student must have a high
academic record and test scores,
recommendation from the high school, and the
maturity to cope with a college course after the
junior year in high school. Also, it is
recommended that the student complete the
requirements for a high school diploma during
the summer or during the first year of college.
A student applying for Early Admission can take
the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or
March of the junior year.
Project Ahead
A cooperative program between Augsburg
College and the United States Army makes
provision for an individualized plan of education.
A prospective student who qualifies for tHe
program may choose Augsburg as a home
school and carry on a pre-planned course of
study at other colleges while in the Army. An
adviser at Augsburg assists the student in the
selection of courses which will transfer and
apply toward graduation when the student
matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of
$1 00 is charged. This fee will apply toward the
student's tuition, provided he or she
matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg
College within five years from initial registration
with the college in Project Ahead.
The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for
courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment,
when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the
Army provides 36 months of financial
assistance under the G.I. Bill.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement is granted to students
who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high
school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses
beyond the beginning level. Placement may be
determined by tests, or by the level and length
of the study previously completed.
Advanced Standing
College credit is granted to high school
students who have successfully completed a
college level course and who have scored high
on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of
scores received on the College Level
Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the
College Entrance Examination Board. Requests
for detailed information may be addressed to
the Registrar at Augsburg.
Financial Aid
About 80% of all Augsburg students receive
financial assistance from the college through
some form of scholarships, grants, loans,
campus employment, or a combination of
these. ~ s s i s t a n c eis awarded on the basis of
financial need and academic record. Application
for aid is made by completing the Family
Financial Statement (FFS) of the American
College Testing Program. While Augsburg
College prefers the FFS, which is required for
students applying to the Minnesota State
Scholarship and Grant Program, students may
instead submit the Parents Confidential
Statement (PCS) of the College Scholarship
Service to be considered for financial aid.
Upperclass students must also complete the
Augsburg Application for Financial Aid.
For the academic year 1 9 7 5 - 7 6 , approximately
80% of the students at Augsburg received
scholarships or grants totaling $1 , 9 0 4 , 8 8 0
from Augsburg and all other sources. And
federal loans totaling $ 9 3 2 , 5 0 0 .
Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State
Scholarship and Grant Program for which all
Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and
the following federal programs: Supplementary
Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic
Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan
(formerly National Defense Student Loan),
College Work-Study, and Federally Insured
Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus
work opportunities are also available.
Applications for financial aid received by April 1
will be considered first. For further information,
contact the Office of Student Financial Services
at Augsburg College.
Expenses
The costs expressed herein are subject to
change without notice.
TUITION
This full-time rate applies to new freshmen,
transfer or returning students (not on a prior
year guarantee plan) entering the academic
year beginning September, 1 9 7 7 . Students are
considered full-time when they take three or
more courses during the semester terms.
Under the 4-1- 4 calendar, the student must
register for the semester periods.
If the student elects to omit an interim or to
graduate in December, a refund is not
authorized.
A part-time rate of $ 3 9 0 a course is charged
the student taking less than three courses in a
semester or registering for an interim course
only.
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. For part-time students, the charge for
auditing is $1 9 5 a course. Part-time students
who take Lifetime Sports are charged the audit
rate for that course.
- NOT REFUNDABLE
An application fee of $1 0.00 is required from
all new students.
A registration fee for students studying abroad
on approved non-Augsburg programs is
$25.00.
Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology
program at one of the hospitals must register at
Augsburg. The charge will be $230.
Fee for change in registration after the first
three days of classes is $ 2 . 0 0 for each course
cancelled or added. Late registration fee after
classes begin is $ 5 . 0 0 per day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
REFUNDABLE
- See Study Abroad
Adviser,
Music lessons in addition to tuition are $1 1 0 a
semester ( 14 lessons), or $8.00 per lesson
during the interim.
- $2,850.
SPECIAL FEES
Study Abroad
- NOT
Cinema Arts, $20
Practice Studio rental for each semester for
one hour a day: organ, $20.00 ($5.00 an
interim); piano or voice, $ 8 . 0 0 ( $ 2 . 0 0 an
interim).
Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $1 5 . 0 0 a
semester.
OTHER COSTS
Transcript fee; first copy free; additional copy,
$1 . o o .
Locker rental for commuter students: $ 5 . 0 0 or
$7.00.
Arrangements for special examinations are
made in the Registrar's Office, with charges
according to the schedule on file.
Books and supplies are available from the
Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis.
BOARD AND ROOM
Full Board and Room - $ 1 , 4 0 0
Partial Board and Room - $1,310
Meal Coupons and Room (Limited Residences)
- $915
5 Day Lunch Plan - $ 2 8 0
In the event of excessive increases in the cost
of operation, these board rates may be
increased at any time before or during the
contract year.
A full board plan provides 21 meals per week.
The partial board plan provides 1 4 meals per
week in a combination of breakfasts and dinner
or noon lunch and dinners.
Computer Science, $ 3 0 per course
The meal coupons are restricted to apartment
style residences named by the College in the
"Housing and Food Services contract.''
Student Teaching, $ 3 5
A lunch contract is available to non-resident
students and provides five noon lunches per
week.
No student is permitted to register if his or her
account for a preceding term has not been paid
in full.
Linen service is available in residence halls on
a direct contract basis from a local linen supply
company at about $50 per year,
1977-78 Cost Summary
Application Fee - $1 0 . 0 0
Tuition - $2,850.
(Tuition deposit of $50.00 paid on acceptance
to Augsburg and applied to the tuition charges.)
Board and Room - $ 1 , 4 0 0
Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00
(Refunded on termination of studies at
Augsburg)
Deposits
TUITION DEPOSIT - New students, $50.00
(not refundable). Required of students whose
application for admission has been accepted; to
be paid by April 1 , 1977. (Payment is due
January 1 under Early Decision Program). The
payment is applied to the tuition charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All resident
students, $ 5 0 . 0 0 advanced payment. Required
at the time of signing a contract, to reserve a
housing assignment for the term beginning
September, and applied to the room charge.
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT - All
students at registration, $25.00. Refundable
upon graduation, transfer to another institution,
or discontinuing education program at
Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement of estimated charges for the year
will be prepared and forwarded to the student
early in August. Payment of the first half year
billing period is due August 2 0 , and the second
half year is due January 20. Variation from this
schedule must be arranged with the Office of
Student Financial Services prior to August 2 0 .
Refunds
A student cancelling part or all of his
registration and/or being released from his
housing contract will be refunded charges for
tuition and room except for the minimum
deduction of $1 0 0 of fees to cover
administrative costs according to the following
schedule.. .
100% through the first five days of classes
90% from the sixth day through the tenth
day of classes.
80% from the eleventh day through the
fifteenth day of classes.
70% from the sixteenth day through the
twentieth day of classes.
60% from the twenty-first day through the
twenty-fifth day of classes.
50% from the twenty-sixth day to the
middle of the term.
No refund will be made after the middle of the
term.
Should a student to forced to cancel his
registration during the first one-half of the term
due to illness or accident, upon submission of
a report from the attending physician stating the
inability or inadvisability of continued
matriculation, the charges will be reduced by
one-half.
Students required by military law to enter the
service will receive a full refund of tuition and
proportionate refund on room charges.
In all cases board refunds are made on a
proportionate basis.
All refunds of charges will be applied back to
the account of the student and all adjustments
for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. shall be
gathered in the student's account before
eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined.
Academic Administration
Students who enroll at Augsburg College are
encouraged to plan their own course of study
with the help of faculty advisers who are readily
available for consultation and guidance. A wellplanned program of liberal arts studies will
include courses in the humanities, the natural
sciences, and the social sciences.
2. Completion of a major. Requirements for
each major are listed under departmental headings.
3. A grade point average of 2 . 0 in all courses
taken and in courses which apply toward the
major.
Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to
write effectively; they are also expected to be
knowledgeable about urban concerns and have
some understanding of cultures outside the
United States.
4. The last year of study at Augsburg College.
The general recreational activities courses at
Augsburg are designed to acquaint students
with and to equip students for lifetime sports.
6. Satisfactory completion of distribution
requirements as follows (one course may
meet one requirement only):
Courses in religion are intended to assist
students in their reflection on the meaning of
the Christian Church through the study of its
beliefs, its scripture, and its mission.
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in
Music may select the program for either the
Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music
degree. Graduates with majors in other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
MINIMUM GRADUATION
REQUIREMENTS
INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
I . A total of 3 5 courses of which 1 1 must be
upper division (numbered in the 300's and
400's) and not more than 1 3 in one
department, except 1 7 for Bachelor of
Music degree and 1 8 for the Bachelor of
Science in Nursing. A maximum of 4 C.H.R.
courses, 2 courses by independent study or
directed study or a combination of directed and
independent study, 4 courses of internship and
8 courses with a grade of P (two in the major
[except Elementary Education] and one in the
minor if approved by the department chairman)
may apply toward the 3 5 total courses
required.
5 , Three interim courses. For transfer students,
the number of interim courses is one less
than the number of years at Augsburg.
a. A course in writing (English Ill) or
certification of demonstrated proficiency
by the Department of English. Exemption
tests are administered during the summer
and fall orientation periods.
b. A course from at least two of the following four groups; art or music; literature
(from the Department of English);
philosophy; speech or drama.
c . A course from at least two of the following departments: biology, chemistry,
mathematics, physics, psychology.
d. A course from one or two of the following
departments (two different departments):
economics, history, political science,
sociology; and one or two courses from
the Department of Foreign Languages to
make a total of three courses in these
five departments.
e. Three courses in religious studies of
which not more than one may be an
interim course. For transfer students, the
number required is one for each year of
study (or equivalent) at Augsburg.
f. A course relating to urban concerns.
g. Three recreational activities or
demonstrated proficiency in three lifetime
sports. Students with proficiency in one
or two sports may meet this requirement
with one or two additional activities in a
semester.
Divisional Organization
The college curriculum is organized into four
divisions in order to make interdepartmental
coordination more convenient and cooperative
aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each
division is elected for a two-year term.
Registration
Major and minor requirements are indicated in
the departmental statements in the course
listing section.
A normal load is four courses per semester and
one course in the interim. Students registered
for three or four courses in a semester are
classified as full-time students.
A student must be registered for a course in
order to receive credit for it.
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Chairman: Earl R. Alton
Department of
Department of
Department of
Department of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairman: Duane Johnson
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology and Social Work
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Although a student may register up to two
weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to register at the regularly scheduled
time. A fee is charged for late registration. A
fee is also charged for changing registration,
i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first
three days of the semester.
Students are urged not to abandon courses for
which they are registered. Abandoned courses
result in a failing grade. Cancellation of courses
or cancellation from College must be done in
the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from
college and resulting adjustments in accounts
are effective as of the date the completed
Cancel From College form is returned to the
Office of the Registrar.
Students who have completed at least seven
courses with a 2 . 0 average are classified as
sophomores, 1 6 as juniors, and 2 5 as seniors.
Chairman: Einar 0.Johnson
Probation and Dismissal
Department of Education: Elementary
Education, Geography, Library Science,
Secondary Education
Department of Physical Education and Health
Education
Department of Music
Department of Nursing
A student may be placed on scholastic
probation at the end of a term if his
achievement is unsatisfactory.
FRESHMAN,
SOPHOMORE,
HUMANITIES
Chairman: Eugene Skibbe
JUNIOR,
Department of Art
Department of English
Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese,
French, German, Greek, Linguistics,
Norwegian, Spanish
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
Department of Speech, Communications, and
Theater Arts
SENIOR,
below 1 . 6 or 2 zero
grades having taken 6 or
fewer courses
below 1.7 or 3 zero
grades having taken 7 - 15
courses
below 1 . 9 having taken
1 6 - 2 4 courses
below 2.0 having taken
2 5 or more courses
If a student has been on probation two or more
semesters consecutively, he is subject to
dismissal at the end of the following spring
term. A student who has a poor academic
record may be strongly advised to withdraw
before the end of spring term.
Dismissal from the College will not be
automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing.
the PIN grading system. Any changes in choice
of grading system must be made during the
first two weeks of the semester. A fee is
charged after the first three days of classes.
A student who has been on probation for two
terms and withdraws from the College
voluntarily must have special permission to
re-enroll.
Music organizations and performance studies,
Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are
graded PIN.
Grading
An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in
the case of extreme emergency. To receive an
I grade, a student must file a petition with the
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the
plan and date for removing it, and comments
from the instructor of the course. If permission
to receive an I grade is granted, it must be
removed during the following semester. If the
incomplete is not removed during the following
semester, it becomes the grade submitted by
the teacher along with the incomplete.
Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to
0 with definitions as follows:
4 . 0 Achieves highest standards of excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course
standards.
.5
0 . Unacceptable performance (no
credit for the course).
Most courses are also offered on a PassINo
Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2 . 0
or better and N meaning no credit and a grade
of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system
the grade is recorded but not computed in the
grade point average.
A student may count a maximum of eight
courses of P toward graduation. For transfer
students the maximum is an average of two
courses per year. Two courses in the major
(except Elementary Education) and one in the
minor may be on PIN grading system if
approved by the department chairman.
Sociology 3 8 3 , some education courses and
several interim courses are graded only on the
PIN grading system. Students may select
the traditional grading system in other courses.
Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade
option with care since some graduate and
professional schools do not look favorably on a
large number of P-graded courses.
Students must indicate on their registration
card those courses which they wish to take on
A grade of X may be given for an Independent
Study or Directed Study course that is to be
spread over more than one semester. Such a
course must be completed during the second
semester or the grade of X will remain on the
record.
A course in which a grade of 0 , 1 .O, 1.5, N, I,
or X has been received may be repeated for
credit. Only the credits and grades earned the
second time are counted toward graduation and
in the grade point average. Courses in which
higher grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit; they may, however, be
audited.
Students who wish to take courses without
credit or grade may do so by registering for
Audit (V). Such students should confer with the
professor within two weeks of the beginning of
the term to determine expectations, attendance
requirements, etc. If expectations have been
met, the course will be listed on the student's
transcript as having been audited. If
expectations have not been met, the course
will be listed with a grade of W (withdrawn).
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. The charge for part-time students is
listed under Expenses.
Graduation With Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as
follows:
Summa cum laude
Magna cum laude
Cum laude
3.9 - 4.0 grade average
3.6 - 3.89 grade average
3.3 - 3.59 grade average
For transfer students all grades are averaged to
determine graduation with distinction.
A student who registers for independent study
should normally expect to complete it in one
semester but may extend it into the next term
by permission of the instructor. In such cases,
a grade of X is given at the end of the first
term, and the student will register again for the
course in order to receive the final grade.
A maximum of two courses in lndependent
Study and/or Directed Study may count toward
the 3 5 courses required for the degree.
lndependent Study
lndependent study programs are offered by
many departments in the College. These
programs are often available to conscientious
students who can demonstrate sufficient
background and preparation in a given field to
carry out work on an independent basis.
Students interested in registering for
independent study must first secure permission
from the faculty member who will direct the
study as well as from the department involved.
In the Five College Cooperative Program,
students may cross-register for independent
studies only when the major field in which the
independent study is proposed is not available
on their home campus. Requests for
exceptions to this policy should be made
directly to their own academic dean. The
student will be charged for any special costs
attached to independent study by the host
campus.
General Information
Credit by Examination
Students who are interested in earning credit
by examinations should consult with
department chairmen or with the Registrar.
Credit may be earned through the College
Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by
comprehensive examinations.
Classification
Sophomore . .
7 courses . . . 1 4 grade points
Junior. . . . . . . 1 6 courses , . . 3 2 grade points
Senior . . . . . 2 5 courses . . . 5 0 grade points
.
To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses
each of the two semesters and one course
during the interim (for a total of seven courses).
To be considered full time for a semester, a
student must register for at least three courses.
Courses
All courses have equivalent value unless
otherwise indicated. A course has the
approximate value of 4 semester credits. A
total of 3 5 courses is required for graduation.
periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in
addition to laboratories. Each semester is
approximately 1 5 weeks in length.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes in course offerings. Courses
with inadequate registration may be cancelled.
Students should consult the schedule of
classes to determine definitely the current
course offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 3 0 0 are lower
division courses; those numbered 3 0 0 and
above are classified as upper division. In
general, courses numbered in the 1 0 0 ' s are
primarily for freshmen; 2 0 0 ' s for sophomores;
3 0 0 ' s for juniors; and 400's for seniors. The
first number indicates the level of the course;
the second is the division within the
department; and the third identifies the course.
Symbol
# Courses may be taken with the consent of
the instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
"Meets urban requirement.
Most courses meet for three sixty-minute
Course Descriptions
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1 9 7 7 - 7 8
are given on the following pages. See
preceding pages for information on numbering
and credit value. The symbol # indicates that
the course may be taken with the consent of
the instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
American Studies
Director: Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 1 3 courses including 2 9 5 or 4 9 5 and
3 9 9 or 4 9 9 , plus 1 1 courses in U.S. History,
Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and
Social Sciences in the U.S. ( 5 courses in one
of these areas and 3 in each of the others): *
History of the United States
American Studies 2 3 1, 260
History 221, 222, 3 3 1, 332, 353, 4 9 5
(American emphasis)
Religion 352, 3 6 3
Humanities in the United
States
American Studies 232, 2 6 5
Art 102
English 24 1 (also Speech 24 I), 250, 3 5 1,
490 and 491 (American emphasis)
Philosophy 344
Social Sciences in the United States
Economics 120, 122, 123, 251
Education 4 78 #
Political Science 121, 122, 170, 325, 326,
370, 371, 421
Psychology 48 1 # Sociology 1 1 1, 3 73,
381, 3 8 3
Social Work 3 5 1, 463
* "American area oriented courses taken during
the Interim, Summer School and at other
colleges should be approved by the director for
inclusion in the major.
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as
above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to
be approved by director.
MINOR: 7 courses including 2 9 5 or 4 9 5 plus
2 courses in each of the above groupings
under MAJOR.
231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of selected topics related to the
black experience, e.g. African backgrounds,
religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course
content subject to change from year to year.
Meets one religion requirement. (Fall)
232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a significant period of the black
experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem
Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis
upon the contributions of literature, art and
music of the period. Course content subject to
change from year to year. (Spring) *
260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS
A study of the characteristics of mid-western
and eastern Indian tribes of the 19th century,
with emphasis upon the persistence of Indian
cultural values in the modern world. (Spring)
265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE
Focuses on the changing roles and perceptions
of women in America seen from the
perspective of various disciplines. (Fall)
295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
Focuses on a significant problem or
phenomenon in American urban life. Includes a
study of the approaches of several disciplines
to the topic and practice in the integration of
primary source materials. Occasional use of
Twin Cities resource persons and the colearning model when appropriate to topic. Open
to freshmen and sophomores. * (Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in
area of student's choice. Consult director to
determine conditions of contract. Intended for
majors only. Others # (Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
For description, see 295. Open to juniors and
seniors who will do a different level of work.
(Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A research project of an interdisciplinary nature
in area of student's choice. Consult with
director to determine conditions of contract.
Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall,
Interim, Spring)
Department of Art
Chairman: Philip Thompson
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses and 3
art history courses, including 107; and three
from 3 8 2 , 3 8 6 , 3 8 7 , 3 8 8 .
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity
and expression with attention given to black
and white photographic processes.
TEACHING MAJOR: Same as studio art major
but 3 5 0 required and 1 3 2 recommended.
STUDIO ART MINOR: 4 studio courses and 1
art history course, including 1 0 7 ; two from
1 1 8 , 2 2 1 , 2 2 3 , 2 2 5 , 350; and one from 3 8 2 ,
386, 387, 388.
150 JEWELRY.
Experience in making jewelry with an emphasis
on design, materials and process.
221 SCULPTURE l
ART HISTORY MINOR: 5 art history courses
including 3 8 6 , 3 8 7 , 388.
Three major works in any of the following
media: terra cotta, welded steel, bronze, wood,
stone, lead, plaster, polyester resin, acrylic
sheets and others. (Prereq.: 107. Fall, Spring)
102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
223 PRINTMAKING I
Fine arts and the environment in the local and
world setting. Topics include art history, urban
archaeology and environmental design leading
towards appreciation and criticism.
Principles and methods of printmaking in a
variety of media. (Fall, Spring)
107 DRAWING
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and other
media. Descriptive, experimental and figure
studies. (Fall, Spring)
118 PAINTING 1
Introduction to painting media. Application of
historical and contemporary techniques in
acrylic and/or oil. (Fall, Spring)
225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
The theory and practice of visual perception
and communication using elements such as
color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial
images. (Fall, Spring)
230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II
A study of visual communications in magazines,
television, film, advertising symbols, and other
mass media. Practice in areas of photography.
typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall.
Spring)
242 FILM-MAKING
Film-making through practical laboratory
experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film.
(Summer, Interim)
350 CERAMICS l
An introduction to the making of pottery with
an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall,
Spring)
screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223.
Fall, Spring)
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from
pre-history to modern times.
386 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ART
351 CERAMICS II
Survey of the early development of the visual
arts throughout the world with emphasis on the
Mediterranean region and Europe.
Creative clay pieces with the throwing and
handbuilding techniques. (Prereq.: 350. Fall,
Spring)
387 RENAISSANCE THROUGH 19TH CENTURY ART
355 PAINTING II
A study of architecture, painting and sculpture
from the 15th century through the 19th century
in Europe and America.
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 1 1 8.
Fall, Spring)
388 ART IN THE 20TH CENTURY
360 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR
PAINTING
Contemporary developments in the visual arts
with emphasis on America and Europe.
Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental
drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape.
The functions of perception, structure, and
gesture in drawing and transparent watercolor.
(Prereq. : 10 7 or #)
399 INTERNSHIP
361 ART METHODS (Elementary and
junior high school) (K-12)
Materials and methods for the teaching of art at
the elementary and junior high school level.
(Fall)
Advanced work in various media, including silk
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project.
478 SCULPTURE II
Three major works in any of the following
media: terra cotta, welded steel, bronze, wood,
stone, lead, plaster, polyester resin, acrylic
sheets and others. (Prereq.: 22 1 . Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study in area of the student's
choice. Intended for senior art majors. (Fall,
Spring)
Department of Biology
Chairman: Neal Thorpe
MAJOR: Option 1 : 7 courses, including 1 1 1 ,
1 1 2, 491 and at least one course from each of
the following three groups: 3 5 1 , 3 5 3 , 3 6 1
(Group 1); 3 5 5 , 4 7 3 , 4 7 4 (Group 11); 4 4 0 ,
4 7 1 , 4 7 6 (Group Ill); Chemistry 1 1 5 , 11 6 (or
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5
(or 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ) ; Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 also
required. Students intending to enter graduate
school should ordinarily choose this major.
as applications of microbiology to the fields of
medicine and sanitation. ( 3 hours lecture, 3
hours laboratory. For student nurses only.
Prereq.: Chemistry 1 0 3 . Spring)
111, 112 GENERAL BIOLOGY
MAJOR: Option 11: 9 courses, including 1 1 1 ,
11 2 , 491 and at least one course from each of
the following five groups: 3 5 1 , 3 5 3 (Group I);
3 5 5 . 4 7 4 (Group 11); 3 6 1 , 481 (Group Ill);
4 7 1 , 4 7 3 (Group IV); 4 4 0 , 4 7 6 , (Group V);
Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 2 2 3 (or
3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ) also required. Students who plan to
teach in secondary schools often select this
major.
MINOR: 5 courses, including 11 1 , 11 2 and
three upper division courses. Chemistry 1 1 5 ,
1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) also required.
PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same
as Option I major In addition, medical schools
usually require Chemistry 3 5 3 (Quantitative
Analytical Chemistry).
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in biology and
3 . 0 overall; active participation in seminar; one
course of approved independent study with an
oral defense of the research report. Application
for the honors major should be made no later
than the first term of the senior year.
101 HUMAN BIOLOGY
Basic biological concepts from an
anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to
answer such questions as: What makes man
just another member of the biotic fold? Does
man have a niche in the ecosystem? What
influence does man have on the environment?
What influence does the environment,
especially the urban environment, have on
man? (3 hours lecture, 1 1/2 hours laboratory.
A student may not receive credit for both
Biology 101 and 1 0 3 . )
103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A professional course in the structure and
function of the human body. (Lecture and
laboratory. Fall for nurses only; Spring for other
students. A student may not receive credit for
both Biology 1 0 1 and 1 0 3 . )
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial features are considered as well
A comprehensive introduction to biological
science. For biology and other science majors.
The course includes an introduction to
molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics,
developmental biology, evolutionary
mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology,
and phylogenetic relationships of organisms.
Must be taken in sequence except by
permission of instructor. ( 3 hours lecture; 4
hours laboratory. 1 1 1 , Fall; 1 1 2 , Spring)
351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing
classification, morphology, behavior, life
history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours
lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 11 2. Fall,
19 78. Offered alternate years).
353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with the
classification, morphology, distribution,
evolution, behavior and population dynamics of
the vertebrates. ( 3 hours lecture, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 1 2 . Spring)
355 GENETICS
The principles of heredity with emphasis on
recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory
work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112 . Spring)
361 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of the major divisions of the plant
kingdom including the study of anatomy,
physiology, life histories, taxonomy and
ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 1 12. Fall)
367 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of the chemistry
of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic
acids including intermediary metabolism. ( 3
hours lecture. Prereq.: 11 2 ; Chemistry 2 2 3 or
3 5 2 or #. Fall; this course is prereq. to 4 71
and 4 76).
440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY
the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as
descriptive studies are included in the
laboratory work. ( 3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12. Spring)
A consideration of the chemical and physical
mechanisms involved in photosynthesis,
respiration, growth and development, and water
relations in vascular and nonvascular plants.
The relationships of these processes to plant
structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq. 1 12. Fall, 19 77. Offered alternate
years).
An introduction to the study of micro-organisms
with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology,
genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as
well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12, 3 6 7 or #. Fall)
471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
481 ECOLOGY
A study correlating cell function with
ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology
and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12, 3 6 7 or #; Physics
103 or 122 or #. Spring)
A survey of representative biological
communities; the study of reciprocal
relationships between organisms and their
environments. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq..
112, 361, or 4'. Spring)
473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
491 SEMINAR
A study of the physical and chemical
processes occurring in animals with emphasis
on the vertebrates. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or
3 5 2 or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall)
Oral presentations and written papers relating
to recent biological literature and research. (For
seniors majoring in biology)
474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
Individual laboratory, field, or library research
under the direction of an instructor Intended
for biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: 7 12, and previous arrangement with
instructor. Fall. Interim, Spring, Summer)
A consideration of the physiological and
morphological changes which occur during the
development of organisms with emphasis on
476 MICROBIOLOGY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of Business
Administration, Business
Education, and Economics
Chairman: Edward M. Sabella
Business Administration
MAJOR WlTH ACCOUNTING
SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration
101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 263, 379, 381,
and either 483 or 484. Economics 122, 123,
251 and one additional course selected from
258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At least
three upper division courses are required. For
those planning on careers in accounting,
completion of the two remaining courses in the
sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is
recommended. In addition, courses in data
processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION:
Business Administration 101, 102, 131 , 261 ,
262, 373, 379, 478, and one other course
from the sequence 381, 382, 483. Economics
1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one additional course
selected from 2 5 8 or 3 9 1 or 3 9 2 are also
required. At least five upper division courses are
required. ( 3 9 2 is strongly recommended.) In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are strongly
recommended.
131 BUSINESS LAW
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency,
negotiable instruments, property and business
organizations under the Uniform Commercial
Code. (Spring)
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
MINOR: 6 courses, including Business
Administration 101 , 10 2 , and one of 261 ,
3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 478; and one of 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 381;
and Economics 1 2 2 and 123.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 5 0 in the major,
with average of 3 . 0 over-all; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major
field of concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish
to take the Certified Public Accountants
(C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the
experience requirement must have completed
the major in Business AdministrationAccounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the Natural
Sciences or Mathematics general college
requirement by taking mathematics, and
completed at least 5 courses but not more than
1 2 courses of related business subjects
(Economics, Finance, and Mathematics).
Students who have completed the above
requirements are qualified under the rules of
the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to
sit for the examination immediately after
graduation.
101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL
ACCOUNTING
lntroduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial
statements. (Fall, Spring)
102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL
ACCOUNTING
lntroduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling processes,
decision making and behavioral considerations.
(Prereq.: 10 1. Fall, Spring)
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and
management of funds within the firm: sources
and uses of long and short term funds, cost of
capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 10 1, 102.
Fall)
262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
financial statements, income concepts, capital
stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 10 1 , 10 2 . Fall)
263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
investments, tangible and intangible fixed
assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics.
Additional emphasis on income determination
considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262.
Spring)
373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY
AND CASES
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach
to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on
decision-making, presentation through
literature, readings, lectures and case material.
(Prereq.: 2 6 1, Spring)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with
emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High
School Algebra. Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING
Accounting tools for planning and control of
economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well as other
quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.:
101, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of
federal income taxes for individuals and various
forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,
102. Spring. Offered alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to
analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Spring)
Business Education
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
MAJOR: 12-14 Courses.
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
graduation, but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
one full term working with some industrial
organization. In addition the student will write a
report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in
Interim only).
CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration
101, 102, 131 ; Business Education 110,
364, 460, 465; Economics 122, 123; high
school typewriting or equivalent required. In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are recommended.
478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL
INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of the riskheturn relationships of
various types of securities from the viewpoint
of both individual and institutional investors.
Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 2 6 1.
Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall)
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Administration 262, 263, and
Business Education 108.
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392.
SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Education 221, 350, and 353.
OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business
Education 108, 350, and English 21 9.
MINOR: Five courses in Business Education.
483 AUDITING
Internal and external auditing procedures.
Emphasis on internal checks and controls for
accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other
courses including Business Education 108,
121, 350 and 353.
TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM
484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
295, 495 TOPICS
If a student desires a two-year secretarial
program, a certificate will be awarded upon
completion of the following: Business Education
108, 110, 221, 350, 353, 364, 460 and
Business Administration 101 , 102, 131 and
Economics 120. A student in the two-year
program must select six courses from the
general education requirements.
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members
of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research
methodology and readings in the areas of
Accounting, Finance or General Business.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring: On Demand)
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major
field of concentration.
Accounting for business combinations,
governmental accounting, partnership
accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.:
263. Spring. Offered alternate years)
101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No Credit)
The fundamental skills of typewriter. Emphasis
on personal use. Not available to students who
have had one year of high school typewriting.
(Interim)
an internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
some time working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on his or
her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring,
Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only)
108 CALCULATING MACHINES
460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT
Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary,
printing and electronic calculators. (Fall)
110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
Operation of transcription machines, filing and
records management, introduction to data
processing, and efficient handling of office
duties. (Interim)
221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond
Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and
writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription.
Development of speed in transcribing material
dictated at minimum speed of 8 0 words a
minute. (Not open to students who have had
one year of shorthand in high school. Fall)
350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development of typewriting technique in
business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating,
manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating.
(Prereq.: High school typewriting or equivalent.
Spring)
353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Students of Gregg, Forkner, or other shorthand
systems may enroll for rapid dictation and
transcription of material dictated at speeds of
80-1 20 words a minute. (Prereq.: 22 1 or
equivalent. Spring)
364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication in the office through use of
telephone, telegram, and writing of business
letters, memorandums, manuals and reports.
(Fall. Offered alternate years, 19 75- 76)
Problems relating to supervision and
management in the business office, selection
and training of employees; and human relations
within the office. (Spring)
465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING
Principles of marketing with emphasis on
distribution and the role of the consumer in the
marketing process. Materials and methods in
teaching of basic business subjects and
projects in marketing. (Fall. Offered alternate
years, 19 76- 77)
Economics
MAJOR I N ECONOMICS:
Economics 122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and
three other courses of economics offerings.
Business Administration 101 , 102, 379, also
required. The complete calculus sequence is
very strongly recommended for those planning
graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373
may be substituted for Business Administration
379. In addition, courses in data processing
and computer programming are strongly
recommended.
COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICSBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION:
Economics 122, 123, 251 , and 258 and one
other course from economics offerings.
Business Administration 101 , 102, 261 , 373,
379 and one other course from business
administration offerings also required. In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are highly
recommended.
MINOR:
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one other
course from economics offerings.
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3 . 0
over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive
oral examination in the major field of
concentration.
Economics 120, 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 will satisfy
general education requirements.
Economics 1 2 0 will satisfy the urban concerns
requirement.
in order for the student to progress more
rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Spring)
251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of
consumer behavior, firm and industry; the
pricing of factors of production and income
distribution; introduction to welfare economics.
(Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring)
258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS
120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of economic implications of many
problems facing a metro-urban environment.
Some of the topics to be discussed are:
Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an AllVolunteer Army; Ecology and Income
Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass
Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental
microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate
discussion of the above-mentioned topics.
NOTE: Economics 1 2 0 is a basic course
designed for those students who do not plan to
major in either Economics, Business
Administration or Business Education. Students
who plan to major in the above three areas
should enroll in 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 rather than 1 2 0 .
1 2 2 and 1 2 3 are also open to non-majors.
(Fall, Spring)
Determinants of national income, employment
and price level analyzed via macro-models.
Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal
policy, growth and the business cycle.
(Prereq.: 122. Fall)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department of Business
Administration.
391 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public
expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on
economic activity; debt policy and its economic
implications. (Prereq.: 123. Fall)
392 MONEY AND BANKING
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
An introduction to macro-economics; national
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth.
Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken
independently of Economics 1 2 3 or 1 2 0 .
Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 may be takgn in
either order, or may be taken in the same term
in order for the student to progress more
rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Spring)
123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
An introduction to micro-economics, the theory
of the household, firm, market structures and
income distribution. Application of elementary
economic theory to market policy. May be
taken independently of Economics 1 2 2 or 120.
Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 may be taken in
either order, or may be taken in the same term
Functioning of the monetary and banking
systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role in relation
to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis
placed on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq.: 1 2 2 . Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
some time working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on his or
her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring,
Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only)
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
Analysis of labor markets; determination of
wages, collective bargaining. Particular
attention paid to the economic problems of
minority groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.:
2 5 1 or #. Spring)
295, 495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members
of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research
methodology and current national and
international economic problems and policies.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring. On Demand)
454 WELFARE ECONOMICS
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto
optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions;
normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 2 5 1 or #. Spring, alternate years)
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to
analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Spring)
Department of Chemistry
Chairman: Earl Alton
GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 1 1 5 ,
1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 106), 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 3 6 1 and
one advanced course which may include
Biochemistry. Physics 121 , 122, and
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 also required.
Participation in seminar. Since upper division
courses have mathematics and physics
prerequisites, students should plan to have
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 the freshman year, and
Physics 121, 1 2 2 the sophomore year.
AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED
MAJOR: 1 1 courses including 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 (or
1 0 5 , 106), and all chemistry courses above
3 5 0 . Chemistry seminar participation;
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 (which should be taken
during the freshman year); Mathematics 2 2 4 ;
and Physics 1 21, 1 2 2 (which should be taken
during the sophomore year). Reading ability in
German equivalent to 2 semesters also
required.
that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the
advanced course. Certification after July,
1 9 7 9 , also requires three courses in earth and
life sciences. Students are also advised to
consult with the Education Department early in
their planning.
PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same
as the graduation major. In addition, medical
schools expect at least two courses (and
usually more) in biology. Students should
consult members of the chemistry department
for assistance in planning a course program
early in their college career.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major;
average of 3 . 5 0 in chemistry, mathematics,
and physics; 3.00 over-all; one summer or
course of approved research; participation in
seminar.
Credit will not be granted for both 1 0 5 and
1 1 5 ; 1 0 6 and 1 1 6 ; 223 and 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 .
103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
MINOR: 5 courses which must include 1 1 5 ,
1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 additional courses in
chemistry. Chemistry 2 2 3 , 3 5 3 , and 3 6 1 are
recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the
graduation major except that it is suggested
Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess
Hospital. Selected elements of general,
organic, and biological chemistry around the
theme: the molecular basis of life. (3 one-hour
lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high
school chemistry. Fall) Does not apply toward
the major.
105, 106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Somewhat less rigorous than 1 1 5 , 1 16;
designed especially for students who will not
major in chemistry, although students may go
from 1 0 6 into 3 5 1 , 3 5 3 , or 2 2 3 . Concepts
and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a
variety of examples including organic and
environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour lectures, 3
hours o f laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring)
11 5, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS
An intensive course for pre-medical students
and future chemists. First semester devoted to
fundamental principles; and second to inorganic
chemistry, qualitative analysis, and a brief
introduction to organic chemistry. (3 one-hour
lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: high
school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry.
11 5, Fall; 116 , Spring)
223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Designed for medical technology students and
others in a paramedical science area whose
professional goals require less than the more
intensive two-semester organic course.
Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with
frequent reference to biochemistry. (3 one-hour
lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105
or 11 5. Spring)
325 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
This course is intended to meet the needs of
medical technology majors and others not
working toward a chemistry major. Theory and
practice of gravimetric analysis, volumetric
.
analysis and electrochemistry is covered in
some detail. Equilibrium theory is stressed.
Theory and practice of spectroscopic,
chromatographic, and electroanalytical methods
is surveyed. Applications in the health sciences
are included. (Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. Three
lectures, one 4 % hour laboratory. Does not
meet requirements for a chemistry major.)
351,352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds with
special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is
correlated by means of modern theories of
chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reaction
mechanism; many applications of organic
chemistry to biological, environmental and
industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. 35 1,
Fall; 352, Spring)
353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and
solution equilibrium in detail and gives an
introduction to spectrophotometric techniques
of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative
analysis of a variety of samples, and includes
trace analysis. (Prereq. : 106 or 1 16. Offered
Interim for majors as per Interim schedule.)
361,362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry:
thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and
states of matter are studied in the first
semester. Applications of these concepts to
areas of molecular structure, equilibria and
electrochemistry in the second semester. (3
one-hour lectures, one 4 %-hour laboratory.
Prereq. : 353; Physics 1 2 1, 1 2 2 ; Mathematics
124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring)
464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around the problems of identifying
organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture
topics include structure-spectra correlations for
IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of
the literature (including Beilstein); and further
study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear
magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra
routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 3 6 1 or #; some
reading knowledge of German. Spring)
481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods
as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. ( 3 hours
lecture, one 4 %-hour laboratory. Prereq. : 353,
362, or #. Fall)
482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the
electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular
orbital models. Coordination chemistry is
discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
compounds using a variety of techniques. (3
one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 3 6 2 or #. Spring)
483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory in terms of
Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation to solve the problems of the harmonic
oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate
solutions are introduced and used to develop
molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes
commutators, electron spin, angular momentum
and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: 3 6 1 or #. Fall)
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a
weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the
direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.
Juniors and seniors are expected to participate.
with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors
are occasionally invited to participate.
497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research careers
need research experience before graduation.
Such experience may be obtained by working
on a summer research project in the
department (not counted as a course) or by
research participation during the academic year
(which may be counted as a course). (Junior
standing)
East Asian Studies
Adviser: Khin Khin Jensen
Major Concentration
A major concentration plan is constructed for
each student with the advice and assistance of
his or her adviser. A major plan ~ormally
consists of ten to twelve courses distributed
under one of the following general categories:
East Asian Culture
Two language courses including one year of
Chinese or Japanese; two introductory history
courses; four to six courses in cultural
specialization and/or comparative studies; two
or more independent study and/or seminar
courses.
East Asian Language and Culture
At least four language courses (a two-year
concentration in either Chinese or Japanese is
encouraged; however, one year of each
language is acceptable); two introductory
history courses; two to four courses in cultural
specialization and/or comparative studies; and
two or more independent study and/or seminar
courses.
Department of Education
Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton
Augsburg College offers programs leading to
certification in Education at these levels:
Elementary Education, Kindergarten, and
Nursery School, and Secondary Education.
Certification programs are offered in the
following majors: American Studies, Art,
Biology, Business Education, Chemistry,
English-Language Arts, French, German,
History, Mathematics, Music, Physical
Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish,
Speech, and Theater Arts.
Students wishing to become certified teachers
are advised to consult with the Education
Department for certification requirements.
The courses, Orientation to Education, both
elementary and secondary, are open to all
students of sophomore standing or above. To
enroll in other education courses, a student
must first apply and be admitted to the teacher
education program. Students are advised to
apply for admission in the spring semester of
the sophomore year, during or after the
Orientation course. Students who are
transferring from an education program at
another college must be re-admissable to that
program.
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff, Coordinator
Requirements for the major and for certification
in Elementary Education:
1 . A minimum of 8 education courses to
include 2 5 5 , 3 5 1 , and two professional
semesters: 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 ; and 4 8 1 ,
4 8 2 and electives
2. Physical Education 11 1, Safety and Drug
Education
3. Library Science 3 5 8 , The Elementary
School Library: Materials Selection and
Guidance
4. An academic minor. An academic major is
recommended.
5. GPA of 2 . 0 overall and maintain a 2 . 5 in the
major.
255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATIOKIN
URBAN SETTING (Elementary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching
profession and opportunity for in-school work.
Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore
standing or above. Fall, Spring)
325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES IN
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
Focus is upon the young child as a person and
the importance of the early years of hidher life
in relation to the effects of present-day society
and culture upon the child. Current
developments include innovations, Head Start,
implementation of planned variations, and other
interventions and compensatory programs,
Class sessions and two hours per week of lab
experience in a day care center and/or nursery
school. (Prereq.: 255 and/or #.)
351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING
The study and utilization of a variety of
techniques and resources in the teaching of
reading. (Fall)
First Professional Semester (for juniors or
seniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372.
362, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
Identification and mastery of competencies
necessary for teaching in the elementary
school. Laboratory experiences in classrooms.
(Prereq.: 2 5 5 . Admission to elementary
education. Spring)
372, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for each of the subject areas taught
at the elementary level. Application of teacher
competencies to various subject areas of the
elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences
in classrooms. (Prereq.: 2 5 5 , concurrent
registration in 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 . Spring)
375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
A study of the kindergarten curriculum,
exploration of materials, and review of teaching
approaches. The course requires laboratory
experience. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and
acceptance into the Dept. of Ed. Interim)
425 NURSERY SCHOOL CURRICULUM
Learning about and demonstrating knowledge
and skills of teaching the young child. The
course concentrates on details essential to the
organization of a good program for children:
records, reports, physical facilities, equipment,
parental involvement, and working with children
who have uniquely different needs. Class
sessions, and two hours per week of lab
experience in a day care center and/or nursery
school. (Prereq.: Acceptance into the
Department of Education and/or #.)
Second Professional Semester: Student
Teaching and Electives
Requirements of the Augsburg College
Certification Program:
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1 . Application for admittance and acceptance
into the Department of Education. This may
be made before, concurrently with or after
the Orientation course. Application forms are
available in the Education Department office.
Before applying for admission students
should receive approval from the department
or division of their declared major. A student
may take education courses after the
Orientation course only if he or she has
been admitted into the program of the
Department of Education.
2. Grade point average - minimum of 2.5 in
the student's academic major and 2 . 0
overall.
3 . Application for admittance and acceptance
into student teaching.
4. Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program:
a) Educ. 2 6 5 , Orientation to Education
(Secondary)
b) Educ. 3 5 9 , Competencies: Secondary
Education
c ) Educ. 478, School and Society
d) Educ. 480, 4 8 1 , 4 8 2 (two courses
minimum), Student Teaching
e) Psych. 1 0 5 , General Psychology
f ) P.E. 1 1 1 , Safety and Drug Education
g) Educ. 3 6 1 , 3 6 5 or 3 7 3 for art, physical
education, or music majors
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education, worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
Requirements for State of Minnesota Teaching
Certification Secondary Schools
(Through the Augsburg College Education
Department Program)
481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience in observing and directing learning
experiences in elementary schools under
supervision of college and elementary school
personnel. (Prereq.: 255, 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 7 1 ,
3 72. Fall, Spring)
Electives
483 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq.: 4 8 1, 4 8 2 . Fall, Spring)
484 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq.: 4 8 1, 4 8 2 and 4 8 3 .
Offered on demand)
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary
Education)
Secondary Education
(teacher certification program)
Einar Johnson, Coordinator
It is the responsibility of each student to meet
all specific requirements of the Education
Department. Secondary Education students are
advised to consult with Education faculty
regarding state requirements for teacher
certification. This consultation is recommended
in addition to conferring with the student's
major field adviser.
-
1 , B.A. or B.S. degree
2. College major in a teaching area
3 . Fulfill State Department of Education EDU
521 Regulation in Human Relations
(Successful completion of Augsburg
Education program meets requirement)
4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg
course P.E. 1 1 1 , Safety and Drug
Education)
5. Successful completion of Augsburg
Education Department Certification Program
courses.
General Information:
1. For Art, Music and Physical Education
certification:
Teachers in the areas of Art, Music and
Physical Education receive a special
certificate which allows them to teach in all
grades (K-12) in their area. A person
working for certification in one of these
areas follows the secondary education
program even though he or she plans to
teach at the elementary school level. A
person with a major in one of these special
areas is advised to take three courses in
student teaching and do some student
teaching on both the secondary and
elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 3 5 9 ,
the major in art will register for Educ. 3 6 1 ;
the major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major
in Music for Educ. 373.
2 , For social studies certification: The program
leading to certification in this area is being
revised to conform to new state guidelines.
See Einar Johnson or Orloue Gisselquist for
further information.
3 . The professional term:
Student Teaching is taken concurrently with
School and Society in one full-time term in
professional education. Special afternoon
and/or evening seminars are held during the
term as part of the professional work. A
student taking two courses in student
teaching may elect to take one course in
Independent Study. All students are
expected to be involved full time in the
activities of the professional term.
265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION
(Secondary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching
profession and opportunity for in-school work.
Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all
students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall,
Spring)
351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING
READING (See Elementary Education)
359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY
EDUCATION
Teaching procedures, materials and projects,
both general and in the student's major
concentration. The two phases must be taken
concurrently as one course: general teaching
methodology from the Education Department
and special methods from the department of
the major field. (Prereq.: Psych. 105, Educ.
265 and admission into the secondary
education program)
Special methods are offered in the following
major fields:
American Studies (Spring)
Art (Fall)
Business (Spring)
Health and Physical Education (Fall)
Engli